Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 2015.

Registration No. 333-           


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  27-0395455
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

2940 N. Hwy 360
Grand Prairie, TX 75050
(972) 408-1300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Vipin Garg, President and Chief Executive Officer
Neos Therapeutics, Inc.
2940 N. Highway 360
Grand Prairie, TX 75050
(972) 408-1300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.
Joseph C. Theis, Jr., Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
53 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
(617) 570-1000

 

Jonathan L. Kravetz, Esq.
Brian P. Keane, Esq.
John T. Rudy, Esq.
Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris,
Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.
One Financial Center
Boston, MA 02111
(617) 542-6000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:     o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

 

Common Stock, par value $0.001

  $69,000,000   $8,018

 

(1)
Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any. Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

         The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS                                                   Subject to completion,                        dated June 19, 2015


                      Shares

LOGO

Common stock


This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Neos Therapeutics, Inc. We are selling                           shares of common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "NEOS."

We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk factors" on page 9.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
  Per share
  Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $                 $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $                 $                

Proceeds to us, before expenses

  $                 $                

(1)
The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount. See "Underwriting" beginning on page 157.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                           additional shares of common stock.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                           , 2015.

UBS Investment Bank   BMO Capital Markets   RBC Capital Markets



JMP Securities


Table of Contents


You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Prospectus summary

  1

The offering

  5

Summary financial data

  7

Risk factors

  9

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

  50

Market and industry data

  52

Use of proceeds

  53

Dividend policy

  54

Capitalization

  55

Dilution

  57

Selected consolidated financial data

  59

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

  61

Business

  84

Management

  116

Executive compensation

  124

Certain relationships and related party transactions

  131

Principal stockholders

  137

Description of capital stock

  142

Shares eligible for future sale

  148

Certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences

  152

Underwriting

  157

Legal matters

  164

Experts

  164

Additional information

  164

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

i

Table of Contents

 

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled "Risk factors" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Neos," "the company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus refer to Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Overview

We are a pharmaceutical company focused on developing, manufacturing and commercializing products utilizing our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform, which we have already used to develop our three branded product candidates for the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, or ADHD. Our product candidates are extended-release, or XR, medications in patient-friendly, orally disintegrating tablets, or ODT, or liquid suspension dosage forms. We have a Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, goal date of November 9, 2015 for NT-0102, our methylphenidate XR-ODT. A PDUFA goal date is a review performance goal for the FDA to meet in acting on a new drug application, or NDA. Under PDUFA, as amended by the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, for fiscal year 2015, the FDA agreed to review and act on 90% of standard, non-new molecular entity NDAs, like the one submitted for NT-0102, within 10 months from the FDA's receipt of the NDA submission. We expect to resubmit an NDA for NT-0202, our amphetamine XR-ODT, by July 2015, and submit an NDA for NT-0201, our amphetamine XR liquid suspension, in the third quarter of 2015. If approved, we believe our product candidates will address an unmet need by providing more patient- and caregiver-friendly dosing options not previously available to patients in the $10.7 billion market for ADHD-indicated medications.

Our product candidates incorporate two of the most commonly prescribed medications for the treatment of ADHD, methylphenidate and amphetamine. Our proprietary modified-release drug delivery platform has enabled us to create novel, extended-release ODT and liquid suspension dosage forms of these medications. If approved, we believe our most advanced product candidates, NT-0102 and NT-0202, will be the first methylphenidate XR-ODT and the first amphetamine XR-ODT, respectively, for the treatment of ADHD. We expect our patent estate, which we developed internally and which includes composition-of-matter, method-of-manufacture and method-of-use patents and patent applications, some of which are not scheduled to expire until 2032, will provide additional protection for our three branded product candidates.

ADHD is a neurobehavioral disorder characterized by a persistent pattern of inattention and/or hyperactivity/impulsivity that interferes with functioning and/or development. In 2014 alone, 63.1 million prescriptions for medications with ADHD labeling, and principally in extended-release formulations, were written in the United States. We believe that the inability, difficulty or reluctance of many patients to swallow intact tablets and capsules contributes to diminished compliance rates. Such limitations highlight the need for more convenient dosing options such as ODT or liquids. We believe there is a significant market opportunity to provide the two most prescribed medications for ADHD, methylphenidate and amphetamine, in two more convenient and patient-friendly dosage forms, ODT and liquid suspension, which we developed using our proprietary technology platform.

If we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our three branded product candidates, we plan to focus on commercialization in the United States using our own commercial infrastructure. We intend to manufacture our ADHD products in our current Good Manufacturing Practice, or

 

1

Table of Contents

cGMP, and U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, -registered manufacturing facilities, thereby obtaining our products at-cost without manufacturer's margins and better controlling supply, quality and timing. We currently use these facilities to manufacture our generic equivalent to the branded product Tussionex®, an XR liquid suspension of hydrocodone and chlorpheniramine indicated for the relief of cough and upper respiratory symptoms of a cold.

We also believe we can apply our XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension technologies that underlie our branded product candidates and our generic Tussionex to other active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs. Our longer-term strategy is to utilize these technologies for the development and approval of additional XR-ODT or XR liquid suspension drug candidates, while leveraging our manufacturing and commercialization experience to reduce costs and effectively reach patients.

Our strategy

Our goal is to be a leading pharmaceutical company focused on the development, manufacture and commercialization of pharmaceutical products that utilize our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform. Key elements of our business strategy to achieve this goal are to:

Obtain U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval for our three branded product candidates in ADHD.     In January 2015, we submitted an NDA for the approval of NT-0102, our methylphenidate XR-ODT, and have a PDUFA goal date of November 9, 2015. During 2015, we also expect to resubmit the NDA for NT-0202, our amphetamine XR-ODT, and submit a new NDA for NT-0201, our amphetamine XR liquid suspension.

Establish commercialization capabilities in the United States for any of our product candidates that are FDA approved.     We believe that we can effectively commercialize our branded ADHD product candidates, if approved in the United States, with a specialty sales force of approximately 100 representatives. We intend to target the highest volume prescribers to address the unmet need for more patient- and caregiver-friendly dosage forms of the two most prescribed medications for the treatment of ADHD.

Manufacture our proprietary products in our cGMP, FDA-inspected and DEA-registered manufacturing facilities.     We believe our manufacturing facilities and years of manufacturing experience are a competitive advantage. We intend to leverage the economic efficiencies afforded by manufacturing our ADHD products in our cGMP and DEA-registered manufacturing facilities.

Leverage our proprietary technology platform to develop additional branded product candidates in CNS and other therapeutic areas with unmet need.     We intend to expand our branded product portfolio by identifying existing pharmaceutical products that could be improved upon by utilizing our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform.

Continue to expand our robust intellectual property portfolio covering our novel modified-release drug delivery technology platform and innovative products.     We have built a three-tier patent estate consisting of composition-of-matter, method-of-manufacture and method-of-use patents and patent applications. We intend to extend our patent portfolio as we continue to expand upon our drug delivery technologies and identify and develop additional branded product candidates.

Our product candidates and currently marketed product

We have the ability to produce drug-loaded micro-particles with complex release profiles, which allows us to develop ODT or liquid suspension formulations that mimic and can improve existing therapies not otherwise available in XR-ODT or XR liquid suspension form. Utilizing our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform, we are developing our three branded product candidates and currently manufacture and market a generic liquid suspension product. We are developing each of our product candidates to seek FDA approval in accordance with Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway. This regulatory

 

2

Table of Contents

approval pathway provides an alternate regulatory pathway for approval of a new drug and permits an applicant to rely on a third party's data for approval. Specifically, 505(b)(2) permits the submission of an NDA where one or more of the investigations relied upon by the applicant for approval were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. The table below summarizes our pipeline of product candidates and currently marketed product.

Product
  Active drug and indication   Formulation   Status
NT-0102   Methylphenidate for ADHD   XR-ODT   PDUFA Goal Date of November 9, 2015
NT-0202   Amphetamine for ADHD   XR-ODT   Resubmit NDA by July 2015
NT-0201   Amphetamine for ADHD   XR Liquid Suspension   Submit NDA in Q3 2015
Generic Tussionex   Hydrocodone and chlorpheniramine for cough and upper respiratory symptoms of a cold   XR Liquid Suspension   Currently approved and marketed

NT-0102: Methylphenidate XR-ODT for the Treatment of ADHD.     We believe our most advanced product candidate, NT-0102, if approved, will be the first methylphenidate XR-ODT for the treatment of ADHD, providing onset-of-effect within one hour and with a 12-hour duration. NT-0102 contains methylphenidate loaded onto a mixture of immediate-release and polymer-coated delayed-release resin particles, which are formulated and compressed into an ODT along with other typical tableting excipients using our patented rapidly disintegrating ionic masking, or RDIM, technology. The result is methylphenidate with an in vivo extended-release profile delivered through a tablet that quickly disintegrates in the mouth without the need for water.

NT-0202: Amphetamine XR-ODT for the Treatment of ADHD.     We believe NT-0202, if approved, will be the first amphetamine XR-ODT for the treatment of ADHD. NT-0202 contains amphetamine loaded onto a mixture of immediate-release and polymer-coated delayed-release resin particles, which are formulated and compressed into an ODT along with other typical tableting excipients using our patented RDIM technology. The result is amphetamine with an in vivo extended-release profile delivered through a tablet that quickly disintegrates in the mouth without the need for water. We submitted a 505(b)(2) NDA for NT-0202 in December 2012. In May 2013, the FDA issued a Discipline Review Letter identifying certain deficiencies in the NDA. Following our response to that letter, the FDA issued a Complete Response Letter in September 2013, which outlined additional requirements for data to support our NDA and meant that the agency could not approve the NDA in its present form.

NT-0201: Amphetamine XR Liquid Suspension for the Treatment of ADHD.     NT-0201 contains amphetamine loaded onto a mixture of immediate-release and polymer-coated delayed-release resin particles, and using our patented dynamic time release suspension, or DTRS, technology, we are able to create an amphetamine XR liquid suspension. NT-0201 is designed to be shelf stable for 24 months, without requiring refrigeration or reconstitution.

Generic Tussionex.     We manufacture and market a generic equivalent to the branded product Tussionex. Our generic Tussionex is a hydrocodone polistirex and chlorpheniramine polistirex XR liquid suspension that is a Schedule II narcotic, antitussive and antihistamine combination. This product is indicated for the relief of cough and upper respiratory symptoms associated with allergies or colds in adults and children six years of age and older.

 

3

Table of Contents

Risks related to our business and industry

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are subject to numerous risks. These risks as more fully described in the section entitled "Risk factors" immediately following this summary, include the following:

We are heavily dependent on the success of our lead product candidates NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. We cannot give any assurance that we will receive regulatory approval for such product candidates or any other product candidates, which is necessary before they can be commercialized.

We have never generated any revenues from the sales of our branded product candidates, and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Premarket review of our product candidates by the FDA or other regulatory authorities is a lengthy and uncertain process and approval may be delayed, limited or denied, any of which would adversely affect our ability to generate operating revenues.

Our drug development strategy relies heavily upon the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, which requires us to certify that we do not infringe upon third-party patents covering approved drugs. Such certifications typically result in third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, the defense of which would be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in any litigation may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts which would harm our business.

If any of NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 is approved and we fail to manufacture the product in sufficient quantities and at acceptable quality and pricing levels, or fail to obtain adequate DEA quotas for controlled substances or to fully comply with cGMP regulations, we may face delays in the commercialization of such product candidate or be unable to meet market demand, and may lose potential revenues.

If our sole facility becomes damaged or inoperable or we are required to vacate our facility, our ability to manufacture our product candidates and our generic Tussionex for commercialization, or future potential product candidates for clinical development, may be jeopardized.

If our intellectual property related to our products or product candidates is not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our shares and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Corporate information

Our predecessor company was incorporated in Texas in November 1994. In June 2009, we completed a reorganization pursuant to which substantially all of the capital stock of the predecessor company was acquired by a newly formed Delaware corporation, named Neos Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 2940 N. Hwy 360, Grand Prairie, TX 75050. Our telephone number is 972-408-1300. We maintain a web site at www.neostx.com. The reference to our web site is intended to be an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our web site is not a part of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork, and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

4

Table of Contents

 

The offering

Common stock offered by us

                    shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                  shares

Option to purchase additional shares from us

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                  shares from us.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $          million (or approximately $          million if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for the pre-commercialization planning of our three lead product candidates, NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, for the commercialization of our three lead product candidates, if approved, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of proceeds" for additional information.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk factors" for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed trading symbol

 

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "NEOS."

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 23,253,196 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes the following:

1,506,674 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.00 per share;

2,926,349 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.62 per share;

                  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan, or 2009 Equity Plan, as of March 31, 2015; and

                  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan.

 

5

Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

a 1-for-         reverse stock split of our common stock effected on                           , 2015;

the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 21,123,384 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering;

no exercise of stock options or warrants on or after March 31, 2015; and

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock in this offering.

 

6

Table of Contents

 

Summary financial data

The following summary financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Selected consolidated financial data" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations." Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

Statement of operations data:

 
   
   
  Three months Ended  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  March 31, 2014
   
 
 
  2013
  2014
  March 31, 2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Total Revenue

  $ 1,044   $ 758   $ 292   $ 428  

Cost of Goods Sold

    2,534     3,354     805     1,095  

Research and Development

    9,974     10,601     2,285     4,320  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

    5,624     5,275     1,550     1,663  

Interest and Other Expense (Income)

    1,512     2,377     817     (94 )

Net Loss from continuing operations

  $ (18,600 ) $ (20,849 ) $ (5,165 ) $ (6,556 )

Loss from discontinued operations

  $ (437 ) $   $   $  

Net Loss

  $ (19,037 ) $ (20,849 ) $ (5,165 ) $ (6,556 )

Preferred Stock Accretion to Redemption Value

    (1,227 )   (1,118 )   (317 )   (484 )

Preferred Stock Dividends

    (2,185 )   (2,185 )   (539 )   (539 )

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stock

  $ (22,449 ) $ (24,152 ) $ (6,021 ) $ (7,579 )

Net Loss per Share— Basic and Diluted(1)

  $ (11.86 ) $ (11.48 ) $ (2.88 ) $ (3.57 )

Shares Used to Compute Net Loss per Share— Basic and Diluted

    1,893,552     2,103,212     2,091,122     2,124,627  

(1)
See Note 4 to the notes to our audited financial statements for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2015 is presented on

an actual basis;

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 21,123,384 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will occur upon closing of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on March 31, 2015; and

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments and (b) the sale of                           shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on the initial public offering

 

7

Table of Contents

    price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering expenses paid by us.

Balance sheet data:

 
  As of March 31, 2015  
 
  Actual
  Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)

 
   
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

  $ 26,169   $ 26,169        

Working Capital

    22,425     22,425        

Total Assets

    54,624     54,624        

Long-Term Debt, net of Current Portion

    26,124     26,124        

Warrant Liability

    3,719            

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    102,088            

Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

    (86,260 )   19,547        

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, working capital (excluding deferred revenue), total assets and total stockholders' equity by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

8

Table of Contents


Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO THE CLINICAL DEVELOPMENT, REGULATORY REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

We are heavily dependent on the success of our lead product candidates NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. We cannot give any assurance that we will receive regulatory approval for such product candidates or any other product candidates, which is necessary before they can be commercialized.

Our business and future success are substantially dependent on our ability to successfully and timely obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our lead product candidates, NT-0102, our methylphenidate extended-release orally disintegrating tablet, or XR-ODT, NT-0202, our amphetamine XR-ODT, and NT-0201, our amphetamine XR liquid suspension, for the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, or ADHD, and any other product candidates that we may identify and pursue. We are not permitted to market any of our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of a new drug application, or NDA, from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or in any foreign jurisdiction until we receive the requisite approvals from such jurisdiction. Satisfaction of regulatory requirements can be protracted, is dependent upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidate and requires the expenditure of substantial resources. We cannot predict whether we will obtain regulatory approval to commercialize our product candidates, and we cannot, therefore, predict the timing of any future revenues from these product candidates, if any. Any delay or setback in the regulatory approval or commercialization of any of these product candidates could adversely affect our business.

Premarket review of our product candidates by the FDA or other regulatory authorities is a lengthy and uncertain process and approval may be delayed, limited or denied, any of which would adversely affect our ability to generate operating revenues.

The FDA has substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons. For example, the FDA:

could determine that we cannot rely on the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway for NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 or any other product candidate that we may identify and develop;

could determine that the information provided by us was inadequate, contained clinical deficiencies or otherwise failed to demonstrate safety and effectiveness of any of our product candidates for any indication;

may not find the data from bioequivalence studies and/or clinical trials sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or to obtain marketing approval in the United States, including any findings that the safety risks outweigh clinical and other benefits of our product candidates;
9

Table of Contents

Risk factors


may disagree with our trial design or our interpretation of data from nonclinical studies, bioequivalence studies and/or clinical trials, or may change the requirements for approval even after it has reviewed and commented on the design for our trials;

may determine that we inappropriately relied on a certain listed drug or drugs for our 505(b)(2) NDA or that approval of our applications for NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 or any other product candidate is blocked by patent or non-patent exclusivity of the listed drug or drugs;

may identify deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreements for the supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, used in our product candidates;

may identify deficiencies in our own manufacturing processes or our proposed scale-up of the manufacturing processes or facilities for the production of our product candidates;

may approve our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, or may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-approval clinical trials;

may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations; or

may not approve the labeling claims that we believe are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates.

On December 27, 2012, we submitted an NDA for NT-0202 to the FDA, which the agency subsequently accepted for filing. On May 29, 2013, we received a Discipline Review Letter that found deficiencies in the "quality" section of our NDA and, among other things, raised issues with our proposal to scale-up the manufacturing process for the commercial product. Ultimately, on September 24, 2013, the FDA issued a Complete Response Letter, stating that it could not approve the NDA for NT-0202 in its present form. We believe that we will address all of the concerns raised by the FDA which resulted in the issuance of the Complete Response Letter. Nonetheless, the FDA could deny approval of our NDA for NT-0202 on the same grounds as identified before or another ground as outlined above.

Notwithstanding the approval of many products by the FDA pursuant to 505(b)(2), over the last few years, some pharmaceutical companies and others have objected to the FDA's interpretation of 505(b)(2). If the FDA changes its interpretation of 505(b)(2), or if the FDA's interpretation is successfully challenged in court, this could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any 505(b)(2) application that we submit. Any failure to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates would significantly limit our ability to generate revenues, and any failure to obtain such approval for all of the indications and labeling claims we deem desirable could reduce our potential revenues.

The FDA may determine that our NDAs for NT-0202 and NT-0201 for the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder are not sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review.

We intend to resubmit to the FDA a complete response to the NDA for NT-0202 by July 2015 and to submit to the FDA an NDA for NT-0201 during the third quarter of 2015, both of which will be indicated for the treatment of ADHD. Within 60 days of the agency's receipt of each NDA, the FDA will make a threshold determination of whether the NDA is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. This 60-day review is referred to as the filing review. If the NDA is sufficiently complete, the FDA will file the NDA. If the agency refuses to file the NDA, it will notify us and state

10

Table of Contents

Risk factors


the reason(s) for the refusal. The FDA may refuse to file an NDA for various reasons, including, but not limited to, if:

the NDA is incomplete because it does not on its face contain the information required under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, or the FDA's regulations;

the NDA does not contain a statement that each nonclinical laboratory study was conducted in compliance with the Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, requirements, or for each study not so conducted, a brief statement of the reason for the noncompliance;

the NDA does not contain a statement that each clinical trial was conducted in compliance with the FDA's institutional review board, or IRB, regulations or was not subject to those regulations, and the agency's informed consent regulations or a brief statement of the reason for noncompliance; and

the drug is a duplicate of a listed drug approved before receipt of the NDA and is eligible for approval under an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, for generic drugs.

In its procedures, the FDA has stated that it could find a 505(b)(2) NDA incomplete and refuse to file it if the NDA:

fails to include appropriate literature or a listed drug citation to support the safety or efficacy of the drug product;

fails to include data necessary to support any aspects of the proposed drug that represent modifications to the listed drug(s) relied upon;

fails to provide a bridge, e.g., via comparative bioavailability data, between the proposed drug product and the listed drug product to demonstrate that such reliance is scientifically justified;

uses an unapproved drug as a reference product for a bioequivalence study; and

fails to provide a patent certification or statement as required by the FDA's regulations where the 505(b)(2) NDA relies on one or more listed drugs.

Additionally, the FDA will refuse to file an NDA if an approved drug with the same active moiety is entitled to five years of exclusivity, unless the exclusivity period has elapsed or unless four years of the five year period have elapsed and the NDA contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement.

If the FDA determines that our resubmission of the NDA for NT-0202 is incomplete or refuses to file our NDA for NT-0201, we may amend the NDA and resubmit it. In such a case, the FDA will again review the NDA and determine whether it is a complete response or may be filed. There can be no assurance that the FDA will accept our resubmission of the NDA for NT-0202 or file the NDA for NT-0201. If the agency determines that the responses provided in the resubmission of the NDA for NT-0202 are inadequate or refuses to file the NDA for NT-0201, we will need to address the deficiencies cited by the FDA, which could substantially delay the review process.

11

Table of Contents

Risk factors


If the FDA does not conclude that our product candidates satisfy the requirements for the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for our product candidates will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and encounter significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful.

We intend to seek FDA approval through the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway for each of our product candidates described in this prospectus. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, added 505(b)(2) to the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the submission of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from trials that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant does not have a right of reference.

If we cannot pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway for our product candidates as we intend, we may need to conduct additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet additional requirements for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for our product candidates likely would increase substantially. Moreover, the inability to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market before our product candidates, which could materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway for a product candidate, we cannot assure you that we will receive the requisite or timely approvals for commercialization of such product candidate.

In addition, our competitors may file citizen petitions with the FDA in an attempt to persuade the FDA that our product candidates, or the clinical trials that support their approval, contain deficiencies or that new regulatory requirements be placed on the product candidate or drug class of the product candidate. Such actions by our competitors could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any NDA that we submit under 505(b)(2).

An NDA submitted under 505(b)(2) may subject us to a patent infringement lawsuit that would delay or prevent the review or approval of our product candidate.

Our product candidates will be submitted to the FDA for approval under 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the submission of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from trials that were not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. An NDA under 505(b)(2) would enable us to reference published literature and/or the FDA's previous findings of safety and effectiveness for the previously approved drug.

For NDAs submitted under 505(b)(2), the patent certification and related provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act apply. Accordingly, we may be required to include certifications, known as Paragraph IV certifications, that certify that any patents listed in the Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book, with respect to any product referenced in the 505(b)(2) application, are invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the manufacture, use or sale of the product that is the subject of the 505(b)(2) NDA.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, the holder of patents that the 505(b)(2) application references may file a patent infringement lawsuit after receiving notice of the Paragraph IV certification. Filing of a patent infringement lawsuit against the filer of the 505(b)(2) applicant within 45 days of the patent owner's receipt of notice triggers a one-time, automatic, 30-month stay of the FDA's ability to approve the 505(b)(2) NDA, unless patent litigation is resolved in favor of the Paragraph IV filer or the patent

12

Table of Contents

Risk factors


expires before that time. Accordingly, we may invest a significant amount of time and expense in the development of one or more product candidates only to be subject to significant delay and patent litigation before such product candidates may be commercialized, if at all.

In addition, a 505(b)(2) application will not be approved until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, or NCE, listed in the Orange Book for the listed drug has expired. The FDA also may require us to perform one or more additional clinical trials or measurements to support the change from the listed drug, which could be time consuming and could substantially delay our achievement of regulatory approval. The FDA also may reject any future 505(b)(2) submissions and require us to submit traditional NDAs under 505(b)(1), which would require extensive data to establish safety and effectiveness of the drug for the proposed use and could cause delay and additional costs. These factors, among others, may limit our ability to commercialize our product candidates successfully.

Our product candidates may cause adverse effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval or limit the scope of any approved label or market acceptance, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

As with many pharmaceutical products, treatment with our product candidates may produce undesirable side effects or adverse reactions or events. Although our product candidates contain active ingredients that have already been approved, meaning that the side effects arising from the use of the active ingredient or class of drug in our product candidates is generally known, our product candidates still may cause undesirable side effects. These could be attributed to the active ingredient or class of drug or to our unique formulation of such product candidates, or other potentially harmful characteristics. Such characteristics could cause us, IRBs, clinical trial sites, the FDA or other regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label, if the product candidate is approved, or the delay, denial or withdrawal of regulatory approval, which may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Further, if any of our products cause serious or unexpected side effects after receiving market approval, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product or impose restrictions on its distribution;

the FDA may require implementation of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS;

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications;

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

we may need to voluntarily recall our products;

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; or

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product or product candidate and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our products and product candidates.

13

Table of Contents

Risk factors


We will need to obtain FDA approval of any proposed names for our product candidates that gain marketing approval, and any failure or delay associated with such naming approval may adversely impact our business.

Any name we intend to use for our product candidates will require approval from the FDA regardless of whether we have secured a formal trademark registration from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of whether proposed names may be confused with other product names. The FDA may object to any product name we submit if it believes the name inappropriately implies medical claims. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed product names, we may be required to adopt an alternative name for our product candidates, which could result in further evaluation of proposed names with the potential for additional delays and costs.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

Even if we obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction, such approval does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from those in the United States, including additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials as investigations conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed.

Our failure to successfully identify, develop and market additional product candidates could impair our ability to grow.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to identify, develop and market additional product candidates. We are exploring various therapeutic opportunities for our pipeline and proprietary technologies. We may spend several years completing our development of any particular current or future internal product candidates, and failure can occur at any stage. The product candidates to which we allocate our resources may not end up being successful. In addition, because our internal research capabilities are limited, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical companies, academic scientists and other researchers to sell or license product candidates, approved products or the underlying technology to us. The success of this strategy depends partly upon our ability to identify, select, discover and acquire promising product candidates and products.

The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially

14

Table of Contents

Risk factors


greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. We may not be able to acquire the rights to additional product candidates on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.

In addition, future acquisitions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

exposure to unknown liabilities;

disruption of our business and diversion of our management's time and attention to develop acquired products or technologies;

incurrence of substantial debt, dilutive issuances of securities or depletion of cash to pay for acquisitions;

higher than expected acquisition and integration costs;

difficulty in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations and personnel;

increased amortization expenses;

impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

inability to motivate key employees of any acquired businesses.

Further, any product candidate that we acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including extensive clinical testing and approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities.

The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed or prevented for a number of reasons.

We intend to identify, develop and market additional product candidates; however, we may not be able to commence or complete the clinical trials that would support the submission of an NDA to the FDA. Drug development is a long, expensive and uncertain process, and delay or failure can occur at any stage of any of our clinical trials. Clinical trials can be delayed or prevented for a number of reasons, including:

difficulties obtaining regulatory approval to commence a clinical trial or complying with conditions imposed by a regulatory authority regarding the scope or term of a clinical trial;

delays in reaching or failing to reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, and trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

failure of our third-party contractors, such as CROs and CMOs, or our investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or otherwise meet their contractual obligations in a timely manner;

insufficient or inadequate supply or quality of a product candidate or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials;
15

Table of Contents

Risk factors


difficulties obtaining IRB approval to conduct a clinical trial at a prospective site;

the FDA requiring alterations to any of our study designs, our nonclinical strategy or our manufacturing plans;

challenges recruiting and enrolling subjects to participate in clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including size and nature of subject population, proximity of subjects to clinical sites, eligibility criteria for the trial, nature of trial protocol, the availability of approved effective treatments for the relevant disease and competition from other clinical trial programs for similar indications;

difficulties maintaining contact with subjects after treatment, which results in incomplete data;

receipt by a competitor of marketing approval for a product targeting an indication that our product targets, such that we are not "first to market" with our product candidate;

governmental or regulatory delays and changes in regulatory requirements, policy and guidelines; and

varying interpretations of data by the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies.

Clinical trials may also be delayed or terminated as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results. In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA, the IRBs at the sites where the IRBs are overseeing a trial, or a data safety monitoring board overseeing the clinical trial at issue, or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including:

failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols;

inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial sites by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

unforeseen safety issues, including serious adverse events associated with a product candidate, or lack of effectiveness; and

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

Positive results in previous nonclinical studies and clinical trials of any of our product candidates may not be replicated in future clinical trials of the same product candidates, which could result in development delays or a failure to obtain marketing approval.

Positive results in nonclinical studies and clinical trials of any of our product candidates may not be predictive of similar results in future clinical trials. Also, interim results during a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in early-stage development. Accordingly, the results from any completed nonclinical studies and clinical trials for any of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results we may obtain in later stage trials. Our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials. Moreover, clinical data is often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in nonclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain FDA approval for their products.

16

Table of Contents

Risk factors


RISKS RELATED TO COMMERCIALIZATION

We have never generated any revenues from the sales of our branded product candidates, and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Our ability to become profitable depends upon our ability to generate revenues from sales of our branded product candidates. We have only generated revenues from the sale of our generic Tussionex and contract manufacturing, which contract manufacturing operations were discontinued in 2013. We have not generated any revenues from product sales of our own branded product candidates and have incurred significant operating losses.

Our ability to generate product revenues is dependent on our ability to receive regulatory approval of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, and our ability to successfully commercialize these products. Our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates depends on, among other things, our ability to:

obtain regulatory approvals for NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201;

if regulatory approvals are received, manufacture commercial quantities of our product candidates at acceptable cost levels; and

successfully establish sales and marketing capabilities to commercialize our product candidates.

Even if any of our product candidates are approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercialization. It is possible that we will never have sufficient product sales revenues to achieve profitability.

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may be unable to generate any revenue.

We do not currently have an organization for the sale, marketing or distribution of NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201. As a result, we must build this organization, or enter into a marketing collaboration with a third party, in order to commercialize NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. Although we intend to establish a focused, specialty sales and marketing organization of approximately 100 representatives to promote any of our approved products in the United States, we currently have no such organization or capabilities. The establishment and development of our own sales force in the United States to market NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 will be expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. We cannot be certain that we would be able to successfully develop this capacity, and even if we do, the cost of establishing and maintaining such an organization may exceed the benefit of doing so.

Our prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products is limited to our generic Tussionex, and we have no prior experience in marketing, sale and distribution of branded pharmaceutical products. There are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team and successfully negotiate with managed care and third-party payors. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products.

We also intend to enter into strategic partnerships with third parties to commercialize our product candidates outside of the United States and may also enter into strategic partnerships with third parties for certain aspects of our commercialization efforts within the United States. We may have difficulty establishing relationships with third parties on terms that are acceptable to us, or in all of the regions

17

Table of Contents

Risk factors


where we wish to commercialize our products, or at all. If we are unable to establish adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, whether independently or with third parties, we may not be able to generate sufficient product revenue and may not become profitable. We will be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales operations. Without an internal team or the support of a third party to perform marketing and sales functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.

Our business is subject to extensive regulatory requirements, and our approved product and any product candidates that obtain approval will be subject to ongoing and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant expense and limit our ability to commercialize such products.

Even after a product is approved, we will remain subject to ongoing FDA and other regulatory requirements governing, among other things, the production, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, safety surveillance, advertising, promotion, import, export, record-keeping and reporting of safety and other post-market information. The holder of an approved NDA is obligated to monitor and report adverse events, or AEs, and any failure of a product to meet the specifications in the NDA. The holder of an approved NDA must also submit new or supplemental applications and obtain FDA approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling or manufacturing process. In addition, the FDA may impose significant restrictions on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or on the conditions of approval. For example, a product's approval may contain requirements for potentially costly post-approval trials and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product or the imposition of a REMS program.

Prescription drug advertising, marketing and promotion are subject to federal, state and foreign regulations, which include requirements for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the Internet and social media. In the United States, prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure they are marketed only for their approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Any promotion for uses or in patient populations not described in the approved labeling, known as "off-label" promotion, is impermissible and could subject us to enforcement actions and significant penalties for off-label marketing.

In addition, manufacturers and their facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs. These cGMP regulations cover all aspects of manufacturing relating to our generic Tussionex, NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. As such, we are subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and must continue to expend time, money and resources in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control. We also continue to have a cGMP expert conduct an annual audit and submit these audit reports and our responses to the FDA, and may be inspected by the FDA at any time as a result of the Consent Decree entered into by our predecessor, which is discussed below. Although for our most recent annual audit by the cGMP expert in November 2014, the expert concluded that our corrective actions satisfactorily addressed the observations noted in its report, on May 22, 2015 the FDA's Dallas District Office identified three ongoing cGMP deviations in our response to the audit related to batch failure investigations, quality control unit procedures, and in-process specifications. We implemented corrective actions and submitted additional information in our response to the FDA.

18

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Moreover, the facilities used by us to manufacture NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 will be subject to pre-approval inspections after we submit our NDAs to the FDA. For example, the FDA recently conducted a cGMP and pre-approval inspection related to our NDA for NT-0102 from May 27 to June 4, 2015. At the end of the inspection, the agency issued a Form FDA 483 with one observation finding that appropriate controls are not exercised over one of our computer systems in order to assure that changes in records are instituted only by authorized personnel. We are implementing corrective action related to this observation and will respond to the FDA. If we cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA, we will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for our product candidates. If the FDA finds deficiencies at our manufacturing facility and does not approve our NDA for any of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, our ability to develop or market any of our product candidates will be impacted.

Manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMPs and adherence to commitments made in the NDA. If we or a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as AEs of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions relative to that product or the manufacturing facility, including notice to physicians, withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. Manufacturers are also subject to annual drug product and facility user fees that may be substantial. If we are unable to generate sales of our product candidates, the user fee requirements could be difficult to pay.

If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the FDA may, for example:

issue untitled or warning letters asserting that we are in violation of the FDCA;

impose restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of any product candidate or product;

seek an injunction or impose civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties, damages, assess monetary fines, or require disgorgement;

suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

refuse to approve a pending NDA or supplements to an NDA submitted by us; or

seize the product.

Moreover, any violation of these and other laws and regulations could result in exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, require curtailment or restructuring of our operations and prohibit us from entering into government contracts.

Similar requirements may apply in foreign jurisdictions in which we may seek approval of our products. Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and generate revenues.

In addition, the FDA's regulations or policies may change and new or additional statutes or government regulations in the United States and other jurisdictions may be enacted that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates or further restrict or regulate post-approval activities. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse government regulation that may arise from pending or future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or

19

Table of Contents

Risk factors


abroad. If we are not able to achieve and maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our products and/or product candidates, which would adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability.

The commercial success of our product candidates, if approved, depends upon attaining market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and the medical community.

To date, we have expended significant time, resources, and effort on the development of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, and a substantial majority of our resources are now focused on preparing for the commercial launch in the United States, if approved, of NT-0102 in the second quarter of 2016 NT-0202 in the third quarter of 2016 and NT-0201 in the first quarter of 2017. Accordingly, our ability to generate significant product revenue will depend almost entirely on our ability to successfully obtain final marketing approval for and commercialize NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. We may not sell NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 in the United States until the FDA grants final marketing approval and, therefore, our planned commercial launch of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 in the United States could experience unanticipated delays or problems and may be prohibited altogether, notwithstanding its tentative approval by the FDA.

Our ability to successfully commercialize NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 will depend on, among other things, our ability to:

establish relationships with third-party suppliers for the manufacture of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201;

manufacture and produce, through a validated process, sufficiently large quantities and inventory of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 to permit successful commercialization;

build and maintain a wide variety of internal sales, distribution and marketing capabilities sufficient to build commercial sales of our products;

establish collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of our products in countries outside the United States, and such collaborators' ability to obtain regulatory and reimbursement approvals in such countries;

secure widespread acceptance of our products by physicians, health care payors, patients and the medical community;

properly price and obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement of the product by governmental authorities, private health insurers, managed care organizations and other third-party payors;

maintain compliance with ongoing FDA labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, recordkeeping, safety and other post-market requirements; and

manage our growth and spending as costs and expenses increase due to commercialization.

There are no guarantees that we will be successful in completing these tasks. Successful commercialization will also depend on whether we can adequately protect against and effectively respond to any claims by holders of patents and other intellectual property rights that our products infringe their rights, whether any unanticipated adverse effects or unfavorable publicity develops in respect of our products, as well as the emergence of new or existing products as competition, which may be proven to be more clinically effective and cost-effective. If we are unable to successfully complete these tasks, we may not be able to commercialize NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 in a

20

Table of Contents

Risk factors


timely manner, or at all, in which case we may be unable to generate sufficient revenues to sustain and grow our business.

In addition, we have begun, and will need to continue, investing substantial financial and management resources to build out our commercial infrastructure and to recruit and train sufficient additional qualified marketing, sales and other personnel in anticipation of the planned commercial launch of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. We have committed and will continue to commit these additional resources prior to obtaining final approval of any of NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 from the FDA. If we are unable to successfully obtain final FDA approval of any of our product candidates or complete these activities, or experience unanticipated delays or problems, our costs could substantially increase and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. In addition, we have certain revenue expectations with respect to the sale of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. If we cannot successfully commercialize and achieve those revenue expectations with respect to NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, our anticipated revenues and liquidity will be materially adversely impacted.

Moreover, even if we are able to timely launch NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201, their continued commercial success may be largely dependent on the capability of third-party collaborators. Such third-party collaborators may not deploy the resources we would like them to, and our revenue would then suffer. In addition, we could become embroiled in disputes with these parties regarding the terms of any agreements, their performance or intellectual property rights. Any dispute could disrupt the sales of our products and adversely affect our reputation and revenue. In addition, if any of our manufacturing or collaboration partners fail to effectively perform under our arrangements for any reason, we may not be able to find a suitable replacement partner on a timely basis or on acceptable terms.

We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The biopharmaceutical industries are intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. We expect to have competitors both in the United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and universities and other research institutions. For example, amphetamine XR is currently marketed in the United States by Shire under the brand name Adderall XR, and methylphenidate is marketed in the United States by Janssen under the brand name Concerta, and by Novartis under the brand names Focalin XR and Ritalin LA. Further, makers of branded drugs could also enhance their own formulations in a manner that competes with our enhancements of these drugs. We are also aware of efforts by several pharmaceutical companies with ADHD medications in clinical development, including Shire, Noven, Alcobra, Highland Therapeutics, Sunovian, Neurovance and Rhodes Pharmaceuticals. Tris Pharmaceuticals is also working in this space to reformulate existing methylphenidate and amphetamine medications and has recently submitted an NDA for an amphetamine-based XR liquid suspension.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff and more experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. As a result, these companies may obtain regulatory approval more rapidly than we are able and may be more effective in selling and marketing their products as well. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors may succeed in developing,

21

Table of Contents

Risk factors


acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis drug products or drug delivery technologies that are more effective or less costly than our XR-ODT or XR liquid suspension, or any product candidate that we are currently developing or that we may develop. In addition, our competitors may file citizens petitions with the FDA in an attempt to persuade the FDA that our products, or the nonclinical studies or clinical trials that support their approval, contain deficiencies or that new regulatory requirements be placed on the product candidate or drug class of the product candidate. Such actions by our competitors could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any NDA that we submit under Section 505(b)(2).

We believe that our ability to successfully compete will depend on, among other things:

the efficacy and safety of our product and product candidates, including as relative to marketed products and product candidates in development by third parties;

the time it takes for our product candidates to complete clinical development and receive marketing approval;

the ability to maintain a good relationship with regulatory authorities;

the ability to commercialize and market any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval;

the price of our product and product candidates that receive regulatory approval, including in comparison to branded or generic competitors;

whether coverage and adequate levels of reimbursement are available under private and governmental health insurance plans, including Medicare;

the ability to protect intellectual property rights related to our product and product candidates;

the ability to manufacture on a cost-effective basis and sell commercial quantities of our product and product candidates that receive regulatory approval; and

acceptance of any of our products and product candidates that receive regulatory approval by physicians and other healthcare providers.

If our competitors market products that are more effective, safer or less expensive than our product, if any, or that reach the market sooner than our products, if any, we may enter the market too late in the cycle and may not achieve commercial success, or we may have to reduce our price, which would impact our ability to generate revenue and obtain profitability. In addition, the biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Because we have limited research and development capabilities, it may be difficult for us to stay abreast of the rapid changes in each technology. If we fail to stay at the forefront of technological change, we may be unable to compete effectively. Technological advances or products developed by our competitors may render our technologies or product candidates obsolete, less competitive or not economical.

If we are unable to differentiate our product candidates from branded drugs or existing generic therapies for similar treatments, or if the FDA or other applicable regulatory authorities approve generic products that compete with any of our product candidates, our ability to successfully commercialize such product candidates would be adversely affected.

We expect to compete against branded drugs and to compete with their generic counterparts that will be sold for a lower price. Although we believe that our product candidates will be clinically differentiated from branded drugs and their generic counterparts, if any, it is possible that such

22

Table of Contents

Risk factors


differentiation will not impact our market position. If we are unable to achieve significant differentiation for our product candidates against other drugs, the opportunity for our product candidates to achieve premium pricing and be commercialized successfully would be adversely affected.

Once an NDA, including a 505(b)(2) application, is approved, the covered product becomes a "listed drug" that, in turn, can be cited by potential competitors in support of approval of an ANDA. The FDCA, implementing regulations and other applicable laws provide incentives to manufacturers to create modified, non-infringing versions of a drug to facilitate the approval of an ANDA or other application for generic substitutes. These manufacturers might only be required to conduct a relatively inexpensive study to show that their product has the same active ingredient(s), dosage form, strength, route of administration, and conditions of use, or labeling, as our product candidate and that the generic product is bioequivalent to ours, meaning it is absorbed in the body at the same rate and to the same extent as our product candidate. These generic equivalents, which must meet the same quality standards as the listed drugs, would be significantly less costly than ours to bring to market and companies that produce generic equivalents are generally able to offer their products at lower prices.

Thus, after the introduction of a generic competitor, a significant percentage of the sales of any branded product, such as NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved, can be lost to the generic version. Accordingly, competition from generic equivalents to our product candidates would materially adversely impact our revenues, profitability and cash flows and substantially limit our ability to obtain a return on the investments we have made in our product candidates.

The design, development, manufacture, supply and distribution of our product candidates are highly regulated processes and technically complex.

We are subject to extensive regulation in connection with the preparation and manufacture of our product candidates and potential product candidates for clinical trials and commercial sale. Components of a finished therapeutic product approved for commercial sale or used in late-stage clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMPs and equivalent foreign standards. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures, including record keeping, and the implementation and operation of quality systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of adventitious agents or other contaminants, or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of our product candidates that may not be detectable in final product testing. The development, manufacture, supply, and distribution of our generic Tussionex, NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, as well as any of our future potential product candidates, are highly regulated processes and technically complex. We, along with our third-party suppliers, must comply with all applicable regulatory requirements of the FDA and foreign authorities.

We must supply all necessary documentation in support of our regulatory filings for our product candidates on a timely basis and must adhere to the FDA's GLP and cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program, and the equivalent standards of the regulatory authorities in other countries. Any failure to comply with cGMP regulations or failure to scale-up manufacturing processes, including any failure to deliver sufficient quantities of product candidates in a timely manner, could lead to a delay in, or failure to obtain, regulatory approval of any of our product candidates. Our facilities and quality systems must also pass a pre-approval inspection for compliance with the applicable regulations as a condition of regulatory approval of our product candidates or any of our other potential products. For example, the FDA recently conducted a cGMP and pre-approval inspection related to our NDA for NT-0102 from May 27 to June 4, 2015. At the end of the inspection, the agency issued a Form FDA 483 with one observation finding that appropriate controls are not exercised over one of our computer systems in order to assure that

23

Table of Contents

Risk factors


changes in records are instituted only by authorized personnel. We are implementing corrective action related to this observation and will respond to the FDA. In addition, the regulatory authorities in any country may, at any time, audit or inspect a manufacturing facility involved with the preparation of our product candidates or our other potential products or the associated quality systems for compliance with the regulations applicable to the activities being conducted. If these facilities and quality systems do not pass a pre-approval plant inspection, FDA approval of our product candidates, or the equivalent approvals in other jurisdictions, will not be granted.

Regulatory authorities also may, at any time following approval of a product for sale, audit our manufacturing facilities. If any such inspection or audit identifies a failure to comply with applicable regulations or if a violation of our product specifications or applicable regulations occurs independent of such an inspection or audit, we or the relevant regulatory authority may require remedial measures that may be costly and/or time-consuming for us to implement and that may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical trial or commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of our facility. Any such remedial measures imposed upon us could materially harm our business. If we fail to maintain regulatory compliance, the FDA can impose regulatory sanctions including, among other things, refusal to approve a pending application for a new drug product or revocation of a pre-existing approval.

As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially harmed.

We rely on limited sources of supply for NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 and our generic Tussionex, and any disruption in the chain of supply may impact production and sales of NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 and our generic Tussionex, and cause delays in developing and commercializing our product candidates and currently manufactured and commercialized product.

Our NDA for NT-0102, and the NDAs we plan to resubmit for NT-0202 and submit for NT-0201, include our proposed manufacturing process for each product candidate. Any change to our manufacturing process, facilities or suppliers could require that we amend our NDA. Also, because of our proprietary processes for manufacturing our product candidates, we cannot immediately transfer manufacturing activities for NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 or our generic Tussionex to an alternate supplier, and a change of facilities would be a time-consuming and costly endeavor. This would also require us to supplement our NDA filings to include the change of manufacturing site. Any changes to our manufacturing process would involve substantial cost and could result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines. We are also reliant on a limited number of suppliers for resin, drug compounds, coating and other component substances of our final product candidates and product. If any of these single-source suppliers were to breach or terminate its supply agreement, if any, with us or otherwise not supply us, we would need to identify an alternative source for the supply of component substances for our product candidates and product. Identifying an appropriately qualified source of alternative supply for any one or more of the component substances for our product candidates or product could be time consuming, and we may not be able to do so without incurring material delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates or a decrease in sales of our generic Tussionex, which could harm our financial position and commercial potential for our product candidates and product. Any alternative vendor would also need to be qualified through an NDA supplement which could result in further delay, including delays related to additional clinical trials. The FDA, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, or other regulatory agencies outside of the United States may also require additional studies if we enter into agreements with new suppliers for the manufacture of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 and our generic Tussionex that differ from the suppliers used for clinical development of such product candidates.

24

Table of Contents

Risk factors


These factors could cause the delay of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals or commercialization of our product candidates, cause us to incur higher costs and prevent us from commercializing them successfully. Furthermore, if our suppliers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of components and APIs on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, including if our suppliers did not receive adequate DEA quotas for the supply of certain scheduled components, and we are unable to secure one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost, commercialization of our lead product candidates and our generic Tussionex, and clinical trials of future potential product candidates, may be delayed or we could lose potential revenue and our business, financial condition, results of operation and reputation could be adversely affected.

If we fail to produce our product or product candidates in the volumes that we require on a timely basis, or fail to comply with stringent regulations applicable to pharmaceutical drug manufacturers, we may face penalties from wholesalers and contracted retailers of our product and delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

We currently depend on third-party suppliers for the supply of the APIs for our product and product candidates, including drug substance for nonclinical research, clinical trials and commercialization. For NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 and our generic Tussionex, we currently rely on single suppliers for raw materials including APIs, which we use to manufacture, produce and package final dosage forms. In particular, we have an exclusive supply agreement with Coating Place, Inc., or CPI, pursuant to which CPI (i) is the exclusive supplier of the active ingredient complexes in our generic Tussionex and (ii) has agreed to not supply anyone else engaged in the production of generic Tussionex with such active ingredient complexes. Any future curtailment in the availability of raw materials could result in production or other delays with consequent adverse effects on us. In addition, because regulatory authorities must generally approve raw material sources for pharmaceutical products, changes in raw material suppliers may result in production delays or higher raw material costs. We are subject to penalties from wholesalers and contracted retailers if we do not deliver our generic Tussionex in quantities that meet their demand, and in the future we may enter into agreements with similar penalties for NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved. Any such delays could trigger these penalty provisions, which would have a negative impact on our business.

The manufacture of pharmaceutical products requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Pharmaceutical companies often encounter difficulties in manufacturing, particularly in scaling up production of their products. These problems include manufacturing difficulties relating to production costs and yields, quality control, including stability of the product and quality assurance testing, shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with federal, state and foreign regulations. If we are unable to demonstrate stability in accordance with commercial requirements, or if our raw material manufacturers were to encounter difficulties or otherwise fail to comply with their obligations to us, our ability to obtain FDA approval and market our product and product candidates would be jeopardized. In addition, any delay or interruption in the supply of clinical trial supplies could delay or prohibit the completion of our bioequivalence and/or clinical trials, increase the costs associated with conducting our bioequivalence and/or clinical trials and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to commence new trials at significant additional expense or to terminate a trial.

Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products need to comply with cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA through their facilities inspection programs. These requirements include, among other things, quality control, quality assurance and the maintenance of records and documentation. We may be

25

Table of Contents

Risk factors


unable to comply with these cGMP requirements and with other FDA and foreign regulatory requirements. A failure to comply with these requirements may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or voluntary recall, or withdrawal of product approval. If the safety of any of our products or product candidates is compromised due to failure to adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to obtain, or to maintain once obtained, regulatory approval for such product candidate or successfully commercialize such products or product candidates, and we may be held liable for any injuries sustained as a result. Any of these factors could cause a delay in clinical developments, regulatory submissions, approvals or commercialization of our products or product candidates, entail higher costs or result in our being unable to effectively commercialize our product candidates. The FDA recently conducted a cGMP and pre-approval inspection related to our NDA for NT-0102 from May 27 to June 4, 2015. At the end of the inspection, the agency issued a Form FDA 483 with one observation finding that appropriate controls are not exercised over one of our computer systems in order to assure that changes in records are instituted only by authorized personnel. We are implementing corrective action related to this observation and will respond to the FDA.

If any of NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 is approved and we fail to manufacture the product in sufficient quantities and at acceptable quality and pricing levels, or fail to obtain adequate DEA quotas for controlled substances, or to fully comply with cGMP regulations, we may face delays in the commercialization of this product candidate or be unable to meet market demand, and may be unable to generate potential revenues.

The manufacture of pharmaceutical products requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls, and the use of specialized processing equipment. In order to meet anticipated demand for NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved, we have installed specialized processing equipment in our Grand Prairie, Texas facilities, which we believe will produce sufficient quantities of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved, for commercialization. We purchase raw materials and components from various suppliers in order to manufacture NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201. If we are unable to source the required raw materials from our suppliers, or if we do not obtain DEA quotas or receive inadequate DEA quotas, we may experience delays in manufacturing NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, and may not be able to meet our customers' demands for NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201.

In addition, we must comply with federal, state and foreign regulations, including cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. Any failure to comply with applicable regulations may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or voluntary recall, or withdrawal of product approval, and would limit the availability of our product. Any manufacturing defect or error discovered after products have been produced and distributed could result in even more significant consequences, including costly recall procedures, re-stocking costs, damage to our reputation and potential for product liability claims.

Our Grand Prairie facility was formerly operated by our predecessor, PharmaFab, Inc., or PharmaFab. In April 2007, the FDA announced entry of a Consent Decree of Permanent Injunction, or the Consent Decree, against PharmaFab, one of its subsidiaries and two of its officials, including Mark Tengler, who was, at the time, PharmaFab's president, or jointly, the Defendants. The Consent Decree arose out of several perceived cGMP deficiencies related to the manufacture of unapproved drugs or Drug Efficacy Study Implementation, or DESI, drugs that we no longer manufacture. Pursuant to the Consent Decree, the Defendants were permanently restrained and enjoined from directly or indirectly

26

Table of Contents

Risk factors


manufacturing, processing, packing, labeling, holding or distributing any prescription drugs that are not the subject of an NDA or an abbreviated NDA. Among other things, the Consent Decree also granted the FDA the ability to, without prior notice, inspect PharmaFab's place of business and take any other measures necessary to monitor and ensure continuing compliance with the terms of the Consent Decree. The FDA has inspected the Grand Prairie facility several times since the Consent Decree was entered, and we have been able to manufacture and ship our generic Tussionex and drug products for our clinical trials. We also continue to have a cGMP expert conduct an annual audit and submit these audit reports and our responses to the FDA. For our most recent annual audit by a cGMP expert in November 2014, the cGMP expert concluded our corrective actions satisfactorily addressed observations noted by the cGMP expert in its audit report. However, on May 22, 2015, the FDA's Dallas District Office identified three ongoing cGMP deviations based on our response to the audit report related to batch failure investigations, quality control unit procedures, and in-process specifications. We implemented corrective actions and submitted additional information in our response to the FDA pursuant to the Consent Decree. Although we may apply for relief from the Consent Decree in the future, there is no guarantee that such relief will be granted or that we will be in compliance with the requirements of the Consent Decree.

If we are unable to produce the required commercial quantities of NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 to meet market demand for NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 on a timely basis or at all, or if we fail to comply with applicable laws for the manufacturing of NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201, we will suffer damage to our reputation and commercial prospects and we will be unable to generate potential revenues.

If we are unable to support demand for NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 and any future product candidates, including ensuring that we have adequate capacity to meet increased demand, or we are unable to successfully manage the evolution of our drug delivery technology platform, our business could suffer.

As our volume grows, we will need to continue to increase our workflow capacity for customer service, improve our billing and general process, expand our internal quality assurance program and extend our platform to support product production at a larger scale within expected turnaround times. We may need additional certified laboratory scientists and other scientific and technical personnel to process higher volumes of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved. Portions of our process are not automated and will require additional personnel to scale. We may also need to purchase additional equipment, some of which can take several months or more to procure, setup and validate, and increase our software and computing capacity to meet increased demand. There is no assurance that any of these increases in scale, expansion of personnel, equipment, software and computing capacities, or process enhancements will be successfully implemented, or that we will have adequate space in our facilities to accommodate such required expansion.

As additional products, such as NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, are commercialized, we will need to incorporate new equipment, implement new technology systems and laboratory processes and hire new personnel with different qualifications. Failure to manage this growth or transition could result in turnaround time delays, higher product costs, declining product quality, deteriorating customer service and slower responses to competitive challenges. A failure in any one of these areas could make it difficult for us to meet market expectations for our products and could damage our reputation and the prospects for our business.

27

Table of Contents

Risk factors


If our sole facility becomes damaged or inoperable or we are required to vacate our facility, our ability to manufacture our product candidates and our generic Tussionex for commercialization, or future potential product candidates for clinical development, may be jeopardized. Our inability to continue manufacturing adequate supplies of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved, could adversely affect our ability to generate revenues.

All of our manufacturing capabilities are housed in our sole facility located in Grand Prairie, Texas. Our facility and equipment could be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including war, fire, tornado, power loss, communications failure or terrorism, any of which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our drug delivery technology platform and manufacture our product candidates or product for some period of time. The inability to manufacture our product candidates or product if our facility or our equipment is inoperable, for even a short period of time, may result in the loss of customers or harm to our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers or repair our reputation in the future. Furthermore, our facility and the equipment we use to manufacture our product candidates and product could become damaged and time-consuming to repair or replace. It would be difficult, time-consuming and expensive to rebuild our facility or repair or replace our equipment or license or transfer our proprietary technology to a third-party, particularly in light of the requirements for a DEA-registered manufacturing and storage facility like ours. If we are required to change or add a new manufacturer or supplier, the process would likely require prior FDA, DEA and/or equivalent foreign regulatory authority approval, and would be very time consuming. Even in the unlikely event we are able to find a third party with such qualifications to enable us to manufacture our product candidates or product, we may be unable to negotiate commercially reasonable terms.

We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not cover all of the risks associated with damage or disruption to our business, may not provide coverage in amounts sufficient to cover our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. An inability to continue manufacturing adequate supplies of NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 or our generic Tussionex at our Grand Prairie, Texas facilities could result in a disruption in the supply of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved, or our generic Tussionex, to physicians and pharmacies, which would adversely affect our ability to generate revenues.

If other patient-friendly forms of extended-release amphetamine or methylphenidate are approved and successfully commercialized, especially if approved before NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201, our business would be materially harmed.

Other third parties may seek approval to manufacture and market their own versions of extended-release amphetamine or methylphenidate in patient-friendly dosage forms for the treatment of ADHD in the United States. If any of these parties obtain FDA approval of such a competitive product before we do, they may be entitled to three years of marketing exclusivity. Such exclusivity would, for example, delay the commercialization of NT-0102 and, as a result, we may never achieve significant market share for this product. Consequently, revenues from product sales of these products would be similarly delayed and our business, including our development programs, and growth prospects would suffer. Even if any of our product candidates are approved before a competitor, we may not be entitled to any marketing exclusivity and, other than under circumstances in which third parties may infringe or are infringing our patents, we may not be able to prevent the submission or approval of another full NDA for any competitor's product candidate.

28

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Amphetamine, methylphenidate and hydrocodone are Schedule II controlled substances under the Controlled Substances Act, and any failure to comply with this Act or its state equivalents would have a negative impact on our business.

Amphetamine, methylphenidate and hydrocodone are listed by the DEA as a Schedule II controlled substance under the Controlled Substances Act, or CSA. The DEA classifies substances as Schedule I, II, III, IV or V controlled substances, with Schedule I controlled substances considered to present the highest risk of substance abuse and Schedule V controlled substances the lowest risk. Scheduled controlled substances are subject to DEA regulations relating to supply, procurement, manufacturing, storage, distribution and physician prescription procedures. For example, Schedule II controlled substances are subject to various restrictions, including, but not limited to, mandatory written prescriptions and the prohibition of refills. In addition to federal scheduling, some drugs may be subject to state-controlled substance laws and regulations and more extensive requirements than those determined by the DEA and FDA. Though state controlled substances laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may schedule products separately. While some states automatically schedule a drug when the DEA does so, other states require additional state rulemaking or legislative action, which could delay commercialization.

Entities must register annually with the DEA to manufacture, distribute, dispense, import, export and conduct research using controlled substances. In addition, the DEA requires entities handling controlled substances to maintain records and file reports, including those for thefts or losses of any controlled substances, and to obtain authorization to destroy any controlled substances. Registered entities also must follow specific labeling and packaging requirements, and provide appropriate security measures to control against diversion of controlled substances. Security requirements vary by controlled substance schedule with the most stringent requirements applying to Schedule I and Schedule II controlled substances. Required security measures include background checks on employees and physical control of inventory through measures such as vaults and inventory reconciliations. Failure to follow these requirements can lead to significant civil and/or criminal penalties and possibly even lead to a revocation of a DEA registration. The DEA also has a production and procurement quota system that controls and limits the availability and production of Schedule I or II controlled substances. If we or any of our suppliers of raw materials that are DEA-classified as Schedule I or II controlled substances are unable to receive any quota or a sufficient quota to meet demand for our products, if any, our business would be negatively impacted.

Products containing controlled substances may generate public controversy. As a result, these products may have their marketing approvals withdrawn. Political pressures and adverse publicity could lead to delays in, and increased expenses for, and limit or restrict, the introduction and marketing of our product or product candidates.

Legislative or regulatory reform of the health care system in the United States may adversely impact our business, operations or financial results.

Our industry is highly regulated and changes in law may adversely impact our business, operations or financial results. In particular, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the Affordable Care Act, was signed into law. This legislation changes the current system of healthcare insurance and benefits intended to broaden coverage and control costs. The law also contains provisions that will affect companies in the pharmaceutical industry and other healthcare related industries by imposing

29

Table of Contents

Risk factors


additional costs and changes to business practices. Provisions affecting pharmaceutical companies include the following:

Mandatory rebates for drugs sold into the Medicaid program have been increased, and the rebate requirement has been extended to drugs used in risk-based Medicaid managed care plans.

The 340B Drug Pricing Program under the Public Health Service Act has been extended to require mandatory discounts for drug products sold to certain critical access hospitals, cancer hospitals and other covered entities.

Pharmaceutical companies are required to offer discounts on branded drugs to patients who fall within the Medicare Part D coverage gap, commonly referred to as the "Donut Hole."

Pharmaceutical companies are required to pay an annual non-tax deductible fee to the federal government based on each company's market share of prior year total sales of branded drugs to certain federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare, Medicaid, Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense. The aggregated industry-wide fee is expected to total $28.0 billion through 2019. Since we expect our branded pharmaceutical sales to constitute a small portion of the total federal health program pharmaceutical market, we do not expect this annual assessment to have a material impact on our financial condition.

Despite initiatives to invalidate the Affordable Care Act, the U.S. Supreme Court has upheld certain key aspects of the legislation, including the requirement that all individuals maintain health insurance coverage or pay a penalty, referred to as the individual mandate. Currently, the U.S. Supreme Court is considering a key provision of the Affordable Care Act, which provides federal premium tax credits to individuals purchasing coverage through health insurance exchanges, in a case before the court, King v. Burwell . An adverse decision in that case could curtail the number of individuals who have become, or are expected to be, newly insured. A decision in King v. Burwell is expected in 2015. Additionally, there are legal challenges to the Affordable Care Act in lower courts on other grounds. We will not know the full effects of the Affordable Care Act until applicable federal and state agencies issue regulations or guidance under the law. Although it is too early to determine the effect of the Affordable Care Act, the law appears likely to continue the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

In addition, in September 2007, the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 was enacted giving the FDA enhanced post-marketing authority including the authority to require post-marketing studies and clinical trials, labeling changes based on new safety information and compliance with REMS approved by the FDA. The FDA's exercise of this authority could result in delays or increased costs during product development, clinical trials and regulatory review, increased costs to ensure compliance with post-approval regulatory requirements and potential restrictions on the sale and/or distribution of approved products.

Moreover, we cannot predict what healthcare reform initiatives may be adopted in the future. Further federal and state legislative and regulatory developments are likely, and we expect ongoing initiatives in the United States to increase pressure on drug pricing. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenues from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates.

30

Table of Contents

Risk factors


If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate levels of coverage and reimbursement for our product or product candidates, if approved, their commercial success may be severely hindered.

Successful sales of our product and any product candidates that receive regulatory approval depend on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Patients who are prescribed medications for the treatment of their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors is critical to new product acceptance. Coverage decisions may depend upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new drug products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. Assuming we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products.

In addition, the market for NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 will depend significantly on access to third-party payors' drug formularies, or lists of medications for which third-party payors provide coverage and reimbursement. The industry competition to be included in such formularies often leads to downward pricing pressures on pharmaceutical companies. Also, third-party payors may refuse to include a particular branded drug in their formularies or otherwise restrict patient access through formulary controls or otherwise to a branded drug when a less costly generic equivalent or other alternative is available.

Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy requirement for coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to

31

Table of Contents

Risk factors


each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.

Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement will likely be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Third party coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval may not be available or adequate in either the United States or international markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors are subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

For our product and any product candidates that obtain regulatory approval and are marketed in the United States, our arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. In addition, we may be subject to health information privacy and security regulation by U.S. federal and state governments and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase or recommendation of an item or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the federal False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created federal criminal statutes that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on covered healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

The Affordable Care Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program to report annually to Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and
32

Table of Contents

Risk factors


analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government funded healthcare programs.

Product liability lawsuits could divert our resources, result in substantial liabilities and reduce the commercial potential of our products.

The risk that we may be sued on product liability claims is inherent in the development of pharmaceutical products. We face a risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in clinical trials and will face even greater risks upon any commercialization by us of our product candidates. These lawsuits may divert our management from pursuing our business strategy and may be costly to defend. In addition, if we are held liable in any of these lawsuits, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be forced to limit or forego further commercialization of one or more of our products.

Our product liability insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover any and all liabilities that we may incur.

We currently have $5.0 million in product liability insurance coverage in the aggregate, which may not be adequate to cover any and all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. Large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us, particularly if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could decrease our cash and adversely affect our business. In addition, we may not be able to obtain or maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or otherwise to protect against potential product liability claims, which could prevent or inhibit the commercial production and sale of our products.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL POSITION

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

Our company has limited operating history commercializing branded products. To date, we have focused primarily on developing our lead product candidates, NT-0102, NT-0202, and NT-0201. Our

33

Table of Contents

Risk factors


lead product candidates will require substantial additional resources before we will be able to receive regulatory approvals, implement commercialization strategies and begin generating revenue from product sales, if approved. There can be no assurance that any of our product candidates will ever achieve regulatory approval or generate any revenue. We do not anticipate generating any revenue from sales of NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 or any of our other product candidates in the near term, if ever. We have incurred significant net losses of $5.2 million and $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $19.0 million and $20.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $91.2 million. We have devoted most of our financial resources to manufacturing operations and product development. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the sale of equity and debt securities and payments received under collaborative arrangements. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future expenditures and our ability to generate revenue. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, we are unable to fully predict the timing or amount of our increased expenses, but we expect to continue to incur substantial expenses, which we expect will increase as we expand our development activities and build a specialty sales force and commercialization infrastructure. Our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the FDA to perform studies in addition to the clinical trials we have already completed. As a result of the foregoing, we expect to continue to incur significant and increasing losses and negative cash flows for the foreseeable future, which may increase compared to past periods. Even if we are able to generate revenue from the sale of any approved products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations.

We may need additional funding and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which would force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

Developing future potential product candidates, conducting clinical trials, establishing raw material supplier relationships and manufacturing and marketing drugs are expensive and uncertain processes. Although we believe the proceeds of this public offering, together with our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and anticipated future product revenues, will be sufficient to allow us to fund the commercialization of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved, we may need to obtain additional capital through equity offerings, debt financing, payments under new or existing licensing and research and development collaboration agreements, or any combination thereof, in order to become cash flow positive and to develop and commercialize additional product candidates. If sufficient funds on acceptable terms are not available when needed, we could be required to significantly reduce operating expenses and delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of our development programs, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, unforeseen circumstances may arise, or our strategic imperatives could change, causing us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, requiring us to seek to raise additional funds sooner than expected. We have no committed external sources of funds.

The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of any regulatory approvals of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201;

the costs of establishing sales, marketing, distribution and commercial manufacturing capabilities for our products;
34

Table of Contents

Risk factors


if approved, our ability to successfully launch NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 and to continue to increase the level of sales in the marketplace;

the rate of progress and cost of our trials and other product development programs for our other potential product candidates;

the costs and timing of in-licensing additional product candidates or acquiring other complementary technologies, assets or companies;

the actions of our competitors and their success in selling competitive product offerings; and

the status, terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing, co-promotion or other arrangements.

Additional financing may not be available when we need it or may not be available on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, or at all, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate commercialization efforts for one or more of our product candidates or development programs for future potential product candidates.

We may sell additional equity or incur debt to fund our operations, which may result in dilution to our stockholders and impose restrictions on our business.

In order to raise additional funds to support our operations, we may sell additional equity or incur debt, which could adversely impact our stockholders, as well as our business. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities would result in the issuance of additional shares of our capital stock and dilution to all of our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. We may not have enough available cash or be able to raise additional funds on satisfactory terms, if at all, through equity or debt financings to repay our indebtedness at the time any such repayment is required (causing a default under such indebtedness), which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not have cash available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to make interest or principal payments on our indebtedness when due.

In December 2013, we reissued a promissory note to Essex Capital Corporation, or Essex, which was later amended in July 2014 and March 2015, for an aggregate principal amount of approximately $5.9 million. In March 2014, we entered into a secured credit facility pursuant to a loan and security agreement among Hercules Technology III, L.P., or Hercules, as lender, which was subsequently amended in September 2014, and promissory notes issued in favor of Hercules, providing for term loans of up to an aggregate of $25.0 million. All obligations under our secured credit facility are secured by substantially all of our existing property and assets (excluding our intellectual property and assets under capital lease), subject to certain exceptions. These debt financings may create additional financial risk for us, particularly if our business or prevailing financial market conditions are not conducive to paying off or refinancing our outstanding debt obligations at maturity.

Since our inception, we have had significant operating losses. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $91.2 million. We expect to continue to incur net losses and have negative cash flow from operating activities for the foreseeable future as we continue to develop and seek marketing approval for our product candidates. As a result, we may not have sufficient funds, or may be unable

35

Table of Contents

Risk factors


to arrange for additional financing, to pay the amounts due on our outstanding indebtedness under our secured credit facility or promissory note. Further, funds from external sources may not be available on economically acceptable terms, if at all. For example, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish potentially valuable rights to our product candidates or technologies, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are not available when and if needed, our ability to make interest or principal payments on our debt obligations, finance our operations, our research and development efforts and other general corporate activities would be significantly limited and we may be required to delay, significantly curtail or eliminate one or more of our programs.

Failure to satisfy our current and future debt obligations under our secured credit facility or promissory note to Essex could result in an event of default and, as a result, our lenders could accelerate all of the amounts due. In the event of an acceleration of amounts due under our secured credit facility as a result of an event of default, we may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to repay our indebtedness. In addition, our lenders could seek to enforce their security interests in any collateral securing such indebtedness.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly.

We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly and annual fluctuations. We expect that any revenues we generate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year as a result of the timing of our commercialization efforts and seasonal trends with respect to ADHD diagnosis and use of medicinal products in the management of this disorder. Once we commercialize one or more of our product candidates, our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

any delays in regulatory review and approval of our product candidates;

our ability to establish an effective sales and marketing infrastructure;

variations in the level of expenses related to our commercialization efforts and the development of additional clinical programs;

competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

the level of market acceptance for any approved product candidates and underlying demand for that product and wholesalers' buying patterns;

regulatory developments affecting our products and product candidates;

our dependency on third-party manufacturers to supply components of our product candidates;

potential side effects of our future products that could delay or prevent commercialization or cause an approved drug to be taken off the market;

any intellectual property infringement lawsuit in which we may become involved; and

our execution of any collaborative, licensing or similar arrangements, and the timing of payments we may make or receive under these arrangements.

Due to the various factors mentioned above, and others, the results of any prior quarterly period should not be relied upon as an indication of our future operating performance. If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially.

36

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Our ability to use our net operating loss carry-forwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three year period, the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carry-forwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. We believe that, with our initial public offering, our most recent private placement and other transactions that have occurred over the past three years, we may have triggered an "ownership change" limitation. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carry-forwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our executive team listed under "Management" located elsewhere in this prospectus, the loss of whose services may adversely impact the achievement of our objectives. Any of our executive officers could leave our employment at any time, as all of our employees are "at will" employees. Recruiting and retaining other qualified employees for our business, including scientific and technical personnel, will also be critical to our success. There is currently a shortage of skilled executives in our industry, which is likely to continue. As a result, competition for skilled personnel is intense and the turnover rate can be high. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical companies for individuals with similar skill sets. In addition, failure to succeed in clinical trials may make it more challenging to recruit and retain qualified personnel. The inability to recruit key executives or the loss of the services of any executive or key employee might impede the progress of our development and commercialization objectives.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Our independent registered public accounting firm considered our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 for purposes of expressing an opinion on our financial statements but not for purposes of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, and two significant deficiencies in internal controls were identified in connection with the preparation of our financial statements. The first significant deficiency was due to inadequate design and implementation of general controls surrounding our information technology, or IT, and the second significant deficiency was due to inadequate maintenance and administration of our stock option program. We are taking steps to remedy both significant deficiencies, including with respect to the IT deficiency, engaging an independent third party to perform an assessment of internal controls over our IT systems that support financial reporting processes in our efforts to prepare for compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and to identify opportunities for improving our IT general controls

37

Table of Contents

Risk factors


environment. With respect to the stock option program deficiencies, we are implementing new approval and documentation procedures and controls governing all such grants. In addition, we are in the process of implementing a new third party software solution for managing and accounting for stock-based compensation. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling our system of internal controls over financial reporting and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may discover future deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting, including those identified through testing conducted by us in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm. Such deficiencies may be deemed to be significant deficiencies or material weaknesses and may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. Such an event could cause interruption of our operations. For example, the loss of data from completed clinical trials for our product candidates could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the development of our product candidates could be delayed.

We may rely on third parties to perform many essential services for any products that we commercialize, including distribution, customer service, accounts receivable management, cash collection and adverse event reporting. If these third parties fail to perform as expected or to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, our ability to commercialize NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 will be significantly impacted and we may be subject to regulatory sanctions.

We may retain third-party service providers to perform a variety of functions related to the sale and distribution of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201, if approved, key aspects of which will be out of our direct control. These service providers may provide key services related to distribution, customer service, accounts receivable management and cash collection. We would substantially rely on these third-party providers to perform services for us. If these third-party service providers fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, fail to meet expected deadlines, or otherwise do not carry out their contractual duties to us, our ability to deliver product to meet commercial demand may be significantly impaired. In addition, we may engage third parties to perform various other services for us relating to adverse event reporting, safety database management, fulfillment of requests for medical information regarding our product candidates and related services. If the quality or accuracy of the data maintained by these service providers is insufficient or if they fail to comply with various requirements, we could be subject to regulatory sanctions.

38

Table of Contents

Risk factors


RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

If our intellectual property related to our products or product candidates is not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our products, product candidates and technology. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential or proprietary information could enable competitors to duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market.

Due to legal standards relating to patentability, validity, enforceability and scope of claim, patents covering pharmaceutical and biotechnology inventions involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. Formulation of drug products such as ours with complex release profiles is an area of intense research, publishing and patenting, which limits the scope of any new patent applications. As a result, our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents is uncertain and any rights under any existing patents, or any patents we might obtain or license, may not provide us with sufficient protection for our products and product candidates to afford a commercial advantage against competitive products or processes. The patent applications that we own may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or in foreign countries. Even if patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge their patentability, validity (e.g., by discovering previously unidentified prior art, or a patent-barring event such as a prior public disclosure, use, sale or offer for sale of the invention), enforceability or scope, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. For example, U.S. patents may be challenged by third parties via inter partes review, post grant review, derivation or interference proceedings at the USPTO, and European patents may be challenged via an opposition proceeding at the European Patent Office. Furthermore, if we were to assert our patent rights against a competitor, the competitor could challenge the validity and/or enforceability of the asserted patent rights. Although a granted U.S. patent is entitled to a statutory presumption of validity, its issuance is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability, and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar products.

If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our products and product candidates is successfully challenged, we may face unexpected competition that could have a material adverse impact on our business. Even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. For example, a third party may develop a competitive product that provides therapeutic benefits similar to our products or product candidates, but is sufficiently different to fall outside the scope of our patent protection.

Furthermore, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials or entry onto the market in a particular jurisdiction, the period of time during which we could market a particular product under patent protection would be reduced.

Even where laws provide protection, costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and the outcome of such litigation would be uncertain. If we or one of our future collaborators were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering a product or our technology, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, lack of written description, non-enablement or a patent-barring event, such as a

39

Table of Contents

Risk factors


public disclosure, use or sale of the invention more than a year before the filing date of the application. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could, for example, be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld material information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to validity, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution, or that a third party challenging one of our patents would not assert that a patent-barring event had occurred. If a plaintiff or a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability against one or more of our patents, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection for one or more of our products or product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Moreover, we may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO, or become involved in reexamination, inter partes review, or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights. Patents based on applications that we file in the future may also be subject to derivation and/or post-grant review proceedings. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights and allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

We may not seek to protect our intellectual property rights in all jurisdictions throughout the world, and we may not be able to adequately enforce our intellectual property rights even in the jurisdictions where we seek protection.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries and jurisdictions throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States are less extensive than in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, even where we do elect to pursue patent rights outside the United States, we may not be able to obtain relevant claims and/or we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions.

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we do not pursue and obtain patent protection to develop their own products and further, may possibly export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. Even if we pursue and obtain issued patents in particular jurisdictions, our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent third parties from competing with us.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third

40

Table of Contents

Risk factors


parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit.

Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we have, and may in the future, choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in certain markets for our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell their approved products and our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing product candidates. As the pharmaceutical industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our products and product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. There may, for example, be issued patents of third parties of which we are currently unaware, that may be infringed by our products or product candidates, which could prevent us from being able to commercialize our products or product candidates, respectively. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications which may later result in issued patents that our products or product candidates may infringe.

The pharmaceutical industry is rife with patent litigation between patent holders and producers of follow-on drug products. The possibility of blocking FDA approval of a competitor's product for up to 30 months provides added incentive to litigate over Orange Book patents, but suits involving non-Orange Book patents are also common in the ADHD space. There have been multiple patent litigations involving nearly all of the medications for treatment of ADHD. This trend may continue and, as a result, we may become party to legal matters and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties alleging that our products or product candidates infringe their intellectual property rights. If one of our products or product candidates is found to infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, we or our collaborators could be enjoined by a court and required to pay damages and could be unable to commercialize the applicable approved products and product candidates unless we obtain a license to the patent. A license may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, during litigation, the

41

Table of Contents

Risk factors


patent holder could obtain a preliminary injunction or other equitable relief which could prohibit us from making, using or selling our approved products, pending a trial on the merits, which may not occur for several years.

There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry generally. If a third party claims that we or our collaborators infringe its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including, but not limited to:

infringement and other intellectual property claims which, regardless of merit, may be expensive and time-consuming to litigate and may divert our management's attention from our core business;

third parties bringing claims against us may have more resources than us to litigate claims against us;

substantial damages for infringement, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product at issue infringes on or violates the third party's rights, and, if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the patent owner's attorneys' fees;

a court prohibiting us from selling our product or any product candidate approved in the future, if any, unless the third party licenses its rights to us, which it is not required to do;

if a license is available from a third party, we may have to pay substantial royalties, fees or grant cross-licenses to our intellectual property rights; and

redesigning any of our products and product candidates so they do not infringe, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time.

Our drug development strategy relies heavily upon the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, which requires us to certify that we do not infringe upon third-party patents covering approved drugs. Such certifications typically result in third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, the defense of which would be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in any litigation may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts which would harm our business.

Our commercial success depends in large part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties for existing approved drug products. Because we utilize the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway for the approval of our products and product candidates, we rely in whole or in part on studies conducted by third parties related to those approved drug products. As a result, upon filing with the FDA for approval of our product candidates, we will be required to certify to the FDA that either: (1) there is no patent information listed in the FDA's Orange Book with respect to our NDA; (2) the patents listed in the Orange Book have expired; (3) the listed patents have not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (4) the listed patents are invalid or will not be infringed by the manufacture, use or sale of our proposed drug product. If we certify to the FDA that a patent is invalid or not infringed, or a Paragraph IV certification, a notice of the Paragraph IV certification must also be sent to the patent owner once our 505(b)(2) NDA is accepted for filing by the FDA. The third party may then initiate a lawsuit against us asserting infringement of the patents identified in the notice. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of receipt of the notice automatically prevents the FDA from approving our NDA until the earliest of 30 months or the date on which the patent expires, the lawsuit is settled, or the court reaches a decision in the infringement lawsuit in our favor. If the third party does not file a patent infringement lawsuit within the required 45-day period, our NDA will not be subject to the

42

Table of Contents

Risk factors


30-month stay. However, even if the third party does not sue within the 45-day time limit, thereby invoking the 30-month stay, it may still challenge our right to market our product upon FDA approval; therefore, some risk of an infringement suit remains even after the expiry of the 45-day limit. By way of example, when we initially submitted our NT-0202 NDA in December 2012 and in response to our Paragraph IV certification, Shire LLC, or Shire, initiated a lawsuit against us claiming patent infringement against certain of Shire's patents. We settled with Shire in July 2014. As part of our settlement, among other things, we stipulated that the commercial manufacture, use, selling, offering for sale or importing of NT-0202 would infringe on certain Shire patents and that such patent claims are valid and enforceable with respect to our NT-0202 NDA, but that such stipulations do not preclude us from filing new regulatory applications containing a Paragraph IV certification citing such patents. We also entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with Shire for certain of Shire's patents with respect to our NT-0202 NDA. Under the terms of the license agreement, if we obtain FDA approval of our NT-0202 NDA, we are required to pay a lump-sum, non-refundable license fee no later than thirty days after receiving such approval and a single-digit royalty on net sales of NT-0202 during the life of Shire's patents.

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary know-how and technological advances, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could enable competitors to use our proprietary information to develop products that compete with our products or cause additional, material adverse effects upon our competitive business position.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Some of our employees were previously employed at other companies, including actual or potential competitors. We may also engage advisors and consultants who are concurrently employed at other organizations or who perform services for other entities. Although we try to ensure that our employees, advisors and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, advisors, or consultants have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such party's former employer or in violation of an agreement with or legal obligation in favor of another party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

In addition, while we generally require our employees, consultants, advisors and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Similarly, we may be subject to claims that an employee, advisor

43

Table of Contents

Risk factors


or consultant performed work for us that conflicts with that person's obligations to a third party, such as an employer or former employer, and thus, that the third party has an ownership interest in the intellectual property arising out of work performed for us. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK AND THIS OFFERING

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:

any delay in filing an NDA for any of our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the FDA's review of that NDA;

failure to successfully execute our commercialization strategy with respect to NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201, if approved, or any other approved potential product candidate in the future;

adverse results or delays in clinical trials, if any;

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

inability to obtain additional funding;

failure to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates;

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates;

inability to manufacture adequate amounts of product supply or obtain adequate amounts of components of our product supply for our product candidates, or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of our generic Tussionex, NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201 or any future potential product candidates;

adverse regulatory decisions;

introduction of new products or technologies by our competitors;

failure to meet or exceed product development or financial projections we provide to the public;

failure to meet or exceed the estimates and projections of the investment community;

the perception of the pharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;
44

Table of Contents

Risk factors


sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future; and

trading volume of our common stock.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these listed companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our shares and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of March 31, 2015, our executive officers, directors, 5% or greater stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own approximately        % of our voting stock. Based upon the number of shares to be sold in this offering as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will beneficially own approximately       % of our outstanding voting stock. In addition to the above ownership, certain of our existing principal stockholders and their affiliated entities have agreed to purchase an aggregate of approximately $        million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may believe are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted book value (deficit) per share of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $       per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2015. For more information on the dilution you may suffer as a result of investing in this offering, see "Dilution."

This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering and the exercise of stock options granted to our employees. The exercise of any of these options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity

45

Table of Contents

Risk factors


securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock. Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that restrict the stockholders' ability to transfer shares of our common stock for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following the public offering. Subject to certain limitations, including sales volume limitations with respect to shares held by our affiliates, substantially all of our outstanding shares prior to this offering will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period. See "Shares eligible for future sale." In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Certain holders of our securities are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in the section of this prospectus entitled "Use of proceeds," and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, have imposed various requirements on public companies. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that required the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as "say on pay" and proxy access. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact (in ways we cannot currently anticipate) the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.

46

Table of Contents

Risk factors


We are an "emerging growth company," and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies," including exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior March 31st, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a "smaller reporting company," which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements including exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so in the foreseeable future. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which you purchased them.

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly

47

Table of Contents

Risk factors


or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders or remove our current management.

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management. These provisions include:

authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

limiting the removal of directors by the stockholders;

creating a classified board of directors;

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders; and

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved by our board of directors. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Further, other provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as we expect it to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a

48

Table of Contents

Risk factors


claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

49

Table of Contents


Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, and these statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "target," "projects," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

our ability to receive, and the timing of any receipt of, FDA approvals, or other regulatory action in the United States and elsewhere, to develop and commercialize NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201, or any other future product or product candidate;

our expectations regarding federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements;

the PDUFA goal date for NT-0102, the NDA resubmission date for NT-0202, and the NDA submission date for NT-0201;

the timing, cost or other aspects of the commercial launch and future sales of NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201, or any other future product or product candidate;

our ability to increase our manufacturing and distribution capabilities for NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201, or any other future product or product candidate;

our estimates regarding anticipated expenses, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

the ADHD patient market size and market adoption of NT-0102, NT-0202, or NT-0201 by physicians and patients;

the therapeutic benefits, effectiveness and safety of NT-0102, NT-0202, NT-0201, or any other future product or product candidate;

our expectations regarding the commercial supply of our NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 product candidates or our generic Tussionex;

our product research and development activities, including the timing and progress of our clinical trials, and projected expenditures;

issuance of patents to us by the USPTO and other governmental patent agencies;

our ability to achieve profitability;

our staffing needs; and

our use of proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

50

Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements


You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in "Risk factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

51


Market and industry data

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

52

Table of Contents


Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $              million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $              million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our access to public equity markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering for as follows:

approximately $             for pre-commercialization planning of our three lead product candidates, NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201;

approximately $             for commercialization of our three lead product candidates, if approved; and

the remainder for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes, including investing further in research and development efforts.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering or the amounts we actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

53


Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of our credit facility with Hercules Technology III, L.P. In addition, any future indebtedness that we may incur could preclude us from paying dividends. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

54

Table of Contents


Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2015:

on an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,123,384 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale of                                        shares of our common stock offered in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the heading "Selected consolidated financial data" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations."

 
  As of March 31, 2015  
 
  Actual
  Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
as Adjusted

 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars except share
and per share data)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

    26,169     26,169        

Short-Term Investments

                   

Long-Term Debt, including current portion

    29,619     29,619     29,619  

Long-Term Liabilities:

                   

Warrant Liabilities

    3,719            

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 27,500,000 shares authorized, 21,123,384 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    102,088            

Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity:

                   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 35,000,000 shares authorized; 2,129,812 issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 23,253,196 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    2     23        

Additional paid-in capital

    4,931     106,998        

Warrants

        3,719        

Accumulated deficit

    (91,193 )   (91,193 )      

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (86,260 )   19,547        

Total Capitalization

  $ 49,166   $ 49,166        
55

Table of Contents

Capitalization


The information above is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' deficit (equity) and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' deficit (equity) and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $              million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table above excludes the following:

1,506,674 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.00 per share;

2,926,349 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.62 per share;

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Plan as of March 31, 2015; and

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan.
56

Table of Contents


Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2015 was $              million, or $             per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2015 was $              million, or $             per share, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 into an aggregate of 21,123,384 shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of                           shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been $              million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

  $          

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

             

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors

        $    

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $             , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $             , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $             per share.

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

57

Table of Contents

Dilution


with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at an assumed offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares purchased   Total consideration   Average price per share
 
 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
 

Existing stockholders

            %           % $    

New investors

            %           %      

Total

            %           %      

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full from us, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and excludes:

1,506,674 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.00 per share;

2,926,349 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.62 per share;

                    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Plan as of March 31, 2015; and

                    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan.

New investors will experience further dilution if any of our outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued and exercised under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock, other equity securities or convertible debt securities in the future.

58

Table of Contents


Selected consolidated financial data

The following selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 are derived from unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations." Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

Statement of operations data:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013
  2014
  2014
  2015
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Total Revenue

  $ 1,044   $ 758   $ 292   $ 428  

Cost of Goods Sold

    2,534     3,354     805     1,095  

Research and Development

    9,974     10,601     2,285     4,320  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

    5,624     5,275     1,550     1,663  

Interest and Other Expense (Income)

    1,512     2,377     817     (94 )

Net Loss from continuing operations

  $ (18,600 ) $ (20,849 ) $ (5,165 ) $ (6,556 )

Loss from discontinued operations

    (437 )            

Net Loss

  $ (19,037 ) $ (20,849 ) $ (5,165 ) $ (6,556 )

Preferred Stock Accretion to Redemption Value

    (1,227 )   (1,118 )   (317 )   (484 )

Preferred Stock Dividends

    (2,185 )   (2,185 )   (539 )   (539 )

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stock

  $ (22,449 ) $ (24,152 ) $ (6,021 ) $ (7,579 )

Net Loss per Share—B asic and Diluted(1)

  $ (11.86 ) $ (11.48 ) $ (2.88 ) $ (3.57 )

Shares Used to Compute Net Loss per Share— Basic and Diluted

    1,893,552     2,103,212     2,091,122     2,124,627  

(1)
See Note 4 to the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per common share.
59

Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data


Balance sheet data:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

  $ 11,947   $ 13,343   $ 26,169  

Short-Term Investments

    7,497     3,000      

Working Capital

    14,303     13,380     22,425  

Total Assets

    41,878     45,230     54,624  

Long-Term Debt, net of Current Portion

    16,454     23,121     26,124  

Warrant Liability

        1,789     3,719  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    70,836     90,149     102,088  

Stockholders' Deficit

    (54,844 )   (78,782 )   (86,260 )
60

Table of Contents


Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the "Selected consolidated financial" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under "Risk factors" or in other parts of this prospectus.

OVERVIEW

We are a pharmaceutical company focused on developing, manufacturing and commercializing products utilizing our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform, which we have already used to develop our three branded product candidates for the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, or ADHD. Our product candidates are extended-release, or XR, medications in patient-friendly, orally disintegrating tablets, or ODT, or liquid suspension dosage forms. Our proprietary modified-release drug delivery platform has enabled us to create novel, extended-release ODT and liquid suspension dosage forms. If approved, we believe our most advanced product candidates, NT-0102 and NT-0202, will be the first methylphenidate XR-ODT and the first amphetamine XR-ODT, respectively, for the treatment of ADHD on the market.

We have a Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, goal date of November 9, 2015 for NT-0102, our methylphenidate XR-ODT. We expect to resubmit a new drug application, or NDA, for NT-0202, our amphetamine XR-ODT, by July 2015 and submit an NDA for NT-0201, our amphetamine XR liquid suspension, in the third quarter of 2015. If we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our three branded product candidates, we plan to focus on commercialization in the United States using our own commercial infrastructure. We intend to manufacture our ADHD products in our current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, and U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA-registered manufacturing facilities, thereby obtaining our products at-cost without manufacturer's margins and better controlling supply quality and timing. We currently use these facilities to manufacture our generic equivalent to the branded product, Tussionex, an XR liquid suspension of hydrocodone and chlorpheniramine indicated for the relief of cough and upper respiratory symptoms of a cold.

Our predecessor company was incorporated in Texas on November 30, 1994 as PharmaFab, Inc. and subsequently changed its name to Neostx, Inc. On June 15, 2009, we completed a reorganization pursuant to which substantially all of the capital stock of Neostx, Inc. was acquired by a newly formed Delaware corporation, named Neos Therapeutics, Inc. Historically, we were primarily engaged in the development and contract manufacturing of unapproved or Drug Efficacy Study Implementation, or DESI, pharmaceuticals and, to a lesser extent, nutraceuticals for third parties. The unapproved or DESI pharmaceuticals contract business was discontinued in 2007, and the manufacture of nutraceuticals for third parties was discontinued in March 2013.

Since our reorganization in 2009, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to funding our manufacturing operations and to our product candidates which consist of research and development activities, clinical trials for our product candidates, the general and administrative support of these operations and intellectual property protection and maintenance. We have funded our operations principally through private placements of our common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock, bank and other lender financings and through payments received under collaborative arrangements. We

61

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


have raised approximately $125 million of capital to date, including $25 million of venture capital debt.

On August 28, 2014, we completed an acquisition of all of the rights to the Tussionex Abbreviated New Drug Application, or Tussionex ANDA, which include the rights to produce, develop, market and sell, as well as all the profits from such selling activities, our generic Tussionex, which we previously owned the rights to manufacture, but which was marketed and sold by the generic drug division of Cornerstone Biopharma, Inc., or Cornerstone. These rights were acquired from the collaboration of the Company, Cornerstone and Coating Place, Inc. Prior to the acquisition, we shared profits generated by the sale and manufacture of the product under a development and manufacturing agreement with those companies.

We have incurred significant losses in each year since our reorganization in 2009. Our net losses were $19.0 million and $20.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $5.2 million and $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $91.2 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses in the near term. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

seek regulatory approval for our product candidates;

build commercial infrastructure to support sales and marketing for our product candidates;

continue research and development activities for new product candidates;

manufacture supplies for our preclinical studies and clinical trials; and

operate as a public company.

We may continue to seek private or public equity and debt financing to meet our capital requirements. There can be no assurance that such funds will be available on terms favorable to us, if at all, or that we will be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. In addition, we may not be profitable even if we succeed in commercializing any of our product candidates.

FINANCIAL OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

Revenue

Our revenue is currently generated from product sales of our generic Tussionex, recorded on a net sales basis. We sell our product to drug wholesalers in the United States. We have also established indirect contracts with drug, food and mass retailers that order and receive our product through wholesalers. As a result of our acquisition of all of the rights to the Tussionex ANDA, we expect our future revenue to increase from historical levels as a result of our efforts directed toward the commercialization of our generic Tussionex.

We historically had generated revenue from manufacturing, development and profit sharing from a development and manufacturing agreement; however, we expect that these revenue streams will end since we terminated our development and manufacturing agreement in August 2014. As a result of our acquisition of the rights to commercialize and derive future profits from the Tussionex ANDA, we intend to utilize our manufacturing capability to derive revenue directly from sales made by us, rather than through a commercial partner. Sales of our generic Tussionex are seasonal and correlate with the cough and cold season.

In the future, we will seek to generate revenue from product sales of our three late-stage branded product candidates. We do not expect to generate any significant revenue unless or until we

62

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


commercialize our product candidates. If we fail to complete the development of our drug candidates in a timely manner or obtain regulatory approval for them, our inability to generate future revenue from product sales may adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

Research and development

We expense research and development costs as they are incurred. Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred in the discovery and development of our product candidates, and primarily include:

expenses, including salaries and benefits of employees engaged in research and development activities;

expenses incurred under third party agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, and investigative sites that conducted our clinical trials and a portion of our pre-clinical activities;

cost of raw materials, as well as manufacturing cost of our materials used in clinical trials and other development testing;

cost of facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses;

fees paid to regulatory authorities for review and approval of our product candidates; and

expenses associated with obtaining and maintaining patents.

Direct development expenses associated with our research and development activities are allocated to our product candidates. Indirect costs related to our research and development activities that are not allocated to a product candidate are included in "Other Research and Development Activities" in the table below.

The largest component of our total operating expenses has historically been our investment in research and development activities including the clinical development of our product candidates. The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013
  2014
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

NT-0102 Methylphenidate ODT

  $ 2,089   $ 1,641   $ 287   $ 2,419  

NT-0202 Amphetamine ODT

    829     762     174     34  

NT-0201 Amphetamine Liquid

    625     822     14     48  

Other Research and Development Activities(1)

    6,431     7,376     1,810     1,819  

  $ 9,974   $ 10,601   $ 2,285   $ 4,320  

(1)
Includes unallocated product development cost, salaries and wages, occupancy and depreciation and amortization.

We expect that our research and development expenses will fluctuate over time as we seek regulatory approval of our three ADHD product candidates and explore new product candidates, but will decrease as a percentage of revenue if any of our product candidates are approved. We expect to fund our research and development expenses from our current cash and cash equivalents, a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and revenues, if any, from our product candidates.

63

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


The process of conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We may never succeed in achieving marketing approval for our product candidates. The probability of success of our product candidates may be affected by numerous factors, including clinical data, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. As a result, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates.

We have a PDUFA goal date of November 9, 2015 for NT-0102. We expect to resubmit an NDA, for NT-0202 in July 2015 and submit an NDA for NT-0201 in the third quarter of 2015. Any further actions required by the FDA may result in further research and development expenses. For additional information regarding the PDUFA review process, see " Government Regulation—NDA and FDA review process."

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for personnel, including share-based compensation expense for our employees in executive, finance, human resources and selling functions. Other SG&A expenses include facility-related costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses or cost of goods sold, and professional fees for business development, market research, accounting, tax and legal services.

We expect that our SG&A expenses will increase with the potential commercialization of our product candidates particularly as we move to a business model in which we commercialize our own products in the United States. We also anticipate increased expenses associated with being a public company, including costs for audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs.

Interest expense, net

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents. The primary objective of our investment policy is liquidity and capital preservation.

Interest expense to date has consisted primarily of interest expense on senior debt, including the amortization of debt discounts, a subordinated note payable to a related party and the capitalized leases resulting from the sale-leaseback transactions of our existing and newly-acquired property and equipment. We amortize debt issuance costs over the life of the notes which are reported as interest expense in our statements of operations.

Other income (expense), net

Other income and expense to date has primarily consisted of amortization of the net gain recorded on the sale-leaseback of our property and equipment. These sale-leaseback financings occurred in five separate transactions, each with a 42-month lease term. The gains on the transactions are being recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective 42-month lease term (see Note 8 to the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

64

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015

Revenues

The following table summarizes our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Product

  $   $ 428   $ 428     not applicable  

Manufacturing

    113     0     (113 )   –100.0 %

Profit Sharing

    111     0     (111 )   –100.0 %

Development

    68     0     (68 )   –100.0 %

  $ 292   $ 428   $ 136     46.6 %

Total revenues were $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $0.1 million or 46.6%, from the three months ended March 31, 2014. All $0.4 million of product revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2015 was generated from net sales of our generic Tussionex for which we acquired all commercialization and profit rights in August 2014. This was partially offset by decreases in development, profit sharing and manufacturing revenue. The $0.1 million decrease in development revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due to reduced development work related to our generic Tussionex. In addition, the manufacturing and profit sharing revenues combined decreased by $0.2 million primarily due to the termination of our development and manufacturing agreement in August 2014.

Cost of goods sold

The following table summarizes our cost of goods sold for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Cost of Goods Sold

  $ 805   $ 1,095   $ 290     36.0 %

The total cost of goods sold was $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $0.3 million or 36.0% from the three months ended March 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to $0.2 million of amortization of the intangibles resulting from the acquisition of the rights to commercialize and derive future profits from Tussionex ANDA and a $0.1 million increase in other cost of goods sold, principally due to distribution costs incurred for the shipment of our generic Tussionex and audits of suppliers in 2015.

65

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Research & Development Expenses

  $ 2,285   $ 4,320   $ 2,035     89.1 %

Research and development expenses were $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $2.0 million or 89.1% from the three months ended March 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to a $2.3 million FDA filing fee for the NDA for NT-0102 submitted in January 2015 and a $0.1 amortization of the annual FDA facility fee for 2015 for our generic Tussionex. These increases were offset by a $0.2 million decrease in clinical expense, primarily as a result of the completion of our classroom study of NT-0102, and a $0.2 million decrease in research and development salaries and benefits as employees' efforts were refocused on the commercial production of our generic Tussionex.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

The following table summarizes our SG&A expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales and Marketing

  $ 3   $ 326   $ 323     10,766.7 %

General and Administrative

    1,547     1,337     (210 )   –13.6 %

Total Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

  $ 1,550   $ 1,663   $ 113     7.3 %

The total SG&A expenses were $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $0.1 million or 7.3% from the $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Sales and marketing professional services increased by $0.2 million due to the pre-commercialization market research and publications expenses incurred in the first three months of 2015 for the NT-0102 and NT-0202 product candidates. Salary and compensation expense increased $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to a $0.1 million increase in compensation related to share-based payments and a $0.1 million increase due to the addition in August 2014 of sales personnel as part of commercialization efforts for our generic Tussionex. In addition, consulting and business development expenses increased by $0.1 million related to the engaging of consultants for financial analysis, government pricing and business development. These increased costs were offset by a $0.4 million decrease in legal fees resulting from the termination and settlement of litigation related to the Paragraph IV certification of our NT-0202 product candidate in July 2014.

66

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Interest expense

The following table summarizes interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Interest Expense

  $ (1,019 ) $ (757 ) $ (262 )   –25.7 %

The total interest expense was $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $0.3 million or 25.7% from the $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. This decrease was principally due to a decrease of $0.4 million of amortization of costs and fees resulting from the repayment of $10.0 million of senior debt in March 2014. This was partially offset by higher interest in 2015 due to the increased senior debt balance.

Other income (expense), net

The following table summarizes our other income (expense) for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Other Income, net

  $ 202   $ 851   $ 649     321.3 %

Other income was $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $0.7 million from the $0.2 million of other income for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase resulted primarily from the change in the fair values of the earnout liability and the warrant liabilities due to new information regarding the projected impact of the DEA's reclassification of Tussionex from a Schedule III controlled substance to a Schedule II controlled substance and a review of the anticipated launch dates of our three ADHD product candidates.

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014

Revenues

The following table summarizes our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Product

  $   $ 316   $ 316     N/A  

Manufacturing

    137     113     (24 )   (17.5) %

Profit Sharing

    226     169     (57 )   (25.2) %

Development

    681     160     (521 )   (76.5) %

  $ 1,044   $ 758   $ (286 )   (27.4) %
67

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Total revenues were $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $0.3 million or 27.4%, from the year ended December 31, 2013. The $0.5 million or 76.5% decrease in development revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to reduced development work related to our generic Tussionex as we completed various stability programs and shifted our efforts toward launching commercialization in September 2013. In addition, the manufacturing and profit sharing revenues combined decrease of $0.1 million or 22.3% was primarily due to the termination of our three-way profit split development and manufacturing agreement in August 2014. These decreases were partially offset by $0.3 million of product revenue due to net sales of our generic Tussionex after our acquisition of all commercialization and profit rights to our generic Tussionex in August 2014.

Cost of goods sold

The following table summarizes our cost of goods sold for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Cost of Goods Sold

  $ 2,534   $ 3,354   $ 820     32.4 %

The total cost of goods sold was $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $0.8 million or 32.4% from the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in production cost of our generic Tussionex as a result of increased sales and indirect costs associated with scaling up of commercial manufacturing. In addition, the increase was due to manufacturing overhead expenses which were not capitalizable into inventory and were recognized as period expenses.

Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Research & Development Expenses

  $ 9,974   $ 10,601   $ 627     6.3 %

Research and development expenses were $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $0.6 million or 6.3% from the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to a $0.5 million increase in third party costs related to the preparation of our NDA submissions and a $0.5 million increase in depreciation and amortization costs primarily due to additional depreciation on new equipment and increased amortization of equipment financed under sale-leaseback agreements. These decreases were partially offset by a net $0.3 million decrease in clinical expense, primarily as a result of the completion of our classroom study of NT-0102, and a $0.1 million decrease in salary expense.

68

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Selling, general and administrative expenses

The following table summarizes our SG&A expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales and Marketing

  $ 153   $ 212   $ 59     38.6 %

General and Administrative

  $ 5,471   $ 5,063   $ (408 )   (7.5) %

Total Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

  $ 5,624   $ 5,275   $ (349 )   (6.2) %

The total SG&A expenses were $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $0.3 million or 6.2% from the year ended December 31, 2013. Salary and compensation expense increased $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 due to incentive compensation related to achievement of certain performance milestones. In addition, salary and compensation increased $0.5 million due to a restructuring of the executive team to bring on additional industry experience. In the year ended December 31, 2014, we also incurred an additional $0.1 million in marketing and professional consultants expenses related to the commercialization of our generic Tussionex. These increased costs were offset by a $1.0 million decrease in legal and professional services, due to the termination and settlement of litigation related to the Paragraph IV certification of our NT-0202 product candidate in July 2014, and a $0.3 million decrease related to a market research study for our product candidates conducted in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Interest expense

The following table summarizes interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Interest Expense

  $ (2,115 ) $ (2,954 ) $ 839     39.7 %

The total interest expense was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $0.8 million or 39.7% from the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to a $0.4 million increase due to amortization of costs and fees resulting from the repayment of $10.0 million of senior debt in March 2014, a $0.1 million increase driven by interest associated with an increase in debt principal, a $0.1 million increase related to the additional closing cost and exit fee amortization resulting from the September 2014 debt modification and a $0.2 million increase related to incremental equipment note interest associated with capital leases entered into during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

69

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Other income (expense), net

The following table summarizes our other income (expense) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  % Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Other Income, net

  $ 603   $ 577   $ (26 )   (4.2 )%

Other income was $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, was essentially unchanged from the year ended December 31, 2013. Additional amortization of the deferred gain recognized on the sales-leaseback arrangement, was offset by the remeasurement of the fair value of the possible earnout related to our purchase of the commercialization and profit rights to our generic Tussionex.

Loss from discontinued operations

In March 2013, we discontinued the contract manufacturing of nutraceuticals in order to concentrate on the manufacture of our proprietary extended-release pharmaceutical products. In accordance with Topic ASC, 360-10, the results of operations for the contract manufacturing of nutraceuticals has been excluded from continuing operations and reported as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. The components of discontinued operations which relate to contract manufacturing of nutraceuticals are as follows:

 
  2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 943  

Direct costs

    835  

Impairment of intangible assets

    545  

Net loss from discontinued operations

  $ (437 )

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources of liquidity

Since our reorganization in 2009, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock and bank and other lender financing.

As of March 31, 2015, we had $26.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. Between December 2014 and February 2015, we issued and sold 4,124,871 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series C preferred stock, for net proceeds of $20.6 million, of which $7.5 million is reflected in the December 31, 2014 cash balance and $13.1 million was received after December 31, 2014. On March 13, 2015, we received an advance of $5.0 million under our senior debt facility as a result of achievement of a certain regulatory milestone. In addition, on June 10, 2015 we drew down an additional $5.0 million under our senior debt facility. With management of our expenses, we believe we presently have sufficient liquidity to continue to operate into the second quarter of 2016.

Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash equivalents are invested primarily in money market funds which are currently providing only a minimal return.

70

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Cash flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
  Three months ended
March 31,
   
 
 
  Increase
(decrease)

  Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2013
  2014
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net Cash (used in) provided by:

                                     

Net Cash used in operating activities

  $ (14,955 ) $ (17,390 ) $ (2,435 ) $ (4,973 ) $ (7,614 ) $ (2,641 )

Net Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (9,517 )   (2,125 )   7,392     (7,030 )   2,780     9,810  

Net Cash provided by financing activities

    13,133     20,911     7,778     9,734     17,660     7,926  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (11,339 ) $ 1,396   $ 12,735   $ (2,269 ) $ 12,826   $ 15,095  

Cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities during these periods primarily reflected our net losses and changes in working capital, partially offset by non-cash charges including depreciation expense, amortization of intangible assets net of amortized gain on sale of equipment and stock-based compensation expense.

Net cash used in operating activities was $15.0 million and $17.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The $2.4 million increase in net cash used from operating activities was primarily due to the $1.8 million increase in our net losses, as discussed above, a $0.3 million decrease in noncash items principally due to the write off of assets related to our discontinued operations in 2013 and a $0.3 million increase in the usage of cash from working capital changes.

Net cash used in operating activities was $5.0 million and $7.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The $2.6 million increase in net cash used from operating activities was primarily due to the $1.4 million increase in our net losses, as discussed above, a $0.8 million decrease in noncash items principally due to the changes in the fair value of the earnout and warrant liabilities in 2015 and the fees and costs paid as a result of the prepayment of a prior credit facility in 2014, partially offset by amortization in 2015 of loan fees and costs under the Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology III, L.P., or Hercules, as amended, or the LSA, and a $0.4 million increase in the usage of cash from working capital changes.

Cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities is generally due to investments of cash in excess of our operating needs as well as purchase of equipment to support our research and development and manufacturing activities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $9.5 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we used $6.3 million in cash to acquire commercialization and profit rights to our generic Tussionex.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $7.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 primarily due to the net sale or purchase, respectively, of short term investments, partially offset by a $0.2 million of capital expenditures in 2015 in association with the expansion of our controlled substances vault.

71

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Cash provided by financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $20.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 was related to proceeds of $17.4 million, net of issuance costs, received from the sale of 3,486,521 shares of our Series C preferred stock; proceeds of $15.0 million from the issuance of notes to our new lender, partially offset by full repayment of the $10.0 million in principal under the previous term loan and $0.6 million of deferred financing costs; and $0.8 million from the sale leaseback of equipment, partially offset by principal payments under the sales leasebacks. Net cash provided by financing activities of $13.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily related to proceeds of $8.5 million, net of issuance costs, from the sale and full funding of 1,739,448 shares of our Series C preferred stock and $5.5 million from the sale leaseback of equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $17.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 was related to proceeds of $13.1 million, net of issuance costs, received from the sale of 2,624,936 shares of our Series C preferred stock and proceeds from the third draw of $5.0 million, or Tranche 3, under the LSA as a result of our achievement of a certain regulatory milestone, partially offset by $0.4 million of principal payments under the sales leasebacks. Net cash provided by financing activities of $9.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily related to proceeds of $9.9 million, net of issuance costs, received from the sale of 1,986,586 shares of our Series C preferred stock, proceeds of $10.0 million from the issuance of notes to our new lender, offset by full repayment of the $10.0 million in principal under the previous term loan and $0.4 million of deferred financing costs, and $0.8 million from the sale leaseback of equipment, partially offset by principal payments under the sale leasebacks.

Credit facilities

In March 2014, we entered into an LSA with Hercules which was subsequently amended in August 2014, September 2014 and December 2014. As amended, the LSA provides a total commitment of $25.0 million, available in four draws. Borrowings under the LSA are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, except our intellectual property and assets under capital lease. The first draw of $10.0 million, or Tranche 1, was issued during March 2014 and was used in its entirety to repay outstanding principal under a previous credit facility. The second draw of $5.0 million, or Tranche 2, was issued during September 2014. Tranche 3 in the amount of $5 million was issued in March 2015. In June 2015, we further amended the LSA and the fourth draw of $5.0 million, or Tranche 4, was issued. If we have not met certain regulatory or financing milestones, or the Tranche 4 Milestones, on or before July 31, 2015, then we must prepay the $5.0 million Tranche 4 principal balance together with all accrued and unpaid interest applicable to Tranche 4 on July 31, 2015. No prepayment charge shall apply to any prepayment made by us on or before July 31, 2015. The Tranche 4 Milestones, as described in the LSA, as amended, are: (1) NDA acceptance from the FDA for both NT-0102 and NT-0201, (2) our resubmission of an NDA for the second of NT-0102, NT-0201 or NT-0202 after the first has been accepted by the FDA, or (3) the close of any partnership, licensing transaction or equity financing that results in aggregate upfront cash proceeds of $30.0 million or greater received on or after August 2014.

Each draw is to be repaid in monthly installments, comprised of interest-only monthly payments until either January 2016 or May 2016, depending upon certain conditions set forth in the LSA, as amended, when installments of interest and principal calculated over a thirty-month amortization period commence. A balloon payment of the entire principal balance outstanding on October 1, 2017 and all accrued but unpaid interest thereunder is due and payable on October 1, 2017. The interest rate is 9% per annum for Tranche 1 and Tranche 4 and 10.5% per annum for Tranche 2 and Tranche 3. An end of term charge of $1.1 million is payable at the earliest to occur of (1) October 1,

72

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


2017, (2) the date we prepay our outstanding Secured Obligations, as defined therein, or (3) the date the Secured Obligations become due and payable.

The LSA, as amended, also contains certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, including limitations on our ability to transfer assets, engage in a change of control, merge or acquire with or into another entity, incur additional indebtedness, repurchase or redeem stock or other equity interest other than pursuant to employee stock repurchase plans or other similar agreements, make investments and engage in transactions with affiliates. Upon an event of default, the lender may declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding loans and interest accrued under the loan and security agreement to be immediately due and payable, and exercise its security interests and other rights. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants under our LSA, as amended.

In December 2011, we issued to Essex Capital Corporation, or Essex, a subordinated note, or Note, in the aggregate principal amount of $5.8 million. Interest accrues and adds to the principal balance until such time as we achieve positive EBITDA for three consecutive months. In June 2012, we amended and restated the Note, resulting in an extension of the maturity date from June 2014 to March 2017 and the conversion of $1.0 million of outstanding principal amount into 200,000 shares of the Company's Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The conversion was executed in December 2012 and the Note was amended to reflect the new aggregate principal amount of $5.3 million. In December 2013, the Note was amended and restated to reflect the addition of accrued interest due at maturity with a new aggregate principal amount of $5.9 million. In July 2014, the interest rate on the Note was reduced to 6% for the period from July 2014 through July 2015 pursuant to an amendment to the Note entered into as consideration for the $128,000 payment which we made to Essex as part of the Settlement and Release of Claims Agreement with Essex and a third party. This agreement resolved certain issues and disputes whereby Essex paid $256,000 to the third party, we paid Essex $128,000 and Essex agreed to reduce the interest rate on the Note from 10% to 6% for the July 2014 through July 2015 period. The third party released both Essex and us from any and all claims. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate principal amount of the Note was $5.9 million and $511,000 in interest had been accrued for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2015, the aggregate principal amount of the Note was $5.9 million and $98,000 in additional interest had been accrued for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we entered into five 42-month agreements with Essex for the sale-leaseback of existing and newly acquired assets with a total capitalized cost of $795,000 and $5.5 million, respectively, and a bargain purchase option at the end of the respective lease, all of which are classified as capital leases. The approximate imputed interest rate on these leases is 14.5%. See "Contractual commitments and obligations" below for future payments under these leases.

Capital resources and funding requirements

We may continue to seek private or public equity and debt financing to meet our capital requirements. There can be no assurance that such funds will be available on terms favorable to us, if at all, or that we will be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. In addition, we may not be profitable even if we succeed in commercializing any of our product candidates. We expect to continue to incur operating losses in the future over the next several years as we seek regulatory approval for our product candidates and build commercial infrastructure to support sales and marketing of these product candidates. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operating requirements into the fourth quarter of 2016. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong,

73

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


resulting in the use of our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our product candidates, we are unable to estimate the amount of increased capital required to become profitable. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

the costs and timing involved in obtaining regulatory approvals for our product candidates;

the timing and number of product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval;

the costs of developing our anticipated sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

the market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, and related success in commercializing and generating sales from our product candidates if approved by the regulatory authorities;

the costs of our manufacturing capabilities to support our commercialization activities, including any costs associated with adding new capabilities;

the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio, including potential litigation costs and liabilities;

the number and characteristics of new product candidates that we pursue; and

our ability to hire qualified employees at salary levels consistent with our estimates to support our growth and development, including additional general and administrative personnel as a result of becoming a public company, and sales and marketing personnel as we evolve into a commercial organization.

Until we obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates, if ever, we cannot generate revenues from sales of our products. Even if we are able to sell our products, we may not generate a sufficient amount of product revenues to finance our cash requirements. Accordingly, we may need to obtain additional financing in the future which may include public or private debt and equity financings and/or entrance into product and technology collaboration agreements or licenses and asset sales. There can be no assurance that additional capital will be available when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. The issuance of equity securities may result in dilution to stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities, these securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our common stock and the terms of the debt securities could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are not available, we may have to scale back our commercial operations or limit our research and development activities, which would have a material adverse impact on our business prospects and results of operations.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Our management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of any contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on our historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities

74

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 3 to the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is generated from product sales, recorded on a net sales basis in consideration of product returns, Medicaid rebates, wholesaler chargebacks, and historically, manufacturing, profit sharing and development revenue from a development and manufacturing agreement, each of which is described in more detail below. Product revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; price to the buyer is fixed and determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales transactions where the buyer has the right to return the product is recognized at the time of sale only if the price to the buyer is substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, the buyer has paid for the product, or the buyer is obligated to pay for the product and the obligation is not contingent on resale of the product, the buyer's obligation to pay would not be changed in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, the buyer acquiring the product for resale has economic substance apart from that provided by us, we do not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer and the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated.

We sell our generic Tussionex to a limited number of pharmaceutical wholesalers. Pharmaceutical wholesalers buy drug products directly from manufacturers. Title to the product passes upon delivery to the wholesalers, when the risks and rewards of ownership are assumed by the wholesaler. These wholesalers then resell the product to retail customers such as food, drug and mass merchandisers.

We expect that manufacturing, profit sharing and development revenue will end as we have terminated our development and manufacturing agreement. As a result of our acquisition of the rights to commercialize and derive future profits from the Tussionex ANDA, we will utilize our manufacturing capability to derive revenue directly from sales made by us, rather than through a commercial partner.

Net product sales

Net product sales for our generic Tussionex represent total gross product sales less gross to net sales adjustments. Gross to net sales adjustments include wholesaler fees and estimated allowances for product returns, government rebates, chargebacks and prompt-payment discounts to be incurred on the selling price of the respective product sales. Wholesaler distribution fees are incurred on the management of these products by wholesalers and are recorded within net product sales based on definitive contractual agreements. We estimate gross to net sales adjustments for allowances for product returns, government rebates and chargebacks based upon analysis of third-party information, including information obtained from our third party logistics provider, or 3PL, with respect to their inventory levels and sell-through to the wholesalers' customers, data available from third parties regarding prescriptions written for our products, as well as actual experience as reported by our customers and previous commercialization partners. For sales of our new product candidates where no history of product returns will exist at the time of sale to facilitate the estimation of product returns, we anticipate that we will initially recognize sales based on product sell-through to end customers using data available from third parties; therefore, some revenue may be deferred until sufficient product return history is generated. Due to estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the

75

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


amount of returns, rebates and chargebacks, the actual amount of returns and claims for rebates and chargebacks may be different from the estimates, at which time reserves would be adjusted accordingly. Allowances and accruals are recorded in the same period that the related revenue is recognized.

Product returns

Our wholesalers' contractual return rights are limited to defective product, product that was shipped in error, product ordered by customer in error, product returned due to overstock, product returned due to dating or product returned due to recall or other changes in regulatory guidelines. The return policy for expired product allows the wholesaler to return such product starting 6 months prior to expiry date to 12 months post expiry date. Product returns of our generic Tussionex are estimated based upon data available from sales of our product by our previous commercialization partner and from actual experience as reported by retailers. Historical trend of returns will be continually monitored and may result in future adjustments to such estimates. On August 26, 2014, the DEA reclassified Tussionex from a Schedule III controlled substance to a Schedule II controlled substance, which had the effect of requiring unsold product at the wholesalers and our 3PL to either be relabeled or returned. This new ruling was effective October 6, 2014. As such, we established reserves for the estimated returns of such product outstanding at our wholesalers as of October 6, 2014. We had no inventory labeled as Schedule III at our 3PL as of the effective date.

Medicaid rebates

Our product is subject to state government-managed Medicaid programs whereby discounts and rebates are provided to participating state governments. Estimated rebates payable under governmental programs, including Medicaid, are recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time revenues are recorded. Calculations related to these rebate accruals are estimated based on sales of our product by our previous commercialization partner. Historical trend of Medicaid rebates will be continually monitored and may result in future adjustments to such estimates.

Wholesaler chargebacks

Our products are subject to certain programs with wholesalers whereby pricing on products is discounted below wholesaler list price to participating entities. These entities purchase products through wholesalers at the discounted price, and the wholesalers charge the difference between their acquisition cost and the discounted price back to us. Chargebacks are accounted for by establishing an accrual in an amount equal to our estimate of chargeback claims at the time of product sale based on information provided by our distributor. Due to estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the amount of chargebacks, the actual amount of claims for chargebacks may be different from our estimates, which may result in adjustments to such reserves.

Manufacturing

Manufacturing revenue is derived from product manufactured by us and sold by our commercial partner under a development and manufacturing agreement. Manufacturing revenue is derived from a contractual supply price paid to us by our commercial partner.

Profit sharing

Profit sharing revenue is recorded as the product is sold by our commercial partner. The profit share is our share of the net profits after taking into account net revenue, which is gross product sales by our commercial partner, net of discounts, returns and allowances incurred by our commercial partners, less collaboration expenses.

76

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Development revenue

Development revenue from the development and manufacturing agreement has been recognized as the related services are completed. Development revenue in the form of milestone payments is recognized upon achievement of the related milestones and provided that collectability is reasonably assured and other revenue recognition criteria are met. Amounts received under cost reimbursement arrangements for production and research and development are recorded as offsets to the costs incurred and not recognized as revenue.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses include costs incurred in performing research and development activities, personnel related expenses, laboratory and clinical supplies, facilities expenses, overhead expenses, fees for contractual services, including preclinical studies, clinical trials and raw materials. We estimate clinical trial expenses based on the services received pursuant to contracts with research institutions and CROs which conduct and manage clinical trials on our behalf. We accrue service fees based on work performed, which relies on estimates of total costs incurred based on milestones achieved, patient enrollment and other events. The majority of our service providers invoice us in arrears, and to the extent that amounts invoiced differ from our estimates of expenses incurred, we accrue for additional costs. The financial terms of these agreements vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven expenses and cash flows. To date, we have not experienced any events requiring us to make material adjustments to our accruals for service fees. If we do not identify costs that we incurred or if we underestimate or overestimate the level of services performed, our actual expenses could differ from our estimates which could materially affect our results of operations. Adjustments to our accruals are recorded as changes in estimates become evident. In addition to accruing for expenses incurred, we may also record payments made to service providers as prepaid expenses that we will recognize as expense in future periods as services are rendered.

Share-based compensation expense

Share-based compensation awards, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock and modifications to existing stock options, are recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values. Compensation expense related to awards to employees is recognized on a straight-line basis, based on the grant date fair value, over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. The fair value of our share-based awards to employees and directors is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including (1) the expected stock price volatility, (2) the expected term of the award, (3) the risk-free interest rate and (4) expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of its common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have utilized third party valuation analyses to determine the fair value. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those options that vest.

77

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


We reported share-based compensation expense for stock options granted to employees in our statements of operations as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013
  2014
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

General and Administrative

                         

Options

  $ 52   $ 120   $ 10   $ 73  

Performance Options

    2         1     1  

Restricted Stock

    47     90     23     23  

  $ 101   $ 210   $ 34   $ 97  

On May 26, 2015 and June 2, 2015, we granted an aggregate of 359,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.47 per share and which vest over terms ranging from two to four years.

No share-based compensation expense for nonemployees was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 or for the three months ended March 31, 2014. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, $3,000 of non-employee share-based compensation expense was recorded.

We calculated the fair value of share-based compensation awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including stock price volatility and the expected life of stock options. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are highly subjective, judgmental and sensitive in the determination of compensation cost. As a private company, we do not have sufficient history to estimate the volatility of our common stock price or the expected life of our options. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends. Therefore, the expected dividend rate is assumed to be 0%. The expected stock price volatility for stock option awards was based on the historical volatility of a representative peer group of comparable companies' selected using publicly available industry and market capitalization data. The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect commensurate with the expected life assumption. The average expected life of stock options was determined according to the "simplified method" as described in Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate was determined by reference to implied yields available from five-year U.S. Treasury securities with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. We estimate forfeitures based on our historical analysis of actual stock option forfeitures. The Company estimates the fair value of all stock option awards on the grant date by applying the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are highly subjective, judgmental and sensitive in the determination of compensation cost. Given the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant primarily based upon valuations

78

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


performed by a third party valuation firm. The weighted-average key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted during the periods indicated are as follows:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Estimated dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %

Expected stock price volatility

    60 %   60 %   60 %

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

    1.23 %   1.77 %   1.63 %

Expected life of option in years

    5     5     5  

Weighted-average option fair value at grant

  $ 0.544   $ 1.201   $ 2.010  

For additional information regarding the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, please see Note 14 to the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

There is a high degree of subjectivity involved when using option-pricing models to estimate share-based compensation. There is currently no market-based mechanism or other practical application to verify the reliability and accuracy of the estimates stemming from these valuation models, nor is there a means to compare and adjust the estimates to actual values. Although the fair value of employee stock-based awards is determined using an option-pricing model, such a model value may not be indicative of the fair value that would be observed in a market transaction between a willing buyer and willing seller. If factors change and we employ different assumptions when valuing our options, the compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we have historically reported.

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant primarily based upon valuations performed by a third party valuation firm. In determining fair value for our common stock, the third party valuation firm determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on several factors, including:

our stage of development and business strategy;

the price per share at which our redeemable convertible preferred stock was issued to investors and the rights, preferences and privileges of the redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock;

our financial condition and book value;

economic and competitive elements affecting us, our industry and our target markets;

our projected operating results;

a comparative analysis of our financial condition and operating results with those of publicly-owned companies engaged in similar lines of business;

the current and historical relationship between the reported stock prices and revenue and earning levels of selected publicly traded companies engaged in similar lines of business;

important developments relating to the results of our three branded product candidates; and

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for our outstanding shares of stock.
79

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


The valuations we obtained were prepared in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date. Prior to August 2014, we generally used the income approach, utilizing the discounted cash flow method to value the Company and allocating to classes of equity using an option pricing model. Since August 2014, we utilized the Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, to determine the value attributable to common stock based on a private company scenario and an initial public offering scenario. The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class. For each scenario, we utilized the discounted cash flow method to value the Company, allocated to classes of equity using an option pricing model and applied the PWERM approach, weighted based on management's expectations, yielding an estimated marketable, minority fair value of our common stock. A discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, based on an option based approach (put option) was then applied, yielding a fair value of our common stock on a non-marketable basis. The material assumptions involved to estimate the fair value of our common stock are the estimated timing of commercial launch dates for our drug candidates, the probability weighting of the private company scenario and the initial public offering scenario, the timeline to liquidity under each scenario and the DLOM under each scenario.

After the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market on the date of grant.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 was $              million and $              million, respectively, of which $              million and $              million and $              million, respectively, related to stock options that were vested and $              million and $              million, respectively, related to stock options that were unvested, each at the respective date.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets subject to amortization, which principally include our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology and the costs to acquire the rights to Tussionex ANDA, are recorded at cost and are amortized over the estimated lives of the assets ranging from 10 to 20 years.

Warrant liability

Certain warrants to purchase our redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities and are recorded at fair value (see Note 12 and Note 13 to the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) as estimated by us using third party valuation analyses. The warrants are revalued at each subsequent balance sheet date with fair value changes recognized as reductions or increases in other income (expense), net, in the Company's consolidated statement of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants at each reporting date until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event,

80

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


including the completion of our initial public offering, at which time the liability will be reclassified to stockholders' equity.

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates as it impacts our interest income. As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $26.2 million. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates as our cash equivalents are invested in interest-bearing money market funds. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation to fund our operations. Due to the short-term duration and low risk profile of our cash equivalents portfolio, a 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on interest income we recognize or the fair market value of our investments. Accordingly, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates.

Interest risk

The interest rates on our notes payable are fixed. Therefore, we are not exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates as it relates to these interest-bearing obligations.

CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS AND OBLIGATIONS

The following tables reflect summaries of our estimates of future material contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 
  Total
  < 1 yr
  1 - 3 yrs.
  3 - 5 yrs
  Thereafter
 
   
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Loan and Security Agreement

  $ 24,981   $ 3,732   $ 21,249   $   $  

Related Party Note Payable

    8,102         8,102          

Capital Leases for Equipment

    4,195     2,131     2,064          

Earnout Liability

    314         314          

Operating Lease for Facility

    9,680     907     1,873     1,923     4,977  

  $ 47,272   $ 6,770   $ 33,602   $ 1,923   $ 4,977  

We have drawn down $20.0 million of the LSA, as amended, as of March 31, 2015. The payments above are inclusive of related interest amounts as of March 31, 2015. In addition, we drew down an additional $5.0 million of the LSA, as amended, on June 10, 2015.

In addition to the commitments shown above, in response to a lawsuit brought against us by Shire LLC, or Shire, for infringement of certain of Shire's patents, we entered into a settlement agreement and an associated license agreement with Shire for a non-exclusive license to certain patents for certain activities with respect to our NDA No. 204326 for an extended-release orally disintegrating amphetamine Polistrex tablet in July 2014. Under the terms of the license agreement, we are required to pay a lump sum, non-refundable license fee of an amount less than $1.0 million due no later than thirty days after receiving regulatory approval by the FDA of our NDA. We will also pay a single digit royalty on net sales of the subject product during the life of the patents. Due to the uncertainty of when or if these royalties will be made, they are not presented in the table above. Upon receiving such approval by the FDA, the license fee will be capitalized and amortized over the life of the patents. The

81

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


royalties will be recorded as cost of goods sold in the same period as the net sales upon which they are calculated.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC, including any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which are established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant and Equipment (topic 360); Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity . ASU 2014-08 provides additional requirements to classify a disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity in discontinued operations only if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with an option for early adoption. We adopted this guidance at the beginning of the first quarter of 2015, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard will become effective for us on January 1, 2018. Early application is not permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . This ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We do not expect the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on our financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU 2014-15 is intended to define management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. This ASU is for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted for annual or interim reporting periods for which the financial statements have not previously been issued. We have performed the review required by this ASU and believe we presently have sufficient liquidity to continue to operate into the first quarter of 2016.

82

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


On April 7, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest—Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by this ASU. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. We elected to early adopt this standard which did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.

From time to time, additional new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by us as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, we believe that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

JOBS ACT

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in the United States. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

83

Table of Contents


Business

OVERVIEW

We are a pharmaceutical company focused on developing, manufacturing and commercializing products utilizing our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform, which we have already used to develop our three branded product candidates for the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, or ADHD. Our product candidates are extended-release, or XR, medications in patient-friendly, orally disintegrating tablets, or ODT, or liquid suspension dosage forms. We have a Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, goal date of November 9, 2015 for NT-0102, our methylphenidate XR-ODT. A PDUFA goal date is a review performance goal for the FDA to meet in acting on a new drug application, or NDA. Under PDUFA, as amended by the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, for fiscal year 2015, the FDA agreed to review and act on 90 percent of standard, non-new molecular entity NDAs, like the one submitted for NT-0102, within 10 months from the FDA's receipt of the NDA submission. We expect to resubmit a new drug application, or NDA, for NT-0202, our amphetamine XR-ODT, by July 2015 and submit an NDA for NT-0201, our amphetamine XR liquid suspension, in the third quarter of 2015. If approved, we believe our product candidates will address an unmet need by providing more patient- and caregiver-friendly dosing options not previously available to patients in the $10.7 billion market for ADHD-indicated medications.

Our product candidates incorporate two of the most commonly prescribed medications for the treatment of ADHD, methylphenidate and amphetamine. Our proprietary modified-release drug delivery platform has enabled us to create novel, extended-release ODT and liquid suspension dosage forms of these medications. If approved, we believe our most advanced product candidates, NT-0102 and NT-0202, will be the first methylphenidate XR-ODT and the first amphetamine XR-ODT, respectively, for the treatment of ADHD. We expect our patent estate, which we developed internally and which includes composition-of-matter, method-of-manufacture and method-of-use patents and patent applications, some of which are not scheduled to expire until 2032, will provide additional protection for our three branded product candidates.

In 2014 alone, 63.1 million prescriptions for medications with ADHD labeling, and principally in extended-release formulations, were written in the United States. The vast majority of currently available dosage forms for ADHD are tablets and capsules. Despite once-daily dosing of these extended-release formulations, we believe there is a significant opportunity to improve compliance rates. Up to 54% of the pediatric population and 40% of the adult population have reported difficulties with swallowing tablets and capsules. We believe that the inability, difficulty or reluctance of many patients to swallow intact tablets and capsules contributes to diminished compliance rates. Such limitations highlight the need for more convenient dosing options such as ODT or liquids. To our knowledge, no company has succeeded to date in commercializing an XR-ODT formulation of any ADHD medication, even though ODT are among the most preferred dosage forms of pharmaceutical products. Further, there is currently no XR liquid suspension of amphetamine available. We believe, therefore, there is a significant market opportunity to provide the two most prescribed medications for ADHD, methylphenidate and amphetamine, in two more convenient and patient-friendly dosage forms, ODT and liquid suspension, which we developed using our proprietary technology platform.

If we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our three branded product candidates, we plan to focus on commercialization in the United States using our own commercial infrastructure. We plan to initially build a specialty sales force of approximately 100 representatives targeting the highest-volume prescribers of ADHD medication. We intend to manufacture our ADHD products in our current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, and U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or

84

Table of Contents

Business


DEA, -registered manufacturing facilities, thereby obtaining our products at-cost without manufacturer's margins and better controlling supply, quality and timing. We currently use these facilities to manufacture our generic equivalent to the branded product, Tussionex, an XR liquid suspension of hydrocodone and chlorpheniramine indicated for the relief of cough and upper respiratory symptoms of cold.

We believe we can apply our XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension technologies that underlie our branded product candidates and our generic Tussionex to other active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs. Our longer-term strategy is to utilize these technologies for the development and approval of additional XR-ODT or XR liquid suspension drug candidates, while leveraging our manufacturing and commercialization experience to reduce costs and effectively reach patients. Patients with central nervous system, or CNS, conditions, such as stroke, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease often have difficulty swallowing their medication and would benefit from ODT and liquid suspension dosage forms. We have completed initial feasibility work on approximately a dozen molecules and expect to select the next product candidates for our product pipeline by the end of 2015. We intend to utilize the regulatory pathway provided by Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, for our product candidates using only APIs from approved drug products and incorporating our proprietary drug delivery platform to create branded product candidates. This streamlined development and approval pathway should allow us to initiate clinical trials in approximately 18 months after drug discovery and submit an NDA in as few as 36 months.

OUR STRATEGY

Our goal is to be a leading pharmaceutical company focused on the development, manufacture and commercialization of pharmaceutical products that utilize our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform. Key elements of our business strategy to achieve this goal are to:

Obtain U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval for our three branded product candidates in ADHD.

In January 2015, we submitted an NDA for the approval of NT-0102, our methylphenidate XR-ODT, and have a PDUFA goal date of November 9, 2015. During 2015, we also expect to resubmit the NDA for NT-0202, our amphetamine XR-ODT, and submit a new NDA for NT-0201, our amphetamine XR liquid suspension.

Establish commercialization capabilities in the United States for any of our product candidates that are FDA approved.

We believe that we can effectively commercialize our branded ADHD product candidates, if approved in the United States, with a specialty sales force of approximately 100 representatives. We intend to target the highest volume prescribers to address the unmet need for more patient- and caregiver-friendly dosage forms of the two most prescribed medications in the $10.7 billion market for ADHD-indicated medications. We plan to commercialize our products outside of the United States after receiving the required approvals in those countries through partnerships and collaborations.

Manufacture our proprietary products in our cGMP, FDA-inspected and DEA-registered manufacturing facilities.

We believe our manufacturing facilities and years of manufacturing experience are a competitive advantage. We intend to leverage the economic efficiencies afforded by manufacturing our ADHD products in our cGMP and DEA-registered manufacturing facilities. We believe that we will have sufficient capacity to supply commercial quantities for all of our ADHD product candidates, if approved.

85

Table of Contents

Business


Leverage our proprietary technology platform to develop additional branded product candidates in CNS and other therapeutic areas with unmet need.

We intend to expand our branded product portfolio by identifying existing pharmaceutical products that could be improved upon by utilizing our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform. We plan to focus our development efforts on approved drug products for which we believe we can secure composition-of-matter patent protection and utilize the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway. We plan to explore product opportunities in several therapeutic areas, including CNS, pain and gastroenterology indications.

Continue to expand our robust intellectual property portfolio covering our novel modified-release drug delivery technology platform and innovative products.

We have built a three-tier patent estate consisting of composition-of-matter, method-of-manufacture and method-of-use patents and patent applications. We intend to extend our patent portfolio as we continue to expand upon our drug delivery technologies and identify and develop additional branded product candidates. If issued and listed in the FDA's publication of approved drug products with therapeutic equivalence evaluations, or the Orange Book, we believe that these patents will provide additional market protection for our FDA-approved products.

ADHD

Market and current treatment options

ADHD is a neurobehavioral disorder characterized by a persistent pattern of inattention and/or hyperactivity/impulsivity that interferes with functioning and/or development. ADHD can have a profound impact on an individual's life, causing disruption at school, work, home and in relationships. It is one of the most common developmental disorders in children and often persists into adulthood. In 2011, an estimated 11% of children in the United States ages 4 to 17 had previously received an ADHD diagnosis. A 2006 study estimated 4.4% of adults in the United States experience ADHD symptoms. Current ADHD treatment guidelines recommend a multi-faceted approach that uses medications in conjunction with behavioral interventions.

In 2014, 63.1 million prescriptions for medications with ADHD labeling were written in the United States and generated $10.7 billion in sales. Approximately 90% of these prescriptions were for stimulant medications, such as methylphenidate and amphetamine, which have been the standard of care for several decades. Methylphenidate and amphetamine prescriptions generated $3.3 billion and $5.8 billion in sales, respectively, in 2014 in the United States. A few non-stimulant medications are also available, but evidence of their efficacy for treating ADHD symptoms is less compelling. The market for ADHD medications outside of the United States is less developed, but we believe will continue to grow as recognition and awareness of the disorder increase.

Limitations of existing treatment options

Extended-release, or long acting, dosage forms of stimulant medications are the standard of care for treating ADHD, making up approximately 67% of ADHD prescriptions. Most of these extended-release dosage forms allow for once-daily dosing in the morning, which eliminates the need to re-dose during the day. However, even with once-daily dosing, there is great potential for improvement. The vast majority of currently available dosage forms for ADHD are tablets and capsules. We believe that the inability, difficulty or reluctance of many patients to swallow intact tablets and capsules contributes to diminished compliance rates.

86

Table of Contents

Business


Up to 54% of the pediatric population has difficulty swallowing tablets and capsules, and this can be especially problematic in children with ADHD. For many of these patients, swallowing difficulties can persist into adolescence and adulthood, with 40% of adults reporting pill-swallowing difficulties that result in skipping doses or discontinuing their medication altogether. In addition, ADHD medications are typically administered in the morning, which is often the busiest and most chaotic period for families.

Some extended-release products do offer alternative dosing options, such as opening the capsule to sprinkle contents over food, but labeling for these products generally includes a caveat that such manipulation may impair the efficacy and/or safety of the product. These alternatives may also be difficult or inconvenient for the caregiver and disruptive to an already difficult and chaotic morning routine. Thus, a significant need remains for more patient- and caregiver-friendly dosage forms of ADHD medications in once-daily dosing forms.

Market receptivity to novel dosage forms for the treatment of ADHD

The most prescribed extended-release medications for ADHD, Concerta® and Adderall XR® (and each of their generic equivalents), are long-acting versions of previously short-acting methylphenidate and amphetamine medications, respectively. While these products address the need for once-daily dosing, Concerta and Adderall XR are only available as tablets and capsules, respectively, and may be difficult for some patients to swallow.

This limitation led to the development of a transdermal methylphenidate patch, Daytrana®. While the methylphenidate transdermal patch offered a non-oral delivery method, it created additional issues related to dose variability, patch placement and premature patch removal. Adverse events such as skin irritation and accidental exposure from discarded patches also deterred Daytrana's utilization. Despite these shortcomings, Daytrana maintains approximately a 3% share of the overall methylphenidate extended-release market and generated approximately $107.0 million in gross sales in 2014.

In January 2013, an extended-release liquid formulation of methylphenidate, Quillivant XR TM , was launched by Pfizer, providing a new dosing option. Since launch, Quillivant XR has exceeded 500,000 prescriptions, generating $79.7 million and $30.8 million in gross sales in 2014 and the first quarter of 2015, respectively, and capturing a 3.3% share of the extended-release methylphenidate market in the first quarter of 2015.

The market acceptance of these novel formulations, despite their limitations, further demonstrates the significant unmet need and opportunity for novel, patient- and caregiver-friendly dosage forms in the treatment of ADHD. We believe that XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension would be preferred and clinically beneficial dosage forms for the treatment of ADHD patients with swallowing aversion. In a study of adult patients with a CNS disorder, 61% of patients chose an ODT, in comparison with 27% who chose a conventional tablet and 12% who were indifferent. However, there is no XR liquid suspension of amphetamine currently on the market, and to our knowledge, no company has succeeded to date in commercializing an XR-ODT formulation of any ADHD medication. We believe there is a significant market opportunity to provide the two most prescribed medications for ADHD, methylphenidate and amphetamine, in two patient-friendly dosage forms, ODT and liquid suspension.

Our product candidates address an unmet need for ADHD patients

Our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform has enabled us to create XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension formulations of methylphenidate and amphetamine. We have achieved this by combining two key drug delivery attributes in each of our three product candidates:

An extended-release profile, which allows for once daily dosing; and
87

Table of Contents

Business


An ODT or liquid suspension dosage form, which allows for easier administration and ingestion.

We have developed two XR-ODT product candidates and an XR liquid suspension product candidate, each of which addresses an unmet need. Our product candidates, NT-0102 and NT-0202, if approved, may be the first XR-ODT products for the treatment of ADHD. We believe that our XR-ODT products have unique attributes to improve compliance and, if approved, could offer significant advantages over other solid oral dosage forms that can help simplify the morning routine in households with ADHD-diagnosed children. These advantages include:

Ease of administration and ingestion because they disintegrate rapidly in the mouth and may be taken without water;

Taste-masking of bitter ADHD medications, with flavoring options;

Prevention of "cheeking", the practice of hiding medication in the mouth and later spitting it out rather than swallowing it; and

Convenient single-unit blister-packaging, which is both portable and discrete.

Our product candidate, NT-0201, is a ready-to-use, XR liquid suspension that does not require reconstitution or refrigeration, and offers an attractive dosing option for younger children who prefer to ingest liquid medicine.

We believe that XR-ODT, such as NT-0102 and NT-0202, and XR liquid suspension, such as NT-0201, may solve the swallowing issue that undermines compliance with tablet and capsule medication regimens.

OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES AND CURRENTLY MARKETED PRODUCT

Utilizing our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform, we are developing our three branded product candidates and currently manufacture and market our generic Tussionex. We are developing each of our product candidates to seek FDA approval in accordance with Section 505(b)(2). The table below summarizes our pipeline of product candidates and currently marketed product.

Product
  Active Drug and Indication   Formulation   Status

NT-0102

  Methylphenidate for ADHD   XR-ODT   PDUFA Goal Date of November 9, 2015

NT-0202

  Amphetamine for ADHD   XR-ODT   Resubmit NDA by July 2015

NT-0201

  Amphetamine for ADHD   XR Liquid Suspension   Submit NDA in Q3 2015

Generic Tussionex

  Hydrocodone and chlorpheniramine for cough and upper respiratory symptoms of a cold   XR Liquid Suspension   Currently approved and marketed

The 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway allows for a potentially streamlined and targeted clinical development program. During the development process, we communicated with the FDA on several occasions and received feedback on our clinical development plans for each of our three product candidates. In general, our clinical development program for our three branded product candidates comprised single-dose clinical pharmacology studies, each designed to evaluate the bioequivalence and bioavailability of these dosage forms under different test conditions. Each product candidate was studied in adult volunteers and children with ADHD. In addition, a clinical efficacy and safety trial in children with ADHD was conducted for NT-0102, our methylphenidate XR-ODT. During each phase

88

Table of Contents

Business


of the clinical trials, safety and tolerability were systematically assessed. A summary of each program is presented below. For the purposes of our clinical trials, unless otherwise indicated, we refer to children as individuals ages 6 to 12, adolescents as individuals ages 13 to 17, and adults as individuals 18 and older.

NT-0102: Methylphenidate XR-ODT for the treatment of ADHD

We believe our most advanced product candidate, NT-0102, if approved, will be the first methylphenidate XR-ODT for the treatment of ADHD, providing onset-of-effect within one hour and a 12-hour duration. We submitted a 505(b)(2) NDA for NT-0102 on January 9, 2015, and have a PDUFA goal date of November 9, 2015. Our NT-0102 NDA relies on the efficacy and safety data that formed the basis of FDA approval for the listed drug, Metadate CD®, together with bioavailability/bioequivalence data and efficacy/safety data from our NT-0102 clinical program. The FDA recently conducted a cGMP and pre-approval inspection related to our NDA for NT-0102 from May 27 to June 4, 2015. At the end of the inspection, the agency issued a Form FDA 483 with one observation finding that appropriate controls are not exercised over one of our computer systems in order to assure that changes in records are instituted only by authorized personnel. We are implementing corrective action related to this observation and will respond to the FDA.

NT-0102 contains methylphenidate loaded onto a mixture of immediate-release and polymer-coated delayed-release resin particles, which are formulated and compressed into an ODT along with other typical tableting excipients using our patented rapidly disintegrating ionic masking, or RDIM, technology. The result is methylphenidate with an in vivo extended-release profile delivered through a tablet that quickly disintegrates in the mouth. We plan to offer NT-0102 in 30-day supply, child-resistant blister packs. We have received a Notice of Allowance for our composition-of-matter patent application for NT-0102 that, if issued, we expect will provide NT-0102 intellectual property protection until 2032. If any of our composition-of-matter patents are also listed in the Orange Book, we believe this will provide additional market protection for NT-0102.

89

Table of Contents

Business


NT-0102 Clinical Program

The clinical program for NT-0102 consisted of three Phase 1 clinical pharmacology studies and a Phase 3 clinical efficacy and safety trial. The clinical pharmacology studies were single-dose pharmacokinetic studies conducted under fasted and/or fed conditions: a Phase 1 bioequivalence study versus Metadate CD in healthy adult volunteers under fasted conditions; a Phase 1 bioavailability study in healthy adult volunteers under both fed and fasted conditions; and a Phase 1 bioavailability study in children and adolescents with ADHD under fasted conditions.

The data from our bioequivalence study versus Metadate CD is presented in Figure 1, and shows that NT-0102 has a similar plasma concentration-time profile to the listed product, Metadate CD, with a peak exposure that is about 25% higher. The potential efficacy benefits of this increased maximum exposure, as well as any impact on safety parameters, were evaluated in a clinical efficacy and safety trial.


Figure 1: Bioequivalence Study of NT-0102 versus Metadate CD, 60 mg, in Healthy Adult
Volunteers under Fasted Conditions

GRAPHIC

90

Table of Contents

Business


Other key observations from the NT-0102 clinical pharmacology program included:

No formulation-related food effect:     The pharmacokinetic profile of NT-0102 was similar under fed and fasted conditions.

Similar exposure rate:     There was higher mean methylphenidate exposure in children, which decreased with increasing age.

Safety and tolerability:     There were no unexpected adverse events, serious adverse events, deaths or other safety signals. The aggregate data suggested that NT-0102 has a similar safety profile to that of the listed drug and is well-tolerated.

NT-0102 Phase 3 classroom efficacy and safety trial

The efficacy, safety and tolerability of NT-0102 were evaluated in a multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled laboratory classroom trial in 87 children with ADHD. The laboratory classroom was a controlled study environment designed to model the community school classroom setting while allowing detailed assessments of behavior over time by trained observers. The primary efficacy variable was the Swanson, Kotkin, Agler, M-Flynn and Pelham, or SKAMP, Combined Score, a validated rating of attention and behavior, averaged over the test day, with higher scores indicating a higher degree of functional impairment. Time to onset and duration of effect were also evaluated as key secondary endpoints. Additional secondary efficacy endpoints included the Permanent Product Measure of Performance, or PERMP, a ten-minute, level-adjusted math test that measures the child's ability to focus on written schoolwork by determining the number of problems attempted and the number answered correctly.

NT-0102 met the primary and key secondary efficacy endpoints, showing statistically significant improvement versus placebo on the SKAMP (p<0.0001). Statistical significance expresses the probability that the results of a particular study could have occurred purely by chance. Results are said to be statistically significant when the p-value obtained is less than the pre-established significance level, which in this case was p<0.05 for the primary efficacy endpoint. The SKAMP-Combined score averaged over the classroom testing day was 25.3 for the placebo group and 14.3 in the NT-0102 group indicating greater symptom severity in the placebo group. The least squares mean difference was –11.04. Figure 2 shows SKAMP-Combined Scores for NT-0102 versus placebo over the classroom day from our Phase 3 efficacy trial. Time to onset was observed within one hour, with a 12-hour duration of effect.

91

Table of Contents

Business



Figure 2: Change from Baseline in Mean SKAMP Score During the Test Day

GRAPHIC

Statistically significant improvement versus placebo was also observed on both attempted and correct PERMP scales (p<0.0001). Figure 3 shows PERMP scores for NT-0102 versus placebo from our Phase 3 classroom efficacy trial. Taken together, the data demonstrate clinically meaningful differences on both the rater-evaluated assessment of attentiveness and behavior and the objective measure of sustained attention.


Figure 3: Mean Profiles for PERMP Measurements During the Test Day

GRAPHIC

All of the other secondary endpoints were also statistically significant, indicating a robust effect of the drug, as well as internal consistency in the study results. There was no impact on safety parameters as NT-0102 was well-tolerated with no unexpected adverse events, serious adverse events, deaths or other safety signals.

92

Table of Contents

Business


Our 505(b)(2) application for NT-0102 referenced the FDA's previous findings of safety and effectiveness for Metadate CD. The NDA submission included a Paragraph IV certification notification to UCB, Inc., or UCB, the NDA holder of Metadate CD, in accordance with the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly known as the Hatch-Waxman Act. UCB has acknowledged that they will not initiate a suit against us, and the 45-day period following Paragraph IV notification has since passed which precludes the possibility of a 30-month stay of approval under the Hatch-Waxman Act.

NT-0202: Amphetamine XR-ODT for the treatment of ADHD

We believe NT-0202, if approved, will be the first amphetamine XR-ODT for the treatment of ADHD. We initially completed the required clinical development program and submitted a 505(b)(2) NDA for NT-0202 in December 2012. In May 2013, we received a Discipline Review Letter from the FDA outlining chemistry, manufacturing and control deficiencies in the original NDA data. The FDA identified issues with the quality and stability of the drug product and stated that there was insufficient data in the NDA to conclude that the pilot manufacturing process provided a drug product of acceptable quality and that the proposed process was ready for scale-up and qualification. The FDA also requested information related to the drug product and drug substance specifications and proposed dissolution method. We made a commitment to the FDA to scale-up the manufacturing process and provide additional release and stability data to support the submission of our NDA for NT-0202. The FDA issued a Complete Response Letter to the NDA in September 2013, which outlined additional requirements for data to support our NDA. These requirements included more detailed responses to some of the issues identified in the Discipline Review Letter, including 12-month long-term stability data for the highest, lowest, and an intermediate strength of NT-0202 tablets; manufacturing data on lots of each tablet strength; that manufacturing facilities be ready for inspections; and dissolution data. In November 2013, we received feedback from the FDA regarding the design of an additional clinical study at commercial scale. In accordance with that feedback, we completed an additional pharmacokinetic study of NT-0202, which we produced utilizing a commercial-scale manufacturing process and are gathering the requisite stability data for a complete response to the FDA. We plan to resubmit our NDA for NT-0202 by July 2015 with additional clinical data that will classify it as a Class 2 resubmission, which provides us with a six-month PDUFA review period, or an expected PDUFA date in the first quarter of 2016. Our NDA for NT-0202 relies on the efficacy and safety data that formed the basis of FDA approval for the listed drug, Adderall XR, 30 mg, together with bioequivalence, bioavailability and aggregate safety data from our NT-0202 clinical program.

NT-0202 contains amphetamine loaded onto a mixture of immediate-release and polymer-coated delayed-release resin particles, which are formulated and compressed into an ODT along with other typical tableting excipients using our patented RDIM technology. The result is amphetamine with an in vivo extended-release profile delivered through a tablet that quickly disintegrates in the mouth without the need for water. If approved, we plan to offer NT-0202 in 30-day supply, child-resistant blister packs. We have composition-of-matter patents for NT-0202 that are scheduled to expire in 2026 and 2032. If NT-0202 receives FDA approval, we expect this patent to be listed in the Orange Book, which we believe will provide additional protection for NT-0202.

NT-0202 clinical program

The clinical program for NT-0202 consisted of five Phase 1 single-dose human pharmacokinetic studies under fasted and/or fed conditions. Four of the five single-dose clinical studies were submitted to the FDA with the original NDA in December 2012. The fifth study was conducted using commercial-scale material, and will be included in our resubmission to the FDA. The four original studies were a Phase 1 bioequivalence study versus Adderall XR, 30 mg, in healthy adult volunteers under fasted conditions; a Phase 1 bioavailability study in healthy adult volunteers under both fed and fasted

93

Table of Contents

Business


conditions; a Phase 1 study to determine the impact of alcohol on the bioavailability of NT-0202; and a bioavailability study in children with ADHD under fasted conditions.

The data from the pilot-scale bioequivalence study versus Adderall XR, 30 mg, is shown in Figure 4 and shows that NT-0202 is bioequivalent to the listed drug, Adderall XR, 30 mg, under fasted conditions.


Figure 4: Bioequivalence Study of NT-0202 versus Adderall XR, 30 mg,
in Healthy Adult Volunteers under Fasted Conditions

GRAPHIC

Other key observations from our original clinical program for NT-0202 included:

No alcohol dose-dumping: The extended-release properties of NT-0202 were maintained in the presence of varying concentrations of alcohol, indicating that NT-0202 is a "rugged" formulation that does not cause premature and intentional release of the drug product, or dose-dump, in the presence of alcohol.

Similar exposure rate: Consistent with the listed drug, there was a higher mean amphetamine exposure in children, which decreased with increasing age.

Safety and Tolerability: There were no unexpected adverse events, serious adverse events, deaths or other safety signals. The aggregate data suggested that NT-0202 has a similar safety profile to that of the listed drug and is well-tolerated.

Following the Complete Response Letter, we received feedback from the FDA on the design of an additional bioequivalence and bioavailability study of NT-0202 produced at commercial scale to support the NDA resubmission. This study was designed to compare the pharmacokinetic profile of the commercially-scaled product to the listed drug in adult volunteers under fasted conditions; compare the pilot-scale manufacturing batches to the commercial-scale batches; and evaluate the oral bioavailability of NT-0202 under fed and fasted conditions in adult volunteers.

The bioequivalence data for the commercial-scale product demonstrated that NT-0202 has a similar pharmacokinetic profile to the listed drug under fasted conditions, meeting bioequivalence criteria for key exposure parameters (AUC 5-t, C max , AUC last , and AUC inf ). The lower 90% confidence interval for early exposure (AUC 0-5 ) of NT-0202 produced at commercial scale fell just below the 80% lower

94

Table of Contents

Business


criterion when compared to the listed drug. However, the concentration-time profiles for NT-0202 produced at commercial scale and pilot scale are virtually identical, as shown in Figure 5, indicating that scale-up of the NT-0202 process did not affect the rate and extent of absorption of amphetamine.


Figure 5: Comparison of NT-0202 Pilot Scale versus NT-0202 Commercial Scale

GRAPHIC

We met with the FDA again in October 2014 to discuss these results and, based on our discussions with the FDA, we believe that no further clinical trials are required for a complete 505(b)(2) NDA resubmission. Our settlement agreement with Shire, the producer of Adderall XR, precludes the possibility of a 30-month stay of approval under the Hatch-Waxman Act.

NT-0201: Amphetamine XR liquid suspension for the treatment of ADHD

We have completed the required clinical development program for NT-0201 and expect to submit an NDA for its approval in the third quarter of 2015. With a 10-month PDUFA review period, we would expect a PDUFA date in the third quarter of 2016. We are pursuing a Section 505(b)(2) regulatory strategy, which allows us to rely in part on the FDA's findings of safety and efficacy of the listed drug, Adderall XR, together with bioavailability/bioequivalence data for NT-0201 from our own clinical program. We have completed a clinical trial demonstrating that NT-0201 was bioequivalent to Adderall XR, 30 mg.

NT-0201 contains amphetamine loaded onto a mixture of immediate-release and polymer coated delayed-release resin particles, and using our patented dynamic time release suspension, or DTRS, technology, we are able to create an amphetamine XR liquid suspension. NT-0201 is designed to be shelf stable for 24 months, without requiring refrigeration or reconstitution. We have a composition-of-matter patent for NT-0201 that is scheduled to expire in 2032. If NT-0201 receives FDA approval, we expect to list this patent in the Orange Book, which we believe will provide additional market protection for NT-0201.

NT-0201 clinical program

The clinical program for NT-0201 consisted of three Phase 1 single-dose human pharmacokinetic studies under fasted and/or fed conditions. These were a Phase 1 bioequivalence study versus Adderall

95

Table of Contents

Business


XR (30mg) in healthy adult volunteers under fasted conditions; a Phase 1 bioavailability and bioequivalence study in healthy adult volunteers under both fed and fasted conditions; and a Phase 1 bioavailability study in a pediatric population under fasted conditions.

The data from our bioequivalence study versus Adderall XR is shown in Figure 6 and shows that NT-0201 is bioequivalent to the listed drug, Adderall XR, 30 mg, under fasted conditions.


Figure 6: Bioequivalence Study of NT-0201 versus Adderall XR, 30 mg, in
Healthy Adult Volunteers under Fasted Conditions

GRAPHIC

Other key observations from our clinical program for NT-0201 included:

No significant food effects: When administered under fasted and fed conditions, no significant food effects were observed for NT-0201, and the observed food effects of NT-0201 were less than those for the listed drug.

Similar exposure rate: Consistent with the listed drug, there was a higher mean amphetamine exposure in children, which decreased with increasing age.

Safety and Tolerability: There were no unexpected adverse events, serious adverse events, deaths or other safety signals. The aggregate data suggested that NT-0201 has a similar safety profile to that of the listed drug and is well-tolerated.

Based on our discussions with the FDA, we believe that we have completed the non-clinical and clinical developmental program for a full 505(b)(2) NDA submission, which we plan to submit in the third quarter of 2015. We intend to include a Paragraph IV certification in the NDA submission, and that will require a Paragraph IV certification notification to the producer of Adderall XR, Shire Pharmaceuticals, in accordance with the Hatch-Waxman Act. If Shire initiates a suit against us within 45 days of receiving the notice, the FDA will stay final approval for NT-0201 for 30 months absent a settlement agreement or court decision that Shire's Orange Book-listed patents are not infringed, or are invalid or unenforceable.

96

Table of Contents

Business


Generic Tussionex

We manufacture and market a generic equivalent to the branded product Tussionex. Our generic Tussionex is a hydrocodone polistirex and chlorpheniramine polistirex XR liquid suspension that is a Schedule II narcotic, antitussive and antihistamine combination. This product is indicated for the relief of cough and upper respiratory symptoms associated with allergies or colds in adults and children six years of age and older. In 2014, approximately 2.1 million prescriptions of Tussionex and related generic products were sold.

Since its launch in September 2013, we have manufactured and utilized our DTRS technology in the production of our generic Tussionex at our facilities in Grand Prairie, Texas. In August 2014, we acquired all commercialization and profit rights to this formulation of the generic Tussionex product from Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc. and Coating Place, Inc. We have an exclusive supply agreement, or Supply Agreement, with Coating Place, Inc., or CPI, which expires in August 2021, pursuant to which CPI (i) is the exclusive supplier of the active ingredient complexes in our generic Tussionex and (ii) has agreed to not supply anyone else engaged in the production of generic Tussionex with such active ingredient complexes. Under the terms of the Supply Agreement, we must deliver a 24-month rolling forecast, or Forecast, of our expected product requirements to CPI on a quarterly basis; however, only the first calendar quarter commencing on or after the 90 th day after the delivery of a Forecast constitutes a binding purchase commitment with respect to the products listed in such Forecast. In October 2014, we re-launched the product under our own label. We sell our product to drug wholesalers in the United States. We have also established indirect contracts with drug, food and mass retailers that order and receive our product through wholesalers. We have obtained required state licenses, set up distribution channels and established trade relations in order to commercialize our generic Tussionex. We intend to utilize this infrastructure should any of our ADHD product candidates be approved.

Commercialization

If we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our three branded product candidates, we plan to commercialize them in the United States using our own commercial infrastructure. In the United States, approximately 10,000 physicians prescribe approximately 40% of all ADHD prescriptions. We plan to initially build a specialty sales force of approximately 100 sales representatives primarily targeting the highest-volume prescribers of ADHD medication. We intend to supplement our in-field sales force with approximately ten telephone sales representatives to cost-effectively expand our coverage. Furthermore, since our target physicians tend to prescribe both methylphenidate and amphetamine, we intend to leverage our sales force by promoting all three of our ADHD products, after they are approved, to the same audience.

We plan to focus our commercialization efforts on delivering the right message for each of our three ADHD products. Data indicates that ADHD-indicated extended-release methylphenidate and extended-release amphetamine products are widely prescribed. Based on this, our messaging can focus on anticipated benefits of our XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension dosage forms. We plan to use multi-channel tactics to reach physicians, payers, patients and patient caregivers with the right frequency to drive behavior. In addition to personal promotion, we intend to reach physicians through medical education, direct marketing, journal advertising and electronic health record communication.

Advocacy groups, patients and caregivers are extremely active and vocal in the ADHD space. The period from initial diagnosis to symptom control is difficult, and caregivers actively seek and pass on useful information. We plan for our direct-to-patient and direct-to-consumer plan to tap into this social group through focused education and advertising, as well as by employing appropriate social media listening and engagement to inform these consumers.

97

Table of Contents

Business


If our product candidates are approved as planned, we intend to launch NT-0102, our methylphenidate XR-ODT, in the second quarter of 2016. This launch schedule will allow our sales representatives time to establish themselves in their territories and complete several call cycles prior to the important "back-to-school" period from the beginning of July through September.

We expect to follow with the launch of NT-0202, our amphetamine XR-ODT, in the third quarter of 2016. This would allow our sales force time to prepare for a second wave of new prescriptions in the fourth quarter of the year, as follow up from the "back-to-school" dosing period begins and parent-teacher conferences drive new patients to doctors' offices. Our plan is to launch NT-0201, our amphetamine XR liquid suspension, in the first quarter of 2017.

Our proprietary technology platform

We believe that we can apply the XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension technologies that underlie our lead product candidates and our generic Tussionex to other active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs. This would allow us to offer more patient- and caregiver-friendly dosage forms, potentially improving compliance rates due to difficulty swallowing and providing other clinical advantages. We have the ability to produce drug-loaded micro-particles with complex release profiles, which allows us to develop ODT or liquid suspension formulations that mimic or improve existing therapies not otherwise available in XR-ODT or XR liquid suspension form.

Our proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology platform, as illustrated below in Figure 7, allows us to produce drug-loaded micro-particles through an ion exchange process that creates new salt forms of existing drug compounds that have been proven safe and effective. By applying a uniform modified-release coating to these drug-loaded micro-particles and avoiding agglomeration, or clumping, we are able to create particle structures that can withstand compression and osmotic forces without rupturing, sloughing or leaking. This allows us to compress the modified-release micro-particles into ODT or suspend them in a liquid formulation without destroying their integrity or causing dose-dumping. By applying different types of coatings, we can modify the drug release characteristics of a micro-particle. Additionally, by mixing combinations of these micro-particles, each of which has its own release profile, we are able to produce complex drug release profiles. These micro-particles are further blended with excipients to form a final drug product, which we incorporate into a patient-friendly dosage form such as an ODT or liquid suspension. We are also able to utilize this technology to achieve tamper-resistant formulations and taste-masking.


Figure 7: Our Proprietary Modified-Release Drug Delivery Technology Platform

GRAPHIC

98

Table of Contents

Business


We believe our technology platform is able to deliver a proprietary portfolio of commercially available drugs in highly desirable dosage forms.

Our XR-ODT Technology: Rapidly Disintegrating Ionic Masking

Our Rapidly Disintegrating Ionic Masking, or RDIM, technology utilizes an orally disintegrating, modified-release, taste-masked pharmaceutical composition that can withstand compression forces associated with standard tableting technology, allowing for a drug to be incorporated into the ODT dosage form using ion resin technology. This technology not only provides extended-release and controlled-release properties, it masks the unpleasant taste of the active drug. Flavor and coloring can also be added to the compression blend to further enhance the pharmaceutical elegance of the finished XR-ODT. The finished product is then packaged in blister packs making them extremely portable, child resistant and stable for 24 months. Our RDIM technology is protected by a U.S. patent that is scheduled to expire in 2026.

Although ODT are one of the most preferred solid oral dosage forms in the market, there is currently no approved XR-ODT product for the treatment of ADHD. We expect to have the first XR-ODT dosage form on the market using our patented XR-ODT technology.

Our XR Liquid Suspension Technology: Dynamic Time Release Suspension

Our Dynamic Time Release Suspension, or DTRS, technology encompasses a set of process technologies and know-how to manufacture and test modified-release liquid suspension products that are shelf-stable. By matching the specific gravity, osmotic and ionic characteristics of the drug resin particle to that of the suspension, we are able to obtain shelf-stable liquids with a 24-month shelf life that do not require reconstitution or refrigeration.

XR liquid suspension provides a patient-friendly dosage form for patients who find swallowing an intact tablet or capsule to be difficult, or for whom more precise dose-titration may be preferred or required. Our DTRS technology not only provides for an extended-release, ready-to-use Liquid Suspension but also provides excellent taste-masking of the drug itself. Our DTRS technology is protected by a series of patents and patent applications.

Our Tamper Resistant Technology: Kinetically Controlled Tamper Protection

Ion resin drug products inherently deter some forms of abuse, such as inhalation, smoking and injection; however, the most common form of abuse for many drugs is to induce dose-dumping by crushing, chewing or extraction. Our Kinetically Controlled Tamper Protection, or KCTP, technology is designed to prevent abuse by altering the kinetics of the drug product and can be used in conjunction with both our XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension dosage forms. KCTP is designed to discourage common methods of tampering associated with certain classes of medications which can be abused and misused. KCTP utilizes an additional ion resin particle with an aversive agent bound to it. The aversive resin complex is then coated so that it passes through the body without material release. If an attempt is made to tamper with the XR-ODT or XR liquid suspension to cause dose-dumping, the aversive agent will also be released and block or disrupt the properties of the active drug product.

We believe that our KCTP technology may be especially useful for opioid-based pain products or other DEA scheduled drug products for which abuse and dose dumping are known problems. Our KCTP technology is the subject of a patent application and, if granted, this patent will provide protection until 2032.

99

Table of Contents

Business


Our product pipeline potential

Beyond our initial focus on ADHD, our strategy is to apply our proprietary drug delivery technology platform for the development of additional drug candidates where patients may benefit from either XR-ODT or XR liquid suspension dosage forms of existing extended-release medications. Difficulty and inability to swallow tablets and capsules are not limited to ADHD medications. Patients with CNS conditions, such as stroke, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's, often have difficulty swallowing their medication and would benefit from ODT and liquid suspension dosage forms.

In addition, our technology can be applied to existing drugs that are currently not optimized for their kinetic delivery. We believe that our technology is capable of overcoming some of the common issues in oral drug delivery, such as high peak to trough ratios, blood level spikes that induce unwanted side effects, wide variations in fed-fasted effect, suboptimal onset of action, suboptimal duration of effect, dose-dumping and single point failures of the delivery system, while providing an oral dosage form that is preferred by patients, caregivers and physicians.

Our screening criteria for future potential product candidates to initially assess technical feasibility include whether the target drug compound can be ionized and bound to a resin micro-particle. We also plan to assess drug loading efficiency and coating polymers and conduct initial coating work to determine whether the desired release profile can be achieved for a particular drug resin micro-particle.

We also intend to assess regulatory criteria to minimize regulatory approval risk. We intend to continue to use the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway in an effort to mitigate approval risk, and also simplify the clinical development program. We intend to address clinical study design, study endpoints and labeling advantages early in the development process so that we can tailor a given clinical program that produces a product candidate with attributes that allow for the optimal strategic positioning, if approved.

Finally, we intend to evaluate market criteria when systematically choosing a potential product candidate for our pipeline. We plan to look for product candidates that we believe have a market potential in excess of $50.0 million, a concentrated specialty physician prescribing base and a patent landscape that can be navigated and protected through the lifespan of our potential product candidate.

We have designed our development process to be targeted and relatively efficient. If we are able to effectively execute our development process, we may be able to initiate clinical trials in approximately 18 months, and submit our NDA in as few as 36 months, after identifying a potential product candidate. We believe we have identified several product candidates that fit our screening criteria and that are attractive candidates for our branded product portfolio. We have completed initial feasibility work on approximately a dozen molecules and expect to select the next product candidates for our product pipeline by the end of 2015. We plan to explore product opportunities in several therapeutic areas, including CNS, pain and gastroenterology indications.

OUR MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES

Overview

We lease one manufacturing site in Grand Prairie, Texas that handles the development, production, quality control testing and packaging of our products. This facility has 77,112 square feet of manufacturing and laboratory space, and contains dedicated cGMP manufacturing suites for both XR-ODT and XR liquid suspension. We hold DEA manufacturing and analytical licenses, and maintain storage and use of Schedule II through IV controlled substances. The manufacture of our products is subject to extensive cGMP regulations, which impose various procedural and documentation requirements and govern all areas of record keeping, production processes and controls,

100

Table of Contents

Business


personnel and quality control. We have operated and maintained these facilities dating back to when we operated as a contract manufacturer by our predecessor corporation, PharmaFab, Inc., or PharmaFab.

In April 2007, the FDA announced entry of a Consent Decree of Permanent Injunction, or the Consent Decree, against PharmaFab, one of its subsidiaries and two of its officials, including Mark Tengler, who was, at the time, PharmaFab's president, or jointly, the Defendants. The Consent Decree arose out of several perceived cGMP deficiencies related to the manufacture of unapproved drugs or Drug Efficacy Study Implementation, or DESI, drugs that we no longer manufacture. Pursuant to the Consent Decree, the Defendants were permanently restrained and enjoined from directly or indirectly manufacturing, processing, packing, labeling, holding or distributing any prescription drugs that are not the subject of an NDA or an abbreviated NDA. Among other things, the Consent Decree also granted the FDA the ability to, without prior notice, inspect PharmaFab's place of business and take any other measures necessary to monitor and ensure continuing compliance with the terms of the Consent Decree. The FDA has inspected the Grand Prairie facility several times since the Consent Decree was entered, and we have been able to manufacture and ship our generic Tussionex and drug products for our clinical trials. We also continue to have a cGMP expert conduct an annual audit and submit these audit reports and our responses to the FDA. For our most recent annual audit by a cGMP expert in November 2014, the cGMP expert concluded our corrective actions satisfactorily addressed the observations noted by the cGMP expert in its audit report. However, on May 22, 2015, the FDA's Dallas District Office identified three ongoing cGMP deviations based on our response to the audit report related to batch failure investigations, quality control unit procedures, and in-process specifications. We implemented corrective actions and submitted additional information in our response to the FDA pursuant to the Consent Decree. To date, the consent decree has had no material impact on our current business operations or our ability to pursue approval of our product candidates.

To date, we have produced NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 for use in our clinical trials and stability studies, and have proven our scale-up capability by producing commercial-size batches of NT-0202 and NT-0201. We are in the process of scaling up NT-0102 for full commercial-size batches. We currently produce commercial size batches of our generic Tussionex. We believe that our current facilities have the manufacturing capacity for potential commercialization of NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 in quantities sufficient to meet what we believe will be our commercial needs, and to accommodate the manufacturing of materials for future clinical trials of other potential product candidates that we may identify for our product pipeline. We believe that maintaining our internal manufacturing capabilities enables us to obtain our products at-cost without manufacturer's margins and to better control supply quality and timing.

Drug substances

We currently purchase the APIs used in NT-0102, methylphenidate, and NT-0202 and NT-0201, amphetamine, anionic resins, excipients and other materials from third-party providers, on a purchase order basis from manufacturers based outside and within the United States. We anticipate entering into commercial supply agreements with many of these manufacturers at a later date.

Both methylphenidate and amphetamine are classified as controlled substances under U.S. federal law. NT-0102, NT-0202 and NT-0201 are classified by the DEA as Schedule II controlled substances, meaning that these drug products have a high potential for abuse and dependence among drugs that are recognized as having an accepted medical use. Consequently, the procurement, manufacturing, shipping, dispensing and storing of our product candidates will be subject to a high degree of regulation, as described in more detail under the caption "Governmental Regulation—DEA Regulation" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

101

Table of Contents

Business


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Proprietary protection

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our drug candidates, manufacturing and process discoveries and other know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights. We have been building and continue to build our intellectual property portfolio relating to our ADHD drug candidates, our generic Tussionex and our technology platform. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and certain foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also intend to rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation, and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our technology.

Patent rights

Our intellectual property portfolio consists of 8 patents and 11 patent applications in the United States, and 6 patents and 2 patent applications in foreign countries and regions. Our intellectual property strategy emphasizes specific drug products, product groups, and technology platforms. Our patents and patent applications covering specific drug products include claims to the drug products and to methods of using those products. Our patents and patent applications covering technology platforms include claims to methods of making products as well as claims to the products made by those methods.

Our XR-ODT product NT-0102 patent portfolio includes one granted U.S. patent, including pharmaceutical composition-of-matter claims covering controlled-release direct compression ODT with drug-resin particles. This patent is scheduled to expire in 2026. In addition, we have received a Notice of Allowance for two U.S. non-provisional application, which contains claims directed to, among other things, compositions of matter for NT-0102, which, if such claims are ultimately issued, would expire in 2032. This portolio also includes four other pending U.S. non-provisional applications.

Our XR-ODT product NT-0202 patent portfolio includes three granted U.S. patents and five pending U.S. non-provisional applications. The issued patents contain pharmaceutical composition-of-matter claims covering controlled-release direct compression ODT with drug-resin particles. The composition-of-matter patents are scheduled to expire in 2026 and 2032.

Our XR liquid suspension product NT-0201 patent portfolio contains five granted U.S. patents and six other pending U.S. non-provisional applications. These patents contain claims directed to, among other things, compositions of matter, as well as methods of preparing liquid controlled-release formulations and for predicting bioequivalence for liquid suspension. The longest-term composition-of-matter patent is scheduled to expire in 2032, and the method patents are scheduled to expire in 2029 and 2031, respectively.

Our generic Tussionex is covered by four of our granted U.S. patents which include claims directed to, among other things, a composition-of-matter, as well as methods-of-making, and for predicting bioequivalence for liquid suspension. Our generic Tussionex is also covered by two other pending non-provisional applications. The composition-of-matter patent is scheduled to expire in 2031. We

102

Table of Contents

Business


expect protection under granted patents and/or patents granted on pending applications to extend until 2031.

Upon receiving FDA approval for any of these products, we intend to list both applicable platform patents and relevant specific drug patents in the Orange Book. We own all of the above patents and pending applications.

NT-0102 and NT-0202 are not currently protected by patents outside of the United States and our generic Tussionex and NT-0201 are currently protected by method patents only in the United States, Australia, Canada, China, Mexico and South Africa. As such, competitors may be free to sell products that incorporate the same or similar technologies that are used in our products in countries in which the relevant product does not have patent protection.

Patent life determination depends on the date of filing of the application and other factors as promulgated under the patent laws. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country.

Trade secret and other protection

In addition to patented intellectual property, we also rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how to protect our technology and maintain our competitive position, especially when we do not believe that patent protection is appropriate or can be obtained. Our policy is to require each of our employees, consultants and advisors to execute a confidentiality and inventions assignment agreement before beginning their employment, consulting or advisory relationship with us. The agreements generally provide that the individual must keep confidential and not disclose to other parties any confidential information developed or learned by the individual during the course of the individual's relationship with us except in limited circumstances. These agreements generally also provide that we shall own all inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us.

Other intellectual property rights

We seek trademark protection in the United States when appropriate. We have filed for trademark protection for the Neos Therapeutics mark, which we use with our pharmaceutical research and development as well as products, as well as trade names that could be used with our potential products. We currently have registered trademarks for Neos Therapeutics in the United States as well as for our DTRS technology.

From time to time, we may find it necessary or prudent to obtain licenses from third party intellectual property holders.

COMPETITION

Our industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. We face competition and potential competition from a number of sources, including pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, generic drug companies, drug delivery companies and academic and research institutions. We believe the key competitive factors that will affect the development and commercial success of our product candidates include ease of administration and convenience of dosing, therapeutic efficacy, safety and tolerability profiles and cost. Many of our potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do, as well as more experience in the development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products, and the commercialization of those products. Consequently,

103

Table of Contents

Business


our competitors may develop modified-release products for the treatment of ADHD or for other indications we may pursue in the future, and such competitors' products may be more effective, better tolerated and less costly than our product candidates. Our competitors may also be more successful in manufacturing and marketing their products than we are. We will also face competition in recruiting and retaining qualified personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient enrollment in clinical trials.

Our three branded product candidates also face competition from commercially available generic and branded medications currently produced by companies that are promoting products in the ADHD market, including Shire (Vyvanse, Adderall XR, Intuniv), Janssen (Concerta), Eli Lilly (Strattera), Pfizer (Quillivant XR), Concordia (Kapvay), Noven (Daytrana), Novartis (Focalin XR and Ritalin LA), and related generics. We are also aware of efforts by several pharmaceutical companies with ADHD medications in clinical development, including Shire, Noven, Alcobra, Highland Therapeutics, Sunovion, Neurovance and Rhodes Pharmaceuticals. Tris Pharmaceuticals is also working in this space to reformulate existing methylphenidate and amphetamine medications and has recently submitted an NDA for an amphetamine-based XR liquid suspension.

The FDA recently issued revised guidance for bioequivalence testing of extended-release methylphenidate, which makes it more difficult to seek approval on the basis of bioequivalence for new generic products. We believe this will result in limited competition for the generic Concerta market and a new branded, extended-release methylphenidate drug with 12-hour duration of effect, such as NT-0102, would benefit from the lack of competition. In light of these developments, we believe that along with Concerta, NT-0102 is positioned to be one of only two branded tablets of extended-release methylphenidate with 12-hour coverage, and its ODT formulation would offer a unique and patient- and caregiver-friendly dosage form. While two additional generic manufacturers launched generic versions of Concerta, Mallinckrodt in 2011 and KUDCO in 2013, both have lost their AB-rating, are now BX-rated, and may no longer be substituted for Concerta. This results in a market with a higher barrier to entry.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local levels and in other countries regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug products. Generally, before a new drug can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and ultimately approved by the applicable regulatory authority.

U.S. drug development

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approval and maintaining subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state and local statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during product development, the approval process or after approval may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA's refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, voluntary product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, fines, consent decrees, refusals of government

104

Table of Contents

Business


contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil and criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us. For a description of a consent decree our predecessor corporation entered into with the FDA and to which we remain subject, see "Our manufacturing capabilities—Overview" and "Risk factors—Risks related to commercialization." If any of NT-0102, NT-0202 or NT-0201 is approved and we fail to manufacture the product in sufficient quantities and at acceptable quality and pricing levels, or fail to obtain adequate DEA quotas for controlled substances, or to fully comply with cGMP regulations, we may face delays in the commercialization of this product candidate or be unable to meet market demand, and may be unable to generate potential revenues.

Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA through the NDA process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. We intend to submit our NDAs under the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway. Development and approval of drugs generally involves the following:

Submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application, or IND, which must become effective before clinical trials involving humans may begin;

Approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical trial site before a trial may be initiated at that site;

Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations and other good clinical practices, or GCPs;

Submission of an NDA to the FDA;

The FDA's decision within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to accept it for filing and review;

Satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug is produced to assess compliance with cGMPs and assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug's identity, strength, quality and purity;

Possible FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA; and

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

The nonclinical testing, clinical trials and review process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The data required to support an NDA are generated in two distinct developmental stages: nonclinical and clinical. The nonclinical development stage generally involves synthesizing the active component, developing the formulation and control procedures and determining the manufacturing process, as well as carrying out non-human toxicology, pharmacology and drug metabolism studies in the laboratory, which may support subsequent clinical testing in humans. In the case of documentation to support a 505(b)(2) NDA, this nonclinical data may be referenced in literature or the FDA's previous findings of safety and efficacy for a listed drug. The sponsor must submit the results of the nonclinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans, and must become effective before clinical trials may begin. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the IND on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

105

Table of Contents

Business


The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the product candidate to healthy volunteers and patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the sponsor's control, in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent IRB for each institution where the trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials are generally conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, and may overlap.

Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacology, side effect tolerability and safety of the drug.

Phase 2 clinical trials typically involve studies in disease-affected patients to determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics information is collected, possible adverse effects and safety risks are identified and a preliminary evaluation of efficacy is conducted.

Phase 3 clinical trials generally involve large numbers of patients at multiple sites and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the product candidate's safety and effectiveness for its intended use, establish its overall benefit/risk relationship, and provide an adequate basis for approval.

By following the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, the applicant may reduce some of the burdens of developing a full clinical program by relying on investigations not conducted by the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference, such as prior investigations involving the listed drug. In such cases, some clinical trials may not be required or may be otherwise limited.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

Before approval, progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans, and any clinically important rate increase of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time

106

Table of Contents

Business


on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or the use of the drug raises any safety concerns. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial.

There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed trial results to public registries. Sponsors of certain clinical trials of FDA-regulated products are required to register and disclose specified clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. However, there are evolving rules and increasing requirements for publication of all trial-related information, and it is possible that data and other information from trials involving drugs that never garner approval could require disclosure in the future.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug as well as finalize a process for manufacturing it in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate, and, among other things, a drug manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

NDA and FDA review process

The results of nonclinical studies and clinical trials, together with other detailed information, including extensive information on manufacturing and drug composition and proposed labeling, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug for one or more specified indications. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a drug is safe and effective for its intended use and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMPs to assure and preserve the product's identity, strength, quality and purity. FDA approval of an NDA must be obtained before a drug may be legally marketed in the United States.

Under the PDUFA as amended, each NDA must be accompanied by a user fee. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. According to the FDA's fee schedule, effective through September 30, 2015, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data, such as an NDA, is $2,335,200. Clinical data, as interpreted by the FDA to assess fees under PDUFA, include (1) study reports or literature reports of what are explicitly or implicitly represented by the applicant to be adequate and well-controlled trials for safety or effectiveness or (2) reports of comparative activity (other than bioequivalence and bioavailability studies), immunogenicity, or efficacy, where those reports are necessary to support a claim of comparable clinical effect. The term does not include bioequivalence and bioavailability studies submitted in support of an NDA. NDAs for which clinical data are not required to demonstrate safety and effectiveness are reduced to half of the amount of the prescribed user fee, or $1,167,600 for 2015. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for human drugs ($110,370 per product) and an annual establishment fee ($569,200 per establishment) on

107

Table of Contents

Business


facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business.

The FDA reviews submitted NDAs before it accepts them for filing, and may request additional information rather than accepting the applications. The FDA must make a decision on accepting an NDA for filing within 60 days of receipt. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA has ten months from the filing date in which to complete its initial review of a standard NDA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date for an NDA designated for priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority NDAs, and the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMPs. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product to specifications. The FDA may also audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. Additionally, the FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation regarding whether the application should be approved and, if so, under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers them carefully when making decisions. NDAs submitted under Section 505(b)(2) are typically not referred to an Advisory Panel for consideration unless new safety information is revealed in the review cycle. The FDA likely will re-analyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and the applicant during the review process. The review and evaluation of an NDA by the FDA is extensive and time consuming and may take longer than originally planned to complete, and we may not receive a timely approval, if at all.

After the FDA evaluates an NDA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA, and may require additional clinical data, such as an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, and other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive, and the FDA may interpret data differently than the sponsor interprets the same data.

There is no assurance that the FDA will approve a product candidate for marketing, and the sponsor may encounter significant difficulties or costs during the review process. If a product receives marketing approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, or it may condition approval on changes to the proposed labeling. The FDA also may condition approval on the development of adequate controls and specifications for manufacturing and a commitment to conduct post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the potential effects

108

Table of Contents

Business


of approved products. For example, the FDA may require Phase 4 trials designed to further assess a drug's safety and efficacy.

The FDA may also place other conditions on approval including the requirement for a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the drug. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Marketing approval may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory requirements or if problems occur following initial marketing.

Section 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway

Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA provides an alternate regulatory pathway for approval of a new drug by allowing the FDA to rely on data not developed by the applicant. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) permits the submission of an NDA where one or more of the investigations relied upon by the applicant for approval was not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. The applicant may rely upon published literature and/or the FDA's findings of safety and effectiveness for an approved drug already on the market. Approval or submission of a 505(b)(2) application, like those for abbreviated new drugs, or ANDAs, may be delayed because of patent and/or exclusivity rights that apply to the previously approved drug.

A 505(b)(2) application may be submitted for a new chemical entity, or NCE, when some part of the data necessary for approval is derived from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and when the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. Such data are typically derived from published studies, rather than FDA's previous findings of safety and effectiveness of a previously approved drug. For changes to a previously approved drug however, an applicant may rely on the FDA's finding of safety and effectiveness of the approved drug, coupled with information needed to support the change from the approved drug, such as new studies conducted by the applicant or published data. When based on an approved drug, the 505(b)(2) drug may be approved for all of the indications permitted for the approved drug, as well as any other indication supported by additional data.

Section 505(b)(2) applications also may be entitled to marketing exclusivity if supported by appropriate data and information. As discussed in more detail below, three-year new data exclusivity may be granted to the 505(b)(2) application if one or more clinical investigations conducted in support of the application, other than bioavailability/bioequivalence studies, were essential to the approval and conducted or sponsored by the applicant. Five years of marketing exclusivity may be granted if the application is for an NCE, and pediatric exclusivity is likewise available.

Orange Book listing and Paragraph IV certification

For NDA submissions, including those under Section 505(b)(2), applicants are required to list with the FDA certain patents with claims that cover the applicant's product. Upon approval, each of the patents listed in the application is published in Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations , commonly referred to as the Orange Book. Any applicant who subsequently files an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA that references a drug listed in the Orange Book must certify to the FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA; (2) such patent has expired; (3) the date on which such patent expires; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug

109

Table of Contents

Business


product for which the application is submitted. This last certification is known as a Paragraph IV certification.

If an applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the holder of the NDA for the approved drug and the patent owner once the application has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA holder or patent owner may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA or 505(b)(2) application until the earlier of 30 months from the date of the lawsuit, the applicant's successful defense of the suit, or expiration of the patent.

Pursuant to our settlement agreement with Shire, we stipulated that Shire's two Orange Book-listed patents covering Adderall XR were valid, enforceable and infringed by our 505(b)(2) NDA covering NT-0202 and NT-0202 itself. The agreement with Shire applies solely with respect to NT-0202.

Pediatric information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, an NDA or supplement to an NDA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation in which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers.

The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, which was signed into law on July 9, 2012, amended the FDCA to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit an NDA for a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within 60 days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 trial. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric trial(s) that the sponsor plans to conduct, including objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such information and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric trials. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP, but the sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from nonclinical studies, early phase clinical trials and other clinical development programs.

Post-marketing requirements

Following approval, the company and the new product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, which include monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting of adverse experiences and complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include prohibitions on the promotion of the drugs for unapproved, or "off-label" uses. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label treatments, manufacturers may not promote such non-FDA approved uses. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use on an on-going basis. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug, including changes to indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a supplemental NDA or new NDA, which may require the applicant to develop additional data or conduct additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials.

110

Table of Contents

Business


The FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMPs. These regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMPs. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic, unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMPs and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMPs. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMPs, could result in enforcement actions, and the discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA, including voluntary recalls and product seizures.

Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, untitled or warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrections to advertising or communications to doctors and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product's approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. New government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA's policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.

U.S. marketing exclusivity

The FDCA provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA, for a drug product that contains a previously approved NCE if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability/bioequivalence studies, were essential to the application's approval ( e.g. , for new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug). This three-year exclusivity for new data covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication. Furthermore, this exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the nonclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States, which, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protections or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued "Written Request." The FDA issues a written request for pediatric clinical trials before approval of an NDA only where it determines that information relating to the use of a drug in a pediatric population, or part of the pediatric population, may produce health benefits in that population.

DEA regulation

Because our product and product candidates are subject to the Controlled Substances Act, or CSA, we must comply with various requirements set forth by that legislation, as amended, its implementing regulations and as enforced by the DEA. The CSA imposes various registration, record-keeping and reporting requirements, procurement and manufacturing quotas, labeling and packaging requirements, security controls, prescription and order form requirements and restrictions on prescription refills for

111

Table of Contents

Business


certain kinds of pharmaceutical products. A principal factor for determining the particular requirements of the CSA applicable to a product, if any, is its actual or potential abuse profile. A product may be listed as a Schedule I, II, III, IV or V controlled substance, with Schedule I presenting the highest perceived risk of abuse and Schedule V presenting the least. For example, Schedule I controlled substances have no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States and a lack of accepted safety for use under medical supervision. The active ingredients in our product, hydrocodone, and product candidates, amphetamine and methylphenidate, are Schedule II controlled substances and under various restrictions, including, but not limited to, mandatory written prescriptions and the prohibition of refills.

Annual registration is required for any facility that manufactures, distributes, dispenses, imports or exports any controlled substance. The registration is specific to the particular location, activity and controlled substance schedule. For example, separate registrations are needed for import and manufacturing, and each registration will specify which schedules of controlled substances are authorized. Similarly, separate registrations are also required for separate facilities.

The DEA typically inspects a facility to review its security measures prior to issuing a registration and on a periodic basis. Security requirements vary by controlled substance schedule, with the most stringent requirements applying to Schedule I and Schedule II controlled substances. Required security measures include background checks on employees and physical control of inventory through measures such as vaults and inventory reconciliations. Records must be maintained for the handling of all controlled substances, and periodic reports made to the DEA, for example distribution reports for Schedule I and II controlled substances. Reports must also be made for thefts or losses of any controlled substance, and to obtain authorization to destroy any controlled substance.

In addition, a DEA quota system controls and limits the availability and production of controlled substances in Schedule I or II. Distributions of any Schedule I or II controlled substance must also be accompanied by special order forms, with copies provided to the DEA. Because our product is, and our product candidates are expected to be, regulated as Schedule II controlled substances, they will be subject to the DEA's production and procurement quota scheme. The DEA establishes annually an aggregate quota for how much of a controlled substance may be produced in total in the United States based on the DEA's estimate of the quantity needed to meet legitimate scientific and medicinal needs. The limited aggregate amount that the DEA allows to be produced in the United States each year is allocated among individual companies, which must submit applications annually to the DEA for individual production and procurement quotas. We must receive an annual quota from the DEA in order to produce or procure any Schedule I or Schedule II controlled substance for use in manufacturing of our product and product candidates. The DEA may adjust aggregate production quotas and individual production and procurement quotas from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments.

To enforce these requirements, the DEA conducts periodic inspections of registered establishments that handle controlled substances. Failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements, particularly as manifested in loss or diversion, can result in administrative, civil or criminal enforcement action. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations or initiate administrative proceedings to revoke those registrations. In some circumstances, violations could result in criminal proceedings.

In addition to federal scheduling, some drugs may be subject to state-controlled substance regulation and thus more extensive requirements than those determined by the DEA and FDA.

112

Table of Contents

Business


Pharmaceutical coverage, pricing and reimbursement

Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. In the United States no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists. Accordingly, decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for any of our products will be made on a payor by payor basis. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of any products, in addition to the costs required to obtain regulatory approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit.

The U.S. government and state legislatures have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for brand-named prescription drugs. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA, contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies' share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of government controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.

As noted above, even if we are able to secure regulatory approval, sales of any of our products may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. An increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased, and we expect this sentiment will continue to increase the pressure on drug pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Other healthcare laws and compliance requirements

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Department of Justice, the DEA, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments.

We also are subject to various federal and state laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and educational

113

Table of Contents

Business


programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either (1) the referral of an individual to a person for furnishing any item or service for which payment is available under a federal health care program, or (2) the purchase, lease, order or recommendation thereof of any good, facility, service or item for which payment is available under a federal health care program;

The False Claims Act and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment from the federal government or making or using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim;

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, obtaining money or property of the health care benefit program through false representations or knowingly and willingly falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact, making false statements or using or making any false or fraudulent document in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, health care benefits or services;

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

The provision under the ACA commonly referred to as the Sunshine Act, which requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to track and annually report to CMS payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians or their immediate family members in applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations; and

State law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as the Anti-Kickback Statute and False Claims Act, and state laws concerning security and privacy of health care information, which may differ in substance and application from state-to-state thereby complicating compliance efforts.

The ACA broadened the reach of the fraud and abuse laws by, among other things, amending the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the applicable criminal healthcare fraud statutes contained within 42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7b. Pursuant to the statutory amendment, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act or the civil monetary penalties statute. Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

As noted above, the federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment from federal programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to "cause" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to

114

Table of Contents

Business


customers. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products are subject to scrutiny under this law. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been prosecuted under the federal False Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for such violations could include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, mandatory civil penalties between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and the potential implication of various federal criminal statutes. Private individuals also have the ability to bring actions under the federal False Claims Act, or qui tam actions, and certain states have enacted laws based on the federal False Claims Act.

EMPLOYEES

As of March 31, 2015, we employed 59 full-time employees and three part time employees. Of these, 34 are engaged in full-time manufacturing activities, 16 in full-time research and development activities, and nine in full-time general and administrative functions. All of our employees are located in the United States. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees are represented by a labor organization or are under a collective-bargaining arrangement. We consider our employee relations to be good.

FACILITIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in Grand Prairie, Texas, where we lease approximately 97,282 square feet of office, laboratory and manufacturing space. Our lease expires on December 31, 2024, with an option to extend. We believe our current office, laboratory and manufacturing space is sufficient to meet our needs until the expiration of the lease. We may seek to negotiate new leases or evaluate additional or alternate space to accommodate operations relating to commercialization. We believe that appropriate alternative space is readily available on commercially reasonable terms.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings. From time to time we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

115

Table of Contents


Management

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of                           , 2015:

Name
  Age
  Position(s)
 

Executive Officers:

       

Vipin Garg, Ph.D. 

  58   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Richard Eisenstadt

  56   Chief Financial Officer

Mark Tengler

  47   Chief Technology Officer

Thomas McDonnell

  43   Chief Commercial Officer

Dorothy Engelking

  54   Vice President of Regulatory Affairs

Non-Employee Directors:

 

 

 

 

Alan Heller

  61   Director; Chairman

Greg Robitaille

  51   Director

Bryant Fong

  42   Director

Caley Castelein, M.D. 

  44   Director

John Schmid

  52   Director

Paul Edick

  59   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.
(2)
Member of the compensation committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Vipin Garg, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since October 2013, and was named our President in July 2014. Prior to joining us, Dr. Garg served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Tranzyme Inc., now Ocera Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: OCRX) from September 2001 to July 2013. Dr. Garg has also served as Vice President of Operations and Business Development, and later Chief Operating Officer, of Apex Bioscience, Inc. from 1994 to 2000, as Vice President of Development at DNX Bio-Therapeutics, Inc. from 1992 to 1994, as Director of Technical Services and Marketing at Sepracor, Inc., now Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma, from 1989 to 1992, and as Manager, Contract Services at Bio-Response Inc. from 1986 to 1989. Dr. Garg has served on the board of North Carolina Biotechnology Center and on the Executive Committee of CED (formerly the Council for Entrepreneurial Development), and is the recipient of the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year Award for the Carolinas Region in 2009. Dr. Garg received his Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Adelaide, Australia, his M.Sc. from the Indian Agricultural Research Institute in New Delhi, India, and his B.Sc. from Meerut University, India.

We believe that Dr. Garg's perspective and experience as our Chief Executive Officer and President, as well as his depth of experience in the biopharmaceutical industry in a wide range of therapeutic areas provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

116

Table of Contents

Management


Richard Eisenstadt has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2014. Prior to joining us, he served as Chief Financial Officer of ArborGen Inc. from June 2013 to May 2014, and as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Tranzyme, Inc. now Ocera Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: OCRX) from June 2003 to December 2012. He previously held financial leadership positions at Cogent Neuroscience, Inc. and Nimbus CD International, Inc. Mr. Eisenstadt received his M.B.A. from James Madison University and his B.A. in Economics from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

Mark Tengler has served as our Chief Technology Officer since November 2005. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Tengler also served as our Co-President, and as our President from 2006 to 2009 after joining us in 2001. Mr. Tengler is the principal inventor of our DTRS, RDIM and KCTP drug delivery technologies. He previously served as Director of Operations for PharmaPrint Inc. from 1998 to 2001. He served as Director of Operations at McZand Herbal Inc. from 1995 to 1998. From 1990 to 1995, he served in various roles at Hauser Chemical Research, Inc. Mr. Tengler holds a B.S. in Biochemistry from Colorado State University.

Thomas McDonnell has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since April 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. McDonnell spent ten years with Shire (NASDAQ:SHPG), most recently as Vice President of U.S. Marketing in the Neuroscience Business Unit from December 2013 to March 2015. From August 2012 to November 2013, he was Vice President, General Manager of Adult Psychiatry at Shire. Previously, he held several commercial and marketing positions at Shire, including Senior Director, General Manager for Equasym XL, Senior Director of Marketing for Intuniv, Director of Marketing for Vyvanse, and Senior Product Manager for Adderall XR. From 1997 to 2005, he held various sales, sales management and marketing positions at Abbott Laboratories and Knoll Pharmaceuticals. Mr. McDonnell received his B.A. in Marketing from Muhlenberg College.

Dorothy Engelking has served as our Vice President of Regulatory Affairs since April 2010. Prior to joining us, Ms. Engelking served as Vice President of Kendle International, Inc. from July 2008 to July 2009, Senior Vice President of Regulatory Affairs at Xanodyne Pharmaceutics, Inc. from March 2006 to July 2008, and as Vice President of Regulatory Affairs at Watson Pharmaceuticals Inc., now Actavis plc (NYSE: ACT) from January 1999 to March 2006. She received her B.S. in Chemistry and M.S. in Analytical Chemistry from South Dakota School of Mines and Technology, and holds a Regulatory Certificate from the Regulatory Affairs Professional Society.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

Alan Heller has served as Chairman of our board of directors since June 2009. Mr. Heller has been an Operating Partner at Water Street Healthcare Partners, LLC, since January 2006. Mr. Heller was President and CEO of American Pharmaceutical Partners from October 2004 until May 2005, and prior to that was President of Global Renal Operations at Baxter International from September 2000 until January 2004. Earlier, Mr. Heller served as President of Searle Operations at the time of its integration with Pharmacia Corporation. He currently serves as Chairman of the boards of directors of privately-held Celerity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Custopharm, Inc. and as a member of the board of directors of BioClinica, Inc. (NASDAQ: BIOC). Mr. Heller holds an M.B.A. from DePaul University and a B.S. from the University of Illinois, Chicago.

We believe that Mr. Heller is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience in product launch and commercialization in the pharmaceutical industry and his knowledge in financial and corporate development matters.

Greg Robitaille has served on our board of directors since June 2009. Since July 2011, Mr. Robitaille has managed Corporate Development activities at Water Street Healthcare Partners. From April 2009

117

Table of Contents

Management


to July 2011, Mr. Robitaille served as Executive Vice President for Corporate Development for Sarnova LLC, a portfolio company of Water Street Healthcare Partners. Mr. Robitaille holds a B.A. from Hamilton College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

We believe that Mr. Robitaille is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience in the life sciences industry and for his knowledge in financial and corporate development matters.

Bryant Fong has served on our board of directors since June 2009. Since October 2013, he has served as founding General Partner at Biomark Capital, LLP a life sciences venture capital fund. Prior to Biomark Capital, Mr. Fong was a Managing Director at Burrill & Company, from 1998 to 2013. Mr. Fong received his B.A. in Biochemistry from the University of California at Berkeley. Mr. Fong currently serves on the boards of several life science companies including ADMA Biologics (NASDAQ: ADMA), where he serves on the audit and compensation committee, JHL Biotech, Biozeus and i2Dx.

We believe that Mr. Fong is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience in the life sciences industry and for his knowledge in financial and corporate development matters.

Caley Castelein, M.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015. Dr. Castelein has served as a Managing Director of Kearny Venture Partners, L.P. since September 2006 and at the Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III, L.P. since March 2015. Previously, Dr. Castelein served as a Managing Director at Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners from March 2003 to September 2006. Dr. Castelein holds an A.B. in Biological Sciences from Harvard College and an M.D. from the University of California, San Francisco.

We believe that Dr. Castelein is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive investment experience in the healthcare industry.

John Schmid has served on our board of directors since June 2015. Mr. Schmid served as Chief Financial Officer of Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded biotechnology company, from September 2013 until its sale to Teva Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NYSE: TEVA) in June 2015. Prior to that, he co-founded Trius Therapeutics, Inc., where he served as Chief Financial Officer from June 2004 until its merger with Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: CBST) in September 2013. Mr. Schmid also served as Chief Financial Officer at GeneFormatics, Inc. from 1998 to 2003 and as Chief Financial Officer at Endonetics, Inc. from 1995 to 1998. He currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of Speak, Inc. Mr. Schmid holds a B.A. in Economics from Wesleyan University and an M.B.A. from the University of San Diego.

We believe that Mr. Schmid is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience in the life sciences industry and for his knowledge in financial and corporate development matters.

Paul R. Edick has served on our board of directors since June 2015. He is currently the Managing Partner of 3G Advisors, LLC, a consultancy to the pharmaceutical, healthcare and healthcare investor communities, a company he founded in 2007. From July 2010 until November 2014, Mr. Edick was the Chief Executive Officer of Durata Therapeutics, which was merged with Actavis plc (NYSE: ACT) in November 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Edick was Chief Executive Officer of Ganic Pharmaceuticals from 2008 to 2010, Chief Executive Officer of MedPointe Healthcare Inc. from 2006 to 2008, and President of Pharmaceutical Operations at MedPointe from 2002 to 2006. Mr. Edick has served on the boards of directors of NewLink Genetics Inc. (NASDAQ: NLNK) and Circassia Ltd. (LSE: CIR.L) since 2011. Mr. Edick holds a B.A. in Psychology from Hamilton College in Clinton, NY.

We believe that Mr. Edick is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience in the life sciences industry and service on the board of directors of other public companies in the life science industry.

118

Table of Contents

Management


In addition to the individual attributes of each of our directors listed above, we highly value the collective qualifications and experiences of our board members. We believe the collective viewpoints and perspectives of our directors results in a board that is dedicated to advancing the interests of our stockholders.

BOARD COMPOSITION

Our board of directors currently consists of six members, five of whom were elected pursuant to the board composition provisions of our voting agreement, which is described under "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders Voting Agreement" in this prospectus. Dr. Garg was appointed to our board in connection with his appointment as Chief Executive Officer in 2013. The board composition provisions in our voting agreement will terminate immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and governance committee and board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees, which may include diversity and is not limited to race, gender or national origin. We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our nominating and governance committee's and board of directors' priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ. Applicable NASDAQ rules require a majority of a listed company's board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the NASDAQ rules require that, (1) on the date of the completion of the offering, at least one member of each of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent, (2) within 90 days of the date of the completion of the offering, a majority of the members of such committees be independent and (3) within one year of the date of the completion of the offering, all the members of such committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under applicable NASDAQ rules, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of the listed company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting,

119

Table of Contents

Management


advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

On             , 2015, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that, none of the members of the board of directors, except for              , has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is "independent" as that term is defined under the applicable NASDAQ rules. Our board of directors also determined that             ,              and             , who comprise our audit committee,              ,             and             , who comprise our compensation committee, and             ,              and             , who comprise our corporate governance and nominating committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the applicable NASDAQ rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered our relationships with each non-employee director and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Staggered board

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

Our Class I directors will be             ,             , and             ;

Our Class II directors will be             ,              , and             ; and

Our Class III directors will be             ,              , and             .             .

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one third of the board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Board committees

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a separate charter adopted by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees from time to time. The composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

120

Table of Contents

Management


Audit committee

Effective upon this offering, our audit committee will be composed of             ,              and             , with              serving as chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable NASDAQ rules. Our board of directors has determined that             is an "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of the SEC regulations and applicable NASDAQ rules. The audit committee's responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

appointing, approving the compensation of, reviewing the performance of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

reviewing the internal audit plan with the independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

recommending, based upon its review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

preparing the audit committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

reviewing policies related to risk assessment and risk management; and establishing, maintaining and overseeing our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

All audit services to be provided to us and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

Compensation committee

Effective upon this offering, our compensation committee will be composed of             ,              and             , with              serving as chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined each member of the compensation committee is "independent" as defined under the applicable NASDAQ rules. The compensation committee's responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

annually reviewing and recommending for approval by the independent directors of the board individual and corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers;
121

Table of Contents

Management


evaluating the performance of our executive officers in light of such individual and corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our executive officers;

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

conducting the independence assessment outlined in NASDAQ rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the applicable NASDAQ rules;

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation;

reviewing and approving stock option grants, and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to stock option grants made to directors, executive officers, senior vice presidents or anyone reporting directly to our chief executive officer;

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis, if any, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing and discussing with the board of directors corporate succession plans for the chief executive officer and other senior management positions.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Effective upon this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of             ,              and              , with             serving as chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is "independent" as defined under the applicable NASDAQ rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees; and

developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been employed by us. For a description

122

Table of Contents

Management


of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, see "Certain relationships and related party transactions."

BOARD LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE AND BOARD'S ROLE IN RISK OVERSIGHT

The positions of our chairman of the board and chief executive officer are separated. Separating these positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the chief executive officer must devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow. Our board of directors also believes that this structure ensures a greater role for the independent directors in the oversight of our company and active participation of the independent directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures for the work of our board of directors. This leadership structure also is preferred by a significant number of our stockholders. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected its leadership structure.

Although our bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will not require our chairman and chief executive officer positions to be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including those described under the section "Risk factors" located elsewhere in this prospectus. Our board of directors is actively involved in oversight of risks that could affect us. This oversight is conducted primarily by our full board of directors, which has responsibility for general oversight of risks.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will satisfy this responsibility through full reports by each committee chair regarding the committee's considerations and actions, as well as through regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks within our company. Our board of directors believes that full and open communication between management and the board of directors is essential for effective risk management and oversight.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website, which is located at www.neostx.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website, or in a current report of Form 8-K as may be required by law or applicable NASDAQ rules.

123

Table of Contents


Executive compensation

OVERVIEW

Historically, our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of Dr. Garg, our Chief Executive Officer, and the other executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table below, whom we refer to as our named executive officers, has consisted of a combination of base salary, cash incentive bonus and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options and grants of common stock. Our named executive officers and all salaried employees are also eligible to receive health and welfare benefits. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers which would entitle those executive officers to, among other things, severance upon a termination of employment following a change of control. As we transition from a private company to a publicly-traded company, we have engaged the services of an independent executive compensation consulting firm to review our current compensation plans and procedures and to provide additional information about comparative compensation offered by peer companies, market survey information and information about trends in executive compensation. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from a compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

Name and principal position
  Year
  Salary
($)

  Bonus
($)

  Option
awards
($)

  All other
compensation
($)(1)

  Total
($)

 
   

Vipin Garg

    2014     386,154     139,563     321,369 (2)   36,847     883,932  

Chief Executive

                                     

Officer and President

                                     

Richard Eisenstadt

    2014     187,692     77,627     129,743 (3)   26,500     421,562  

Chief Financial Officer

                                     

Mark Tengler

    2014     255,453     64,867         8,864     329,184  

Chief Technology Officer

                                     

(1)
The amounts reported include 401(k) matching contributions, executive life insurance premiums and certain relocation benefits and temporary living expenses.

(2)
Dr. Garg was granted 198,185 stock options at an exercise price of $3.12 on August 28, 2014. The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded to Dr. Garg in 2014. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 14 to the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
Mr. Eisenstadt was granted 206,803 stock options at an exercise price of $1.21 in connection with his hiring in 2014. The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded to Mr. Eisenstadt in 2014. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 14 to the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
124

Table of Contents

Executive compensation


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

Prior to this offering, we intend to enter into employment agreements with our executive officers.

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards for each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2014:

 
  Option awards    
   
 
 
   
   
  Equity
incentive
plan awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)

   
   
  Stock awards  
Name and principal position
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable

  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable

  Option
exercise
price ($)

  Option
expiration
date

  Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested (#)

  Market value
of shares
of stock
that have
not vested
($)(1)

 
   

Vipin Garg

                          255,690 (2)   992,077  

    85,229     255,690 (3)       1.06     10/15/2023          

        198,185 (4)       3.12     8/27/2024              

Richard Eisenstadt

        206,803 (5)       1.21     5/12/2024          

Mark Tengler

    4,464             0.13     8/29/2021          

    10,670             1.06     5/2/2023          

(1)
Amounts calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using a per share fair market value as of December 31, 2014 at $3.88.

(2)
Dr. Garg received a grant of 340,919 shares of restricted common stock. 25% of the shares of restricted stock subject to this grant vested on October 16, 2014, and the balance vests in three successive equal annual installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

(3)
25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on October 16, 2014, and the balance vests in three successive equal annual installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting.

(4)
25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vest on August 28, 2015, and the balance vests in three successive equal annual installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting.

(5)
25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vest on May 12, 2015, and the balance vests in three successive equal annual installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

In 2014, we did not maintain any standard fee arrangements for the non-employee members of our board of directors for their service as a director other than for reimbursement of expenses. Our policy has been and will continue to be to reimburse our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of the board of directors. We intend to put in place a formal director compensation policy for all of our non-employee directors following the completion of this offering.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2009 equity plan

The 2009 Neos Therapeutics, Inc. Equity Plan, or the 2009 Plan, was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders, effective as of November 25, 2009, and was most recently amended on October 23, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we have authorized an aggregate of 3,300,090 shares of

125

Table of Contents

Executive compensation


our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2009 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by us, satisfied without the issuance of stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2009 Plan are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2009 Plan. The shares issued under the 2009 Plan are authorized but unissued shares, or shares reacquired by us and held in treasury.

Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors has determined not to grant any further awards under our 2009 Plan. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2009 Plan are currently added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2009 Plan. Upon the closing of this offering, such shares will be added to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

The 2009 Plan is administered by our board of directors. The compensation committee has the full power and authority to grant awards consistent with the terms of the 2009 Plan, including, but not limited to, the power and authority to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make awards to participants, to determine the number of shares to be covered by an award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2009 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2009 Plan are our officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants and independent contractors as selected from time to time by the compensation committee in its discretion. The 2009 Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards and unrestricted stock awards to participants.

The 2009 Plan permits the granting of (1) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (2) options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by the compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by the compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time of grant of such option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, then the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant and the term of such option may not exceed five years from the date of grant. The compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

The compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified restricted period. The compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock which are free from any restrictions under the 2009 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to any participant in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

The 2009 Plan provides that upon a "sale event" as defined in the 2009 Plan, except as otherwise provided by the compensation committee in the award agreement, the compensation committee may take one or more of the following actions without the consent or approval of any participant, which may vary among individual participants and which may vary among the awards held by any individual participant: (1) accelerate the vesting schedule otherwise applicable to options and permit the holders

126

Table of Contents

Executive compensation


thereof to exercise the options in full prior to a specified date (after which date any unexercised options will terminate); (2) accelerate the vesting or lapse of restrictions applicable to any award of restricted stock as of a specified date; (3) cancel outstanding awards for the payment of cash equal to the excess of "sale price" as defined in the 2009 Plan of the shares subject to such awards over any applicable exercise price (or, if there is no excess, with no payment to the participant); or (4) generally make other appropriate adjustments to outstanding awards (including by assumption or substitution).

The board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2009 Plan (subject to stockholder approval if required by law) and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, provided that no such action may adversely affect rights under an outstanding award without the holder's consent.

No other awards may be granted under the 2009 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval.

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 stock option and incentive plan

In             2015, our board of directors, upon the recommendation of the compensation committee of the board of directors, adopted our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, which was subsequently approved by our stockholders. The 2015 Plan will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The 2015 Plan will replace the 2009 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under that plan following the consummation of our initial public offering. Our 2015 Plan provides flexibility to our compensation committee to use various equity-based incentive awards as compensation tools to motivate our workforce.

We have initially reserved shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016, by             % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan and 2009 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than             shares of stock may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year and the maximum "performance-based award" payable to any one individual under the 2015 Plan (other than stock options or stock appreciation units) is                      shares of stock or $                           in the case of cash-based awards. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or shares of common stock.

The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to

127

Table of Contents

Executive compensation


participate in the 2015 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants) as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion. Our compensation committee may delegate authority to grant certain awards to our chief executive officer.

The 2015 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as we may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive shares of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee shall determine.

Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2015 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. Those awards would only be earned or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that would be used with respect to any such awards include: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of stock, sales or market shares and regulatory milestones, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. From and after the time that we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum award that is intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be made to any one employee during any one calendar year period is                      shares of common stock with respect to a stock-based award and $                      with respect to a cash-based award.

128

Table of Contents

Executive compensation


The 2015 Plan provides that in the case of, and subject to, the consummation of a "sale event" as defined in the 2015 Plan, all outstanding awards may be assumed, substituted or otherwise continued by the successor entity. To the extent that the successor entity does not assume, substitute or otherwise continue such awards, then (1) all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically become fully exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on all other awards with time-based conditions will automatically be deemed waived, and awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and non-forfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committee's discretion and (2) upon the effectiveness of the sale event, all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights. The 2015 Plan provides that in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the our capital stock, the compensation committee will make an appropriate adjustment in the number of shares, the repurchase price and the exercise price, each as may be applicable to an award.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder's consent. Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval. No awards under the 2015 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

Senior executive cash incentive bonus plan

In             , 2015 our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or corporate performance goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select corporate performance goals from among the following: revenue; expense levels; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); business development and financing milestones; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value added; sales; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; shareholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; sales or market shares and regulatory milestones; and Adjusted EBITDA, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, or as compared to results of a peer group.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The corporate performance goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports

129

Table of Contents

Executive compensation


have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the corporate performance goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

Retirement plans

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to 50% of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual limits set pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. We also provide matching contributions. Employees are 100% vested in their personal contributions and non-elective employer contributions to the 401(k) plan, and vest in additional matching employer contributions over a four-year period. We intend for the plan to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.

Indemnification of officers and directors

We have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers in certain circumstances. See "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Limitation of liability and indemnification of officers and directors."

Compensation risk assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

130

Table of Contents


Certain relationships and related party transactions

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including change in control arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed, when required, in the sections titled "Management" and "Executive Compensation" and the registration rights described in the section titled "Description of capital stock—Registration rights" located elsewhere in this prospectus, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2012 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

we have been or are to be a participant;

the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm's length transactions.

SALES AND PURCHASES OF SECURITIES

Series C Financing

Between July 16, 2012 and February 23, 2015, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 11,378,483 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series C preferred stock, for aggregate consideration of $56,892,415, pursuant to subscription agreements entered into with investors. In connection with the Series C Financing, we also issued warrants to purchase up to 1,947,185 shares of Series C preferred stock, which have an exercise price of $5.00 per share of Series C preferred stock.

131

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


The following table summarizes the participation in the Series C Financing by any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons.

Name
  Shares of
Series C
preferred
stock

  Warrants
to purchase
Series C
preferred
stock

  Aggregate
purchase
price

 

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III(1)

    1,348,655     0     6,743,275  

Jack W. Schuler and related entities(2)

    2,080,000     300,000     10,400,000  

Delaware Street Capital Master Fund, L.P.(3)

    1,496,521     170,766     7,482,605  

Presidio Partners 2007, L.P. and related entity(4)

    1,667,994     400,000     8,339,970  

Essex Capital Corporation and related entities(5)

    375,500     55,500     1,877,500  

CAC, LLC and DRD Family Partnership LP(6)

    1,022,438     149,967     5,112,190  

Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. and related entity(7)

    1,000,000     500,000     5,000,000  

John Patience Trust Dated July 23, 1993 and related entity(8)

    1,052,838     300,000     5,264,190  

Alan Heller(9)

    220,700     0     1,103,500  

Greg Robitaille(10)

    20,890     4,200     104,450  

Mark Tengler(11)

    6,000     0     30,000  

Vipin Garg(12)

    6,000     0     30,000  

Dorothy Engelking(13)

    1,000     0     5,000  

(1)
Burrill Life Science Capital Fund III is a holder of 5% or more of our capital stock. Bryant Fong, a member of our board of directors, is a former principal of Burrill Capital Management, the general partner of Burrill Life Science Capital Fund III.

(2)
Consists of (i) 1,680,000 shares and 200,000 warrants held by Jack W. Schuler, (ii) 80,000 shares and 20,000 warrants held by JS Grandchildren 2010 Continuation Trust, (iii) 80,000 shares and 20,000 warrants held by Schuler Grandchildren LLC, (iv) 80,000 shares and 20,000 warrants held by Tanya Eve Schuler Trust, (v) 80,000 shares and 20,000 warrants held by Therese Heidi Schuler Trust and (vi) 80,000 shares and 20,000 warrants held by Tino Hans Schuler Trust. These entities hold, in the aggregate, more than 5% of our capital stock.

(3)
Delaware Street Capital Master Fund, L.P. is a holder of 5% or more of our capital stock.

(4)
Consists of (i) 1,626,294 shares and 390,000 warrants held by Presidio Partners 2007, L.P. and (ii) 41,700 shares and 10,000 warrants held by Presidio Partners (Parallel), L.P. These entities hold, in the aggregate, more than 5% of our capital stock. Edward Schnipper, a former member of our board of directors, served as a Venture Partner at CMEA Capital, now Presidio Partners, the general partner of Presidio Partners 2007, L.P.

(5)
Consists of (i) 136,500 shares held by Essex Capital Corporation, (ii) 195,000 shares and 35,500 warrants held by KF Investment Partners, LP and (iii) 44,000 shares and 20,000 warrants held by SIU Capital LLC. These entities hold, in the aggregate, more than 5% of our capital stock.

(6)
Consists of (i) 681,624 shares and 99,978 warrants held by CAC, LLC and (ii) 340,814 shares and 49,989 warrants held by DRD Family Partnership LP. These entities hold, in the aggregate, more than 5% of our capital stock.

(7)
Consists of (i) 500,000 shares and 250,000 warrants held by Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. and (ii) 500,000 shares and 240,000 warrants held by Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. These entities hold, in the aggregate, more than 5% of our capital stock.

(8)
Consists of (i) 652,838 shares and 150,000 warrants held by John Patience Trust Dated July 23, 1993 and (ii) 400,000 shares and 150,000 warrants held by Patience Enterprises L.P. These entities hold, in the aggregate, more than 5% of our capital stock.

(9)
Mr. Heller is a member of our board of directors.

(10)
Mr. Robitaille is a member of our board of directors.
132

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


(11)
Mr. Tengler is our Chief Technology Officer.

(12)
Dr. Garg is our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors.

(13)
Ms. Engelking is our Vice President of Regulatory Affairs.

Immediately upon closing this offering, each share of Series C preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, to the extent the Series C warrants have not been previously exercised, these warrants shall be deemed to be exercised, and payment shall be made by a surrender of the warrants with an aggregate fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price. The fair market value for one share of common stock acquired upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock shall be the initial "Price to Public" specified in the final prospectus with respect to this offering. For a description of the material rights and privileges of the Series C preferred stock, please see Note 13 to the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Modifications to and conversion of promissory note

On June 5, 2012, we entered into a letter agreement with Essex Capital Corporation and KF Investment Partners, LP, an affiliate of Essex Capital Corporation, whereby $1.0 million of outstanding principal under a promissory note issued to Essex Capital Corporation on October 30, 2009, which Essex Capital Corporation later assigned to KF Investment Partners, LP on March 10, 2011, would be converted into 200,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The letter agreement also provided that Essex Capital Corporation or its affiliates would invest at least $770,000 in our Series C financing, granted Essex Capital Corporation the option to purchase shares of our Series C preferred stock in excess of its $770,000 commitment through further conversion of the principal amount of the promissory note, and extended the maturity date of the promissory note. Such option expired on January 2, 2013. We amended and restated the promissory note with Essex Capital Corporation on December 31, 2013, to provide for a 10% annual interest rate with a principal amount $5.9 million, due and payable on March 31, 2017, and interest due and payable monthly. The note is subordinated to both our senior debt facility with Hercules Technology III, L.P., and to the payments to our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon certain liquidation events, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended.

On July 21, 2014, we entered into an amendment to the amended and restated promissory note with Essex Capital Corporation whereby the annual interest on the promissory note was reduced from 10% to 6% through July 31, 2015 in exchange for a cash payment of $128,000. The amendment also clarified that accrued interest on the promissory note shall not be compounded.

On March 13, 2015, we entered into an amendment to the promissory note with Essex Capital Corporation whereby, upon prior written consent of our senior lender, Essex Capital Corporation may assign, pledge and/or grant security interests in the promissory note.

SALE AND LEASE AGREEMENTS

On November 27, 2012, our subsidiary, Neos Therapeutics, LP, entered into a sale and lease agreement with Essex Capital Corporation, pursuant to which we sold equipment to Essex Capital Corporation for $3.0 million, or the Sale Payment, and subsequently leased that equipment back from Essex Capital Corporation for 42 monthly lease payments of $85,000 each, or the Lease Installments, at the conclusion of which we could repurchase the equipment for the lesser of the then-fair market value of the equipment or $300,000. On July 1, 2013, we amended the agreement to split the Sale Payment into a $1.0 million payment to be paid to us on July 22, 2013, or the Initial Sale Payment, and a $2.0 million payment to be paid to us on October 15, 2013, or the Second Sale Payment. The

133

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


Lease Installments were reduced to $28,000 for the period between the Initial Sale Payment and the Second Sale Payment, and increased to $57,000 after the Second Sale Payment. On October 15, 2013, we further amended the sale and lease arrangement such that the Second Sale Payment would be paid out in two payments of $1.0 million on each of November 1, 2013 and on a date to be selected by Essex Capital Corporation between December 15, 2013, and December 31, 2013, or the Final Sale Payment, with corresponding Lease Installments due after October 15, 2013 reduced to $28,000. On March 13, 2014, we again amended the agreement to reduce the Final Sale Payment to $795,000 paid to us to March 31, 2014, further reducing the Lease Installments to $23,000.

On February 11, 2013, Neos Therapeutics, LP entered into a sale and lease agreement with Essex Capital Corporation, pursuant to which we sold equipment to Essex Capital Corporation for $1.0 million and subsequently leased that equipment back from Essex Capital Corporation for 42 monthly lease payments of $28,000, at the conclusion of which we could repurchase the equipment for the lesser of the then-fair market value of the equipment or $110,000.

On February 12, 2013, Neos Therapeutics, LP entered into a sale and lease agreement with Essex Capital Corporation, pursuant to which we sold equipment to Essex Capital Corporation for $2.5 million and subsequently leased that equipment back from Essex Capital Corporation for 42 monthly lease payments of $70,000, at the conclusion of which we could repurchase the equipment for the lesser of the then-fair market value of the equipment or $275,000.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

Prior to this offering, we intend to enter into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these change of control agreements, see "Executive compensation—Employment agreements."

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact

134

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors. The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

135

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


AGREEMENTS WITH OUR STOCKHOLDERS

In connection with our preferred stock financings, we entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and a voting agreement with the purchasers of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, and an investors rights agreement with certain purchasers of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. Our amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, or ROFR Agreement, provides for rights of first refusal and co-sale rights in respect of sales by certain holders of our capital stock. Our amended and restated voting agreement, or Voting Agreement, contains provisions with respect to the election of our board of directors and its composition, and provides for drag-along rights in certain sales of our capital stock.

Our amended and restated investors' rights agreement, or Investor Rights Agreement, provides certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock with a participation right to purchase their pro rata share of new securities that we may propose to sell and issue, subject to certain exceptions. The Investor Rights Agreement further provides certain holders of our capital stock with the right to demand that we file a registration statement, subject to certain limitations, and to request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For additional information regarding such registration rights, see "Description of capital stock—Registration rights."

The rights under each of the ROFR Agreement, Voting Agreement and Investor Rights Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, other than certain registration rights for certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as provided for in the Investor Rights Agreement. See "Description of capital stock—Registration rights."

OTHER TRANSACTIONS

We have granted stock options and restricted stock to our executive officers. For a description of these stock options, see "Executive compensation."

RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS POLICY

Following the closing of this offering, the audit committee of our board of directors will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving "related party transactions," which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not adopted any formal standards, policies or procedures governing the review and approval of related party transactions, but we expect that our audit committee will do so in the future.

All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy. Historically, related party transactions were typically approved by disinterested members of our board of directors.

136

Table of Contents


Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2015, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, for:

each of our named executive officers;

each of our directors;

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table is necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on 23,253,196 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, which includes 21,123,384 shares of common stock resulting from the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of March 31, 2015. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes our sale of                shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.

137

Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


Unless otherwise indicated in the table below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Neos Therapeutics, Inc., 2940 N. Hwy 360, Grand Prairie, TX 75050.

 
  Percentage of shares
beneficially owned
Name and address of beneficial owner
  Number of
shares
beneficially
owned**

  Before
offering

  After
offering

 

5% or greater stockholders:

               

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III(1)

    3,078,577     13.15 %  

Entities affiliated with Jack W. Schuler(2)

    3,071,969     13.01 %  

Delaware Street Capital Master Fund, L.P.(3)

    2,389,256     10.17 %  

Entities affiliated with Presidio Partners, 2007 L.P.(4)

    3,067,994     12.97 %  

Entities affiliated with Essex Capital Corporation(5)

    2,388,996     10.21 %  

Entities affiliated with CAC, LLC(6)

    2,151,758     9.15 %  

Entities affiliated with John Patience Trust Dated July 23, 1993(7)

    1,708,579     7.24 %  

Entities affiliated with Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P.(8)

    1,500,000     6.27 %  

Directors and named executive officers:

   
 
   
 
 

 

Vipin Garg(9)

    432,148     1.85 %  

Alan Heller(10)

    887,741     3.80 %  

Greg Robitaille(11)

    119,132       *  

Richard Eisenstadt(12)

    51,700       *  

Mark Tengler(13)

    284,078     1.22 %  

Dorothy Engelking(14)

    86,350       *  

Thomas McDonnell

    0       *  

Caley Castelein

    0       *  

Bryant Fong(15)

    0       *  

John Schmid

    0       *  

Paul Edick

    0       *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)

    1,861,149     7.88 %  

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

**
Fraction shares have been rounded down to the nearest whole number.

(1)
Consists of: (i) 432,523 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III, L.P., or Burrill, (ii) 1,134,954 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by Burrill, (iii) 1,348,655 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Burrill, and (iv) 162,445 shares of common stock issuable to Burrill upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Kearny Venture Associates II, LLC, or KVA II, is the General Partner of the Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III, L.P. Caley Castelein and Anupam Dalal are the managing members of KVA II and share both voting power and disposal power over the shares.

(2)
Consists of: (i) 173,009 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Mr. Schuler, (ii) 453,982 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by Mr. Schuler, (iii) 1,680,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Mr. Schuler, (iv) 64,978 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Schuler upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (v) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Mr. Schuler upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (vi) 80,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by JS Grandchildren 2010 Continuation Trust, or JS Grandchildren, (vii) 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to JS Grandchildren upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (viii) 80,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C
138

Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


    preferred stock held by Schuler Grandchildren LLC, (ix) 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Schuler Grandchildren LLC upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (x) 80,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Tanya Eve Schuler Trust, or TEST, (xi) 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to TEST upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (xii) 80,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Therese Heidi Schuler Trust, or THST, (xiii) 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to THST upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (xiv) 80,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Tino Hans Schuler Trust, or TiHST, and (xv) 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to TiHST upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Mr. Schuler has voting and dispositive power with respect to the Schuler shares and H. George Schuler, Trustee, has voting and dispositive power with respect to the remaining shares.

(3)
Consists of: (i) 153,009 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Delaware Street Capital Master Fund, L.P., or DSC, (ii) 493,982 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by DSC, (iii) 1,496,521 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by DSC, (iv) 74,978 shares of common stock issuable to DSC upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, and (v) 170,766 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to TiHST upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. DSC Managers, L.L.C., as the general partner of DSC, is deemed the indirect beneficial owner of such shares. DSC Advisors, L.P, as the investment manager of DSC, is deemed the indirect beneficial owner of such shares. DSC Advisors, L.L.C., or DSCA LLC, as the general partner of the investment manager, is deemed the indirect beneficial owner of such shares. Andrew Bluhm, as the Managing Member of DSCA LLC, is deemed the indirect beneficial owner of 1,876,958 shares of Common Stock.

(4)
Consists of: (i) 975,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Presidio Partners 2007, L.P., or Presidio 2007, (ii) 1,626,294 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Presidio 2007, (iii) 390,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Presidio 2007 upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (iv) 25,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Presidio Partners 2007 (Parallel), L.P., or Presidio 2007 Parallel, (v) 41,700 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Presidio 2007 Parallel, and (vi) 10,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Presidio 2007 Parallel upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Presidio Partners 2007 GP, L.P serves as the general partner of Presidio Partners 2007 GP, L.P, which serves as the general partner of Presidio 2007 and Presidio 2007 Parallel and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares held by Presidio 2007 and Presidio 2007 Parallel. David J. Collier, James F. Watson and Faysal A. Sohail share voting and investment power over and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares held by Presidio 2007 and Presidio 2007 Parallel.

(5)
Consists of: (i) 17,494 shares of common stock held by Essex Capital Corporation, or ECC, (ii) 927,397 shares of common stock issuable on the conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held ECC (iii) 75,450 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by ECC, (iv) 570,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by ECC, (v) 136,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by ECC, (vi) 81,368 shares of common stock issuable to ECC upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (vii) 200,000 shares of common stock held by KF Investment Partners, LP, or KF issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by KF, (viii) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by KF, (ix) 195,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by KF, (x) 12,500 shares of common stock issuable to KF upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (xi) 35,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to KF upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (xii) 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by SIU Capital LLC, or SIU, (xiii) 44,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by SIU, (xiv) 3,787 shares of common stock issuable to KF upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, and (xv) 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to SIU upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Ralph Iannelli is the sole shareholder of ECC. Mr. Iannelli is the General Partner of KF, and the Managing Member of SIU, and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares.
139

Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


(6)
Consists of: (i) 93,333 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by CAC, LLC, or CAC, (ii) 46,667 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by DRD Family Partnership LP, or DRD, (iii) 480,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by CAC, (iv) 240,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by DRD, (v) 681,624 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by CAC, (vi) 340,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by CAC, (vii) 79,569 shares of common stock issuable to CAC upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (viii) 39,784 shares of common stock issuable to DRD upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after December 31, 2014, (ix) 99,978 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to CAC upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, and (x) 49,989 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to DRD upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Rod Dammeyer is the Sole Member of CAC and the General Partner of DRD, and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares.

(7)
Consists of: (i) 80,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by John Patience Trust Dated July 23, 1993, or Patience, (ii) 240,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by Patience, (iii) 652,838 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Patience, (iv) 35,741 shares of common stock issuable to Patience upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (v) 150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Patience upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (vi) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Patience Enterprises L.P., and (vii) 150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Patience Enterprises L.P. upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. John Patience is the trustee of Patience and the General Partner of Patience Enterprises L.P. and has voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares.

(8)
Consists of: (i) 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P., (ii) 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P., (iii) 250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, and (iv) 250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Deerfield Management Company, L.P. (Series C) is the investment manager of each of Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. and Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. (collectively, the "Deerfield Funds"). Deerfield Mgmt, L.P. and Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P. are the general partners of each of the Deerfield Funds. Mr. James E. Flynn is the sole member of the general partner of each of Deerfield Mgmt, L.P., Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P., and Deerfield Management Company, L.P. (Series C). Each of Deerfield Mgmt, L.P., Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P., Deerfield Management Company, L.P. (Series C) and Mr. Flynn may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Deerfield Funds.

(9)
Consists of (i) 340,919 shares of restricted common stock held directly by Dr. Garg, (ii) 6,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Dr. Garg, and (iii) 85,229 shares issuable to Dr. Garg upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015.

(10)
Consists of (i) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Mr. Heller, (ii) 240,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by Mr. Heller, (iii) 220,700 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Mr. Heller, (iv) 39,380 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Heller upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, (v) 264,363 shares of restricted common stock held directly by Mr. Heller, and (vi) 73,298 shares issuable to Mr. Heller upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015.

(11)
Consists of: (i) 3,249 shares of common stock held directly by Greg Robitaille, (ii) 8,650 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Mr. Robitaille, (iii) 22,700 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by Mr. Robitaille, (iv) 20,890 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Mr. Robitaille, (v) 58,457 shares of restricted common stock held directly by Mr. Robitaille, (vi) 986 shares issuable to Mr. Robitaille upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015, and (vii) 4,200 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock issuable to Mr. Robitaille upon exercise of warrants exerciseable within 60 days after March 31, 2015.
140

Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


(12)
Consists of 51,700 shares issuable to Mr. Eisenstadt upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015.

(13)
Consists of (i) 6,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held directly by Mr. Tengler, (ii) 262,944 shares of restricted common stock held directly by Mr. Tengler and (iii) 15,134 shares issuable to Mr. Tengler upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015.

(14)
Consists of (i) 1,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held directly by Ms. Engelking and (ii) 85,350 shares issuable to Ms. Engelking upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015.

(15)
Mr. Fong is a former principal of Burrill Capital Management, the general partner of Burrill Life Science Capital Fund III.
141

Table of Contents


Description of capital stock

GENERAL

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in "Description of capital stock," you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and             shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering, as of March 31, 2015, there were 23,253,196 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 109 stockholders of record, and no shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

COMMON STOCK

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

PREFERRED STOCK

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Immediately after the consummation of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of preferred stock. Upon the consummation of this

142

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

WARRANTS

In connection with our loan and security agreement with Hercules Technology III, L.P., or Hercules, in March 2014 and as amended in September 2014, we issued to Hercules warrants exercisable for up to 170,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock. The warrants may be exercised at the option of the holder either by delivery of the exercise price in cash or by a cashless exercise. The warrants will become warrants for the purchase of 170,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering pursuant to the terms therein.

In connection with our Series C preferred stock financing, we issued warrants to purchase 1,947,185 shares of our Series C preferred stock to certain investors. Upon the completion of this offering, to the extent these warrants have not been previously exercised, these warrants shall be deemed to be exercised, and payment shall be made by a surrender of warrants with an aggregate fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price. The fair market value for one share of Common Stock acquired upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock shall be the initial "Price to Public" specified in the final prospectus with respect to this offering.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 19,953,384 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants or their permitted transferees, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Registrable Securities, as such term is defined in the Investor Rights Agreement, requesting registration of at least 40% of the then-outstanding shares of Registrable Securities, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of such shares for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the Investor Rights

143

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


Agreement. A demand for registration may not be made until six months after the completion of this offering.

Form S-3 registration rights

If at any time we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on Form S-3 and the holders of at least 20% of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities request in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 with an aggregate price to the public of the shares to be registered, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $3.0 million, we will be required to effect such registration; provided, however, that if our board of directors determines, in good faith, that such registration would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders at such time, we may defer the registration for up to 60 days. We are only obligated to effect up to two registrations on Form S-3 within any twelve month period.

Piggyback registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 19,953,384 shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants or their permitted transferees, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters believe that including these shares would adversely affect the offering.

Indemnification

Our Investor Rights Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Termination of registration rights

The registration rights granted under the Investor Rights Agreement will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the board of directors.

Classified board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the

144

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will have seven members.

Action by written consent; special meetings of stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only by or at the direction of the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Removal of directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. This requirement of a supermajority vote to remove directors could enable a minority of our stockholders to prevent a change in the composition of our board.

Advance notice procedures

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder's intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our amended and restated bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

Super majority approval requirements

The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless either a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. A majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal the bylaws. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the total votes of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with, any of the provisions in our certificate of incorporation relating to amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and as described under "Action by written consent; special meetings of stockholders",

145

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


"Classified board" and "Removal of directors" above. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our bylaws and certificate of incorporation could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Authorized but unissued shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital and corporate acquisitions. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the state or federal courts located in the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

SECTION 203 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 75% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are

146

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may "opt out" of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders' amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                   .

LISTING

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "NEOS."

147

Table of Contents


Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, we will have a total of         shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the         shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws described above under "Description of capital stock—Registration rights," subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of             , 2015, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

beginning on the date of this prospectus, the             shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,             additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which             shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

In connection with this offering, we, and all of our directors and officers, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or
148

Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale


establish or increase a put equivalent position, or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position with respect to any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock, or publicly announce an intention to do the same; or

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, or publicly announce an intention to do the same;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and all of our directors and officers, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. on behalf of the underwriters, during the restricted period, no registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock will be filed.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

the sale of shares by us to the underwriters;

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock acquired in the offering or in the open market after completion of the offering;

certain gifts, if such transfer is not for value;

transfers to an immediate family member or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the party and/or an immediate family member of the party or to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held exclusively by the party and/or one or more immediate family members of the party, if such transfer is not for value;

transfers by will or intestate succession, if such transfer is not for value;

transfers to an affiliate of the party or distributions to partners, members of stockholders of the party, if such transfer is not for value;

transfers to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations or the exercise price upon a cashless net exercise pursuant to our equity incentive plans disclosed in this prospectus;

the exercise of any option, warrant or other rights to acquire shares of common stock, the settlement of any stock-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or restricted stock units or the conversion of any convertible security into shares of common stock;

entrance into a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not permit the sale of any common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing is made regarding such plan during the restricted period;

transfers pursuant to a bona-fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our securities involving a change of control of us, provided that in the event such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other transaction is not completed, such securities held by a party will remain subject to the lock-up agreement;
149

Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale


provided that (1) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the second through (and including) the sixth clauses above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or public announcement is required or voluntarily made during the restricted period (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the restricted period or, in the case of the second clause above, any required beneficial ownership filings under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), (2) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the seventh or eighth clauses above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or public announcement, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, is required or voluntarily made during the restricted period, (3) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the third through (and including) the sixth clauses above, the transferee agrees to sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of the lock-up agreements described above, and (4) in the case of the exercise of any option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of common stock pursuant to the eighth clause above, the shares of common stock underlying such option, warrant or other right, and all other shares of common stock and other securities subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements continue to be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain of our security holders, including our amended and restated investors rights agreement and the standard forms of our option agreements under our equity incentive plans, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

RULE 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

150

Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale


In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

RULE 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 17,328,448 shares of our common stock issued or issuable (as calculated as of December 31, 2014) will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. See the section of this prospectus titled "Description of capital stock—Registration rights" for additional information.

REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-8

As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase a total of 1,506,674 shares of common stock pursuant to our 2009 Plan were outstanding, of which options to purchase 370,662 shares were exercisable, and no options were outstanding or exercisable under our 2015 Plan. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the closing of this offering to register shares that may be issued pursuant to our 2009 Plan and 2015 Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements. For a description of our equity incentive plans, see "Executive compensation—Employee benefits plans."

151

Table of Contents


Certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a "United States person" or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any of the following:

an individual citizen or resident (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or,

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

An individual may be treated as a resident instead of a nonresident of the United States in any calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the individual was present in the United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending with the current calendar year. For purposes of this calculation, all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted, subject to certain exceptions not discussed herein. The tax treatment of U.S. citizens and residents (including individuals who meet the foregoing substantial presence test) who hold shares of our common stock is not discussed in this summary.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset, generally property held for investment.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or gift tax. This summary applies only to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

152

Table of Contents

Certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences


This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, including without limitation:

insurance companies;

tax-exempt organizations;

financial institutions;

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

regulated investment companies;

pension plans;

controlled foreign corporations;

passive foreign investment companies;

persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

owners deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

owners in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market, or those that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and

certain U.S. expatriates.

This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON OUR COMMON STOCK

Distributions, if any, on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment, up to such holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock. A holder's adjusted tax basis in a share of our common stock is generally the purchase price of such share, reduced by the amount of any such tax-free returns of capital. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in "Gain on sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock." Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled "Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA."

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are

153

Table of Contents

Certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences


attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements, including delivery of a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons. Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will be required to (1) provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and certify under penalties of perjury that such holder is not a United States person and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (2) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that act as intermediaries (including partnerships). Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.

GAIN ON SALE, EXCHANGE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed-base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in "Distributions on Our Common Stock" also may apply;

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (not including any capital loss carryovers) of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such disposition and capital losses;
154

Table of Contents

Certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences


we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder's holding period, if shorter) a "U.S. real property holding corporation," unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. If we are determined to be a U.S. real property holding corporation and the foregoing exception does not apply, then a purchaser may withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a non-U.S. holder from a sale of our common stock and the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE TAX

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in "Distributions on Our Common Stock," generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

155

Table of Contents

Certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences


Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.

WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (1) if the foreign entity is a "foreign financial institution," such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (2) if the foreign entity is not a "foreign financial institution," such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (3) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA currently applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2016. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

156

Table of Contents


Underwriting

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

Underwriters
  Number of
shares

 

UBS Securities LLC

   

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

   

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

   

JMP Securities LLC

   

Total

   

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares of common stock if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares as described below.

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

the underwriters' right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of             additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares of common stock approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

157

Table of Contents

Underwriting


The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to              additional shares.

 
  No exercise
  Full exercise
 
   

Per share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $              million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to the closing of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, in an amount up to $                  .

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

We, our officers and directors, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

UBS Securities LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. may, at any time and in their sole discretion, release some or all the securities from these lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, shares of our common stock may become available for resale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

INDEMNIFICATION

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NASDAQ QUOTATION

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "NEOS."

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering, including:

stabilizing transactions;

short sales;

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

imposition of penalty bids; and

syndicate covering transactions.
158

Table of Contents

Underwriting


Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered short sales," which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked short sales," which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

our past and present financial performance;

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;
159

Table of Contents

Underwriting


the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock or that the common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

AFFILIATIONS

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in these securities and instruments.

ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each a "Relevant Member State", an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the "Shares") may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

    (a)
    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive;
160

Table of Contents

Underwriting


    (b)
    by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

    (c)
    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order"); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to "retail clients" as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to "wholesale clients" for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to persons who do not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and who are wholesale clients for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a person who does not require

161

Table of Contents

Underwriting


disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client.

Hong Kong

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (1) our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to "professional investors" within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (2) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (2) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

162

Table of Contents

Underwriting


Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

    (a)
    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

    (b)
    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired our securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:

    (2)
    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

    (3)
    where the transfer is by operation of law; or

    (4)
    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Switzerland

This Prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations (CO) and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the Prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

Greece

The securities have not been approved by the Hellenic Capital Markets Commission for distribution and marketing in Greece. This document and the information contained therein do not and shall not be deemed to constitute an invitation to the public in Greece to purchase the securities. The securities may not be advertised, distributed, offered or in any way sold in Greece except as permitted by Greek law.

Dubai International Finance Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to Professional Clients who are not natural persons. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

163

Table of Contents


Legal matters

Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., Boston, Massachusetts in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 included in this prospectus have been audited by McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Additional information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.neostx.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

164

Table of Contents


CONTENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Financial Statements:

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7 - F-39

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
    Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

    /s/ McGladrey LLP

    New York, New York
    April 24, 2015

F-2

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,   March 31,  
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
  2013
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

ASSETS

                   

Current Assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,947   $ 13,343   $ 26,169  

Short term investments

    7,497     3,000      

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $264, $204 and $121, respectively

    454     367     331  

Inventories

    419     2,031     1,951  

Other current assets

    163     264     257  

Total current assets

    20,480     19,005     28,708  

Property and Equipment, net

    7,039     5,831     5,637  

Intangible Assets, net

    12,332     18,167     17,793  

Other Assets

    2,027     2,227     2,486  

Total assets

  $ 41,878   $ 45,230   $ 54,624  

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

                   

Current Liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 973   $ 1,257   $ 569  

Accrued expenses

    1,210     2,715     2,219  

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,994     1,653     3,495  

Total current liabilities

    6,177     5,625     6,283  

Long-Term Liabilities:

                   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    16,454     23,121     26,124  

Earnout liability

        756     314  

Deferred gain on leaseback

    2,107     1,383     1,175  

Deferred rent

    1,148     1,189     1,181  

Warrant liabilities

        1,789     3,719  

Total long-term liabilities

    19,709     28,238     32,513  

Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value

                   

Series A—1,170,000 authorized; issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $5,850 in 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015

    1,068     1,068     1,068  

Series B—4,000,000 authorized; 3,113,099 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $15,565 in 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015

    14,207     14,559     14,644  

Series B-1—8,830,000 authorized; 5,461,802 issued and outstanding; liquidiation preference of $59,457 and $61,647 in 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $62,186 at March 31, 2015

    29,527     32,391     33,093  

Series C—9,000,000 authorized in 2013 and 13,500,000 authorized in 2014 and 2015, respectively; 5,267,026 and 8,753,547 issued and outstanding in 2013 and 2014, respectively, and 11,378,483 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015; liquidation preference of $26,335 and $43,768, in 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $56,892 at March 31, 2015

    26,034     42,131     53,283  

    70,836     90,149     102,088  

Stockholders' Deficit:

                   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000,000 authorized at December 31, 2013 and 35,000,000 authorized at December 31, 2014 and at March 31, 2015; 2,221,129 and 2,086,955 issued and outstanding in 2013, respectively; 2,253,320 and 2,119,146 issued and outstanding in 2014, respectively; and 2,129,812 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015

    2     2     2  

Additional paid-in capital

    4,616     4,830     4,931  

Accumulated deficit

    (59,462 )   (83,614 )   (91,193 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (54,844 )   (78,782 )   (86,260 )

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

  $ 41,878   $ 45,230   $ 54,624  

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
  2013
  2014
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Revenues:

                         

Product

  $   $ 316   $   $ 428  

Manufacturing

    137     113     113      

Profit Sharing

    226     169     111      

Development

    681     160     68      

Total Revenue

    1,044     758     292     428  

Cost of Goods Sold

    2,534     3,354     805     1,095  

Gross loss

    (1,490 )   (2,596 )   (513 )   (667 )

Research and Development

    9,974     10,601     2,285     4,320  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

    5,624     5,275     1,550     1,663  

Loss from operations

    (17,088 )   (18,472 )   (4,348 )   (6,650 )

Other income (expense), net

                         

Interest Expense

    (2,115 )   (2,954 )   (1,019 )   (757 )

Other Income, net

    603     826     202     207  

Change in fair value of earnout and warrant liabilities

        (249 )       644  

Total other income (expense), net

    (1,512 )   (2,377 )   (817 )   94  

Net loss from continuing operations

    (18,600 )   (20,849 )   (5,165 )   (6,556 )

Loss from discontinued operations, including $545 of impairment charges in 2013

    (437 )            

Net loss

  $ (19,037 ) $ (20,849 ) $ (5,165 ) $ (6,556 )

Net loss from continuing operations

  $ (18,600 ) $ (20,849 ) $ (5,165 ) $ (6,556 )

Preferred Stock Accretion to Redemption Value

    (1,227 )   (1,118 )   (317 )   484  

Preferred Stock Dividends

    (2,185 )   (2,185 )   (539 )   539  

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to common stock

  $ (22,012 ) $ (24,152 ) $ (6,021 ) $ (7,579 )

Loss from discontinued operations, including $545 of impairment charges in 2013

    (437 )            

Net loss

    (19,037 )   (20,849 )   (5,165 )   (6,556 )

Preferred Stock Accretion to Redemption Value

    (1,227 )   (1,118 )   (317 )   484  

Preferred Stock Dividends

    (2,185 )   (2,185 )   (539 )   539  

Net loss attributable to common stock

  $ (22,449 ) $ (24,152 ) $ (6,021 ) $ (7,579 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    1,893,552     2,103,212     2,091,122     2,124,627  

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and fully diluted:

                         

Net loss per share from continuing operations attributable to common stock

  $ (11.61 ) $ (11.48 ) $ (2.88 ) $ (3.57 )

Loss per share from discontinued operations

  $ (0.23 ) $   $   $  

Net loss per share attributable to common stock

  $ (11.86 ) $ (11.48 ) $ (2.88 ) $ (3.57 )

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital

   
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit

 
 
  Accumulated
Deficit

 
(In thousands, except shares)
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
 
   

Balance, December 31, 2012

    1,849,021   $ 2       $   $ 4,513   $ (37,012 ) $ (32,497 )

Restricted stock grants

    358,189                          

Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants

    13,919                 2         2  

Share-based compensation expense

                    101         101  

Series B Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value

                        (394 )   (394 )

Series B-1 Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value

                        (756 )   (756 )

Series B-1 accrued dividend

                        (2,185 )   (2,185 )

Series C Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value

                        (78 )   (78 )

Treasury shares purchased

            (134,174 )                

Net loss

                        (19,037 )   (19,037 )

Balance, December 31, 2013

    2,221,129   $ 2     (134,174 ) $   $ 4,616   $ (59,462 ) $ (54,844 )

Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants

    32,191                 4         4  

Share-based compensation expense

                    210         210  

Series B Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value

                        (352 )   (352 )

Series B-1 Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value

                        (679 )   (679 )

Series B-1 accrued dividend

                        (2,185 )   (2,185 )

Series C Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value

                        (87 )   (87 )

Net loss

                        (20,849 )   (20,849 )

Balance, December 31, 2014

    2,253,320   $ 2     (134,174 ) $   $ 4,830   $ (83,614 ) $ (78,782 )

Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants (unaudited)

    10,666                 4         4  

Share-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                    97         97  

Cancellation of treasury stock (unaudited)

    (134,174 )       134,174                  

Series B Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value (unaudited)

                        (85 )   (85 )

Series B-1 Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value (unaudited)

                        (164 )   (164 )

Series B-1 accrued dividend (unaudited)

                        (539 )   (539 )

Series C Preferred Stock accretion to redemption value (unaudited)

                        (235 )   (235 )

Net loss (unaudited)

                        (6,556 )   (6,556 )

Balance, March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    2,129,812   $ 2       $   $ 4,931   $ (91,193 ) $ (86,260 )

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(In thousands)
  2013
  2014
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                         

Net loss

  $ (19,037 ) $ (20,849 ) $ (5,165 ) $ (6,556 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                         

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    1,330     1,645     405     414  

Amortization of intangible assets

    842     1,037     202     374  

Changes in fair value of warrant and earnout liabilities

        249         (643 )

Amortization of patents

        31         6  

Amortization and write-off of senior debt fees

    141     627     370     138  

Gain on sale of equipment

    (601 )   (824 )   (201 )   (208 )

Provision for bad debts

    227     (264 )   43      

Loss on impairment of intangible assets

    544              

Share-based compensation expense

    101     210     34     97  

Interest accrued on note payable

    592     511     150     98  

Change in deferred rent

    385     41     67     (8 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Accounts receivable

    971     417     (236 )   36  

Inventories

    637     (1,612 )   98     80  

Other current assets

    (97 )   (167 )   (225 )   7  

Other assets

    (343 )   (231 )   (111 )   (265 )

Accounts payable

    (349 )   284     (395 )   (688 )

Accrued expenses

    (298 )   1,505     (9 )   (496 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (14,955 )   (17,390 )   (4,973 )   (7,614 )

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                         

Net proceeds from sale of short-term investments

    (7,498 )   4,497     (6,997 )   3,000  

Capital expenditures

    (2,019 )   (339 )   (33 )   (220 )

Intangible asset acquisition

        (6,283 )        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (9,517 )   (2,125 )   (7,030 )   2,780  

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                         

Proceeds from senior debt note

        15,000     10,000     5,000  

Proceeds from sale of equipment

    5,500     795     795      

Net proceeds from issuance of stock

    8,523     17,350     9,903     13,051  

Payments made on borrowings

    (890 )   (11,671 )   (10,575 )   (391 )

Deferred financing costs

        (563 )   (389 )    

Net cash provided by financing activities

    13,133     20,911     9,734     17,660  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (11,339 )   1,396     (2,269 )   12,826  

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

                         

Beginning

    23,286     11,947     11,947     13,343  

Ending

  $ 11,947   $ 13,343   $ 9,678   $ 26,169  

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

                         

Earnout liability incurred in connection with intangible asset acquisition

  $   $ 589   $   $  

Issuance of stock warrants

  $   $ 1,707   $   $ 2,131  

Preferred Stock Dividend

  $ 2,185   $ 2,185   $ 539   $ 539  

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

                         

Interest paid

  $ 1,324   $ 1,793   $ 571   $ 498  

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Note 1. Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

Unaudited Interim Financial Information:     The accompanying interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2015 and the statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the statements of stockholders' deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In management's opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2015 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Note 2. Organization and nature of operations

Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (the "Company") is a fully integrated pharmaceutical company. The Company has developed a broad, proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology that enables the manufacture of single and multiple ingredient extended-release pharmaceuticals in patient- and caregiver-friendly orally disintegrating tablet and liquid suspension dosage forms. The Company has a pipeline of extended-release pharmaceuticals including three proprietary drug candidates for the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder ("ADHD") which are in late-stage development and/or regulatory review. In addition, the Company manufactures and markets a generic Tussionex (hydrocodone and chlorpheniramine) ("generic Tussionex") extended-release liquid suspension for the treatment of cough and upper respiratory symptoms of a cold. These products are developed and manufactured using the Company's proprietary and patented modified-release drug delivery technology. Our predecessor company was incorporated in Texas on November 30, 1994 as PharmaFab, Inc. and subsequently changed its name to Neostx, Inc. On June 15, 2009, we completed a reorganization pursuant to which substantially all of the capital stock of Neostx, Inc. was acquired by a newly formed Delaware corporation, named Neos Therapeutics, Inc. Historically, the Company was primarily engaged in the development and contract manufacturing of unapproved or Drug Efficacy Study Indication, or DESI, pharmaceuticals and, to a lesser extent, nutraceuticals for third parties. The unapproved or DESI pharmaceuticals contract business was discontinued in 2007 and the manufacturing of nutraceuticals for third parties was discontinued in March 2013 (see Note 18).

On August 28, 2014, the Company completed an acquisition of all of the rights to the Tussionex Abbreviated New Drug Application ("Tussionex ANDA"), which included the rights to produce, develop, market and sell, as well as all the profits from such selling activities, the Company's generic Tussionex, which the Company previously owned the rights to manufacture, but which was marketed and sold by the generic drug division of Cornerstone Biopharma, Inc. ("Cornerstone"). These rights were acquired from the collaboration of the Company, Cornerstone and Coating Place, Inc. ("CPI"), a supplier of the resins for the product (see Note 9). Prior to the acquisition, the Company, Cornerstone

F-7

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

and CPI shared profits generated by the sale and manufacture of the product under a development and manufacturing agreement with those companies.

Note 3. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation:     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its three subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. At December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, Neos Therapeutics, Inc. ("NTI") owned, directly or indirectly, 100% of two of its subsidiaries and 99.9% of the third subsidiary, Neostx, Inc. ("NTX"). The remaining 0.1% ownership of NTX is held by a third party. The amounts attributable to the noncontrolling interest are not material to the consolidated financial statements.

Cash equivalents:     The Company invests its available cash balances in bank deposits and money market funds. The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held. The Company's primary objectives for investment of available cash are the preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity.

Short-term investments:     Short-term investments consist of U.S. Treasury Bills that have original maturities greater than three months but less than or equal to one year and are classified as available-for-sale securities. These investments are recorded at fair value. Realized gains and losses are reported in the consolidated statements of operations. Unrealized gains and losses are immaterial.

Allowance for doubtful accounts:     The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on reviews of individual accounts, historical losses, existing economic conditions and estimates based on management's judgments in specific matters. Accounts are written off as they are deemed uncollectible based on periodic review of the accounts. There is no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2014 or March 31, 2015, as management believes that all receivables are fully collectible.

Fair value of financial instruments:     The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and debt, approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the instruments and/or the current interest rates payable in relation to current market conditions. The fair value of the Company's warrants and earnout liabilities is disclosed in Note 5.

Inventories:     Inventories, comprised of raw materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead, as well as finished goods inventory, are stated at the lower of cost (actual, which approximates first-in, first-out) or market, net of an allowance for obsolete inventory.

Property and equipment:     Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the respective lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

F-8

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Intangible assets:     Intangible assets subject to amortization, which principally include proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology and the costs to acquire the rights to Tussionex ANDA, are recorded at cost and amortized over the estimated lives of the assets ranging from 10 to 20 years.

Impairment of long-lived assets:     Long-lived assets such as property and equipment and intangibles subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset group may not be recoverable. Such assets are also evaluated for impairment in light of the Company's continuing losses. If the estimated future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. No impairment charges were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2014 or the three months ended March 31, 2015. Impairment charges of intangible assets related to the discontinued nutraceutical manufacturing operations of $545,000 were recognized in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Patent costs:     The Company estimates that the patents it has filed have a future beneficial value. Therefore, costs associated with filing for its patents are capitalized. Once the patent is approved and commercial revenue realized, the costs associated with the patent are amortized over the useful life of the patent. If the patent is not approved, the costs will be expensed.

Revenue recognition:     Revenue is generated from product sales, recorded on a net sales basis, and historically, manufacturing, development and profit sharing from a development and manufacturing agreement. Product revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) price to the buyer is fixed and determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales transactions where the buyer has the right to return the product is recognized at the time of sale only if (1) the price to the buyer is substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, (2) the buyer has paid for the product, or the buyer is obligated to pay for the product and the obligation is not contingent on resale of the product, (3) the buyer's obligation to pay would not be changed in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, (4) the buyer acquiring the product for resale has economic substance apart from that provided by the Company, (5) the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and (6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated.

The Company sells its generic Tussionex to a limited number of pharmaceutical wholesalers. Pharmaceutical wholesalers buy drug products directly from manufacturers. Title to the product passes upon delivery to the wholesalers, when the risks and rewards of ownership are assumed by the wholesaler (freight on board destination). These wholesalers then resell the product to retail customers such as food, drug and mass merchandisers.

The Company expects that manufacturing, profit sharing and development revenue will end as the Company has terminated the Company's development and manufacturing agreement. As a result of the Company's acquisition of the rights to commercialize and derive future profits from the Tussionex ANDA, the Company will utilize its manufacturing capability to derive revenue directly from sales made by the Company, rather than through the Company's commercial partner.

F-9

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Net product sales

Net product sales for the Company's generic Tussionex product represent total gross product sales less gross to net sales adjustments. Gross to net sales adjustments include wholesaler fees and estimated allowances for product returns, government rebates, chargebacks and prompt-payment discounts to be incurred on the selling price of the respective product sales. Wholesale distribution fees are incurred on the management of these products by wholesalers and are recorded within net product sales based on definitive contractual agreements. The Company estimates gross to net sales adjustments for allowances for product returns, government rebates and chargebacks based upon analysis of third-party information, including information obtained from the Company's third party logistics provider, or 3PL, with respect to their inventory levels and sell-through to the wholesalers' customers, data available from third parties regarding prescriptions written for our products, as well as actual experience as reported by the Company's customers and previous commercialization partners. Due to estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the amount of returns, rebates and chargebacks, the actual amount of returns and claims for rebates and chargebacks may be different from the estimates, at which time reserves would be adjusted accordingly. Allowances and accruals are recorded in the same period that the related revenue is recognized.

Product returns

Wholesalers' contractual return rights are limited to defective product, product that was shipped in error, product ordered by customer in error, product returned due to overstock, product returned due to dating or product returned due to recall or other changes in regulatory guidelines. The return policy for expired product allows the wholesaler to return such product starting six months prior to expiry date to twelve months post expiry date. Generic Tussionex product returns are estimated based upon data available from sales of the Company's product by its previous commercialization partner and from actual experience as reported by retailers. Historical trend of returns will be continually monitored and may result in future adjustments to such estimates. On August 26, 2014, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency reclassified the Company's generic Tussionex from a Schedule III controlled substance to a Schedule II controlled substance which had the effect of requiring unsold product at the wholesalers and the 3PL to either be relabeled or returned. This new ruling was effective October 6, 2014. As such, the Company established reserves for the estimated returns of such product outstanding at the wholesalers as of October 6, 2014. The Company had no inventory labeled as Schedule III at the 3PL as of the effective date.

Medicaid rebates

The Company's product is subject to state government-managed Medicaid programs whereby discounts and rebates are provided to participating state governments. Estimated rebates payable under governmental programs, including Medicaid, are recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time revenues are recorded. Calculations related to these rebate accruals are estimated based on sales of the Company's product by its previous commercialization partner. Historical trend of Medicaid rebates will be continually monitored and may result in future adjustments to such estimates.

F-10

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Wholesaler Chargebacks

The Company's products are subject to certain programs with wholesalers whereby pricing on products is discounted below wholesaler list price to participating entities. These entities purchase products through wholesalers at the discounted price, and the wholesalers charge the difference between their acquisition cost and the discounted price back to the Company. Chargebacks are accounted for by establishing an accrual in an amount equal to the Company's estimate of chargeback claims at the time of product sale based on information provided by the distributor. Due to estimates and assumptions inherent in determining the amount of chargebacks, the actual amount of claims for chargebacks may be different from estimates, which may result in adjustments to such reserves.

Manufacturing

Manufacturing revenue is derived from product manufactured by the Company and sold by the Company's commercial partner under a development and manufacturing agreement. Manufacturing revenue is derived from a contractual supply price paid to the Company by the Company's commercial partners.

Profit sharing

Profit sharing revenue is recorded as the product is sold by the Company's commercial partner. The profit share is the Company's share of the net profits after taking into account net revenue, which is gross product sales by the Company's commercial partner, net of discounts, returns and allowances incurred by the Company's commercial partner, less collaboration expenses.

Development revenue

Development revenue from the development and manufacturing agreement has been recognized as the related services are completed. Development revenue in the form of milestone payments is recognized upon achievement of the related milestones and provided that collectability is reasonably assured and other revenue recognition criteria are met. Amounts received under cost reimbursement arrangements for production and research and development are recorded as offsets to the costs incurred and not recognized as revenue.

Distribution expenses:     Costs invoiced to the Company by its third party logistics firm are classified as cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

Shipping and handling costs:     Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees for the delivery of goods are classified as cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

Research and development costs:     Research and development costs are charged to operations when incurred, include salaries and benefits, facilities costs, overhead costs, clinical trial costs, contract services, fees paid to regulatory authorities for review and approval of the Company's product candidates and other related costs, and are included in research and development in the consolidated statements of operations.

Income taxes:     Income taxes are accounted for using the liability method, under which deferred taxes are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

F-11

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Management evaluates the Company's tax positions in accordance with guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Using that guidance, tax positions initially need to be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had no uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements. Tax benefits are recognized when it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained during an audit. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if current evidence indicates that it is considered more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized.

Warrants:     Certain warrants to purchase the Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities and are recorded at fair value as estimated by the Company using third party valuation analyses. The warrants are revalued at each subsequent balance sheet date with fair value changes recognized as reductions or increases in other income (expense), net in the Company's consolidated statement of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants at each reporting date until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the liability will be reclassified to stockholders' equity.

Share-based compensation:     Share-based compensation awards, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock and modifications to existing stock options, are recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values. Compensation expense related to awards to employees is recognized on a straight-line basis, based on the grant date fair value, over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. The fair value of the Company's stock-based awards to employees and directors is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of and subjective assumptions, including (1) the expected stock price volatility, (2) the expected term of the award, (3) the risk-free interest rate and (4) expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of its common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has utilized third party valuation analyses to determine the fair value. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those options that vest.

Use of estimates:     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of credit risk:     Accounts receivable subjects the Company to concentrations of credit risk. Two customers accounted for substantially all revenue in each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. One customer accounted for substantially all revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and another customer accounted for all the revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2015. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 were due from one customer and all accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 was due from another customer.

Segment information:     Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment, which is the development, manufacturing and commercialization of pharmaceuticals.

F-12

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Liquidity:     During 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company produced operating losses and used cash to fund operations. Management intends to achieve profitability through revenue growth from pharmaceutical products developed with its extended-release technologies. The Company does not anticipate it will be profitable until after the launch of one or more of its ADHD product candidates. With management of the Company's expenses, management believes the Company presently has sufficient liquidity to continue to operate into the second quarter of 2016.

Application of revised accounting standards:     In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in the United States. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The Company intends to elect not to avail itself of this extended transition period and, as a result, the Company will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Recent accounting pronouncements:     In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update, ("ASU"), No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant and Equipment (topic 360); Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. ASU 2014-08 provides additional requirements to classify a disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity in discontinued operations only if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with an option for early adoption. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2015, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. Early application is not permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. This ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

F-13

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 is intended to define management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. This ASU is for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted for annual or interim reporting periods for which the financial statements have not previously been issued. The Company has performed the review required by this ASU and believes the Company presently has sufficient liquidity to continue to operate into the first quarter of 2016.

On April 7, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest—Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by this ASU. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company elected to early adopt this standard which did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

From time to time, additional new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

Reclassifications:     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year's consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year's presentation.

Subsequent events:     The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure.

Note 4. Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding for the period. Common stock equivalents are only included when their effect is dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities which include redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants, and outstanding stock options under the stock option plan have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as they would be anti-dilutive. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to compute basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company's net loss position.

F-14

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from consideration in the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013
  2014
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    1,170,000     1,170,000     1,170,000     1,170,000  

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    3,113,099     3,113,099     3,113,099     3,113,099  

Series B-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    5,461,802     5,461,802     5,461,802     5,461,802  

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    5,267,026     8,753,547     7,253,612     11,378,483  

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

    0     919,967     60,000     2,117,185  

Common Stock Warrants

    809,164     809,164     809,164     809,164  

Stock options

    690,156     1,197,479     679,824     1,475,812  

Performance-based stock options

    92,490     30,862     92,490     30,862  

Note 5. Fair value of financial instruments

Financial instruments are categorized into a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the categorization of the financial instrument is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.

Financial assets recorded at fair value on the Company's consolidated balance sheets are categorized as follows:

Level 1:   Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in an active market.

Level 2:

 

Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full-term of the asset. Level 2 inputs include the following:
    ·   Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets.
    ·   Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in nonactive markets.
    ·   Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable.
    ·   Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.

Level 3:

 

Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. They reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset.
F-15

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

The following table presents the hierarchy for the Company's financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the indicated dates:

 
  Fair Value as of December 31, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
  Level 1
  Level 2
  Level 3
  Total
 
   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,947   $   $   $ 11,947  

Short term investments

    7,497             7,497  

  $ 19,444   $   $   $ 19,444  

 

 
  Fair Value as of December 31, 2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
  Level 1
  Level 2
  Level 3
  Total
 
   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,343   $   $   $ 13,343  

Short term investments

    3,000             3,000  

Earnout liability

            756     756  

Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrants

            1,789     1,789  

  $ 16,343   $   $ 2,545   $ 18,888  

 

 
  Fair Value as of March 31, 2015  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 
 
  Level 1
  Level 2
  Level 3
  Total
 
   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 26,169   $   $   $ 26,169  

Short term investments

                 

Earnout liability

            314     314  

Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrants

            3,719     3,719  

  $ 26,169   $   $ 4,033   $ 30,202  

The Company's Level 1 assets include bank deposits, U.S. Treasury bills and money market funds with quoted prices in active markets.

Level 3 liabilities include the fair values of the earnout liability and the outstanding warrants to purchase Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Various methodologies were utilized to value the Level 3 liabilities including Black-Scholes, Probability-Weighted Expected Return ("PWERM"), Option Pricing and Monte Carlo. The methodologies and significant inputs used in the

F-16

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

determination of the fair value of the Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants issued with the senior debt were as follows:

 
  Series C Warrants
Issued With
March 28, 2014
Senior Debt

  Series C Warrants
Issued With
September 25, 2014
Senior Debt

  Revalue Series C
Warrants Issued with
Senior Debt at
December 31, 2014

  Revalue Series C
Warrants Issued with
Senior Debt at
March 31, 2015

 
   
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands, except $5 Exercise Price)
 

Date of Valuation

    3/28/2014     9/25/2014     12/31/2014     3/31/2015  

Valuation Method

    Black-Scholes     PWERM and
Black-Scholes
    PWERM and
Option Pricing
    PWERM and
Option Pricing
 

Dividend yield (per share)

    0     0     0     0  

Exercise price

    $5     $5     $5     $5  

Volatility (annual)

    60 %   60 %   60 %   60 %

Risk-free rate (annual)

    0.34 %   2.03 %   .25% - 2.47 %   .19% - 2.31 %

Contractual term (years)

    1.76     5.76     1 - 5     .75 - 5  

Number of warrants

    60,000     110,000     170,000     170,000  

Fair value of liability at valuation date

    $124     $248     $454     $486  

The methodologies and significant inputs used in the determination of the fair value of the Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants issued with the Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock were as follows:

 
  Initial Valuation of
December 31, 2014
Warrants Issued
With Series C
Redeemable
Preferred Stock

  Initial Valuation
of January 2015
Warrants Issued
With Series C
Redeemable
Preferred Stock

  Initial Valuation
of February 2015
Warrants Issued
With Series C
Redeemable
Preferred Stock

  Revalue All Warrants
Issued With Series C
Redeemable
Preferred Stock
at March 31, 2015

 
   
 
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands, except $5 Exercise Price)
 

Date of Valuation

    12/31/2014     1/31/2015     2/28/2015     3/31/2015  

Valuation Method

    PWERM and
Option Pricing
    PWERM and
Option Pricing
    PWERM and
Option Pricing
    PWERM and
Option Pricing
 

Dividend yield (per share)

    0     0     0     0  

Exercise price

    $5     $5     $5     $5  

Volatility (annual)

    60 %   60 %   60 %   60 %

Risk-free rate (annual)

    .25% - 2.47 %   .25% - 2.47 %   .25% - 2.47 %   .19% - 2.31 %

Contractual term (years)

    1 - 5     1 - 5     1 - 5     .75 - 5  

Number of warrants

    749,967     590,906     606,312     1,947,185  

Fair value of liability at valuation date

    $1,335     $1,052     $1,079     $3,233  
F-17

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

The methodologies and significant inputs used in the determination of the fair value of the earnout liability were as follows:

 
  Earnout
Liability

  December 31, 2014
Earnout Liability

  March 31, 2015
Earnout Liability

 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Date of Valuation

    8/28/2014     12/31/2014     3/31/2015  

Valuation Method

    Monte Carlo     Monte Carlo     Monte Carlo  

Volatility (annual)

    50 %   50 %   50 %

Risk-free rate (annual)

    .03% - 3.56 %   .15% - 3.21 %   .14% - 3.00 %

Time period from valuation until end of earnout

    .1708 - 9.8417     .5 - 9.5     .375 - 9.375  

Earnout Target 1

    $13,700     $13,700     $13,700  

Earnout Target 2

    $18,200     $18,200     $18,200  

Discount rate

    8.03% - 10.51 %   7.96% - 11.03 %   8.18% - 11.04 %

Fair value of liability at valuation date

    $589     $756     $314  

Significant changes to these assumptions would result in increases/decreases to the fair value of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and the earnout liability.

Changes in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value for the periods indicated were as follows:

 
  Earnout
Liability

  Series C Warrants
Issued With
Senior Debt

  Series C Warrants
Issued With
Series C
Redeemable Preferred
Stock Financing

 
   
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $   $   $  

Additions during the year ended December 31, 2014

    589     372     1,335  

Changes in fair value

    167     82      

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 756   $ 454   $ 1,335  

Additions during the three months ended March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

            2,132  

Changes in fair value (unaudited)

    (442 )   32     (234 )

Balance at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 314   $ 486   $ 3,233  

The reductions in fair value shown above resulted from new information regarding the projected impact of the U.S. DEA's reclassification of Tussionex from a Schedule III controlled substance to a Schedule II controlled substance and a review of the launch dates of the Company's three ADHD product candidates.

F-18

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Note 6. Inventories

Inventories at the indicated dates consist of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Raw materials

  $ 221   $ 646   $ 385  

Work in progress

    1     82     0  

Finished goods

    284     1,499     1,847  

Inventory at cost

    506     2,227     2,232  

Inventory reserve

    (87 )   (196 )   (281 )

  $ 419   $ 2,031   $ 1,951  

Note 7. Property and equipment

Property and equipment, net at the indicated dates consists of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets under capital lease

  $ 5,500   $ 6,271   $ 6,271  

Leasehold improvements

    3,377     3,388     3,456  

Manufacturing, packaging and lab equipment

    844     189     534  

Office furniture and equipment

    71     118     118  

Assets under construction

    76     215     22  

    9,868     10,181     10,401  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization (including $958 and $2,317 at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and $2,665 at March 31, 2015, respectively, applicable to capital leases)

    (2,829 )   (4,350 )   (4,764 )

  $ 7,039   $ 5,831   $ 5,637  

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $1,330,000 and $1,645,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $405,000 and $414,000 for the three months ended March 2014 and 2015, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense is recorded in cost of goods sold, research and development, or selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As noted in Note 8, the Company sold and leased back a substantial portion of its operating assets in a series of capital lease transactions.

Included in the total of assets under capital lease as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, are certain manufacturing, packaging and lab equipment that are temporarily idle as a result of

F-19

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

the cessation of contract manufacturing. The cost of these assets was $1,728,000, and the accumulated depreciation of these assets was $432,000, $925,000 and $1,049,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

Note 8. Sale-leaseback transaction

In 2012, the Company negotiated financing arrangements with a related party which provided for the sale-leaseback of up to $6.5 million of the Company's property and equipment with a bargain purchase option at the end of the respective lease. The transactions are accounted for as capital leases under the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 840-40, Leases—Sale Leaseback Transactions . Accordingly, the leased assets are recorded in property and equipment and the capitalized lease obligations are included in long-term liabilities at the present value of the future lease payments in accordance with the terms of each lease (see Note 12 for further details). Lease payments are applied using the effective interest rate inherent in each lease. Depreciation of the property and equipment is included within depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows.

The financing arrangements referred to in the preceding paragraph were executed in five separate tranches that occurred in February, July and November 2013, and March 2014. In the aggregate, the Company sold groups of assets for $5.5 million and $795,000, which resulted in a net gains of approximately $2.7 million and $116,000, in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and executed capital leases for these assets with repurchase options at the end of each respective lease term. Gains on the transactions are recognized on a straight-line basis over each respective 42-month lease term. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, approximately $601,000, $824,000, $201,000 and $208,000, respectively, of the net gain was recognized in other income on the consolidated statements of operations.

A summary of the sale-leaseback transactions are as follows:

 
  Leases 1 & 2
February 2013

  Lease 3
July 2013

  Lease 4
November 2013

  Lease 5
March 2014

  Total
 
   
 
  (in thousands)
 

Capitalization of leased assets

  $ 3,500   $ 1,000   $ 1,000   $   $ 5,500  

2013 Amortization

    (875 )   (65 )   (18 )       (958 )

Carrying value at December 31, 2013

    2,625     935     982         4,542  

2014 Capitalization of leased assets

                      795     795  

Assets retired in 2014

    (24 )                     (24 )

2014 Amortization

    (988 )   (143 )   (143 )   (85 )   (1,359 )

Carrying value at December 31, 2014

  $ 1,613   $ 792   $ 839   $ 710   $ 3,954  

2015 Amortization (unaudited)

    (248 )   (36 )   (36 )   (28 )   (348 )

Carrying value at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 1,365   $ 756   $ 803   $ 682   $ 3,606  
F-20

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Note 9. Intangible assets

Intangible assets, net at the indicated dates consist of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology

  $ 15,600   $ 15,600   $ 15,600  

Tussionex ANDA

        4,829     4,829  

CPI profit sharing

        2,043     2,043  

Other

    284     284     284  

    15,884     22,756     22,756  

Accumulated amortization

    (3,552 )   (4,589 )   (4,963 )

  $ 12,332   $ 18,167   $ 17,793  

As part of the June 15, 2009 reorganization of the Company as Neos Therapeutics, Inc., the Company performed a purchase price allocation analysis. The proprietary modified-release drug delivery technology was valued at $15.6 million based on projected cash flows expected to be generated from this technology. The $15.6 million is being amortized over 20 years. Amortization expense of $780,000 was recorded in each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and amortization expense of $195,000 was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

On August 28, 2014, the Company completed an acquisition of the rights to Tussionex ANDA from Cornerstone and CPI which was accounted for as an asset acquisition. Prior to the acquisition, the Company, Cornerstone and CPI shared profits generated by the sale and manufacture of the product under a development and manufacturing agreement, and Cornerstone had commercialization rights to the product. The Company paid $4.2 million to Cornerstone to buy out their rights to commercialize and derive future profits from the product and entered into an agreement whereby Cornerstone transferred certain assets associated with the product to the Company. Legal fees of $90,000 associated with this buyout agreement have been capitalized as part of the purchase price. Additional estimated earnout costs due to Cornerstone of $589,000, recorded at fair value by the Company based upon a valuation provided by a third party valuation firm, were capitalized as part of the purchase price of this intangible asset. This earnout amount was revalued at December 31, 2014, resulting in a $167,000 increase in the estimated fair value of the earnout which is recorded in other income (expense), net in the Company's consolidated statement of operations. This earnout amount was revalued at March 31, 2015, resulting in a $442,000 decrease in the estimated fair value of the earnout which is recorded in other income (expense), net in the Company's consolidated statement of operations. This decrease resulted from new information regarding the projected impact of the U.S. DEA's reclassification of Tussionex from a Schedule III controlled substance to a Schedule II controlled substance. In addition, the Company paid $2.0 million to CPI to buy out their rights to future profits from the collaboration and entered into an agreement whereby CPI will continue to supply a component of the product. Legal fees of $43,000 associated with this buyout agreement have been capitalized as part of the purchase price of this intangible asset. These two intangible assets have an expected life of ten years and are being amortized on a straight-line basis beginning September 2014. Total amortization expense related

F-21

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

to these intangible assets was $229,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $172,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

As a result of the discontinuation of nutraceuticals operations in 2013, the Company determined that the customer relationships and trade name that were related to that activity were fully impaired and the remaining carrying value of $545,000 was charged to expense within discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2013 (see Note 18).

Aggregate amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

Period ending:
  December 31
2014

 
   
 
  (in thousands)
 

2015

    1,496  

2016

    1,496  

2017

    1,496  

2018

    1,496  

2019

    1,496  

Thereafter

    10,687  

  $ 18,167  

Note 10. Other assets

Other assets at the indicated dates consist of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Patents

  $ 1,888   $ 2,051   $ 2,092  

Deposits

    139     176     176  

Deferred offering costs

            218  

  $ 2,027   $ 2,227   $ 2,486  

Patents utilized in the manufacturing of the Company's generic Tussionex product which total $231,000 are being amortized over their expected useful life of 10 years. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, $31,000 and $6,000, respectively, of patent amortization expense was recorded.

Note 11. Income taxes

The Company applies FASB ASC topic 740, " Income Taxes" or ASC 740 which addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed, or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under ASC 740, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on

F-22

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Changes in unrecognized benefits in any given year are recorded as a component of deferred tax expense. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, there were no unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company is generally subject to tax examination for a period of three years after tax returns are filed. Therefore, the statute of limitations remains open for tax years 2011 and forward. However, when a company has net operating loss carryovers, those tax years remain open until three years after the net operating losses are utilized. Therefore, the tax years remain open back to 2004.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The significant components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013
  2014
 
   
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred Tax Assets:

             

Net operating loss

  $ 23,925   $ 29,325  

Accrued expenses

    72     469  

Inventory reserve

        67  

Share-based compensation

    39     179  

R&D tax credit

    1,589     2,029  

Deferred lease liability

    391     404  

Property and equipment

        518  

Earnout liability

        200  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback

        476  

Litigation costs

        776  

Other

    91     1  

Total deferred tax assets

    26,107     34,444  

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

             

Property and equipment

    (60 )    

Inventory

    (198 )    

Capital lease liability

    (295 )   (560 )

Intangible assets

    (4,096 )   (3,990 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (4,649 )   (4,550 )

Valuation allowance

    (21,458 )   (29,894 )

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

  $   $  

At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company has net operating loss carry-forwards of $70,367,000 and $86,551,000 and research and development credits of $1,589,000 and $2,029,000, respectively,

F-23

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

which begin to expire in 2024. Utilization of the net operating loss carry-forwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and similar state provisions. The Company is performing an analysis to determine the impact of any ownership change(s) under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of net operating loss and credit carry-forwards attributable to periods before the ownership change. Also reflected in the 2014 deferred tax asset for net operating losses of $29,325,000 are unrecognized tax benefits of $103,000.

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $21,458,000 at December 31, 2013 and $29,894,000 at December 31, 2014 to fully reserve its net deferred tax assets. The Company has assessed the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be realized and determined that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Due to the uncertainty of realizing the deferred tax asset, the Company has placed a valuation allowance against the entire deferred tax asset. The change in the valuation allowance was an increase of $6,280,000 and $8,436,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

A reconciliation of the Company's Federal statutory tax rate of 34% to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013
  2014
 
   

Statutory Tax Rate

    34 %   34 %

Provision to Return

    0 %   5 %

R&D Credit

    4 %   2 %

Change in Valuation Allowance

    (33 )%   (41 )%

Other Adjustments

    (5 )%   0 %

Tax Expense/(Benefit)

    0 %   0 %

Note 12. Long-term debt

Long-term debt at the indicated dates consists of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
   
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Senior debt, net of discount of $371 and $1,743 and $1,604

  $ 9,879   $ 14,320   $ 19,458  

10% subordinated note payable to a related party

    5,935     6,446     6,544  

Capital leases, maturing through August 2017

    4,634     4,008     3,617  

    20,448     24,774     29,619  

Less current portion

    3,994     1,653     3,495  

Long-term debt

  $ 16,454   $ 23,121   $ 26,124  
F-24

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Senior debt:     On August 20, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a financial institution. The Credit Agreement provided for a four-year $10.0 million term loan, with an annual interest rate of 9.5% payable monthly. In addition, a $250,000 fee payable at maturity was being amortized using the effective interest method. The loan was collateralized by a first priority security claim on substantially all of the assets except for the intellectual property, which was protected by a negative pledge on the grant of security, and assets under capital lease.

On March 28, 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement ("LSA") with Hercules Technology III, L.P., or Hercules for a total commitment of $20.0 million, available in two tranches of $10.0 million. The first draw was available immediately and the second draw was available upon the Company meeting certain regulatory or financial milestones. The Company received the initial $10.0 million tranche on March 28, 2014. The loan matures on October 1, 2017 and is payable initially in installments of interest only until August 1, 2015 (or May 1, 2016 if the second tranche is drawn), when installments of interest and principal calculated over a 30-month amortization period commence. The loan has an annual interest rate of 9.0%. Any outstanding principal and interest is due at the maturity date. The LSA also contained an end of term charge of 4.25% of the amount drawn, or a maximum of $850,000 total, also payable at the earliest to occur of (1) maturity, (2) the date we prepay our outstanding Secured Obligations, as defined therein, or (3) the date the Secured Obligations become due and payable. In connection with the LSA, the Company issued to Hercules warrants ("Series C Warrants") to purchase 60,000 shares of the Company's Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at the then current price of $5.00 per share, and the LSA provided for further Series C Warrants for 60,000 shares of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at a price per share of $5.00 to be issued upon the drawdown of the second tranche. The proceeds from the initial $10.0 million draw were used to repay the outstanding $10.0 million Credit Agreement balance and $697,000 of interest expense related to the Credit Agreement in March 2014. The early prepayment of the Credit Agreement resulted in a $445,000 loss (due to recording the $98,000 prepayment penalty and writing off the $154,000 unamortized exit fee and the $193,000 of unamortized loan cost) reflected in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014.

On September 25, 2014, the Company entered into an amendment ("LSA Amendment") to the LSA which was accounted for as a loan modification. The terms governing the $10.0 million previously drawn down under the LSA were not changed as a result of the LSA Amendment. The LSA Amendment modified, added or replaced the following key terms of the LSA:

Increased the maximum term loan amount from $20.0 million to $25.0 million, and modified the drawdown conditions for the remaining $15.0 million such that it is available in three $5.0 million tranches: $5.0 million being immediately available (which was drawn down immediately), and two additional tranches being available upon meeting certain regulatory or financial milestones;

Adjusted the interest rate on $10.0 million of the remaining $15.0 million availability from 9.0% to 10.5%; the final $5.0 million tranche retains the original 9.0% interest rate;

Extended the end of term charge to the additional $5.0 million of availability such that the total end of term charge was increased from $850,000 to $1,062,500, and modified the end of term charge so that the full amount based on total commitment is payable regardless of whether additional tranches are actually drawn; and
F-25

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Changed the interest and principal amortization dates if certain conditions are met to January 1, 2016 or May 1, 2016 if additional specified conditions are met.

In addition, on September 25, 2014, the Company issued to Hercules a Series C Warrant to purchase 110,000 shares of its Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, and cancelled the remaining commitment to issue any further warrants due upon future draws.

The proceeds from the loan agreement draw-downs with the related stock purchase warrants were allocated to the two elements based on the fair value of the warrants at time of issuance and the remainder of the proceeds was allocated to the debt instrument portion of the transaction, resulting in a debt discount. The portion of the proceeds so allocated to the warrants is accounted for as warrant liability and periodically adjusted to fair value through the statement of operations. The related debt discount and end of term charges are amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of the debt using the effective interest method. The fair value of the 60,000 March 28, 2014 Series C Warrants issued as part of the initial draw-down described above was $124,000 and the residual proceeds of $9,876,000 were allocated to the $10.0 million interest bearing note. The fair value of the 110,000 September 25, 2014 Series C Warrants issued as part of the second draw-down described above was $248,000 and the residual proceeds of $4,752,000 were allocated to the $5.0 million interest bearing note. The warrants were recorded as a liability with a related debt discount to be amortized as interest over the term of the LSA.

On March 13, 2015, the Company received an advance from the lender for the second of the three $5.0 million tranches under the LSA Amendment as a result of achievement of a certain regulatory milestone. In addition, on June 10, 2015, the Company received an advance from the lender for the third of the three $5.0 million tranches under the LSA, as amended, prior to meeting the milestones associated with the third tranche. The Company has agreed to prepay the third $5.0 million tranche principal balance together with all accrued and unpaid interest applicable to such tranche on July 31, 2015, provided that no prepayment charge shall apply to any prepayment made on or before July 31, 2015, if the Company has not met the milestones associated with the third tranche on or before July 31, 2015. The milestones, as described in the LSA, as amended, are: (1) NDA acceptance from the FDA for both NT-0102 and NT-0201, (2) the resubmission of an NDA for the second of NT-0102, NT-0201 or NT-0202 after the first has been accepted by the FDA, or (3) the close of any partnership, licensing transaction or equity financing that results in aggregate upfront cash proceeds of $30.0 million or greater received on or after August 2014.

The LSA, as amended, also contains certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, including limitations on the Company's ability to transfer assets, engage in a change of control, merge or acquire with or into another entity, incur additional indebtedness, repurchase or redeem stock or other equity interest other than pursuant to employee stock repurchase plans or other similar agreements, make investments and engage in transactions with affiliates. Upon an event of default, Hercules may declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding loans and interest accrued under the LSA, as amended to be immediately due and payable, and exercise its security interests and other rights under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the LSA, as amended.

F-26

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

End of term charge amortization totaled $128,000 and $75,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. Debt discount amortization to interest expense for the senior debt totaled $140,000 and $64,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the warrant fair values were remeasured and the changes in fair value of approximately $82,000 and $32,000, respectively, have been recorded in other income (expense), net in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

10% subordinated related party note:     As of December 31, 2011, the Company issued a subordinated note (the "Note") in the aggregate principal amount of $5.8 million that was issued by the Company to Essex Capital Corporation, or Essex. Interest accrues and adds to the principal balance until such time as the Company achieves positive EBITDA for three consecutive months. On June 5, 2012, the Company amended and restated the Note, resulting in an extension of the maturity date from June 19, 2014 to March 31, 2017 and the conversion of $1.0 million of outstanding principal amount into 200,000 shares of the Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B"). The conversion was executed in December 2012 and the Note was amended to reflect the new aggregate principal amount of $5.3 million. At December 31, 2013, the Note was amended and restated to reflect the addition of accrued interest due at maturity with a new aggregate principal amount of $5.9 million. On July 19, 2014, the interest rate on the Note was reduced to 6% for the period from July 19, 2014 through July 31, 2015 pursuant to an amendment to the Note entered into as consideration for the $128,000 payment made by the Company to Essex as part of the Settlement and Release of Claims Agreement with Essex and a third party (see Note 19). The Company recorded this amendment as a loan modification. At each of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the aggregate principal amount of the Note was $5.9 million, and $511,000 and $609,000 in interest had been accrued through the year ended December 31, 2014 and through the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively.

Capital lease obligations to related party:     As described in Note 8, during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company entered into agreements with a related party for the sale-leaseback of existing and newly acquired assets with a total capitalized cost of $5.5 million and $795,000, respectively, which are classified as capital leases. The approximate imputed interest rate on these leases is 14.5% and interest expense on these leases was $474,000, $662,000, $166,000 and $138,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-27

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Future minimum capital lease payments are as follows:

Period ending:
  December 31,
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2015

  $ 2,131  

2016

    2,124  

2017

    473  

Thereafter

     

Total minimum lease payments

    4,728  

Less amount representing interest

    720  

Future minimum lease payments

  $ 4,008  

Future principal payments of long-term debt, including capital leases, are as follows:

Period ending:
  December 31,
  March 31,
 
   
 
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2015

  $ 1,653   $ 3,495  

2016

    7,458     9,167  

2017

    17,406     18,561  

Total future principal payments

  $ 26,517   $ 31,223  

Less unamortized debt discount

    (1,743 )   (1,604 )

Less current portion of long-term debt

    (1,653 )   (3,495 )

Total long-term debt

  $ 23,121   $ 26,124  
F-28

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Note 13. Common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock

The following table summarizes the authorized, issued and outstanding shares of the Company by class of stock as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015. All shares have a par value of $0.001:

 
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2014   March 31, 2015  
 
  Authorized
Shares

  Issued and
Outstanding
Shares

  Authorized
Shares

  Issued and
Outstanding
Shares

  Authorized
Shares

  Issued and
Outstanding
Shares

 
   
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Common Stock

    30,000,000     2,221,129     35,000,000     2,253,320     35,000,000     2,129,812  

Series A Preferred Stock

    1,170,000     1,170,000     1,170,000     1,170,000     1,170,000     1,170,000  

Series B Preferred Stock

    4,000,000     3,113,099     4,000,000     3,113,099     4,000,000     3,113,099  

Series B-1 Preferred Stock

    8,830,000     5,461,802     8,830,000     5,461,802     8,830,000     5,461,802  

Series C Preferred Stock

    9,000,000     5,267,026     13,500,000     8,753,547     13,500,000     11,378,483  

Total Shares Issued

          17,233,056           20,751,768           23,253,196  

Treasury Stock

          (134,174 )         (134,174 )         0  

Total Outstanding Shares

          17,098,882           20,617,594           23,253,196  
                           

Total Authorized Shares

    53,000,000           62,500,000           62,500,000        

The Company has classified its classes of redeemable convertible preferred stock as mezzanine equity based upon the terms and conditions which contain various redemption and conversion features.

The Company evaluated its redeemable convertible preferred stock for potential embedded derivatives. In doing so, the Company first concluded that the nature of the host contract was more equity than debt like. The embedded conversion features were determined not to be derivatives as net settlement does not exist given the lack of trading activity in the Company's stock. Additionally, the conversion features are clearly and closely related to an equity host contract. Consideration was also given to whether a beneficial conversion feature should be recognized in additional paid in capital for the intrinsic value of the conversion feature at the issuance date. None was recognized given that the effective conversion price exceeded the value of the common stock on that date. The redemption feature was deemed not to be a derivative since settlement would be gross.

The Series B-1 investors also received 934,798 warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.001 per share. In 2013, Series B-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B-1") warrants totaling 1,250 were exercised and common stock issued. There were no exercises of Series B-1 warrants in 2014 or in the three months ended March 31, 2015. The remaining 809,164 warrants expire in 2016.

In late 2012, the Company sold 126,000 shares of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series C") which were committed as of December 31, 2012 and were fully funded in 2013. In 2013, through an additional Series C financing, the Company sold 1,613,448 shares of Series C raising $8.1 million. In February and March 2014, the Company closed on additional Series C financings totaling 1,986,586 shares, raising $9.9 million. On December 30, 2014, the Company closed on an

F-29

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

additional Series C financing which included the issuance of a warrant to purchase one additional share of Series C at a purchase price of $ 5.00 per share for every two purchased shares of Series C provided the investor purchased its pro-rata share of the Series C. In the event that the Company's Series C is converted into common stock or another class of the Company's stock (called "Conversion Stock") during the warrant exercise period, then the warrants will become exercisable for the Conversion Stock and the exercise price of those warrants shall be ratably adjusted. The December 2014 Series C financing resulted in the issuance of 1,499,935 shares and 749,967 warrants (see warrant liability section below) and raised $7.5 million. Between December 2014 and February 25, 2015, the Company closed on additional Series C financings totaling 4,124,871 shares and 1,947,185 warrants, raising a total of $20.6 million, of which 2,624,936 shares and 1,197,218 warrants were issued and $13.1 million was received after December 31, 2014. See Note 20 where Series C financings subsequent to December 31, 2014 are also discussed.

The rights and preferences of the preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends:     Dividends may not be paid on the common stock unless equivalent or larger dividends have been paid to holders of the Series C, Series B-1, Series B and Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A") on an as-if converted basis and other financial tests, as defined, have been met. From and after the date of the issuance of Series B-1, dividends at the rate per annum of 8% of the Series B-1 original issuance price of $5.00 shall accrue on such shares of Series B-1. Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative. The accruing dividends shall be payable in additional shares of Series B-1, valued at the Series B-1 original issuance price, unless the board of directors of the Company elects to pay all or any portion of the accruing dividends in cash.

Voting:     The holders of Series C, Series B-1, Series B and Series A shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock held by such holder are convertible.

Liquidation:     In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series C then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series B-1, Series B, Series A or common stock, an amount per share equal to their original issuance price of $5.00 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series B-1 and Series B then outstanding shall then be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A or common stock, an amount per share equal to their original issuance price of $5.00 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, plus any accrued dividends for the Series B-1.

In addition to the payments above, the holders of Series B-1 then outstanding shall then be entitled to be paid an additional amount out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A or common stock, an amount per share equal to their original issuance price of $5.00 per share.

The holders of Series A then outstanding shall then be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the

F-30

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to their original issuance price of $5.00 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

If there are any residual amounts available to be paid out of the assets of the Company, such amounts are to be distributed ratably to the holders of Series B, Series B-1 and Series C Redeemable Preferred shares and the holders of the common stock. Although holders of Series A receive no ratable residual distribution, such holder could exercise their option and convert to common shares, thereby also receiving a ratable distribution of any such residual amounts available to be paid out.

Conversion:     The holders of the Series C, Series B-1, Series B and Series A can voluntarily convert their preferred shares at any time to common stock at the effective conversion rate. Certain defined events can trigger a mandatory conversion of Series C, Series B-1, Series B and Series A to common stock. Such shares will mandatorily convert to common as a result of an initial public offering with proceeds of $40.0 million. In the event of a mandatory conversion, all outstanding shares of Series C, Series B-1, Series B and Series A shall automatically be converted into common stock at the then effective conversion rate and such preferred shares may not be reissued by the Company. All outstanding shares of Series C, B-1, B and A are currently convertible into one share of common stock.

Redemption:     The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C, Series B-1 and Series B, voting together as a single class, can require the Company to redeem the Series C, Series B-1 and Series B at their original purchase price of $5.00 per share in three annual installments by giving a sixty-day notice at any time on or after March 31, 2017. On March 25, 2014, the Company amended the initial redemption date, extending it to November 1, 2017. On each redemption date, the Company shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series C, Series B-1 and Series B owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Series C, Series B-1 and Series B. If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any redemption date, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder's Series C, Series B-1 and Series B out of funds legally available.

Since the Series C, Series B-1 and Series B will become redeemable on November 1, 2017, their carrying value will be accreted to the minimum redemption value of $5.00 per share or $43,768,000, $27,309,000 and $15,565,000, respectively, over the period from issuance through November 1, 2017 using the effective interest method for issuances through December 31, 2014. Due to the additional issuances of Series C in the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Series C will be accreted to the minimum redemption value of $5.00 per share, or $56,892,000, over the period from issuance through November 1, 2017 using the effective interest method. The amount of accretion recorded in 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 for Series C amounted to $78,000, $87,000, $24,000 and $236,000, respectively. The amount of accretion recorded in 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 for Series B-1 was $756,000, $679,000, $193,000 and $164,000, respectively. The amount of accretion recorded in 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 for Series B amounted to $394,000, $352,000, $100,000 and $85,000, respectively.

F-31

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

In the event of a deemed liquidation event, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C, Series B-1 and Series B can require the Company to redeem such preferred stock in the priority as detailed in the above liquidation section. Based on the December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 capitalization, the maximum redemption payment would be $126,831,000 and $140,494,000, respectively. Since it is presently not probable that a deemed liquidation event will occur, no additional accretion has been recorded on the Series C, Series B-1, Series B or Series A. The Company's Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, does not limit the amount that the Company could be required to pay upon redemption or the number of shares the entity could be required to issue at conversion.

Anti-dilution:     The Series C, B-1 and B shares have standard anti-dilution protective covenants.

Warrant liability:     In connection with the December 2014 $7.5 million additional Series C financing (see above) the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate 749,967 shares of the Series C. The proceeds from the December 2014 additional Series C financing with stock purchase warrants were allocated to the two elements based on the fair value of the Series C warrants at time of issuance. The remainder of the proceeds was allocated to the redeemable convertible preferred instrument portion of the transaction, resulting in a discount. The portion of the proceeds so allocated to the warrants is accounted for as a warrant liability and periodically adjusted to fair value through the statement of operations. The related preferred stock discount is amortized as preferred stock accretion to redemption value over the remaining term until the redemption date using the effective interest method. The fair value of the 749,967 Series C Warrants was $1,335,000, with the residual $6,108,000, net of legal fees of $57,000, allocated to the 1,499,935 shares of Series C.

The proceeds from the 2015 additional Series C financing with stock purchase warrants were allocated to the two elements based on the fair value of the Series C warrants at time of issuance. The remainder of the proceeds was allocated to the redeemable convertible preferred instrument portion of the transaction, resulting in a discount. The portion of the proceeds so allocated to the warrants is accounted for as a warrant liability and periodically adjusted to fair value through the statement of operations. The related preferred stock discount is amortized as preferred stock accretion to redemption value over the remaining term until the redemption date using the effective interest method. The fair value of the 1,197,218 Series C Warrants was $2,131,000, with the residual $10,916,000, net of legal fees of $78,000, allocated to the 2,624,936 shares of Series C. At March 31, 2015, the warrant fair values were remeasured and a reduction in fair value of approximately $234,000 has been recorded in other income (expense), net in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

Note 14. Stock options, restricted stock and performance stock options

In November 2009, the Company adopted the Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan ("2009 Plan") that superseded the 1999 Incentive Stock Option Plan ("1999 Plan") and reserved 1,651,343 shares for issuance under the plan. Over time, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan was increased to 3,300,090.

The 2009 Plan allows the Company to grant options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. Options may be granted to officers, employees, nonemployee directors and consultants, and independent contractors of the Company. Options generally vest over either a three-year or four-year period, with unexercised options expiring after the earlier of 10 years or shortly after termination of

F-32

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

employment. Terminated options are available for reissuance. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, 665,394 and 376,395 shares of common stock, respectively, remain available for grant under the 2009 Plan.

The Company estimates the fair value of all stock option awards on the grant date by applying the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are highly subjective, judgmental and sensitive in the determination of compensation cost. Given the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant primarily based upon valuations performed by a third party valuation firm. The weighted-average key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted during the periods indicated are as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Three
Months
ended
March 31,
2015

 
 
  2013
  2014
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Estimated dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %

Expected stock price volatility

    60 %   60 %   60 %

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

    1.23 %   1.77 %   1.63 %

Expected life of option in years

    5     5     5  

Weighted-average option fair value at grant

  $ 0.544   $ 1.201   $ 2.010  

Total compensation cost that has been charged to selling, general and administrative expense related to stock options was $52,000, $120,000, $10,000 and $73,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, there was $681,000 and $1,075,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unamortized stock options compensation which is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding of approximately 8.7 and 8.8 years respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued 28,223 shares of the Company's common stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and received proceeds of $4,000 and realized no tax benefit from the exercised of stock options. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company issued 10,666 shares of the Company's common stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and received proceeds of $4,000 and realized no tax benefit from the exercised of stock options.

F-33

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

A summary of option activity under the 2009 Plan as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, and changes during the periods then ended is presented below:

 
  Number of
Options

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

  Intrinsic
Value

 
 
   
   
  (in thousands)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

    339,687   $ 0.382        

Granted

    431,469     1.060        

Exercised

    (12,669 )   0.124        

Expired, forfeited or cancelled

    (68,331 )   0.447        

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    690,156   $ 0.804   $ 280  

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    239,015   $ 0.443   $ 183  

Granted

    569,990     2.367        

Exercised

    (28,223 )   0.132        

Expired, forfeited or cancelled

    (34,444 )   0.902        

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    1,197,479   $ 1.561   $ 2,777  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    339,467   $ 0.638   $ 1,101  

Granted (unaudited)

    293,000     3.880        

Exercised (unaudited)

    10,666     0.362        

Expired, forfeited or cancelled (unaudited)

    4,001     1.662        

Outstanding at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    1,475,812   $ 2.030   $ 3,601  

Exercisable at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    346,466   $ 0.667   $ 1,318  

The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable on December 31, 2014 was 8.7 years and 7.3 years, respectively. The option exercise price for all options granted in 2014 ranged from $1.21 to $3.12 per share. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable on March 31, 2015 was 8.8 years and 7.2 years, respectively. The option exercise price for all options granted in the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $3.88 per share.

Restricted stock:     Under the 2009 Plan, the Company grants restricted stock awards to members of its management and selected members of the board of directors. Restricted stock awards are recorded as deferred compensation and amortized into compensation expense, on a straight-line basis over a defined vesting period ranging from 1 to 48 months. The Company did not issue any shares of restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2014 or for the three months ended March 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 358,189 shares of restricted stock at a grant date fair value of $1.06 per share. Of these shares, 17,270 vested immediately and the remaining 340,919 of these shares vest over 48 months in four equal tranches on the anniversary of the issue date. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, $47,000, $90,000, $23,000 and $23,000, respectively, of restricted stock compensation cost has been charged to selling, general and administrative expenses. At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, there was $256,000 and $233,000, respectively, of unrecognized

F-34

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

compensation cost related to restricted stock. In 2014, the Company settled certain vested restricted stock awards which were settled having a value of $266,000 in cash, and the Company realized a tax benefit of $90,000. No vested restricted stock awards were settled during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

A summary of the status of the Company's nonvested restricted stock as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, and changes during the periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, is presented below:

 
  Number of
Shares

  Weighted-
Average
Fair Value

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2013

    168,834   $ 0.210  

Granted

    358,189     1.060  

Vested

    (51,927 )   0.623  

Forfeited

    (134,177 )   0.159  

Nonvested at January 1, 2014

    340,919     1.060  

Granted

         

Vested

    (85,229 )   1.060  

Forfeited

         

Nonvested at December 31, 2014

    255,690     1.060  

Granted (unaudited)

         

Vested (unaudited)

         

Forfeited (unaudited)

         

Nonvested at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    255,690     1.060  

Performance-based stock options:     Under the 2009 Plan, the Company granted performance based awards to selected management. Options vest over a three-year period based on achieving certain operational milestones. Unexercised options expire after the earlier of 10 years or termination of employment, except in the case of any unexercised vested options, which expire 90 days after termination of employment. Terminated options are available for reissuance.

The Company estimates the fair value of all performance stock option awards on the grant date by applying the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are highly subjective, judgmental and sensitive in the determination of compensation cost. The weighted-average key assumptions used in determining the fair value of performance options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 
  2013
 

Estimated dividend yield

    0 %

Expected stock price volatility

    60 %

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

    1.33 %

Expected life of option in years

    5.00  

Weighted-average option fair value at grant

  $ 0.545  
F-35

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

There were no performance options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014 or for the three months ended March 31, 2015. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, $2,000, $0, $0 and $1,000, respectively, of compensation cost related to performance stock options has been charged to selling, general and administrative expenses. At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, there was $2,000 and $1,000, respectively, of additional compensation cost that could result if performance targets are met or expected to be attained.

A summary of performance-based stock option activity under the 2009 Plan as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, and changes during the periods then ended is presented below:

 
  Number of
Options

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

  Intrinsic
Value

 
 
   
   
  (in thousands)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

    82,490   $ 0.210        

Granted

    18,000     1.060        

Exercised

               

Expired, forfeited or cancelled

    (8,000 )   0.960        

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    92,490   $ 0.310   $ 83  

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    24,830   $ 0.130   $ 27  

Granted

      $        

Exercised

    (3,968 )   0.130        

Expired, forfeited or cancelled

    (57,660 )   0.259        

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    30,862   $ 0.431   $ 106  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    20,862   $ 0.130   $ 78  

Granted (unaudited)

      $        

Exercised (unaudited)

               

Expired, forfeited or cancelled (unaudited)

               

Outstanding at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    30,862   $ 0.431   $ 125  

Exercisable at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    24,196   $ 0.258   $ 102  

The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable on December 31, 2014 was 7.2 and 6.7 years, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable on March 31, 2015 was 7.0 and 6.7 years, respectively.

Note 15. Treasury stock

The Company has the authority to repurchase common stock from former employees, officers, directors or other persons who performed services for the Company at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value. In 2013, the Company repurchased 134,174 shares of common stock at the original purchase price of $0.001. On February 19, 2015, the Company's board of directors approved the cancellation of the Company's 134,174 shares of treasury stock (see Note 20).

F-36

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Note 16. Commitments and contingencies

Defined contribution plans:     The Company has a 401(k) investment plan covering substantially all employees. Employees are allowed to contribute annually up to 50% of their compensation, to a maximum of $17,500. Employees who have attained age 50 before the end of the plan year are eligible to make catch up contributions of $5,500. Through December 31, 2014, the Company is required to make a matching contribution to the 401(k) plan of 50%, to a limit of 6%, of the participant's annual compensation, which was paid in the first quarter of 2015.

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company amended its qualified 401(k) savings to provide a Company contribution on the first 4% of an employee's salary subject to statutory limitations as prescribed by law.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company recorded $91,000, $82,000, $31,000 and $45,000, respectively, of expense, respectively, for 401(k) contributions.

Operating lease:     The Company leases its office space and manufacturing facility under an operating lease which expires in 2024. Total future minimum lease payments under this operating leases with noncancelable terms are as follows:

Minimum lease payment

Year ending December 31,
   
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2015

  $ 907  

2016

    907  

2017

    954  

2018

    955  

2019

    955  

Thereafter

    5,228  

Future minimum lease payments

  $ 9,906  

The Company accounts for rent expense on long-term operating leases on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease resulting in a deferred rent balance of $1,148,000, $1,189,000 and $1,181,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. The Company is also liable for a share of operating expenses for the premises as defined in the lease agreement. The Company's share of these operating expenses was $208,000, $251,000, $67,000 and $59,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Rent expense, excluding the share of operating expenses, was $879,000, $896,000, $226,000 and $218,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Note 17. License agreements

On July 23, 2014, the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement and an associated License Agreement with Shire LLC for a non-exclusive license to certain patents for certain activities with respect to the Company's New Drug Application No. 204326 for an extended-release orally

F-37

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

disintegrating amphetamine polistirex tablet ("Neos NDA"). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company is required to pay a lump sum, non-refundable license fee of an amount less than $1.0 million no later than 30 days after receiving regulatory approval by the FDA of the Neos NDA. The Company will also pay a single digit royalty on net sales of the subject product during the life of the patents. Upon receiving such approval by the FDA, the license fee will be capitalized and amortized over the life of the patents. The royalties will be recorded as cost of goods sold in the same period as the net sales upon which they are calculated.

Note 18. Discontinued operations

In March 2013, the Company discontinued the manufacturing of nutraceuticals for third parties in order to concentrate on the manufacture of extended-release pharmaceutical products. In accordance with Topic ASC, 360-10, the results of operations for the contract manufacturing of nutraceuticals has been excluded from continuing operations and reported as discontinued operations for the prior period. The components of discontinued operations which relate to contract manufacturing of nutraceuticals are as follows:

 
  2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 943  

Direct costs

    835  

Impairment of intangible assets

    545  

Net loss from discontinued operations

  $ (437 )

Note 19. Related party transactions

At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company was obligated under a $5,935,000 long-term subordinated note ("Note") that was issued by the Company to Essex. See Note 11 for further details. On July 21, 2014, the Company, Essex and a third party entered into a Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims Agreement resolving certain issues and disputes whereby Essex paid $256,000 to the third party, the Company paid Essex $128,000 and Essex agreed to reduce the interest rate on the Note from 10% to 6% for the July 19, 2014 through July 31, 2015 period. The third party released both Essex and the Company from any and all claims.

As described in Note 12, in 2012, the Company negotiated financing arrangements with a related party that provided for the sale-leaseback of up to $6.5 million of the Company's property and equipment. In 2013, the Company executed four transactions totaling $5.5 million and in March 2014, the Company completed the final tranche of the sale-leaseback arrangement, raising an additional $795,000.

During 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company contracted for approximately $499,000, $112,000, $35,000 and $22,000, respectively, in consulting and testing services with a company affiliated with the Company's Chairman of the board of directors. The cost of the acquired services was negotiated at arm's length and priced at commercially available rates.

F-38

Table of Contents


Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited.)

Note 20. Subsequent events

Between December 2014 and February 25, 2015, the Company closed on additional Series C financings totaling 4,124,871 shares and 1,947,185 warrants, raising a total of $20.6 million, of which 2,624,936 shares and 1,197,218 warrants were issued and $13.1 million was received after December 31, 2014. (See Note 13 for Series C financing amounts issued prior to December 31, 2014.)

On February 19, 2015, the Company's board of directors approved the cancellation of the Company's 134,174 shares of treasury stock.

On March 13, 2015, the Company received an advance from the lender for the second of three $5.0 million tranches under the LSA, as amended, as a result of achievement of a certain regulatory milestone. (See Note 12 for details of agreement.)

On June 10, 2015, the Company received an advance from the lender for the third of three $5.0 million tranches under the LSA, as amended. (See Note 12 for details of agreement.)

For purposes of the financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the years then ended, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 24, 2015, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. For purposes of the unaudited interim condensed financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three month periods then ended, such evaluation of subsequent events has been performed through June 19, 2015. All subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure have been incorporated into these consolidated financial statements.

F-39

Table of Contents

LOGO

Through and including                           , 2015 (the 25th date after the date of this prospectus) federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


Part II Information not required in prospectus

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

Item
  Amount to be paid
 
   

SEC registration fee

  $ 8,018  

FINRA filing fee

  $ 10,850  

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

      *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

      *

Miscellaneous

      *

Total

  $    

*
To be filed by amendment

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the

II-1

Table of Contents

Part II Information not required in prospectus


circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and the Charter and By-Laws.

We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

(a)
Sales of Capital Stock

    (1)
    During the period January 1, 2012 through March 31, 2015, we granted options under our Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan to purchase an aggregate of 1,446,146 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having exercise prices ranging from $0.14 to $3.88 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $3.1 million.

    (2)
    Between July 16, 2012 and February 23, 2015, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 11,378,483 shares of Series C preferred stock, for aggregate consideration of $56,892,415, pursuant to subscription agreements entered into with investors. In connection with the sale of our Series C preferred stock, we issued warrants to Purchase Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on the following exemptions:

with respect to the transactions described in paragraph (1), Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant's board of directors; and
II-2

Table of Contents

Part II Information not required in prospectus


with respect to the transactions described in paragraphs (2), Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each case, the recipient received adequate information about us or had adequate access, through his or her relationship with the registrant, to information about us.

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index attached to this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b)
Financial statement schedules

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3

Table of Contents


Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Grand Prairie, State of Texas, on the 19 th day of June, 2015.

    NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ VIPIN GARG

Vipin Garg
Chief Executive Officer

Signatures and power of attorney

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint Vipin Garg and Richard Eisenstadt, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the registration statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of us might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ VIPIN GARG

Vipin Garg
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(
Principal Executive Officer )
  June 19, 2015

/s/ RICHARD EISENSTADT

Richard Eisenstadt

 

Chief Financial Officer
(
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer )

 

June 19, 2015

/s/ ALAN HELLER

Alan Heller

 

Director

 

June 19, 2015
II-4

Table of Contents

Signatures


Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ GREG ROBITAILLE

Greg Robitaille
  Director   June 19, 2015

/s/ CALEY CASTELEIN

Caley Castelein

 

Director

 

June 19, 2015

/s/ BRYANT FONG

Bryant Fong

 

Director

 

June 19, 2015

/s/ JOHN SCHMID

John Schmid

 

Director

 

June 19, 2015

/s/ PAUL EDICK

Paul Edick

 

Director

 

June 19, 2015
II-5

Table of Contents


Exhibit index

Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
 
  1.1 * Form of underwriting agreement.

 

3.1

 

Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (as currently in effect).

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be in effect upon completion of this offering).

 

3.3

 

Bylaws of the Registrant (as currently in effect).

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be in effect upon completion of this offering).

 

4.1

*

Form of common stock certificate.

 

4.2

 

Form of warrant to purchase common stock

 

4.3

 

Form of warrant to purchase preferred stock

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2015.

 

10.2

+

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan.

 

10.3

+

Form of option agreements under 2009 Equity Plan.

 

10.4

+*

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of option agreements thereunder to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

 

10.5

+*

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers and directors.

 

10.6

 

Third Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 2013, issued to Essex Capital Corporation, as amended.

 

10.7


Loan and Security Agreement, by and between the Registrant, Hercules Technology III, L.P. and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and Hercules Technology III, L.P. dated as of March 28, 2014, as amended.

 

10.8


Settlement Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Shire LLC, dated as of July 23, 2014.

 

10.9


License Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Shire LLC, dated as of July 23, 2014.

 

10.10

 

Commercial Lease Agreement, by and between Riverside Business Green, L.P., and Neos Therapeutics, LP, dated as of June 29, 1999, as amended.

 

10.11

*

Supply Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Coating Place, Inc., dated as of August 28, 2014.

 

10.12


Asset Purchase Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc., dated as of August 28, 2014.
II-6

Table of Contents

Exhibit index


Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
 
  10.13 * Form of employment agreement to be entered into by and between the Registrant and each of its executive officers.

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of McGladrey LLP.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been submitted separately to the SEC.

+
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
II-7



Exhibit 3.1

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Neos Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 15, 2009.

 

2.                                       That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

 



 

(“ Common Stock ”) and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.                                     COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                       General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled at all meetings of stockholders (and in connection with all written actions in lieu of meetings) to one vote for each share of Common Stock held; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

1,170,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” 4,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” 8,830,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ,” and 6,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ,” and such Preferred Stock to have the rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations specified below. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article IV refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article IV.

 

1.                                       Dividends .

 

From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of 8% of the Series B-1 Original Issue Price shall accrue on such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock) (the “ Accruing Dividends ”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative. The Accruing Dividends shall by payable

 

2



 

in additional shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, valued at the Series B-1 Original Issue Price, unless the Board of Directors of the Corporation elects to pay all or any portion of the Accruing Dividends in cash. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to obtaining any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series C Original Issue Price, Series B-1 Original Issue Price, the Series B Original Issue Price or the Series A Original Issue Price (as such terms are defined below), as applicable; provided , however , that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated, in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series C Preferred Stock dividend, in the case of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series B-1 Preferred Stock dividend, in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series B Preferred Stock dividend and, in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend. Any dividend paid to the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be in addition to and not considered the payment of the Accruing Dividend. The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $5.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The “ Series B-1 Original Issue Price ” shall mean $5.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $5.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $5.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

3



 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .

 

2.1.1                      In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.1 , the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full, so that each holder receives the same percentage of its applicable preferential amount.

 

2.1.2                      In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and if the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders exceed the aggregate amount payable to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock in Subsection 2.1.1 above, the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, (i) with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series B-1 Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.2 , the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full, so that each holder receives the same percentage of its applicable preferential amount.

 

2.1.3                      In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and if the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders exceed the aggregate amount payable to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in Subsections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 above, the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be

 

4



 

paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series B-1 Original Issue Price. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.3 , the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full, so that each holder receives the same percentage of its applicable preferential amount.

 

2.1.4                      In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and if the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders exceed the aggregate amount payable to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in Subsections 2.1.1 , 2.1.2 and 2.1.3 above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.4 , the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full, so that each holder receives the same percentage of its applicable preferential amount.

 

2.2                                Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Amount .” The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.2 , 2.1.3 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B-1 Liquidation Amount .” The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.2 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount .” The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsection 2.1.4 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount .”

 

5



 

2.3                                Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1                      Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(a)                                  a merger or consolidation in which (i) the Corporation is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except where the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting corporation or (B) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation (“ provided , however , that for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

 

(b)                                  the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2                      Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i)  unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.1.3 .

 

(b)                                  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii)  or 2.3.1(b) , the Corporation shall effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, unless voted to be treated otherwise by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class (a “ Preferred Stock

 

6



 

Majority ”). Unless voted by a Preferred Stock Majority to not be treated as a dissolution of the Corporation, all consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with any such merger or consolidation referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) , or all consideration payable to the Corporation and distributable to its stockholders, together with all other available assets of the Corporation, in connection with any such asset sale referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(b) , shall be, as applicable, paid by the purchaser to the holders of, or distributed by the Corporation in redemption (out of funds legally available therefor) of the Preferred Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in Subsections 2.1 and 2.1.3 hereof, with such preferences and priorities specifically intended to be applicable in any such Deemed Liquidation Event as if such transaction were a dissolution of the Corporation. The Corporation promptly shall provide to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock such information concerning the terms of such Deemed Liquidation Event and the value of the assets of the Corporation as reasonably may be requested by the holders of Preferred Stock. Any election by a Preferred Stock Majority pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b)  shall be made by written notice to the Corporation at least five days prior to the closing of the relevant transaction. Upon the election of such Preferred Stock Majority hereunder, all holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have made such election and such election shall bind all holders of the Preferred Stock and all holders of the Common Stock. In the event that the requirements of this Subsection 2.3.2(b)  are not complied with, the Corporation shall cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Subsection 2.3.2(b)  have been complied with, or cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in this Subsection 2.3.2(b) .

 

2.3.3                      Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such Deemed Liquidation Event or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Subsection 2.3.3 is made in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  For securities not subject to an investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (b) below:

 

(i)                                      if traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market (or any successor exchange or system), the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Deemed Liquidation Event;

 

(ii)                                   if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Deemed Liquidation Event; and

 

7



 

(iii)                                if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  The method of valuation of securities subject to an investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (a)(i), (ii) or (iii) so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

2.3.4                      Escrowed Proceeds . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.1.3 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.1.3 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

 

3.                                       Voting .

 

3.1                                General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2                                Election of Directors . For so long as any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect five (5) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series  B Directors ”). Three of the Series B Directors (the “ HR Directors ”) shall be designated by (1) Greg Robitaille (“ Robitaille ”) (unless and until Robitaille or his Affiliates no longer owns at least 10% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Robitaille in the Initial Closing under the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Corporation and the signatories thereto dated on or around June 19, 2009 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) or his earlier death or disability) and (2) Alan Heller (“ Heller ”) (unless and until Heller or his Affiliates no longer owns at least 10% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Heller in the Initial Closing under the Purchase Agreement or his earlier death or disability), it being understood and agreed that (i) if Robitaille is no longer eligible to designate the HR Directors, the HR Directors shall be

 

8



 

designated by Heller if he is still eligible to designate the HR Directors, (ii) if Heller is no longer eligible to designate the HR Directors, the HR Directors shall be designated by Robitaille if he is still eligible to designate the HR Directors and (iii) if both Robitaille and Heller are no longer eligible to designate the HR Directors, the HR Directors shall be designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding. One Series B Director shall be designated by Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III, L.P. or its Affiliates (“ Burrill ”), for so long as Burrill owns at least 10% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Burrill in the Initial Closing under the Purchase Agreement. One Series B Director shall be designated by CMEA Ventures VII, L.P. or its Affiliates (“ CMEA ”), for so long as CMEA owns at least 10% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by CMEA in an Additional Initial Closing under the Purchase Agreement. For so long as at least 10% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series  A Director ”). Solely for purposes of this Subsection 3.2 , all references to shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased under the Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to include any such shares exchanged for shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreement by and among the Corporation and the signatories thereto dated effective May 27, 2011. Any director elected as provided in the first five sentences of this Subsection 3.2 may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the person or holders of a majority of the shares of the series of Preferred Stock, as the case may be, entitled to elect such director, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If Robitaille, Heller, Burrill, CMEA or the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, in each case voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first five sentences of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as Robitaille, Heller, Burrill, CMEA or the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect an individual to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

 

3.3                                Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not,

 

9


 

either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class:

 

(a)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger, consolidation or recapitalization of or involving the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, sell a material business unit, asset or product line of the Corporation;

 

(b)                                  waive, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(d)                                  create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and redemption rights,

 

(e)                                   file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission any registration statement (regardless of the form) with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation;

 

(f)                                    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof;

 

(g)                                   create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $5,000,000;

 

(h)                                  create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation to an entity that is not wholly owned by the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single

 

10



 

transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets, or a material business unit or product line, of such subsidiary to an entity that is not wholly owned by the Corporation; or

 

(i)                                      increase the compensation of any senior executive of the Corporation by more than fifteen percent (15%) for any annual period;

 

(j)                                     grant or permit a security interest in, or otherwise encumber, all or substantially all of the assets, or a material business unit or product line, of the Corporation (except to the extent such security interest arises out of debt permitted under Subsection 3.3(g)  above);

 

(k)                                  acquire a material amount of assets of any other person or entity through a merger or purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of another entity if such acquisition would be material to the Corporation;

 

(1)                                  increase the number of shares of Common Stock available or authorized for grant under the Corporation’s stock option or similar plan;

 

(m)                              change the principal business of this Corporation, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

 

(n)                                  engage in any transaction with any of the Corporation’s officers, directors, employees or members of their family, or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any of the foregoing, except for transactions in the ordinary course of business, pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Corporation’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms; or

 

(o)                                  commit to any of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Subsection 3.3, for so long as any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, waive, amend, alter or repeal any right, preference or privilege of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock in an adverse manner without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class.

 

3.4                                Vote Required to Increase or Decrease Size of Board . At any time when shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class. For so long as any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding,

 

11



 

the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, waive, amend, alter or repeal this Subsection 3.4 in an adverse manner without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class.

 

4.                                       Optional Conversion .

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by (i) in the case of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, (ii) in the case of a share of Series B Preferred Stock, dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, (iii) in the case of a share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, dividing the Series B-1 Original Issue Price by the Series B-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, or (iv) in the case of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $5.00. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $5.00. The “ Series B-1 Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $5.00. The “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $5.00. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series B-1 Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                      Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2                                Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

12



 

4.3                                Mechanics of Conversion .

 

4.3.1                      Notice of Conversion . In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion, unless such conversion is contingent on the occurrence of one or more events, in which case the date on which the last of such events occurs shall be the time of conversion (in either case, the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                      Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation

 

13



 

will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series B-1 Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable.

 

4.3.3                      Effect of Conversion . All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4                      No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion, but such dividends shall be paid in accordance with Subsection 4.3.1 .

 

4.3.5                      Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4                                Adjustments to Series C Conversion Price, Series B-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1                      Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article IV, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Option shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(b)                                  Original Issue Date shall mean June 19, 2009.

 

(c)                                   Convertible Securities shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

14



 

(d)                                  Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than Exempted Securities.

 

(e)                                   Applicable Conversion Price shall mean the Series C Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price or the Series B Conversion Price, as applicable.

 

(f)                                    Exempted Securities shall mean the following shares of Common Stock, and shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities:

 

(i)                                      shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsections 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 ;

 

(iv)                               shares of Common Stock, including Options therefor, issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a stock option, incentive plan or other agreement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whether issued before or after the Original Issue Date; and

 

(v)                                  shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or equipment leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

4.4.2                      No Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, an election not to adjust the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Subsection 4.4.2 shall apply to the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price.

 

4.4.3                      Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or

 

15



 

Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                                  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                   If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of

 

16



 

Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)                                   If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                      Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue an aggregate of 100,000 or more Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ) in one or more transactions, without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series B-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series B-1 Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to the consideration per share received by the Corporation for such issue or deemed issue of the Additional Shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that if such issuance or deemed issuance was without consideration, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have received an aggregate of $0.001 of consideration for all such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued.

 

(b)                                  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3) , without consideration or for a

 

17



 

consideration per share less than the Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price shall be reduced, respectively, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1  x ((A + B) ÷ (A + C)).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i)                                      CP 2 ” shall mean (i) in the event the Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (ii) in the event the Series C Conversion Price shall be reduced, the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(ii)                                   CP 1 ” shall mean (i) in the event the Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced, the applicable Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock or (ii) in the event the Series C Conversion Price shall be reduced, the applicable Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(iii)                                A ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(iv)                               B ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(v)                                  C ” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

(c)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, the Series A Conversion Price shall not be subject to adjustment pursuant to this Subsection 4.4.4 .

 

4.4.5                      Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash and Property : Such consideration shall: (i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest; (ii) insofar as it consists of property

 

18



 

other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and (iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6                      Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5                                Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall each be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment

 

19


 

under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

4.6                                Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(i)                                      the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such dividend or distribution or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(ii)                                   the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such dividend or distribution or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7                                Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they

 

20



 

would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8                                Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be), shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

4.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock held by such holder then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable.

 

4.10                         Notice of Record Date . In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the

 

21



 

Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.                                       Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1                                Trigger Events . Upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $40 million of proceeds to the Corporation, (b) a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1 resulting in at least (i) $250 million of proceeds to the Corporation or holders of the capital stock of the Corporation, as applicable, if such closing occurs on or before March 31, 2017 or (ii) $500 million of proceeds to the Corporation or holders of the capital stock of the Corporation, as applicable, if such closing occurs after March 31, 2017 or (c) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.2                                Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon

 

22



 

receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2 . As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

6.                                       Redemption .

 

6.1                                Redemption . Shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at (i) a price per share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to the Series C Original Issue Price per share, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series C Redemption Price ”), (ii) a price per share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock equal to the Series B-1 Original Issue Price per share, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series B-1 Redemption Price ”) and (iii) a price per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the Series B Original Issue Price per share, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”), in each case in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after March 31, 2017, from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Redemption Date .” On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock

 

23



 

and Series B Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies); provided , however , that Excluded Shares (as such term is defined in Subsection 6.2 ) shall not be redeemed and shall be excluded from the calculations set forth in this sentence. If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, he Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in Subsections 2.1 and 2.1.3 hereof.

 

6.2                                Redemption Notice . The Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

(a)                                  the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

(b)                                  the Redemption Date and the Series C Redemption Price, Series B-1 Redemption Price and/or Series B Redemption Price, as applicable;

 

(c)                                   the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1 ); and

 

(d)                                  that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

If the Corporation receives, on or prior to the 20th day after the date of delivery of the Redemption Notice to a holder of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, written notice from such holder that such holder elects to be excluded from the redemption provided in this Section 6 , then the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock registered on the books of the Corporation in the name of such holder at the time of the Corporation’s receipt of such notice shall thereafter be “ Excluded Shares .” Excluded Shares shall not be redeemed or redeemable pursuant to this Section 6 , whether on such Redemption Date or thereafter.

 

6.3                                Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock

 

24



 

and/or Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 

6.4                                Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Series C Redemption Price, Series B-1 Redemption Price and/or Series B Redemption Price, as applicable, payable upon redemption of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (including Accruing Dividends with respect to such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock) shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Series C Redemption Price, Series B-1 Redemption Price or the Series B Redemption Price, as applicable, without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

7.                                       Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

8.                                       Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

25



 

9.                                       Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article IV to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

26



 

ARTICLE X

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

* * *

 

3.                                       That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4.                                       That this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 16th day of July, 2012.

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan Heller

 

 

Alan Heller

 

 

Chairman of the Board

 

Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 


 

State of Delaware

 

 

Secretary of State

 

 

Division of Corporations

 

 

Delivered 01:24 PM 12/20/2013

 

 

FILED 01:22 PM 12/20/2013

 

 

SRV 131458778 – 4698824 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation law”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Neos Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 15, 2009.

 

SECOND: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by unanimous written consent of its members, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendments to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of July 16, 2012 (the “Certificate”):

 

RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of Article IV of the Certificate be replaced in its entirety as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 23,000,000 of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).”

 

RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of Article IV, Part B of the Certificate be replaced in its entirety as follows:

 

“1,170,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation arc hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” 4,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” 8,830,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock,” and 9,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock,” and such Preferred Stock to have the rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations specified below. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article IV refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article IV.”

 

THIRD: That in lieu of a meeting, the requisite number of stockholders have given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the Certificate and the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 



 

FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law.

 

FIFTH: All other provisions of the Certificate shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been executed this 20th day of December, 2013.

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan Heller

 

 

Name:

Alan Heller

 

 

Title:

COB

 



 

 

 

State of Delaware

 

 

Secretary of State

 

 

Division of Corporations

 

 

Delivered 06:58 PM 03/25/2014

 

 

FILED 06:53 PM 03/25/2014

 

 

SRV 140379495 – 4698824 FILE

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation law”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Neos Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 15, 2009.

 

SECOND: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation unanimously adopted a resolution at a meeting of the Board of Directors on March 21, 2014, at which all Directors were present, proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of July 16, 2012 (the “Certificate”):

 

RESOLVED, that section 6.1 of the Certificate be replaced in its entirety as follows:

 

“6.1        Redemption . Shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at (i) a price per share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to the Series C Original Issue Price per share, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series C Redemption Price ”), (ii) a price per share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock equal to the Series B-1 Original Issue Price per share, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series B-1 Redemption Price ”) and (iii) a price per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the Series B Original Issue Price per share, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”), in each case in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after November 1, 2017, from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Redemption Date .” On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock owned by each

 



 

holder, that number of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies); provided , however , that Excluded Shares (as such term is defined in Subsection 6.2 ) shall not be redeemed and shall be excluded from the calculations set forth in this sentence. If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem pro rata portion of each holder’s Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock out of funds legally available therefor, based upon the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in Subsections 2.1 and 2.1.3 hereof.

 

THIRD: That in lieu of a meeting, the requisite number of stockholders have given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the Certificate and the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law.

 

FIFTH: All other provisions of the Certificate shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been executed this 25th day of March, 2014.

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg, Ph.D.

 

 

Name:

Vipin K. Garg, Ph.D.

 

 

Title:

CEO

 



 

 

 

State of Delaware

 

 

Secretary of State

 

 

Division of Corporations

 

 

Delivered 02:04 PM 12/29/2014

 

 

FILED 01:58 PM 12/29/2014

 

 

SRV 141593514 – 4698824 FILE

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Neos Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 15, 2009.

 

SECOND: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by unanimous written consent of its members, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendments to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of July 16, 2012, as amended December 20, 2013 and March 25, 2014 (the “Certificate”):

 

RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of Article IV of the Certificate be replaced to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 35,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 27,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).”

 

RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of Article IV, Part B of the Certificate be replaced to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“1,170,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” 4,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” 8,830,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock,” and 13,500,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock,” and such Preferred Stock to have the rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations specified below. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article IV refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article IV.”

 



 

THIRD: That in lieu of a meeting, the requisite number of stockholders have given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the Certificate and the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law.

 

FIFTH: All other provisions of the Certificate shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been executed this 29th day of December, 2014.

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

Title:

President & CEO

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

Adopted and Effective as of June 15, 2009

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1.                    Registered Office . The Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Section 1.2.                    Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 2.1.                    Certificates Representing Shares . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates of stock, signed in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares of stock in the Corporation owned by the holder named in the certificate. Any or all of the signatures of such officers on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issuance.

 

Section 2.2.                    Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the receipt of an affidavit of the fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

1



 

Section 2.3.                    Transfers of Stock . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 2.4.                    Beneficial Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

Section 2.5.                    Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock of the Corporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

ARTICLE III

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 3.1.                    Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 3.2.                    Annual Meetings . The annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3.3.                    Special Meetings . Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

2



 

Section 3.4.                    Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.5.                    Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a date, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days preceding the date of any meeting of the stockholders, as a record date for determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, such meeting. The Board of Directors shall not close the books of the Corporation against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of such period.

 

Section 3.6.                    Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 3.9 of these Bylaws until a quorum shall attend.

 

Section 3.7.                    Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his absence by the President or a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall keep the records of the meeting, but in his absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 3.8.                    Voting; Proxies . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him that has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless otherwise

 

3



 

provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting.

 

Section 3.9.                    Adjournments . Any meetings of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 3.10.             List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

Section 3.11.             Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to which stockholders are entitled (a) to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders, or (b) to examine either the stock ledger, the list required by Section 3.10 of this Article III or the books of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.12.             Action by Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

 

Section 4.1.                    Number and Tenure . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by

 

4



 

the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. The number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at any time constituting the Board of Directors, and such number may be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution or by the due election of that number of directors by the stockholders. Except as provided in Section 4.2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at annual meetings of the stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office for the full term to which he shall have been elected and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. A director need not be a stockholder of the Corporation or a resident of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 4.2.                    Vacancies . Any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause may be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a plurality of votes cast at a meeting of stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office for the remainder of the full term in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

 

Section 4.3.                    Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and if so determined, notices thereof need not be given.

 

Section 4.4.                    Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time, whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice President or a majority of directors then in office, at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in the notice of the meeting. Notice of the time and place of a special meeting must be given by the person or persons calling such meeting at least 24 hours before the special meeting.

 

Section 4.5.                    Meetings by Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 4.6.                    Quorum; Vote Required for Action . Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that in the event an equal number of directors vote for and against an action,

 

5



 

the Chairman of the Board shall have the right to cast the deciding vote. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 4.7.                    Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his absence by the President or a Vice President, or in their absences by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 4.8.                    Actions of the Board by Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, in one document or in counterparts, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

Section 4.9.                    Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more of the directors of the Corporation as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

The designation of any such committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed upon it or him by law, nor shall such committee function where action of the Board of Directors is required under applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any such committee and to fill vacancies in it. A majority of the members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each such committee may elect a chairman and appoint such subcommittees and assistants as it may deem necessary. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, meetings of any committee shall be conducted in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to this Article IV as the same shall from time to time be amended. Any member of any such committee elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be

 

6



 

without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of a member of a committee shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

Section 4.10.             Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses . The directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No such reimbursement shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like reimbursement for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 4.11.             Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose if (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum, (b) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee that authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction. Any director of the Corporation may vote upon any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any subsidiary or affiliated corporation without regard to the fact that he is also a director of such subsidiary or affiliated corporation.

 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

Section 5.1.                    General . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary and such other officers and agents as the Board of Directors may from time to time elect or appoint. Such officers may include, without limitation, a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents (whose seniority and titles may be specified by the Board of Directors), a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and one or more Assistant Secretaries. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board, if any, need such officers be directors of the Corporation. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. The Board of

 

7



 

Directors may remove any officer with or without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation. Election or appointment of an officer or an agent shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

 

Section 5.2.                    Powers and Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their offices, except as modified herein or by the Board of Directors, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.3.                    Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or any Vice President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

 

Section 6.1.                    Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 6.2 of these Bylaws, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by

 

8



 

such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

The right to indemnification conferred in this paragraph of Section 6.1 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

 

The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (whether or not an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was an employee (other than an officer) or agent of the Corporation, or, while serving as an employee (other than an officer) or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the extent (i) permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware as from time to time in effect, and (ii) authorized in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and the President of the Corporation (the “Authorizing Officers”). The Corporation may, to the extent permitted by Delaware law and authorized in the sole discretion of the Authorizing Officers, pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by any such employee or agent in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, upon such terms and conditions as the Authorizing Officers authorizing such expense advancement determine in their sole discretion. The provisions of this paragraph of Section 6.1 shall not constitute a contract right for any such employee or agent.

 

Section 6.2.                    Suit . If a claim under Section 6.1 of these Bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation.

 

Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an

 

9



 

actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

Section 6.3.                    Nonexclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 6.4.                    Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, employee, agent or consultant of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

Section 6.5.                    Savings Clause . If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 6.6.                    Amendment or Repeal . No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VI or any provision thereof shall be effective as to any indemnitee under this Article VI for acts, omissions, events and circumstances that occurred, in whole or in part, before such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

Section 6.7.                    Survival of Rights . The provisions of this Article VI shall continue as to an indemnitee under this Article VI whose status as an indemnitee has ceased and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators.

 

Section 6.8.                    Definitions . For purposes of this Article VI, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

 

Section 7.1.                    Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by facsimile transmission, telegram, telex, cable or electronic mail.

 

Section 7.2.                    Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1.                    Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 8.2.                    Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.3.                    Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

Section 8.4.                    Amendments . These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such alterations, amendments, repeals or adoptions must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office.

 

11




Exhibit 4.2

 

Issue Date: [             , 2011]

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

THIS CERTIFIES that the undersigned holder (the “ Holder ”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe for and purchase from Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at a per share exercise price equal to $0.001 per share (the “ Exercise Price ”), [         ] shares of Common Stock of the Company (“ Shares ”).

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder of this Warrant and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which the Holder, by the acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.                              Definitions .

 

(a)                                 Change of Control means (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of             , 2011.

 

(b)                                 Common Stock means the Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share, of the Company.

 

(c)                                  Company has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

(d)                                 Expiration Date has the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

 

(e)                                  Holder has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

(f)                                   IPO means a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

1



 

(g)                                  Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.

 

(h)                                 Securities Act has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c) hereof.

 

(i)                                     Shares has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

2.                                      Exercise of Warrant . Unless earlier terminated under Section 8, the purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder, in whole but not in part, at any time after the date hereof by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly executed at the Company’s principal executive office (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares thereby purchased (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company); whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Shares so purchased. The Company agrees that if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and purchase of the Shares, the Holder shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, the Shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.

 

3.                                      Nonassessable . The Company covenants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof. Certificates for Shares purchased hereunder shall be delivered to the Holder promptly after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised.

 

4.                                      Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder hereof for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the Holder.

 

5.                                      No Rights as Stockholder . This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

 

6.                                      Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

 

7.                                      Notice Obligations . In the event of a proposed Change of Control, then the Company shall give the Holder written notice of at least ten (10) days prior to the proposed closing date of the Change of Control. In the event of a proposed IPO, then the Company shall give the Holder written notice of at least ten (10) days prior to the proposed effective date of the IPO.

 

8.                                      Termination . To the extent not exercised in full, this Warrant (and the right to purchase Shares upon exercise hereof) shall terminate on the earliest of the following (the

 

2



 

Expiration Date ”): (i) the five-year anniversary of the Issue Date set forth on the foregoing page of this Warrant, (ii) a Change of Control, effective immediately prior to but contingent upon the consummation of such Change of Control, or (iii) an IPO, effective immediately prior to but contingent upon the consummation of such IPO; provided, however, that if any notice required by Section 7 is not so provided, such Expiration Date shall be extended until such ten (10) day notice has been so provided.

 

9.                                      Adjustments . The number of Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 9.

 

(a)                                 Reclassification, etc. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired, by reclassification of securities or otherwise, shall change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities or any other class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities that were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification or other change, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 9.

 

(b)                                 Subdivision or Combination of Shares. In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or shall issue a stock dividend on the shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                  Cash Distributions. No adjustment on account of cash dividends or interest on the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist will be made to the Exercise Price or number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under this Warrant.

 

10.                               Restrictions on Transferability of Securities .

 

(a)                                 Restrictions on Transferability. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (collectively the “ Securities ”) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in this Section 10.

 

(b)                                 Restrictive Legends . Each certificate representing the Securities and any other securities issued in respect of the Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 10(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with one or more legends in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH

 

3



 

SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO, AND IN CERTAIN CASES PROHIBITED BY, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS BY AND AMONG THE STOCKHOLDER, THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN OTHER HOLDERS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT, AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FROM THE COMPANY), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THAT VOTING AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP SET FORTH THEREIN.

 

Each holder of Securities and each subsequent transferee consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 10.

 

(c)                                  Notice of Proposed Transfers. This Warrant or Securities issuable upon exercise hereof may be sold or transferred (i) as permitted pursuant to Section 10(d) hereof, and (ii) otherwise by providing prior written notice to the Company. Each holder of a warrant or stock certificate, as the case may be, representing the Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Warrant. Such holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until (X) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement or (Y) such holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, such holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Upon exercise of the Warrant, if requested by the Company the holder shall, as a condition to exercising the Warrant, execute a counterpart signature page (and spousal consent, if applicable) to that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2009, as amended, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto, to the extent such holder is not party to such agreement.

 

4



 

(d)                                 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 10(c), no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by a holder of a warrant or stock certificate, as the case may be, representing Securities (i) to a fund, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is affiliated with such holder, (ii) to a partner or member (or retired partner or member) of such transferring holder, or to the estate of any such partner or member (or retired partner or member), or (iii) to an officer of the Company; provided, however, that, in the case of (i) or (ii), the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Warrant, to the same extent as if he or she were an original holder hereunder.

 

11.                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                 Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant executed in the same manner as this Warrant and of like tenor and amount.

 

(b)                                 Construction. This Warrant shall be deemed to be the product of all parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any party.

 

(c)                                  Other Interpretive Provisions. References in this Warrant to any document, instrument or agreement (a) includes all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, (b) includes all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) means such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Warrant refer to this Warrant as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Warrant. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Warrant shall not be construed to be limiting or exclusive.

 

(d)                                 Entire Agreement. This Warrant together with the Subscription Agreement and the Purchase Agreement constitute and contain the entire agreement among the Company and Holder and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

(e)                                  Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Warrant may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

(f)                                   Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day; (iii) five business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with

 

5



 

written verification upon receipt. All communications shall be delivered or sent to the respective addresses of the parties as set forth on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement or on the register maintained by the Company, or to such other address as such party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other parties in accordance herewith.

 

(g)                                  Severability. If one or more provisions of this Warrant are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of this Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)                                 Assignment. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Section 10 hereof, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(i)                                     Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Alan Heller

 

 

 

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and Agreed by the Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name of Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Warrant]

 



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:                             Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

1.                                      The undersigned hereby elects to purchase               shares of Common Stock (“ Stock ”) of Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price and any transfer taxes payable pursuant to the terms of the Warrant.

 

2.                                      The shares of Stock to be received by the undersigned upon exercise of the Warrant are being acquired for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to resale or distribution of any part thereof, and the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. The undersigned further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to the shares of Stock. The undersigned believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Stock.

 

3.                                      The undersigned understands that the shares of Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in transactions not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the undersigned represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

 

4.                                      The undersigned acknowledges and agrees, that if requested by the Company or an underwriter of such registered public offering, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of the Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such holder during a period of up to 180 days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act in connection with the initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company. Such agreement shall be in writing in the form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter, and may be included in the underwriting agreement. The Company may impose stock-transfer instructions with respect to the securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the required stand-off period.

 

5.                                      The undersigned understands the instruments evidencing the Stock may bear one or all of the following legends:

 

(a)                                 THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 



 

(b)                                 THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO, AND IN CERTAIN CASES PROHIBITED BY, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS BY AND AMONG THE STOCKHOLDER, THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN OTHER HOLDERS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

(c)                                  THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT, AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FROM THE COMPANY), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THAT VOTING AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP SET FORTH THEREFN.

 

(d)                                 Any legend required by applicable state law.

 

6.                                      In connection with the exercise of the Warrant, upon the request of the Company, the undersigned agrees to execute a counterpart signature page to that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2009, as amended, by the Company and the other parties thereto.

 

7.                                      Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Stock in the name of the undersigned:

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

 

 

Executed on

 

(date).

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title (if applicable):

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT, THE AVAILABILITY OF WHICH EXEMPTION MUST BE ESTABLISHED TO THE REASONABLE SATISFACTION OF THE COMPANY.  THE TRANSFER OF THIS INSTRUMENT IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

 

[Date]

 

WARRANT AGREEMENT

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

This Warrant is issued, for value received, to [                          ] (the “Holder”), by Neos Therapeutics, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant, the Holder of this Warrant is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company may notify the Holder hereof in writing), to purchase from the Company                                      (              ) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”).  The number of such shares are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 hereof. If, during the exercise period of this Warrant, the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock is converted into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), or another class of the Company’s capital stock (such Common Stock or other class of capital stock, as applicable, being referred to herein as the “Conversion Stock”), then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of shares of Conversion Stock equal to the number of Conversion Stock that the Series C Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant would have been converted.  In the event such a conversion occurs, all references herein to “Series C Preferred Stock” shall mean “Conversion Stock,” as applicable.

 

2.                                       Exercise Price .  The purchase price for each share of Series C Preferred Stock subject to this Warrant (the “Exercise Price”) shall be $5.00 per share, which is the fair market value of the Series C Preferred Stock as of the date hereof.  In the event that the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock is converted into Conversion Stock as described in Section 1 hereof, the Exercise Price for each share of Conversion Stock subject to this Warrant shall be ratably adjusted.  The Exercise Price is further subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 hereof.

 

3.                                       Exercise Period .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, on or after the date hereof, and shall be void and no longer exercisable upon the earliest to occur of (i) the consummation of a Liquidity Event, (ii) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (in which case this Warrant shall be exercised as provided in Section 4(b)(i)) or (iii) the third anniversary of the date of issuance of this Warrant (the “Expiration Date”).

 



 

4.                                       Method of Exercise; Expenses .

 

(a)                                  While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 3, the Holder may exercise, in whole or in part, and from time to time, the purchase rights evidenced hereby.  Such exercise will be effected by:

 

(i)                                      the surrender of this Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of the form of subscription attached hereto, to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal offices; and

 

(ii)                                   The payment of the Exercise Price either (at the Holder’s election) (A) by cash, check or wire transfer of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock being purchased or (B) by surrender of Warrants (“Net Issuance”) as determined below.  If the Holder elects the Net Issuance method, the Company shall issue Series C Preferred Stock in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)

           A

 

Where:          X =                              the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be issued to the Holder.

 

Y =                              the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock requested to be exercised under this Warrant.

 

A =                              the current fair market value of one (1) share of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

B =                              the Exercise Price.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of the calculation in Section 4(a), current fair market value of Series C Preferred Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock:

 

(i)                                      if the exercise is in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), then the fair market value for one share of Common Stock acquired upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock shall be the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the Initial Public Offering.  To the extent this Warrant has not been previously exercised, upon the Initial Public Offering this Warrant shall be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii)(B); and

 

(ii)                                   if at any time the Company’s Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ Stock Markets or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of one share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be the value determined in good faith by its Board of Directors exercising reasonable business judgment, unless the Company is then subject to a merger, acquisition or other consolidation pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving party, in which case the fair market value of one share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of the

 

2



 

Company’s Series C Preferred Stock for one share of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to such merger, acquisition or consolidation.

 

(c)                                   The Company will pay all expenses, taxes (other than transfer taxes) and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of this Warrant and the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(d)                                  Each exercise of this Warrant will be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant will have been surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 4(a).  At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will be issuable upon such exercise will be deemed to have become the Holder or holders of record of the Series C Preferred Stock represented by such certificates.  In the case of an exercise of this Warrant as a result of the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, each exercise of this Warrant will be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering as provided in Section 4(b)(i).

 

(e)                                   If this Warrant is exercised in part only, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant of the same tenor evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the balance of the Series C Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder upon the same terms and conditions as herein set forth.

 

5.                                       Certificates for Shares .  Upon the exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, one or more certificates for the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock so purchased will be issued as soon as practicable thereafter, and in any event within ten (10) business days of the delivery of the subscription notice.

 

6.                                       Valid Issuance of Shares .  The Company covenants that: (i) it will at all times keep reserved for issuance upon exercise hereof such number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock as will be issuable upon such exercise; and (ii) the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, when issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens, charges and preemptive or similar rights with respect to the issuance thereof.

 

7.                                       No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares will be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of a fraction of a share the Company will make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the then-current fair market value of such fraction of a share, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

8.                                       No Stockholder Rights .  Prior to exercise of this Warrant, the Holder will not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Series C Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, including (without limitation) the right to vote such shares, receive dividends or other distributions thereon, or be notified of stockholder meetings.

 

9.                                       Adjustments .  The Exercise Price and the number and type of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

3



 

(a)                                  Merger and Sale of Assets .  If at any time there shall be a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a combination, reclassification, recapitalization, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for herein), or a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any other person (hereinafter referred to as a “Merger Event”), then, as a part of such Merger Event, if the Holder has not otherwise elected, on a timely basis, to exercise the Warrant under Section 4(a), above, the Company shall cause this Warrant to be exchanged and cancelled for the consideration that the Holder would have received in connection with the Merger Event as if the Holder had exercised this Warrant in full pursuant to the Net Issuance provisions of this Warrant immediately prior to such Merger Event, without actually exercising such right, acquiring the applicable shares of Series C Preferred Stock and exchanging such shares for such consideration; provided that the foregoing sentence of this Section 9(a) shall not apply to a Merger Event in which the consideration otherwise payable to the Holder is in a form other than cash and/or liquid securities.  In the event of a Merger Event in which the Holder would be entitled to receive consideration other than cash or liquid securities, this Warrant shall not be cancelled and shall remain outstanding, exercisable for the consideration to which a holder of the applicable number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Merger Event.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification of Shares .  If the Company at any time shall, by combination, reclassification, recapitalization, exchange or subdivision of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, recapitalization, exchange, subdivision or other change.  For the sake of clarity, such process shall apply for any and all successive events of such combination, reclassification, recapitalization, exchange, subdivision or other change.

 

(c)                                   Subdivision or Combination of Shares .  If the Company at any time shall subdivide its Series C Preferred Stock, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or declaration shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock for which this Warrant is issuable shall automatically be proportionately increased.  Conversely, in case the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be automatically proportionately increased, and the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock for which this Warrant is issuable shall automatically be proportionately reduced.  For the sake of clarity, such process shall apply for any and all successive events of such subdivision, combination or other change.

 

(d)                                  Stock Dividends .

 

(i)                                      If the Company at any time shall pay a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the foregoing subsections (a), (b) or (c)) of the Company’s capital stock, then the Exercise Price shall be

 

4



 

adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.  The Holder shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

(ii)                                   If the Company at any time shall pay a dividend, or make any other distribution, upon the Series C Preferred Stock which is payable in cash or property of the Company (except any dividend or distribution specifically provided for in the foregoing subsections (a), (b), (c) or (d)(i)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the Holder shall receive upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the holder of the Series C Preferred Stock as of the record date fixed for the determination of the stockholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

 

10.                                Notice of Adjustments .

 

(a)                      Whenever the Exercise Price or number or type of shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted or readjusted pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Company shall promptly, at the Company’s expense, (i) issue a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment or readjustment, the amount of the adjustment or readjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated and the Exercise Price and number of shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of the Warrant, all after giving effect to such adjustment or readjustment and (ii) mail a copy of such certificate to the Holder of this Warrant in accordance with Section 14 hereof to the address provided on the signature page to this Warrant.

 

(b)                      In the event of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, or any Liquidity Event, then, and in each such case, the Company shall provide the Holder with written notice which shall, among other things, specify, as applicable, the date on which such reorganization, reclassification, merger or consolidation, or Liquidity Event is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of capital stock shall be entitled to exchange their shares of capital stock for securities and/or cash and/or or other property deliverable upon any such reorganization, reclassification, merger or consolidation or Liquidity Event, as the case may be.  Such notice shall be mailed at least 10 days prior to the date therein specified for the occurrence of any of the foregoing events.

 

5



 

(c)                       All such notices, advice and communications shall be given in the manner set forth in Section 14 hereof.

 

(d)                      The notice period shall begin on the date Holder actually receives a written notice containing all the information specified above.

 

11.                                Transferability .  Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the provisions of this Section 11, this Warrant and all rights hereunder may only be transferred in whole or in part by the Holder of this Warrant with the prior written consent of the Company.  In the event of a partial transfer, the Company will issue to the new Holders one or more appropriate new warrants.  As a condition to the transfer of this Warrant, each transferee of this Warrant shall become a party to any agreements among the Company and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, including without limitation (i) that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of June 19, 2009 (as it has been and may in the future be amended, the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”), (ii) that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of June 19, 2009 (as it has been and may in the future be amended, the “Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement”), and (iii) that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of October 29, 2009 (as it has been and may in the future be amended, the “Voting Agreement”), and shall have the rights and obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

12.                                Successors and Assigns .  The terms and provisions of this Warrant will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the Holders hereof and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

13.                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any waiver or amendment of any term of this Warrant must be in writing signed by the Holder and by the Company and will be binding upon any subsequent holder of this Warrant.

 

14.                                Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder will be in writing, will be addressed to the receiving party’s address as set forth on the books of the Company or to such other address as a party may designate by notice hereunder, and will be either (i) delivered by hand, (ii) sent by reputable overnight courier, or (iii) sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All notices, requests, consents, and other communications hereunder will be deemed to have been given either (x) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party set forth above, (y) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or (z) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth (5th) business day following the day such mailing is made.

 

15.                                Governing Law .  This Warrant will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof).

 

16.                                Disputes .

 

(a)                                  Any dispute, claim, question, or disagreement involving the interpretation or enforcement of any provision of this Warrant or breach hereof or otherwise arising under or in connection with this Warrant between the parties to this Warrant, if not amicably settled by the parties within thirty (30) days following notice of dispute, shall be

 

6



 

referred to senior management of the parties (having authority to irrevocably bind the respective Parties) for resolution.  In the event the controversy, dispute or difference has not been resolved within thirty (30) days following referral to senior management, or such longer period as the parties may mutually agree, then either party may pursue their remedies as set forth in this Section 16.

 

(b)                                  Arbitration .  Any dispute, claim, question, or disagreement involving the interpretation or enforcement of any provision of this Warrant or breach hereof or otherwise arising under or in connection with this Warrant shall be submitted to binding arbitration in Dallas, Texas, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (expedited procedures) then in effect. There shall be three (3) arbitrators, all of whom shall be neutral, and at least one (1) of whom shall be an attorney licensed to practice law in the State of Texas for at least ten (10) years. The arbitrators shall have the authority to exclude evidence found to be irrelevant, redundant, or prejudicial beyond its probative value, and are instructed to exercise that authority consistently with reasonably expediting the proceeding. The arbitrators may order specific performance, preliminary and final injunctive relief, and other equitable relief.  The award of the arbitrators may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.  In all cases where there is a dispute over the fair market value of the Company or the value of any securities thereof, the arbitration shall be conducted as a “baseball style” arbitration where each party or side will submit one and only one proposed fair market value to the arbitrators and the arbitrators shall then be instructed and shall determine that the fair market value is exactly equal to one of the proposed valuations.

 

(c)                                   Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS WARRANT, ANY OTHER AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

 

(d)                                  Attorneys’ Fees .  The arbitrators may award to the substantially prevailing party in their discretion attorneys’ fees and all other fees, costs, and expenses of enforcing any right of such substantially prevailing party under or with respect to this Warrant, including, without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants.

 

17.                                Definitions.

 

As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                      An “Affiliate” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

7



 

(b)                      “Initial Public Offering” means the first firm commitment underwritten public offering for shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(c)                       “Liquidity Event” means (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation (except one in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation); (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transactions; or (iii) any other transaction or series of related transactions engaged in by the Company pursuant to or as a result of which a single Person (or a group of Affiliated Persons) acquires capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting power (including, without limitation, the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company), except such events in which a change in majority ownership of the Company occurs as a result of an equity financing event.

 

(d)                      “Person” means an individual or group of individuals, a corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited or general limited liability company, an estate, a trust, and any other entity or organization, governmental or otherwise.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

8



 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Vipin K. Garg, Ph.D.

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

[                                      ]

 

 

 

 

 

By.

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT

 



 

SUBSCRIPTION

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

 

The undersigned, the Holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to purchase, pursuant to the provisions of the attached Warrant,                shares of Series C Preferred Stock of Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (or such other securities issuable hereunder).  The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

[Payment of the exercise price per share required under such Warrant accompanies this Subscription.]

 

or

 

[The undersigned elects to utilize the Net Issuance provisions in Section 4 of the Warrant, and understands that as a result, the number of shares issued will be less than the number set forth above.]

 

 

 

WARRANT HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

[                                  ].

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

June 9, 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Registration Rights

4

 

 

 

 

2.1

Demand Registration

4

 

2.2

Company Registration

5

 

2.3

Underwriting Requirements

6

 

2.4

Obligations of the Company

7

 

2.5

Furnish Information

8

 

2.6

Expenses of Registration

9

 

2.7

Delay of Registration

9

 

2.8

Indemnification

9

 

2.9

Reports Under Exchange Act

11

 

2.10

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

12

 

2.11

“Market Stand off” Agreement

12

 

2.12

Termination of Registration Rights

13

 

2.13

Restrictions on Transfer

13

 

 

 

 

3.

Information and Observer Rights

14

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Delivery of Financial Statements

14

 

3.2

Inspection

16

 

3.3

Observer Rights

16

 

3.4

Termination of Information and Observer Rights

17

 

3.5

Confidentiality

17

 

 

 

 

4.

Rights to Future Stock Issuances

17

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Right of First Offer

17

 

4.2

Termination

19

 

 

 

 

5.

Additional Covenants

19

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

Insurance

19

 

5.2

Employee Agreements

19

 

5.3

Employee Stock

19

 

5.4

Board Matters

19

 

5.5

Successor Indemnification

20

 

5.6

Termination of Covenants

20

 

 

 

 

6.

Miscellaneous

20

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

Successors and Assigns

20

 

6.2

Governing Law

20

 

6.3

Counterparts; Facsimile

20

 

6.4

Titles and Subtitles

21

 

6.5

Notices

21

 

6.6

Amendments, Termination and Waivers

21

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

 

6.7

Severability

22

 

6.8

Aggregation of Stock

22

 

6.9

Additional Investors

22

 

6.10

Entire Agreement

23

 

6.11

Dispute Resolution

23

 

6.12

Delays or Omissions

23

 

6.13

Acknowledgment

23

 

6.14

Construction

23

 

 

 

Schedule A

-

Schedule of Investors

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Essex Transfers

 

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 9th day of June 2015, by and among Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors entered into that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2009 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to that certain Omnibus Amendment Agreement dated as of May 27, 2011, by and among the Company and certain of the Investors, and that certain Omnibus Amendment Agreement dated as of July 16, 2012, by and among the Company and certain of the Investors, (together, the “ Amendments ”), the Company and the Investors amended the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to incorporate the Amendments;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants, terms and conditions herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Damages ” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act,

 



 

any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights, other than Series A Preferred Stock, convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly) Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iii) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

Form S-2 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

 

Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof); provided , however , that Greg Robitaille and Alan Heller shall each be deemed to be a Major Investor as such term is used herein for so long as, individually or together with his respective Affiliates, he holds any shares of Registrable Securities.

 

2



 

New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company (other than Series A Preferred Stock), acquired by the Investors after June 19, 2009 and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

 

Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.13(b) hereof.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

SEC Rule 144(k) ” means Rule 144(k) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.

 

3



 

Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Series C Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

2.                                       Registration Rights .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                                Demand Registration .

 

(a)                                  Form S-1 Demand.  If at any time after the earlier of (i) March 31, 2017 or (ii) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-l registration statement with respect to at least 40% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $10 million), then the Company shall (i) within 10 days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-l registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within 20 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3.

 

(b)                                  Form S-3 Demand.  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least 20% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $3 million, then the Company shall (i) within 10 days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within 30 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for

 

4



 

such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than 60 days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than twice in any 12-month period; and provided , further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 60-day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) (i) during the period that is 60 days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 180 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided , however , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is 30 days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , however , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the 12 month period immediately preceding the date of such request.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d).

 

2.2                                Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within 20 days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities

 

5


 

in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.

 

2.3                                Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above

 

6



 

provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below 25% of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.  For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “ selling Holder ,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such selling Holder shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such selling Holder, as defined in this sentence.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of Section 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a), fewer than 50% of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

2.4                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to 180 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold:

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other

 

7



 

documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

(i)                                      notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

(j)                                     after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

2.5                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

8



 

2.6                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided , further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b).  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

2.7                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

2.8                                Indemnification .  If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

9



 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

 

(d)                                  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be

 

10



 

required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided , further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses) paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9                                Reports Under Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

11



 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S 3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S 3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included; provided , however , that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9.

 

2.11                         “Market Stand off” Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-l, Form S-2, or Form S-3, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed (i) 180 days in the case of the IPO, which period may be extended upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any NASD rules, for an additional period of up to 15 days if the Company issues or proposes to issue an earnings or other public release within fifteen 15 days of the expiration of the 180-day lockup period, or (ii) 90 days in the case of any registration other than the IPO, which period may be extended upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any NASD rules, for an additional period of up to 15 days if the Company issues or proposes to issue an earnings or other public release within 15 days of the expiration of the 90-day lockup period), (A) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (B) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall not

 

12



 

apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than 5%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock).  The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

2.12                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the fifth anniversary of the IPO.

 

2.13                         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.13(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED,   OR   TRANSFERRED   IN   THE   ABSENCE   OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO, AND IN CERTAIN CASES PROHIBITED BY, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS BY AND AMONG THE STOCKHOLDER, THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN OTHER HOLDERS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION.  COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENTS

 

13



 

MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.13.

 

(c)                                   The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (i) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (ii) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided , however , that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.13.  Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.13(b), except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

3.                                       Information and Observer Rights .

 

3.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company:

 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (A) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (B) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(e) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all

 

14



 

such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that might be required by GAAP);

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that might be required by GAAP);

 

(e)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event 30 days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

 

(f)                                    with respect to the financial statements called for in Section 3.1(a), Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(d), an instrument executed by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(d)) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

 

(g)                                   such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality

 

15


 

agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3 during the period starting with the date 45 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided , however , that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

3.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor ( provided , however , that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor (but in no event more than once during any 12-month period); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

3.3                                Observer Rights .  As long as any Investor owns, together with its Affiliates, not less than 600,000 shares (as adjusted for any stock combination, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other similar transaction) of Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), upon request by such Investor, the Company shall invite a representative of such Investor to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree (in a non-disclosure or confidentiality or such other agreement as the Company shall deem reasonable) to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

 

16



 

3.4                                Termination of Information and Observer Rights .  The covenants set forth in Section 3, Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whichever event occurs first.

 

3.5                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (i) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.5 by such Investor), (ii) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (iii) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (A) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (B) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.5; (C) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (D) as may otherwise be required by law, provided , however , that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor agrees that such Investor will not disclose or divulge any such confidential information to a competitor of the Company.

 

4.                                       Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

 

4.1                                Right of First Offer .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Investor.  An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

(b)                                  By notification to the Company within 10 business days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities that equals the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Investor

 

17



 

bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities); provided , however , that in the event that such issuance of New Securities would result in a downward adjustment of the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-l Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to Section 4.4.4 of the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in addition to the foregoing, any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 10% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities that equals the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock then held, by such Investor bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such 10 business day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the 5 business day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors, which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and any Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and any Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.  The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of 105 days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c).

 

(c)                                   If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b), the Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 30 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1.

 

(d)                                  The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; (iii) the issuance of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in a subsequent closing pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Purchase Agreement; (iv) the issuance of

 

18



 

shares of Series B-l Preferred Stock in a subsequent closing pursuant to Section 4.2 of those certain Subscription Agreements related to the offer and sale of shares of Series B-l Preferred Stock, by and between the Company and the purchasers party thereto; (v) the issuance of shares of Series C Preferred Stock in a subsequent closing pursuant to Section 3.2 of those certain Subscription Agreements related to the offer and sale of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, by and between the Company and the purchasers party thereto; and (vi) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities (each as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) issued pursuant to a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise), provided such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors.

 

4.2                                Termination .  The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whichever event occurs first.

 

5.                                       Additional Covenants .

 

5.1                                Insurance .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within 90 days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

 

5.2                                Employee Agreements .  The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement.

 

5.3                                Employee Stock .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four year period, with the first 25% of such shares vesting following 12 months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11.  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

5.4                                Board Matters .  Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.  The Company shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

19



 

5.5                                Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

5.6                                Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Section 5.5, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect immediately before the consummation of the IPO.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Successors and Assigns .  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; (iii) is a Holder at the time of such transfer or (iv) after such transfer, holds at least 1,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided , however , that (A) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (B) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11.  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided , further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

6.2                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

 

6.3                                Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile

 

20



 

or .pdf signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or:  (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties as follows (or as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5):

 

If to the Company:

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

2940 N. HWY 360

 

Suite 100

 

Grand Prairie, Texas 75050

 

Attention: Vipin Garg

 

(972) 408-1143 (fax)

 

 

With a copy to:

Joseph C. Theis, Jr.

 

Goodwin Procter LLP

 

Exchange Place

 

53 State Street

 

Boston, MA 02109

 

(617) 801-8864 (fax)

 

If to the Investors, to their addresses set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

6.6                                Amendments, Termination and Waivers .  This Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument executed by (i) the Company and (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, acting together as a single class held by the Investors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(a)                                  this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if

 

21



 

such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction);

 

(b)                                  the provisions of Section 4.1(b) applicable to holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term thereof may not be waived without consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then held by the Investors;

 

(c)                                   the definition of “Major Investor” in Section 1 may not be amended without the consent of each Investor who was a Major Investor prior to such amendment;

 

(d)                                  Schedule A hereto may be amended by the Company from time to time to add information regarding additional Investors pursuant to Section 6.9 hereof, without the consent of the other parties hereto;

 

(e)                                   any provision hereof may be waived by the waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party; and

 

(f)                                    the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.13(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.13(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver)

 

The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment, termination or waiver hereunder to any party that did not consent in writing thereto.  Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on each party and all of such party’s successors and permitted assigns, whether or not any such party, successor or assignee entered into or approved such amendment, termination or waiver.

 

6.7                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.8                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

6.9                                Additional Investors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-l Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.  No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this

 

22



 

Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

 

6.10                         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including Schedule A hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

 

6.11                         Dispute Resolution .  The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located within the geographic boundaries of the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the federal and state courts located within the geographic boundaries of the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

6.12                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.13                         Acknowledgment .  The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

 

6.14                         Construction .  This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties.  If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.  Any reference to any law will be deemed also to refer to such law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.  The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice

 

23



 

versa, unless the context otherwise requires.  The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vipin Garg

 

 

Vipin Garg

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 


 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caley Castelein

 

Print Name:

Caley Castelein

 

Title:

Managing Member of General Partner

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

DRD Family Partnership, LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rod Dammeyer

 

Print Name:

Rod Dammeyer

 

Title:

General Partner

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

CAC, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rod Dammeyer

 

Print Name:

Rod Dammeyer

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

Delaware Street Capital Master Fund, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew G. Bluhm

 

Print Name:

Andrew G. Bluhm

 

Title:

Director

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

ESSEX Capital Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ralph Iannelli

 

Print Name:

Ralph Iannelli

 

Title:

President

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

SIU Capital LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ralph Iannelli

 

Print Name:

Ralph Iannelli

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

KF Investment

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ralph Iannelli

 

Print Name:

Ralph Iannelli

 

Title:

General Partner

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 


 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

/s/ Alan Heller

 

Print Name:

Alan Heller

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

/s/ Dorothy J. Engelking    06.08.15

 

Print Name:

Dorothy J. Engelking

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

Legacy Capital Partners

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Q. Adams Jr

 

Print Name:

John Q. Adams Jr

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

Legacy N. Capital Partners

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ John Q. Adams Jr

 

Print Name:

John Q. Adams Jr

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

Millenium Trust Co, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Q. Adams Jr

 

Print Name:

John Q. Adams Jr

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

 

 

PrintName:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Presidio Partners 2007, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Presidio Partners 2007 GP, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

Presidio Partners 2007 GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Collier

 

Print Name:

David Collier

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

Presidio Partners 2007 (Parallel), L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Presidio Partners 2007 GP, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

Presidio Partners 2007 GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Collier

 

Print Name:

David Collier

 

Title:

Manager

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

[Signature block for individuals]

 

 

 

/s/ Greg Robitaille

 

Print Name:

Greg Robitaille

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature block for entities]

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE A

 

Investors

 

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund III, L.P.
One Embarcadero Center
Suite 2700
ATTN:  Helena Sen
San Francisco, CA 94111

 

Presidio Partners 2007, L.P.
L.P. One Letterman Drive
Building C, Suite CM500
San Francisco, CA 94129
ATTN:  Peter Gajdos

 

Presidio Partners (Parallel), L.P.
One Letterman Drive
Building C, Suite CM500
San Francisco, CA 94129
ATTN:  Peter Gajdo

 

Greg Robitaille

Alan Heller

CAC, LLC
676 N. Michigan Ave
Suite 2800
Chicago, IL 60611
Attn:  Tom Dammeyer

 

DRD Family Partnership, L.P.
676 N. Michigan Ave
Suite 2800
Chicago, IL 60611
Attn:  Tom Dammeyer

 

Delaware Street Capital Master Fund LP
900 N. Michigan Avenue
Suite 1900
Chicago, IL 60611

 

Schedule A- 1



 

John H. Perry, III Revocable
Trust dtd. 1/6/89
John H. Perry, III, Trustee

Knighthead GRAT I
15 Central Park West
#4-D
New York, NY 10023

 

Armorcast Products Company
Paul Boghossian, President
13230 Saticoy Street
N. Hollywood, CA 91605

 

Gloria Coolidge
c/o Salem Partners Wealth Management

The Berti Prough Trust
Stephen Prough, Trustee
c/o Salem Partners Wealth Management

Stephen K. Bone & Patricia I. Bone Trust
c/o Salem Partners Wealth Management

Schedule A- 2



 

Richard E. Kovacs Inter-Vivos Trust dated April 8, 1997
c/o Rick Kovacs

David Heller
Cloud Gate Capital LLC

 

Subhash Desai
c/o Delaware Street Capital

Fazio Family Trust dated 12/19/99

Madsen Family Partners, LTD

Legacy/N Capital Partners
c/o Salem Partners Wealth Management
1111 Santa Monica Blvd.
Suite 1070
Los Angeles, CA 90025
Attn:  John Q. Adams, Jr.

 

Millennium Trust Company, LLC, Custodian FBO John Q. Adams Jr. IRA
c/o Millennium Trust Company, LLC
820 Jorie Boulevard
Suite 420
Oak Brook, IL 60523-5122

 

Schedule A- 3



 

AMS Capital LLC
c/o Apothecary Capital LLC
272 East Deerpath Road
Suite 212
Lake Forest, IL 60045
Attn:  Alan M. Sebulsky

 

Ara Cohen Family LLC

Thomas A. Wagner, III

Dyett Family Trust
c/o Salem Partners Wealth Management

SIU Capital LLC
Attn:  Ralph Iannelli
1486 East Valley Road
Santa Barbara, CA 93108

 

Ed Milmeister

Darin Milmeister

Michael Rinzler

Schedule A- 4



 

Paul Seeman

Essex Capital Corporation
1486 East Valley Road
Santa Barbara, CA 93108
Attn:  Ralph Iannelli

 

Edwin G. Hiebert

Lary Snodgrass Family Ltd.

Snodgrass Children’s Ltd.

Shannon Knuckley Reilly

A. Paul Knuckley

Kevin Knuckley

Legacy Capital Partners, LLC
2535 East Southlake Blvd.
Suite 200
Southlake, Texas 76092
Attn:  John Q. Adams, Jr.

 

Lisa Perry

Schedule A- 5



 

Ara D. Cohen
c/o Knighthead Capital

Heiji Choy Black Trust Dated September 25, 2007

Jack W. Schuler

Jason M. Apple

Peter Jepsen

John Patience Trust Dated July 23, 1993

Ernest Mario

Edward Greenspan

Peter Richards

Schedule A- 6



 

Victor Miller

Greg McElroy

Millennium Trust Company,
LLC, Custodian FBO Greg
McElroy IRA
2423 East Lincoln Dr.
Phoenix, AZ 85016

 

Ellen R. Hoffing

William A. Bermont II Trust Dated 7/28/86

PSKS Investments, LP
6201 Forest River Drive
Fort Worth, Texas 76112

 

KF Investments, LP
c/o Ralph Iannelli
1486 East Valley Road
Santa Barbara, CA 93108

 

Bryan Hill

James Cramer

Russ McMahen

Schedule A- 7



 

Margaret Cabano

John Clark

Arlen Ewart

Christine Cherepy

Gregory T. Grochoski

Gregory T. Grochoski and Pamela A. Grochoski

Jamie Greenwald

William & Claudia LaWarre

Dorothy Engelking

Mark Tengler

JS Grandchildren 2010 Continuation Trust

Therese Heidi Schuler Trust

28161 N. Keith Drive
Lake Forest, IL 60045

 

Schedule A- 8



 

Tanya Eve Schuler Trust

28161 N. Keith Drive
Lake Forest, IL 60045

 

Tino Hans Schuler Trust

28161 N. Keith Drive
Lake Forest, IL 60045

 

Schuler Grandchildren LLC

28161 N. Keith Drive
Lake Forest, IL 60045

 

Patience Enterprises, L.P.
77 East Walton Street, #28c
Chicago, IL 60611

 

Vipin K. Garg

Hercules Technology III, L.P.
400 Hamilton Ave., #310
Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

Michael Quinn

 

Jesup & Lamont Securities Corp.

 

Bill Corbett

 

Schedule A- 9




Exhibit 10.2

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2009 EQUITY PLAN

 

1.                                       GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) adopted the Neos Therapeutic, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan to encourage and enable officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants and independent contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.  It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

Award ” means any Incentive Stock Option, Non-Qualified Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, Unrestricted Stock Award or any combination of the foregoing.

 

Award Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to an Award.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” means one or more of the following:  (i) a failure by a Participant to render services to the Company in accordance with his or her assigned duties and responsibilities, and such failure of performance continues for a period of more than 15 days after notice thereof has been provided to the Participant by the Company (other than any such failure resulting from disability); (ii) any action or omission by a Participant involving willful misconduct or gross negligence relating to his or her duties to the Company or a Subsidiary, including fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) a Participant’s commission, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, of or indictment for a crime, either in connection with the performance of his or her obligations to the Company or which otherwise shall adversely affect his or her ability to perform such obligations, or which shall materially adversely affect the business activities, reputation, goodwill or image of the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (iv) a Participant’s breach of any material obligations he or she has under any other agreement with the Company or which have been delegated to him or her or, in the event the Company deems such breach of material obligations capable of cure, a Participant’s failure to cure such breach within 5 days from receipt of notice from the Company.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Committee ” means a committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 3.

 



 

Company ” means Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor entity thereto.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by stockholders of the Company as set forth in Section 15. 

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. 

 

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means (i) if shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price per share of the Stock on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal national securities exchange on which shares of Stock are listed on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the date immediately preceding the date on which such a sale was so reported, (ii) if the Stock is not so listed, the average of the closing bid and asked price on that date, or, if there are no quotations available for such date, on the date immediately preceding the date on which such quotations are available, as reported by an inter-dealer quotation system, (iii) if shares of the Stock are not publicly traded, the most recent value determined by an independent appraiser appointed by the Company for such purpose, or (iv) if none of the above are applicable, the fair market value of a share of the Stock as determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

Holder ” means, with respect to an Award or any Issued Shares, the Participant or Permitted Transferee granted or holding such Award or Issued Shares.

 

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in section 422 of the Code.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means a transaction which results in (i) sales of Shares being made to the public, in compliance with applicable securities laws, pursuant to an underwritten public offering of the Shares led by one or more underwriters, at least one of whom is an underwriter of recognized standing in the United States or (ii) a reverse merger or similar transaction involving a corporation listed on a national exchange or on a quotation or trade reporting system.

 

Issued Shares ” means, collectively, all outstanding Shares issued pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards and Unrestricted Stock Awards and all Option Shares.

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Option ” means an option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 7.

 

Option Shares ” means outstanding shares of Stock that were issued to a Holder upon the exercise of an Option.

 

2



 

Participant ” means an officer, employee, non-employee director, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or its Subsidiary to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means any of the Holder’s spouse, children (natural or adopted), stepchildren, brothers, sisters, nephews, nieces, grandchildren or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Holder is the settlor or upon the death of the Holder, such deceased Holder’s estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case, to whom Issued Shares may be transferred by the Holder in accordance with Section 10(a)(ii)(A).

 

Plan ” means the Neos Therapeutic, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan set forth herein, as may be amended from time to time. 

 

Repurchase Event ” means (i) a Termination Event or (ii) the consummation of a Sale Event.

 

Restricted Stock ” means a Share granted pursuant Section 8 that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

Restricted Stock Award ” means an Award of Restricted Stock.

 

Sale Event ” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity, or (v) any other transaction in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or a successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction.

 

 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Shares ” means shares of Stock.

 

Stock ” means the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 4.

 

Stockholders Agreement ” has the meaning provided in Section 4(d).

 

Subsidiary ” means (i) in the case of a corporation, any corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the shares of all classes or series of capital stock of such corporation

 

3



 

which have the right to vote generally on matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of such corporation and (ii) in the case of a partnership or other business entity not organized as a corporation, any such business entity of which the Company directly or indirectly owns 50% or more of the voting, capital or profits interests (whether in the form of partnership interests, membership interests or otherwise).

 

Termination Event ” means, for purposes of the Plan, the termination of the Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than due to a direct transfer to the employment or service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary) for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

 

Unrestricted Stock ” means a Share granted pursuant to Section 9 that is not Restricted Stock.

 

Unrestricted Stock Award ” means an Award of Unrestricted Stock.

 

3.                                       PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

(a)                                  Administration of Plan .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by the Committee.  The Committee shall serve at the discretion of the Board and the Board shall have the power to remove members from or add members to the Committee. Any individual serving as a Committee member shall have the right to resign from the Committee by providing at least 3 days’ written notice to the Board.  The Board, and not the remaining members of the Committee, shall have the power and authority to fill vacancies on the Committee, however caused.

 

(b)                                  Powers of Committee .  The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the power and authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the Participants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

 

(ii)                                   to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

 

(iv)                               to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and Participants, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

 

4



 

(v)                                  to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

 

(vi)                               to impose any limitations on Awards granted under the Plan, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

 

(vii)                            subject to any restrictions applicable to Incentive Stock Options, to extend at any time the period in which Options may be exercised, but in no event more than 10 years from the original grant date (or such shorter period as may be required to avoid the applicable of section 409A of the Code); and

 

(viii)                         at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants.

 

(c)                                   Indemnification .  Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegatee thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegatee thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time.

 

4.                                       STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; CHANGES IN STOCK; SUBSTITUTION

 

(a)                                  Stock Issuable .  The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 1,651,343 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), all of which Shares shall be available for grant pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.  For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards which are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Subject to such overall limitation, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award.  The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company and held in its treasury.

 

(b)                                  Changes in Stock .  Subject to Section 5 hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other

 

5



 

securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Award, if any, and (iv) the exercise price and/or exchange price for each share subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price ( i.e. , the exercise price multiplied by the number of Options) as to which such Options remain exercisable.  The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

 

The Committee may also adjust the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration material changes in accounting practices or principles, extraordinary dividends, acquisitions or dispositions of stock or property or any other event if it is determined by the Committee that such adjustment is appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan, provided that no such adjustment shall be made in the case of an Option, without the consent of the grantee, if it would constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Option within the meaning of section 424(h) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Substitute Awards .  The Committee may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock-based awards held by employees, non-employee directors or other key persons of another corporation in connection with a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or stock of the employing corporation.  The Committee may direct that the substitute awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances.  Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 4(a).

 

(d)                                  Stockholders Agreement .  As a condition to the issuance of any Shares under the Plan, the proposed Holder of the Shares shall execute and deliver a joinder to any stockholders agreement, stock restriction agreement and/or similar agreement (as applicable, a “Stockholders Agreement”) as the Committee may from time to time require.

 

5.                                       TREATMENT UPON SALE EVENT OR OTHER EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTION

 

(a)                                  Awards .

 

(i)                                      Sale Event .  Upon a Sale Event, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any Holder, shall affect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual Holders and which may vary

 

6



 

among the Awards held by any individual Holder: (A) accelerate the time at which Options then outstanding may be exercised so that such Awards may be exercised in full for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Sale Event) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Options and all rights of Holders thereunder shall terminate, (B) accelerate the vesting or lapse the restrictions with respect to any Restricted Stock Awards as of a specified date (before or after such Sale Event) fixed by the Committee, (C) require the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected Holders of some or all of the outstanding Awards held by such Holders (irrespective of whether the Options are then exercisable under the provisions of the Plan) as of a date, before or after such Sale Event, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon (I) cancel any vested Options and, in the Committee’s sole discretion, unvested Options and Restricted Stock Awards, pay to each Holder an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the Sale Price (as calculated in Section 5(a)(ii)) of the Shares subject to such Options over the exercise price(s) under such Options for such Shares and (II) cancel any unvested Awards not so treated as provided in this clause (C) without any payment to the Holder, or (D) make such adjustments to Awards then outstanding (which may include the substitution of new Awards or other arrangement (which, if applicable, may be exercisable for such property or stock as the Committee determines which may include, without limitation, capital stock or other equity of the acquiring entity) for Awards or the assumption of the Awards) as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Sale Event; provided, however , that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Options then outstanding; provided, further, however , that the right to make such adjustments shall include, but not be limited to, the modification of Options such that the Holder of the Option shall be entitled to purchase or receive (in lieu of the total shares or other consideration that the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase or receive under the Option (the “ Total Consideration ”)), the number of shares of Stock, other securities, cash or property to which the Total Consideration would have been entitled to in connection with the Sale Event at an aggregate exercise price equal to the exercise price that would have been payable if the total Shares had been purchased upon the exercise of the Option immediately before the consummation of the Sale Event.  No adjustment or substitution pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall be made in a manner that results in noncompliance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable.

 

(ii)                                   Sale Price .  The “ Sale Price ” shall equal the amount determined in clause (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E), whichever is applicable, as follows:

 

(A)                                the per share price offered to holders of Stock in any merger or consolidation;

 

(B)                                the per share value of the Stock immediately before the Sale Event without regard to assets sold in the Sale Event and assuming the Company has received the consideration paid for the assets in the case of a sale of the assets;

 

(C)                                the amount distributed per share of Stock in a dissolution transaction;

 

7



 

(D)                                the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Sale Event takes place; or

 

(E)                                 if such Sale Event occurs other than pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (A), (B), (C) or (D) above, the Fair Market Value per share of the Shares that may otherwise be obtained with respect to such Options, as determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation and surrender of such Options.

 

In the event that the consideration offered to stockholders of the Company in any transaction described in this Section 5(a) consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash.

 

(b)                                  Option Shares and Restricted Stock Awards .  Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, Option Shares and shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the repurchase right set forth in Section 10(c)(i) and 10(c)(ii), respectively.

 

(c)                                   Unrestricted Stock Awards .  Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, any shares of Unrestricted Stock shall be treated in a Sale Event the same as all other Shares then outstanding.

 

6.                                       ELIGIBILITY

 

All employees (including prospective employees), non-employee directors, independent contractors and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries are eligible for the grant of Awards under the Plan.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the type or types of Awards to be made under the Plan and shall designate the employees (including prospective employees), independent contractors and consultants who are to be granted Awards under the Plan.  Any Awards, and the terms of such Awards, to non-employee directors shall be determined by the Board.

 

7.                                       STOCK OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Options .  An Option is an Award granted to a Participant to acquire Stock at an exercise price determined by the Committee, subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of grant.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.  The grant of an Option is contingent on the Participant executing an Award Agreement, which shall set forth the terms and conditions of the Option.  An Option’s terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and Holders.  Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of section 424(f) of the Code.  To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted under the Plan after the date which is 10 years from the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

8



 

(b)                                  Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.  If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation (“ 10% Owner ”) and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the option price of an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

 

(c)                                   Option Term .  The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted; provided, however , that if an employee is a 10% Owner and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the term of such Option shall be no more than 5 years from the date of grant.

 

(d)                                  Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder .  Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the grant date.  The Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Option.  An Holder shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of an Option and not as to unexercised Options.  A Holder shall not be deemed to have acquired any such shares unless and until an Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued and delivered the shares to the Holder, and the Holder’s name shall have been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

 

(e)                                   Method of Exercise .  Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased.  Payment of the exercise price may be made by one or more of the following methods or as otherwise provided by the Committee:

 

(i)                                      In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of such Option Shares; 

 

(ii)                                   By the Holder delivering to the Company a promissory note if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Holder for the purpose of enabling or assisting the Holder to effect the exercise of his or her Option; provided, however , that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if otherwise required by state law; or

 

(iii)                                If permitted by the Committee, through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been beneficially owned by the Holder for at least six months and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan, with such surrendered shares valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date.

 

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.  No certificates for shares of Stock so purchased will be issued to the Holder until the Company has executed and delivered a joinder to the Stockholders Agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms thereof, completed all steps required by law to be taken in connection with the issuance and sale of the shares, including, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the Holder at the time of

 

9



 

exercise of the Option that the Holder is purchasing the shares for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof, (ii) the legending of any certificate representing the shares to evidence the foregoing representations and restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from Holder payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option.  The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be contingent upon receipt from the Holder (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Option) by the Company of the full exercise price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award agreement or applicable provisions of laws.  In the event a Holder chooses to pay the exercise price with previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Holder upon the exercise of the Option shall be net of the number of shares attested to.

 

(f)                                    Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options .  To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.  To the extent that any Incentive Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Options Upon a Termination Event .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Award Agreement, the unvested portion of all Options held by a Participant shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect as of the date of the Participant’s Termination Event.  In addition, if a Participant’s Termination Event is by the Company for Cause, the vested and unvested portions of all Options held by such Participant shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect as of the date of the Participant’s Termination Event.

 

(h)                                  Cashing-Out of Options .  Except when such right is not permitted under applicable law, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit an Option, or any portion thereof, to be surrendered, unexercised to the Company in consideration of the receipt by the Holder of such Option of an amount (the “ Settlement Amount ”) equal to the excess, if any of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares able to be purchased pursuant to the vested and exercisable portion of such Option on the date of surrender (the “ Surrender Date ”), over the aggregate exercise price for all Shares pursuant to the Option.  The Settlement Amount is payable in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.  In the event that the Committee permits the exchange of a portion of the Options, but not all of the Options, a Holder shall have the right to specify which vested and unexercised Options held by such Holder are surrendered.  The exchange payment of the Settlement Amount, in cash, in Shares or a combination thereof, shall constitute a final disposal of the Option to acquire Shares underlying such portion of the Option so surrendered.  The Company will withhold from the Settlement Amount such amounts as may be required to be withheld according to law.

 

10


 

8.                                       RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Restricted Stock Awards .  A Restricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the Company may, in its sole discretion, grant or sell, at such purchase price, if any, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, shares of Stock subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of grant, which purchase price shall be payable in cash or other form of consideration acceptable to the Committee.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.  The grant of a Restricted Stock Award, and issuance of the Shares subject to such Award, are contingent on the Participant (i) executing an Award Agreement and (ii) executing and delivering a joinder to the Stockholders Agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms thereof.  The terms and conditions of each Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and Participants.  The Committee may elect to hold the Issued Shares under the restrictions lapse.

 

(b)                                  Rights as a Stockholder .  Upon execution of the Award Agreement for the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a Participant shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Stock, subject to such conditions contained in the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Vesting of Restricted Stock .  The Committee, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Award Agreement for the Restricted Stock Award.

 

(d)                                  Record Owner; Dividends .  The Holder of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares of Restricted Stock if and to the extent such Shares are entitled to voting rights.  The Holder shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

 

(e)                                   Forfeiture of Unvested Restricted Stock Upon a Termination Event .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or Award Agreement, the unvested portion of a Restricted Stock Award shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect as of the date of a Participant’s Termination Event.

 

9.                                       UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock .  The Committee may grant or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Committee an Unrestricted Stock Award to any Participant, pursuant to which such Participant may receive shares of Stock free of any vesting restrictions under the Plan.  Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted or sold as described in the preceding sentence in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of any cash compensation due to such individual.  Any such Award is subject to the

 

11



 

Participant’s executing and delivering to the Committee a joinder to the Stockholders Agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms thereof.

 

(b)                                  Elections to Receive Unrestricted Stock In Lieu of Compensation .  Upon the request of Participant, and with the consent of the Committee, a Participant may, pursuant to an advance written election delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Committee, in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee, receive a portion of the cash compensation otherwise due to such Participant in the form of shares of Unrestricted Stock either currently or on a deferred basis.

 

 

10.                                TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL, REPURCHASE AND DRAG ALONG; ESCROW ARRANGEMENT

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(i)                                      Options .  No Option shall be transferable by the Holder optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and all Options shall be exercisable, during the Holder’s lifetime, only by the Holder, or by the Holder’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the Holder’s incapacity.  The Holder may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company, and any such beneficiary may exercise the Holder’s Option in the event of the Holder’s death to the extent provided herein.  If the Holder does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Holder, the legal representative of the Holder may exercise the Option in the event of the Holder’s death to the extent provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement for a given Option that the Holder may transfer, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to members of his or her immediate family, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Option.

 

(ii)                                   Issued Shares .  No Issued Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) such transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award, all applicable securities laws, the terms of any Stockholders Agreement to which the Holder of the Issued Shares is a party and with the terms and conditions of this Section 10, (ii) such transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan, including this Section 10.  In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws, including, without limitation, the Securities Act. Any attempted disposition of Issued Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 10 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Issued Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any

 

12



 

such disposition of Issued Shares.  Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the agreement with respect to a particular Award, Issued Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply only with respect to the original recipient):

 

(A)                                Transfers to Permitted Transferees .  Subject to the terms of any Stockholders Agreement to which the Holder of the Issued Shares is a party, the Holder may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Issued Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided, however , that following such sale, assignment, or other transfer, such Issued Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 10) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company.

 

(B)                                Transfers Upon Death .  Upon the death of the Holder, any Issued Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Issued Shares acquired thereafter by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Issued Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                  Right of First Refusal .  In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of such Holder’s Issued Shares, the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer.  Such notice shall state the number of Issued Shares which the Holder proposes to sell (the “ Offered Shares ”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee.  At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice.  The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period.  If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 10(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder.  In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice.  Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of the Plan.  Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Company’s Right of Repurchase .

 

(i)                                      Right of Repurchase for Option Shares .  The Company or its assigns shall have the right and option upon a Repurchase Event to repurchase from a Holder of Option Shares some or all (as determined by the Company) of the Option Shares held or subsequently acquired upon exercise of an Option by such Holder at the price per share specified below.  Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) 6 months following

 

13



 

the date of such Repurchase Event or (B) 7 months after the acquisition of such Option Shares upon exercise of an Option (the “ Option Shares Repurchase Period ”).  The “ Option Shares Repurchase Price ” shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares, determined as of the date the Committee elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event. 

 

(ii)                                   Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock .  Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement for a Restricted Stock Award, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option upon a Repurchase Event to repurchase from a Holder of Issued Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award some or all (as determined by the Company) of such Issued Shares at the price per share specified below.  Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six months following the date of such Repurchase Event (the “ Non-Option Shares Repurchase Period ”).  The “ Non-Option Shares Repurchase Price ” shall be (i) in the case of Issued Shares which are vested as of the date of the Repurchase Event, the Fair Market Value of such Issued Shares as of the date the Committee elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event and (ii) in the case of Issued Shares which have not vested as of the date of the Repurchase Event, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the original per share purchase price paid by the recipient.

 

(iii)                                Procedure .  Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the Option Shares Repurchase Period or Non-Option Shares Repurchase Period, as applicable, of its intention to exercise such repurchase right.  Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees.  Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the Option Shares Repurchase Price or the Non-Option Shares Repurchase Price, as applicable; provided, however , that the Company may pay the Option Shares Repurchase Price or Non-Option Shares Repurchase Price, as applicable, by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Drag Along Right .  In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “ Majority Stockholders ”) determine to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or all or 50% or more of the capital stock of the Company, in each case in a transaction constituting a change in control of the Company, to any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Stockholders, or to cause the Company to merge with or into or consolidate with any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Stockholders (in each case, the “ Buyer ”) in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “ Sale ”), a Holder of Issued Shares, including any Permitted Transferees, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of the Majority Stockholders:  (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Issued Shares (including for this purpose all of such Holder’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s Issued Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of an Option (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Stockholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible

 

14



 

securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Issued Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Stockholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents as the Majority Stockholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 10(d).  For purposes of this Section 10, (i) “ Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person, with one Person deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and (ii) “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

 

(e)                                   Escrow Arrangement .

 

(i)                                      Escrow .  In order to carry out the provisions of Sections 10(b), (c), and (d), the Company shall hold any Issued Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Issued Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Issued Shares.  The Company shall not dispose of the Issued Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.  In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder and any Permitted Transferee, as the Holder’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Issued Shares being purchased and to transfer such Issued Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.  At such time as any Issued Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase, first refusal and drag along rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Issued Shares with the balance of the Issued Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 10(e).

 

(ii)                                   Remedy .  Without limitation of any other provision of the Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder, any Permitted Transferees or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Issued Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 10(b), (c), or (d) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Issued Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Issued Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Issued Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder, any Permitted Transferees or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above.  Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Issued Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 10(b), (c), or (d), such Issued Shares shall at such time be

 

15



 

deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

 

(f)                                    Lockup Provision .  As a condition to the issuance of any Award under the Plan, each Holder shall agree, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Issued Shares, including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed 180 days in the case of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or 90 days in the case of any other public offering.

 

(g)                                   Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .  If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company’s stock, the restrictions contained in this Section 10 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Issued Shares.

 

(h)                                  Termination .  The terms and provisions of Section 10(b), Section 10(c) and Section 10(d) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which shares of the Company (or a successor entity) of the same class as the Issued Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly traded on any national security exchange.

 

11.                                TAX WITHHOLDING

 

(a)                                  Payment by Holder .  Each Holder shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the Holder for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such income.  The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Holder.  The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax obligations being satisfied by the Holder.

 

(b)                                  Payment in Stock .  Subject to approval by the Committee, a Holder may elect to have the minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or (ii) transferring to the Company shares of Stock owned by the grantee with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

16



 

12.                                AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award (or provide substitute Awards at the same or a reduced exercise or purchase price or with no exercise or purchase price) in a manner not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, provided that such price, if any, must satisfy the requirements which would apply to the substitute or amended Award if it were then initially granted under this Plan for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the Holder’s consent.  In addition, to the extent determined by the Committee to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders who are entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders.  Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 4(c).

 

13.                                STATUS OF PLAN

 

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a Holder, a Holder shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

14.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                  No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements .  The Committee may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.  No shares of Stock shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal requirements have been satisfied.  The Committee may require the placing of restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Stock Certificates .  Stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company.

 

(c)                                   Non-Competition Agreement .  Each Participant to whom an Award is granted under this Plan may be required to agree in writing as a condition to the granting of such Award not to engage in conduct in competition with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period after the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined by the Committee.

 

(d)                                  Other Compensation Arrangements .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.  The

 

17



 

adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(e)                                   No Right to Continued Employment or Service .  Nothing in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the capacity in which he or she is employed or otherwise serves the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(f)                                    Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company. 

 

(g)                                   Designation of Beneficiary .  Each Participant to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the Participant’s death.  Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee.  If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased Participant, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the Participant, the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

 

(h)                                  Legend .  Any certificate(s) representing the Issued Shares shall carry substantially the following legend:

 

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the Neos Therapeutic, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan and any agreement entered into thereunder by and between the Company and the Holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the Company for examination).

 

15.                                EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

 

The Plan was approved by the Board on November 25, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”).  Awards may be granted hereunder on and after the Effective Date.  Unless previously terminated, the Plan shall terminate and the Board may grant no more Awards on the expiration of 10 years after adoption of the Plan.  The Plan shall continue in effect with respect to Awards granted before termination of this Plan and until such Awards have expired or been settled, terminated, cancelled, or forfeited in accordance with their terms and the provisions of this Plan.

 

16.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

18



 

17.                                DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to this Plan or any Award made hereunder, or any agreement executed in connection herewith, or the breach, termination or validity of this Plan, any such Award or any such agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “ J.A.M.S. Rules ”).  The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The place of arbitration shall be Boston, Massachusetts.

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto.  In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses.  In addition, each party may take up to three (3) depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party.  However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission.  In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven (7) business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert.  The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six (6) months of the selection of the arbitrator.  The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability.  The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, each recipient of an Award hereunder, each party to an agreement governed hereby and any other holder of Stock issued under this Plan (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith.  This Section 17 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court.  Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given.  Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to

 

19



 

service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party.  Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

20




Exhibit 10.3

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

2009 EQUITY PLAN

 

EMPLOYEE NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to this Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement, executed by Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and              (the “Optionee”), an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (the “Award Agreement”), the Company hereby grants to the Optionee on                (the “Grant Date”), a right (the “Award”) to purchase from the Company up to, but not exceeding in the aggregate,           shares of Stock at       per share (the “Exercise Price”), which has been determined to be no less than the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the Grant Date, pursuant to the Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan (the “Plan”), with such number of shares and such price per share being subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan, and further subject to the following terms and conditions. The Award is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

1 .                                       Relationship to Plan. The Award is subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan and administrative interpretations thereunder, if any, which have been adopted by the Committee and are in effect on the date hereof. Except as defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the same meanings ascribed to them under the Plan. For purposes of this Award Agreement:

 

(a)                             “Employment” means employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                             “Option Period” means the period commencing upon the Grant Date and ending on the date on which the Award expires pursuant to paragraph 3.

 

(c)                              “Option Shares” means the shares of Stock covered by the Award Agreement.

 

2.                                Exercise and Vesting Schedule

 

(a)                                       Schedule . The Award shall vest and may be exercised in installments in accordance with the following schedule:

 

1



 

Date Vested

 

Percentage of Option Shares
Vested and Exercisable

 

First (1st) Anniversary of the Grant Date

 

33 1/3 %

 

Second (2nd) Anniversary of the Grant Date

 

33 1/3 %

 

Third (3rd) Anniversary of the Grant Date

 

33 1/3 %

 

 

As of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Grant Date, all Option Shares covered by the Award shall be 100% vested and exercisable. The Optionee must be in continuous Employment from the Grant Date through the date of exercisability in order for the Award to become vested and exercisable with respect to additional shares of Stock on such date.

 

(b)                                       Expiration . To the extent the Option Shares covered by the Award become vested and exercisable, such Award may be exercised in whole or in part (at any time or from time to time, except as otherwise provided herein) for whole Option Shares until expiration of the Award pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement or the Plan.

 

3.                                     Repurchase Right. Upon a Repurchase Event, the Company has the right and option to repurchase from Optionee some or all of the Option Shares at the Option Shares Repurchase Price during the Option Shares Repurchase Period.

 

4 .                                     Termination of Award

 

(a)                             Expiration Date. The Option Period shall expire on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Grant Date, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph 4.

 

(b)                             Termination Event . Upon a Termination Event:

 

(i)                                                any unvested Option Shares shall be immediately forfeited as of the date of such Termination Event and no further vesting shall occur;

 

(ii)                                             any vested Option Shares shall be exercisable until the earlier of (A) 90 day following such Employment termination date or (B) the expiration of the Option Period, and thereafter the Award shall expire, terminate and be of no further force and effect; and

 

(iii)                                          if Optionee’s Termination Event is by the Company for Cause, the vested and unvested portions of all Option Shares held by Optionee shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and as of the date of Optionee’s Termination Event.

 

5.                                     Exercise of Award. Subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the Plan, the Award may be exercised by completing in writing the Stock Option Award Exercise Notice, in the form prescribed by the Committee (the “Notice”), and submitting the Notice to the Company

 

2



 

as set forth in paragraph 6. The Notice shall (a) state the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Award is being exercised, (b) be accompanied by (i) cash, a certified or bank check, (ii) if the Board expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Optionee to assist Optionee in exercising the Option, a promissory note, or (iii) with the consent of the Committee, delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock (not subject to limitations on transfer) in the full amount of the purchase price for any shares of Stock being acquired, and (c) be accompanied by cash, check or Stock in the full amount of all federal and state withholding, local or other employment taxes applicable to the taxable income of such Optionee resulting from such exercise (or instructions to satisfy such withholding obligation by withholding Option Shares in accordance with paragraph 9); provided, however, that any shares of Stock delivered in payment of the option price must be shares that the Optionee has owned for a period of at least six (6) months prior to the date of exercise. For the purpose of determining the amount, if any, of the purchase price satisfied by payment in Stock, such Stock shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Optionee agrees that he or she will not exercise the Award granted pursuant hereto, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any Option Shares pursuant to the Award Agreement, if the exercise of the Award or the issuance of such Option Shares would constitute a violation by the Optionee or by the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority or any stock exchange or transaction quotation system. If any law or regulation requires the Company to take any action with respect to the shares specified in such notice, the time for delivery thereof, which would otherwise be as promptly as possible, shall be postponed for the period of time necessary to take such action.

 

6.                             Notices. The Notice for exercise of the Award (with payment) must be made in the following manner:

 

(a)                                  by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, to Neos Therapeutics, Inc., Attention: President, 2940 N. Hwy 360, Suite 100, Grand Prairie, Texas 75050, in which case the date of exercise shall be the date of mailing; or

 

(b)                             by hand delivery or overnight mail to Neos Therapeutics, Inc., Attention: President, 2940 N. Hwy 360, Suite 100, Grand Prairie, Texas 75050, in such case, the date of exercise shall be the date when receipt is acknowledged by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the address of the Company is changed prior to the date of any exercise of the Award, notice of exercise shall instead be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions at the Company’s current address.

 

Any other notices provided for in the Award Agreement or in the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively delivered or given upon receipt, or in the case of notices delivered by the Company to the Optionee, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Optionee at the address specified at the end of the Award Agreement or at such other address as the Optionee hereafter designates by written notice to the Company.

 

3



 

7.                             Assignment of Award. Except as otherwise permitted by the Committee, the Optionee’s rights under the Plan and the Award Agreement are personal; no assignment or transfer of the Optionee’s rights under and interest in the Award may be made by the Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by qualified domestic relations order. The Award will be exercisable during Optionee’s lifetime only by Optionee or by Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to any debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of Optionee.

 

8.                             Delivery of Stock. No certificates representing shares of Stock purchased hereunder shall be delivered to or in respect of an Optionee unless

 

(a)                             the Optionee has remitted to the Company the full Exercise Price for such Option Shares;

 

(b)                             the Optionee has executed and delivered to the Company the Common Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

(c)                              the Optionee has executed and delivered to the Company the Stockholders Agreement;

 

(d)                             the Optionee represents in writing, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that he is acquiring such shares for his or her own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of such shares or any part thereof;

 

(e)                              any certificate representing the Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of the Award bears all legends required by law and necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions of the Plan and the Award.

 

The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against shares of the Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of the Award until all restrictions and conditions set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement and in the legends referred to in this paragraph 8 have been complied with.

 

9.                             Withholding. No certificates representing shares of Stock purchased hereunder shall be delivered to or in respect of an Optionee unless the amount of all federal, state and other governmental withholding tax requirements imposed upon the Company with respect to the issuance of such shares of Stock has been remitted to the Company or unless provisions to pay such withholding requirements have been made to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Company shall have the right to (i) make deductions from the number of Option Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Award in an amount sufficient to satisfy withholding of any federal, state and other governmental tax required by law, or (ii) take such other action as may be necessary or appropriate to satisfy any such tax to withholding obligations. The Optionee may pay all or any portion of the taxes required to be withheld by the Company or paid by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of all or any portion of the Award by delivering cash, or, with the Committee’s approval, by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Stock, or by delivering previously owned shares of Stock, having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld or paid. The Optionee may only request withholding Option Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory minimum withholding amount. The Optionee

 

4



 

must make the foregoing election on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. If the Optionee is subject to the short-swing profits recapture provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, any such election shall be subject to such other restrictions as may be established by the Committee in order that satisfaction of withholding tax obligations with shares of Stock might be exempt from the operation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in whole or in part.

 

10.                           Shareholder Rights. The Optionee shall have no rights of a shareholder with respect to shares of Stock subject to the Award unless and until such time as the Award has been exercised and ownership of such shares of Stock has been transferred to the Optionee.

 

11.                           Successors and Assigns. The Award Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Optionee, the Company and their respective permitted successors and assigns (including personal representatives, heirs and legatees), except that the Optionee may not assign any rights or obligations under the Award Agreement except to the extent and in the manner expressly permitted herein.

 

12.                           No Employment Guaranteed. The Award shall not confer upon Optionee any right with respect to continuance of Employment or other service with Company or a Subsidiary, nor shall it interfere in any way with any right the Company or a Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate such Optionee’s Employment or other service at any time.

 

13.                           Governing Law. The Award Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

14.                           Amendment. The Award Agreement cannot be modified, altered or amended except by an agreement, in writing, signed by the Optionee and a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

5



 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

The Optionee hereby accepts the Award, subject to the terms and provisions of the Award Agreement, Plan and administrative interpretations thereof referred to above.

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

6



 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS,  INC.

2009 EQUITY PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

This Restricted Stock Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of                                                2009, by and between Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                 (“Holder”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Neos Therapeutics, Inc. 2009 Equity Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A”  and by this reference made a part hereof, for the benefit of eligible employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, which administers the Plan, has determined to issue and sell Holder                          shares of common stock, par value $0.001  per share, of the Company (“Purchased Shares”), pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, as of                                 , 2009 (“Grant Date”) upon the terms set forth below in this Agreement and the Plan and subject to Holder’s purchase of the Purchased Shares (as of the date of this Agreement)  pursuant to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “CSP A”), which are divided into two tranches of Stock,                        being referred to herein as the “Primary Shares,”  and                  being referred to herein as the “Secondary Shares;” and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has previously raised, and may in the future raise, capital through the issuance of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001  per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”)  and, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, (the “Preferred Stock”), pursuant to that certain Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (as amended, the “Purchase Agreement”), dated as of June 19, 2009, among the Company and the investors party thereto (the “Investors”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.2(b) of the Purchase Agreement, at any time and from time to time during the 90 day period immediately following the Initial Closing (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement) (which period may be extended at the sole discretion of the Board for up to two additional 90 day periods), the Company may, at one or more additional closings (each such closing, an “Additional Initial Closing”), offer and sell to (i) one or more existing holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (ii)  one or more other investors approved by the Board, in any case at a price of $5.00 per share, up to that number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, if any, that is equal to 5,800,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock less the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock actually issued and sold by the Company at the Initial Closing and at any prior Additional Initial Closing (“Preferred B Additional Initial Closing Shares”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Purchase Agreement, each person or entity who or which purchased shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the Initial Closing or any Additional Initial Closing will have the right to purchase a number of additional shares of Series

 



 

B Preferred Stock, not to exceed the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock set forth opposite such person or entity’s name on Schedule A thereto under the heading “Additional Shares”, at a purchase price equal to $5.00  per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares)  of Series B Preferred Stock (“Preferred B Option Shares”) at one or more subsequent closings (each such closing, a “Subsequent Closing”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                            Recitals;  Definitions.   The recitals set forth above are true and correct and are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan or the Purchase Agreement, as applicable.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Shares” refers to the Purchased Shares.

 

2.                              Limitations on Transfer.   In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Holder shall not transfer, assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except as and to the extent permitted by the Plan; provided , however, that as a condition to the transfer, assignment, encumbrance or disposition of any of the Shares by Holder as permitted by the Plan, the transferee or other recipient shall agree in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s Repurchase Right under Section 3 hereof).

 

3.                              Repurchase Right and Accelerated Release.

 

(a)                                   Upon a Repurchase Event, the Company has the right and option to repurchase from Holder some or all of the Unreleased Shares (as defined below) at the Non-Option Shares Repurchase Price during the Non-Option Shares Repurchase Period (the “Repurchase Right”), in accordance with the Repurchase Right terms of the Plan.

 

(b)                                   The Primary Shares shall vest and be released from the Repurchase Right as follows: in equal monthly installments over a thirty-six month period (i.e. - 2.778%  at the end of each monthly period following the Grant Date).

 

(c)                                    Right as follows: The Secondary Shares shall be vest and be released from the Repurchase

 

(i)                                     Upon each Additional Initial Closing following the Grant Date and each Subsequent Closing, if any, a number of Secondary Shares equal to (A)  the total number of Secondary Shares, multiplied by (B) the ratio of the number of Preferred B Additional Initial Closing Shares or Preferred B Option Shares, as applicable, sold at such closing divided by 4,800,000  shall become eligible for monthly vesting; and

 

2



 

(ii)                                  Any Secondary Shares that become eligible for monthly vesting pursuant to Section 3(d)(i) above shall vest (or be deemed to be vested) and be released from the Repmchase Right in equal monthly installments over a thirty-six month period beginning as of the Grant Date (i.e. - 2.778% at the end of each monthly period following the date hereof).  For example, if 2,400,000 of the Preferred B Option Shares are purchased on the one year anniversary of the Grant Date, Holder shall be vested as of such date in a number of Secondary Shares equal to the product of (w) 0.5  [50%] times (x) the total number of Secondary Shares times (y) 0.02778 [2.778%] times (z) twelve (12) [number of months elapsed].  2.778% of such Secondary Shares will vest each subsequent month thereafter.

 

(d)                                   Any Shares which have not vested (or are not deemed to have vested) and have not accordingly been released from the Repurchase Right in accordance with Section 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) are referred to herein as “Unreleased Shares.”  Upon the termination of the option period set forth in Section 1.3 of the Purchase Agreement, any Secondary Shares that have not become eligible for monthly vesting pursuant to Section 3(d)(i) above shall be repurchased by the Company at a purchase price of $0.001 per share.

 

4.                              Representation of Ownership.   In connection with the grant of the Shares, Holder represents and warrants to the Company that he is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Shares, that no other person or entity has any interest in the Shares and that he owns the Shares free and clear of any liens or encumbrances.

 

5.                              No Employment, Consultancy or Other Rights.   Nothing in this Agreement shall imply a right to employment, consultancy or other similar relationship with the Company.

 

6.                              Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                   Entire Agreement.   The Plan, this Agreement and the CSPA constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.  This Agreement and the award granted hereunder are made pursuant to the Plan, are subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as if the same were fully set forth herein and in the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

(b)                                   Assignment of Rights.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

3



 

(c)                                    Withholding With respect to applicable income, employment and/or social insurance or social security withholding obligations, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold a sufficient number of Shares that are otherwise issuable to Holder pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any such withholding obligations.  If necessary, the Company also reserves the right to withhold from Holder’s regular earnings an amount sufficient to meet the withholding obligations.

 

(d)                                   Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

 

(e)                                    Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

 

(f)                                     Titles and Subtitles.   The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convemence only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

(g)                                    Counterparts;  Facsimile.   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile or PDF signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)                                   Specific Performance In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the agreements and obligations of Holder hereunder and to such other injunction or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(i)                                       Consent of Spouse.   If Holder is married on the date of this Agreement, Holder’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company a consent of spouse in the form of Exhibit “B” hereto (“Consent of Spouse”), effective on the date hereof.  Notwithstanding the execution and delivery thereof, such consent shall not be deemed to confer or convey to the spouse any rights in Holder’s Shares that do not otherwise exist by operation of law or the agreement of the parties.  If Holder should marry or remarry subsequent to the date of this Agreement, Holder shall within thirty (30) days thereafter obtain his/her new spouse’s acknowledgement of and consent to the existence and binding effect of all restrictions contained in this Agreement by causing such spouse to execute and deliver a Consent of Spouse acknowledging the restrictions and obligations contained in this Agreement and agreeing and consenting to the same.

 

*                                          *                                          *                                          *                                          *

 

[Execution Page Follows]

 

4



 

IN WI1NESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 


 



Exhibit 10.6

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$5,935,227

Santa Barbara, California

 

December 31, 2013

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Maker ”), promises to pay to the order of ESSEX CAPITAL CORPORATION , a California corporation (“ Essex ”), in the manner and at the place hereinafter provided, the principal amount of FIVE MILLION NINE HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED TWENTY-SEVEN DOLLARS ( $5,935,227 ), together with interest as calculated below.

 

1.                                       Calculation of Interest . Interest on the principal amount of this Note outstanding from time to time shall accrue from the date hereof until paid in full. The interest rate shall be ten percent (10%) per annum, compounded monthly; provided that any principal amount not paid when due and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest not paid when due, in each case whether at maturity, by notice of prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise (both before as well as after judgment), shall bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is five percent (5%) per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable under this Note. All computations of interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year, for the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant period (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

2.                                       Payment Terms .

 

2.1                                Payments of Principal . Except as otherwise provided in this Note, the full principal amount of this Note shall be paid on March 31, 2017.

 

2.2                                Payments of Interest . Interest on this Note shall be payable (i) in arrears on the last day of each calendar month, (ii) upon any prepayment of this Note pursuant to Section 2.4 , and (iii) at maturity. The foregoing notwithstanding, monthly interest payments pursuant to clause (i) shall not commence until the last day of the month in which Maker has generated, in each of the three consecutive months ending on the last day of such month, EBITDA equal to or greater than the amount required to make current interest payments in cash hereunder. Maker shall not be required to make a monthly interest payment pursuant to clause (i) for any subsequent month in which it fails to generate EBITDA equal to or greater than the amount required to make current interest payments in cash hereunder and any such interest payable pursuant to this sentence which is deferred may, at the election of the Maker, be deemed paid by application to the outstanding principal amount of this Note, which application shall have the effect of increasing the outstanding principal amount hereof. Nothing in this Section 2.2 shall be deemed to limit the accrual of interest pursuant to Section 1 of this Note. “ EBITDA ” for a given period shall mean the amount of net income (or net loss) of Maker and its subsidiaries for such period, as determined on a consolidated and combined basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (i) the interest expense (both expensed and capitalized), income tax expense, depreciation expense, and amortization expense of Maker and its subsidiaries for such period, as determined

 

1



 

on a consolidated and combined basis in accordance with GAAP, and plus or minus (as the case may be) (ii) any other non-cash charges (including non-cash expenses related to stock options) which have been added or subtracted, as the case may be, in calculating net income for such period. “ GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date hereof, consistently applied.

 

2.3                                Manner of Payment . All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America, at Essex’s option, by check mailed to the office of Essex at 1486 East Valley Road, 2nd Floor, Santa Barbara, California 93108 (or such other place as shall be designated in a written notice from Essex delivered to Maker) or by wire transfer to an account designated by Essex. Each payment made hereunder shall be credited first to any collection costs then due under Section 7.6 , then to interest then due, and the remainder of such payment shall be credited to principal, and interest shall thereupon cease to accrue upon the principal so credited.

 

2.4                                Prepayments . Maker shall have the right at any time and from time to time, to prepay the principal of this Note in whole or in part without premium or penalty. Each prepayment hereunder must be accompanied by payment of (i) all interest on this Note that has accrued but not been paid pursuant to Section 2.2 (but excluding interest which has been capitalized pursuant to Section 2.2 ), and (ii) interest on the principal amount of the Note being prepaid to the date of prepayment.

 

3.                                       Subordination .

 

3.1                                Subordination to Senior Indebtedness . This Note is subordinate to certain indebtedness for money borrowed by Maker from time to time (the “ Senior Indebtedness ”) from Midcap Financial SBIC, LP or any bank, financial institution, insurance company or other institutional lender in replacement thereof (“ Senior Lender ”) including pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated August 20, 2012, among Neos Therapeutics, Inc and its subsidiaries, and Midcap Financial SBIC, LP, as amended through the date hereof, or any renewal or extension thereof (together, the “ Senior Loan Agreement ”), between Maker and Senior Lender. Essex may receive payments of principal and interest under this Note so long as no “Event of Default” (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement or other documents evidencing the Senior Indebtedness) has occurred and is continuing.

 

3.2                                Series A, B, B-1 and C Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”) . In the event that the holders (the “ Holders ”) of Maker’s shares of Preferred Stock (as defined in Maker’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Charter ”)) do not receive the full “Preferred Liquidation Preference” (as defined in the Charter) upon (i) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Maker or (ii) a “Deemed Liquidation Event” (as defined in the Charter) requiring Maker to pay the Preferred Liquidation Preference to such Holders, then any remaining payments under this Note shall be subordinate to the payment to the Holders of an amount equal to the difference between the full Preferred Liquidation Preference and the amount actually received by the Holders. Essex may receive payments of principal and interest under this Note prior to the date, if any, that the Holders fail to receive the full Preference Liquidation Preference when required to be paid.

 

2



 

4.                                       Covenants . Maker covenants and agrees that until this Note is paid in full:

 

4.1                                Information . Maker will promptly provide to Essex financial and other information customarily prepared by Maker and reasonably related to the performance of the Maker’s obligations under this Note as Essex may request. Without limiting the foregoing, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, Maker will provide Essex with a computation of EBITDA for such month in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Essex.

 

4.2                                Notice of Default . Promptly after the occurrence of an Event of Default or an event, act or condition which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Maker will provide Essex with a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of Maker specifying the nature thereof and Maker’s proposed response thereto.

 

5.                                       Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

5.1                                Default-Payment . The failure of Maker to pay any principal under this Note when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of prepayment or otherwise or the failure of Maker to pay any interest or other amount due under this Note within ten days after the date due.

 

5.2                                Default-Covenants . Failure on the part of Maker duly to observe or perform any of the other covenants or agreements on the part of Maker contained in this Note, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of ten days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure, and requiring Maker to remedy the same, shall have been given to Maker by Essex.

 

5.3                                Involuntary Bankruptcy . A decree or order for relief in respect of Maker or any of its subsidiaries or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization of Maker in an involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended (hereinafter “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or any other similar applicable Federal or State law shall have been entered by a court having jurisdiction in the premises, and such decree or order shall have continued in force undischarged and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of Maker or any of its subsidiaries or their property, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered, and such decree or order shall have continued in force undischarged and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days.

 

5.4                                Voluntary Bankruptcy . Maker or any of its subsidiaries shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code or any other similar applicable Federal or State law, or shall consent to the filing of any such petition, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of its property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due.

 

3



 

5.5                                Liquidation . Any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Maker or a “Deemed Liquidation Event” (as defined in the Charter).

 

5.6                                Acceleration under Senior Loan Agreement . The Senior Lender shall declare the entire principal amount under the Senior Loan Agreement to be due and payable as a result of an event of default thereunder.

 

6.                                       Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Sections 5.3 , 5.4 or 5.5 , the principal amount of this Note together with accrued interest thereon shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, notice, protest or other requirements of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by Maker), and upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default Essex may, by written notice to Maker, declare the principal amount of this Note together with accrued interest thereon to be due and payable, and the principal amount of this Note together with such interest shall thereupon immediately become due and payable without presentment, further notice, protest or other requirements of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by Maker).

 

7.                                       General Provisions .

 

7.1                                Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of this Note are to be used by Maker exclusively for commercial, business or investment purposes.

 

7.2                                Usury Limitations . All agreements between Maker and Essex are expressly limited, so that in no event or contingency whatsoever, whether by reason of the advancement of the proceeds of this Note, acceleration of maturity of the unpaid principal balance, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Essex for the use, forbearance or detention of the money advanced under this Note exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under applicable usury laws. If, under any circumstances whatsoever, the fulfillment of any provision of this Note, after timely performance of such provision is due, shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law which a court of competent jurisdiction deems applicable, then, ipso facto, the obligations to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such validity, and if, under any circumstances whatsoever, Essex shall ever receive as interest an amount that exceeds the highest lawful rate, the amount that would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance under this Note and to the payment of interest, or, if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal of this Note, such excess shall be refunded to Maker. This provision shall control every other provision of this Note.

 

7.3                                Waiver . Maker, for itself and its respective legal representatives, successors, and assigns, expressly waives demand, notice of nonpayment, presentment for demand, presentment for the purpose of accelerating maturity, dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, notice of maturity, and diligence in collection.

 

7.4                                Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any laws that direct the application of another jurisdiction’s laws.

 

4



 

7.5                                Captions . The section and subsection headings in this Note are included for purposes of convenience and reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Note.

 

7.6                                Collection Costs . Maker agrees to pay all court costs and attorneys’ fees if counsel is engaged to assist in the collection of this Note after an Event of Default hereunder, or to reclaim, protect, preserve or enforce Essex’s interests hereunder, or if any action is commenced to construe or enforce the terms of this Note.

 

7.7                                Replacement of Original Note . This Third Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note is made in replacement of that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note dated as of December 21, 2012, in the original principal amount of $5,328,540, made by the Maker payable to KF Leasing Partners, LP.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Maker has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year and at the place first above written.

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan Heller

 

 

Alan Heller, Chairman of the Board

 

6


 

AMENDMENT TO

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Subordinated Note Amendment”)

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned, ESSEX CAPITAL CORPORATION , a California corporation (“ Essex ”) and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation, (the “ Maker ”), hereby agree to the following modifications of that certain Third Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note, dated December 31, 2013, made by the Maker and payable to the order of Essex, under which $6,271,157 in principal and accrued interest is outstanding as of July 18, 2014 (the “ Note ”):

 

1.                                      Beginning on the date of this Subordinated Note Amendment and until the Reduction Termination Date (as defined below), normal interest on the Note shall be calculated using an interest rate of six percent (6%) per annum, rather than the interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum that is set forth in the second sentence of Section 1 of the Note (such reduction in the interest rate, the “ Rate Reduction ”). From and after the Reduction Termination Date, normal interest on the Note shall again be calculated using an interest rate of ten (10%) percent per annum. The term “ Reduction Termination Date ” as used herein shall mean the date that the aggregate savings in interest accrued attributable to the Rate Reduction equals $256,000, which is estimated to occur on July 31, 2015.

 

2.                                      The Rate Reduction is in consideration of the Maker’s payment of $128,000 to Essex, which Essex will apply to the paid settlement of any claims held by Hopen Therapeutics, LLC against either Essex or the Maker, pursuant to the terms of that certain Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims of even date hereof, by and among Essex, the Maker, Hopen Therapeutics, LLC, Neostx, Inc. and Ralph T. Iannelli.

 

3.                                      Notwithstanding the language of the second sentence of Section 1 of the Note, the interest accruing on the principal of the Note shall be compounded monthly and the interest rate has not been, and shall not be, compounded during the term of the Note. This modification is to correct the provision that states that the interest rate is compounded monthly.

 

4.                                      Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this Subordinated Note Amendment, the terms and the conditions of the Note shall continue unchanged and remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Subordinated Note Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note as of July 21, 2014.

 

 

ESSEX CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

a California corporation

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ralph T. Iannelli

 

By:

/s/ Vipin Garg

 

Ralph T. Iannelli, President

 

Vipin Garg, Chief Executive Officer

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

(“Subordinated Note Amendment”)

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned, ESSEX CAPITAL CORPORATION , a California corporation (“ Essex ”) and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation, (the “ Maker ”), hereby agree to the following modification of that certain Third Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note, dated December 31, 2013, made by the Maker and payable to the order of Essex, as amended on July 21, 2014, under which $6,523,216 in principal and accrued interest is outstanding as of March 12, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Note ”):

 

1.                                       The Note is hereby amended as follows. Immediately following Section 7.7 of the Note, a new Section 7.8 is hereby added, and it shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

7.8                                Assignments, Pledges and Grants . Upon prior written consent of Maker’s Senior Lender, Essex may assign, pledge and/or grant security interests in this Note and its rights and remedies hereunder. Essex shall give prompt written notice to Maker of any such assignment, pledge and/or grant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, including, without limitation, Section 2.3 , in the event that Essex directs the Maker to make payments in respect of this Note to any party other than Essex (the “ Payee ”), then (i) the Maker shall make all payments in respect of this Note to the Payee (subject however to the limitations set forth in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , and 2.1 hereof, any rate reduction and the other terms and conditions of this Note (as amended); and (ii) the Maker shall not make any such payments to any other party, including, without limitation, Essex, without the prior written consent of the Payee, such consent to be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.                                       Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note, the terms and the conditions of the Note shall continue unchanged and remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note as of March 13 , 2015.

 

ESSEX CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

a California corporation

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ralph T. Iannelli

 

By:

/s/ Richard I. Eisenstadt

 

Ralph T. Iannelli

 

 

Richard I. Eisenstadt

 

President

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made and dated as of March 28, 2014 and is entered into by and between NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership, and each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries (as hereafter defined) that may hereafter be formed and that join in this Agreement (each, a “Borrower” and referred to individually and collectively as “Borrower”), HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Borrower has requested Lender to make available to Borrower a loan in an aggregate principal amount of up to Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) (the “Term Loan”); and

 

B.                                     Lender is willing to make the Term Loan on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower, Agent and Lender agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

1.1                                                Unless otherwise defined herein, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Account Control Agreement(s)” means any agreement entered into by and among the Agent, Borrower and a third party Bank or other institution (including a Securities Intermediary) in which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or an account holding Investment Property and which grants Agent a perfected first priority security interest in the subject account or accounts.

 

“ACH Authorization” means the ACH Debit Authorization Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit I.

 

“Advance(s)” means a Term Loan Advance.

 

“Advance Date” means the funding date of any Advance.

 

“Advance Request” means a request for an Advance submitted by Borrower to Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

 

1



 

“Agent” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended from time to time.

 

“Amortization Date” means August 1, 2015; provided however, if the Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied, then May 1, 2016.

 

“Assignee” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.13.

 

“Borrower Products” means all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology currently being designed, manufactured or sold by Borrower or which Borrower intends to sell, license, or distribute in the future including any products or service offerings under development, collectively, together with all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology that have been sold, licensed or distributed by any Borrower since its organization.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are closed for business.

 

“Cash” means all cash and liquid funds.

 

“Change in Control” means any (i) reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of the Company or any Subsidiary, sale or exchange of outstanding shares (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of the Company or any Subsidiary in which the holders of the Company’s or Subsidiary’s outstanding shares immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent of such surviving entity if such surviving entity is wholly owned by such parent), in each case without regard to whether the Company or Subsidiary is the surviving entity, or (ii) sale or issuance by the Company of new shares of Preferred Stock of the Company to investors, none of whom are current investors in the Company, and such new shares of Preferred Stock are senior to all existing Preferred Stock and Common Stock with respect to liquidation preferences, and the aggregate liquidation preference of the new shares of Preferred Stock is more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate liquidation preference of all shares of Preferred Stock of the Company; provided, however, an Initial Public Offering shall not constitute a Change in Control.

 

“Chief Financial Officer” shall mean the senior financial officer from time to time. On the Closing Date the senior financial officer of the Company is the VP Finance.

 

“Claims” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.10.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

“Collateral” means the property described in Section 3.

 

2



 

“Collateral Account” means (i) any Deposit Account, and (ii) any “securities account”, as defined in the UCC.

 

“Commitment Fee” means $35,000.00, which fee is due to Lender on or prior to the Closing Date, shall be deemed fully earned on such date regardless of the early termination of this Agreement, and shall be applied in its entirety towards the Agent’s and Lenders’ non-legal transaction costs and due diligence expenses.

 

“Confidential Information” has the meaning given to it in Addendum 2.

 

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

“Copyright License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

 

“Copyrights” means all copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or of any other country.

 

“Deposit Accounts” means any “deposit accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and includes any checking account, savings account, or certificate of deposit.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary other than Neostx, Inc., which is and shall remain an inactive Subsidiary.

 

“End of Term Charge” means a charge of 4.25% of the aggregate amount of Term Loan Advances advanced under this Agreement, to be paid in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

 

3



 

“Excluded Collateral” consists of all of each Borrower’s right, title and interest to the following assets:

 

a.               Excluded Essex Collateral;

 

b.               any lease, license or other contract of such Borrower if the grant of a security interest in such lease, license or contract in the manner contemplated by this Agreement is prohibited by the terms of such lease, license or contract or by applicable law and would result in the termination of such lease, license or contract or give the other parties thereto the right to terminate, accelerate or otherwise adversely alter such Borrower’s rights, titles and interests thereunder (including upon the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both); provided that any such instruments shall only be Excluded Collateral to the extent that any such prohibition could not be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable law;

 

c.                Deposit Accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of the employees of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and identified to Agent by Borrower as such;

 

d.               Collateral Accounts in which deposits or other assets are held, the aggregate volume of which for all such Collateral Accounts does not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000); and

 

e.                any Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, subject to the last sentence of Section 3.1 hereof.

 

“Excluded Essex Collateral” means all personal property that is the subject of capital lease obligations to Essex Capital Corporation described in clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness hereof and that is listed on Schedule ID attached hereto so long as such property is owned by Essex Capital Corporation and is not owned by Borrower.

 

“Facility Charge” means Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), representing one percent (1.0%) of the Maximum Term Loan Amount.

 

“Financial Statements” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.1.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any state within the United States.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Indebtedness” means indebtedness of any kind, including (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade credit entered into in the ordinary course of business due within sixty (60) days), including reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all

 

4



 

obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

 

“Initial Public Offering” means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of Borrower’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

 

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; trade secrets and inventions; mask works; Borrower’s applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; and Borrower’s goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, together with Borrower’s rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated therewith.

 

“Interest Only Extension Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred; and (b) Borrower achieves the Performance Milestone.

 

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interests) of or in any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person or the acquisition of all, or substantially all, of the assets of another Person.

 

“Joinder Agreements” means for each Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a completed and executed Joinder Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

 

“Lender” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature of a security interest.

 

“Loan” means the Advances made under this Agreement.

 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes (if any), the ACH Authorization, the Account Control Agreements, the Joinder Agreements, all UCC Financing Statements, the Warrant, the Subordination Agreement, and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.

 

5



 

‘‘Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and each other Borrower taken as a whole; or (ii) the ability of Borrower and each other Borrower taken as a whole to perform the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or the ability of Agent or Lender to enforce any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations; or (iii) the Collateral or Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

“Maximum Term Loan Amount” means Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars ($20,000,000).

 

“Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2.

 

“Note(s)” means a Term Note.

 

“Patent License” means any written agreement granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence or a Patent application is pending, in which agreement Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

 

“Patents” means all letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States or in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States or any other country.

 

“Performance Milestone” means Borrower’s receipt of both (a) New Drug Application (NDA) acceptance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration of either one of NT0201 or NT0102, and (b) a term sheet for a licensing deal with terms that include upfront cash of at least $30,000,000.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means: (i) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Lender or Agent arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and any other Indebtedness in favor of Agent or Lender that may be incurred hereafter under other financing arrangements; (ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is disclosed in Schedule 1A; (iii) (A) unsecured Indebtedness (including any PIK interest added to principal) outstanding at any time to Essex Capital Corporation under that certain Third Amended & Restated Subordinated Promissory Note, dated December 31, 2013, executed by the Company, in the original principal amount of $5,935,227, and (B) capital lease obligations to Essex Capital Corporation in an aggregate amount not to exceed $6,400,000 outstanding at any one time, provided, however, that the assets leased under such capital lease obligations to Essex Capital Corporation may be the subject of “protective” UCC filings in favor of Essex Capital Corporation covering such assets leased by Essex Capital Corporation to Borrower; (iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business, including Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business with corporate credit cards; (v) Indebtedness that also constitutes a Permitted Investment; (vi) Subordinated Indebtedness; (vii) reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit that are secured by cash or cash equivalents and issued on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof in an amount not to exceed $250,000 at any time outstanding; (viii) other Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $250,000 at any time outstanding; (ix) any Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien; (x) Indebtedness in connection with bids, trade contracts, leases,

 

6



 

statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which secure obligations in the aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 at any time; and (xi) extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

“Permitted Investment” means: (i) Investments existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1B; (ii) (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) certificates of deposit issued by any bank with assets of at least $500,000,000 maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (d) money market accounts; (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, directors, or consultants of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements at the original issuance price of such securities in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases; (iv) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers; (v) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (vi) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vi) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; (vii) Investments consisting of loans not involving the net transfer on a substantially contemporaneous basis of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of capital stock of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; (viii) Investments consisting of advances for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses and other business purposes in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Investments in, and transfers of assets to, newly-formed Domestic Subsidiaries, provided that each such Domestic Subsidiary enters into a Joinder Agreement promptly after its formation by Borrower and execute such other documents as shall be reasonably requested by Agent; (x) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries approved in advance in writing by Agent; (xi) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the nonexclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (xii) extensions of trade credit (other than to affiliates of the Borrowers) in the ordinary course of business; (xiii) any Investment in Neostx, Inc., in existence on the Closing Date, including (A) the Company’s ownership of 99.9% of the equity of Neostx, Inc.; and (B) loans made by the Company and PharmaFab to Neostx, Inc., and capital contributions in Neostx, Inc., equal to $4,903,913.48 in the aggregate for such loans and capital contributions; (xiv) Investments consisting of Borrower’s acquisition of Cornerstone’s rights in the Collaboration Agreement relating to generic Tussionex; and (xv) additional Investments that do not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate.

 

“Permitted Licenses” means:

 

7



 

(a)                                  Licenses existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1C;

 

(b)                                  Non-exclusive Licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                   Licenses that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to as to discreet geographical areas outside the United States , in each case in an arms-length transaction;

 

(d)                                  exclusive Licenses for the use of a Borrower’s property in the United States, other than NT201/NT202/NT102 (which are covered by clauses (e) and (f) below), so long as each such license (i) is for specific product indications, (ii) is approved by the Board of Directors (or other governing body) of such Borrower, (iii) is in an arms-length transaction, (iv) arises from a licensing agreement or similar agreement which does not contain any provision which results in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property, and (v) arises from a licensing agreement or similar agreement (that is payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries);

 

(e)                                   an exclusive License for license territories that include the United States that encompasses all three of NT201/NT202/NT102 and the related technology platform in a single License, so long as at the time of such license, (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the upfront payment received by such Borrower is equal to or greater than $30,000,000, and (iii) such License does not apply to the use of the technology platform, except insofar as such use relates to NT201/NT202/NT102 and ADHD indications; or

 

(f)                                    an exclusive License for license territories that include the United States of one or two of the following pipeline products NT201, NT202, or NT102, so long as at the time of any such License, (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the upfront payment received by such Borrower is equal to or greater than $20,000,000; and (iii) such License does not apply to the use of the technology platform, except insofar as such use relates to one or more of NT201, NT202, NT102, as applicable, and ADHD indications.

 

“Permitted Liens” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in favor of Agent or Lender to secured any Indebtedness arising under clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule ID; (iii) Liens for taxes or for fees, assessments or charges or levies, in each case, imposed by a governmental authority, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, that Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP; (iv) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and imposed without action of such parties; provided, that the payment thereof is not yet required or that the aggregate amount of all such Liens for which payment is required does not exceed $200,000; (v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; (vi) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of business: deposits under (and liens to secure payment of

 

8



 

obligations relating to) worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vii) Liens on Equipment or embedded or related software or other intellectual property constituting purchase money Liens; (viii) Liens in connection with capital leases securing Indebtedness permitted in clause (iii) of “Permitted Indebtedness”; (ix) Liens incurred in connection with Subordinated Indebtedness; (x) leasehold interests in leases or subleases and licenses granted in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the licensor; (xi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due; (xii) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due (provided that such Liens extend only to such insurance proceeds and not to any other property or assets); (xiii) statutory and common law rights of set-off and other similar rights as to deposits of cash and securities in favor of banks, other depository institutions and brokerage firms; (xiv) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business so long as they do not materially impair the value or marketability of the related property; (xv) Liens on cash or cash equivalents securing obligations permitted under clause (vii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; (xvi) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of business; (xvii) Permitted Licenses; (xviii) other Liens with respect to Permitted Indebtedness that do not at any time exceed $400,000 in the aggregate at any time; and (xix) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) through (xii) and (xviii) above; provided, that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (as may have been reduced by any payment thereon) does not increase.

 

“Permitted Transfers” means (i) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) Permitted Licenses, (iii) dispositions of worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment at fair market value in the ordinary course of business, (iv) Permitted Investments, (v) distributions permitted under Section 7.7; and (vi) other Transfers of assets having a fair market value of not more than $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, other entity or government.

 

“Preferred Stock” means at any given time any equity security issued by Borrower that has any rights, preferences or privileges senior to Borrower’s common stock.

 

“Prepayment Charge” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4.

 

9



 

“Receivables” means (i) all of Borrower’s Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper, Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of any letter of credit, and Letter of Credit Rights, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and business records related thereto.

 

“Required Lenders” means at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding.

 

“SBA” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.16.

 

“SBIC” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.16.

 

“SBIC Act” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.16.

 

“Secured Obligations” means Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and any Loan Document, including any obligation to pay any amount now owing or later arising.

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Secured Obligations in amounts and on terms and conditions satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion.

 

“Subordination Agreement” means that certain subordination agreement among Borrower, Agent and Essex Capital Corporation dated as of March 28, 2014.

 

“Subsidiary” means an entity, whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or otherwise, in which Borrower owns or controls 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities, including each entity listed on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

“Term Commitment” means as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan Advance to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1.

 

“Term Loan Advance” means any Term Loan funds advanced under this Agreement.

 

“Term Loan Interest Rate” means for any day a per annum rate of interest equal to 9.0%.

 

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means October 1, 2017.

 

“Term Note” means a Promissory Note in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1.

 

“Trademark License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

 

“Trademarks” means all trademarks (registered, common law or otherwise) and any applications in connection therewith, including registrations, recordings and applications in

 

10



 

the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof.

 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, then the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

 

Warrant” means any warrant between the Company, as grantor, and Lender, as holder, entered into in connection with the Loan, as may be amended, restated or modified from time to time.

 

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents, terms that are used herein or in the other Loan Documents and defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.

 

SECTION 2. THE LOAN

 

2.1                                                Term Loan.

 

(a)                                  Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $10,000,000.00 on the Closing Date. Beginning upon the date Borrower achieves the Performance Milestone, and continuing until March 31, 2015, Borrower may draw and Lender will make an additional Term Loan Advance of $10,000,000. The aggregate outstanding Term Loan Advances may be up to the Maximum Term Loan Amount. For all purposes hereunder, Agent and Lender acknowledge that Borrower has achieved the portion of the Performance Milestone described in clause (b) of the definition of “Performance Milestone.”

 

(b)                                  Advance Request. To obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall complete, sign and deliver an Advance Request (at least five (5) Business Days before the Advance Date) to Agent. Lender shall fund the Term Loan Advance in the manner requested by the Advance Request provided that each of the conditions precedent to such Term Loan Advance is satisfied as of the requested Advance Date.

 

11


 

(c)                                   Interest. The principal balance of each Term Loan Advance shall bear interest thereon from such Advance Date at the Term Loan Interest Rate based on a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(d)                                  Payment. Borrower will pay interest on each Term Loan Advance on the first day of each month, beginning the month after the Advance Date. Borrower shall repay the aggregate Term Loan principal balance that is outstanding on the day immediately preceding the Amortization Date, in equal monthly installments of principal and interest (mortgage style) amortized over a 30-month schedule beginning on the Amortization Date and continuing on the first Business Day of each month thereafter until the Secured Obligations are repaid. A balloon payment of the entire Term Loan principal balance outstanding on the Term Loan Maturity Date and all accrued but unpaid interest hereunder, shall be due and payable on Term Loan Maturity Date. Borrower shall make all payments under this Agreement without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense unless required by law. Lender will initiate debit entries to the Borrower’s account as authorized on the ACH Authorization on each payment date of all periodic obligations payable to Lender under each Term Advance.

 

2.2                                      Maximum Interest. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the parties’ intent not to contract for, charge or receive interest at a rate that is greater than the maximum rate permissible by law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall deem applicable hereto (which under the laws of the State of California shall be deemed to be the laws relating to permissible rates of interest on commercial loans) (the “Maximum Rate”). If a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that Borrower has actually paid to Lender an amount of interest in excess of the amount that would have been payable if all of the Secured Obligations had at all times borne interest at the Maximum Rate, then such excess interest actually paid by Borrower shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of the Secured Obligations consisting of the outstanding principal; second, after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Lender’s accrued interest, costs, expenses, professional fees and any other Secured Obligations; and third, after all Secured Obligations are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to Borrower.

 

2.3                                      Default Interest. In the event any payment is not paid on the scheduled payment date, an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the past due amount shall be payable on demand; provided, however, that no late fee or charge shall accrue on account of a failure to pay due solely to an administrative or operational error of Lender in auto-debiting Borrower’s account, or of any depositary institution that is crediting by ACH or wiring such payment if Borrower had the funds to make the payment when due and makes the payment within three (3) days following Borrower’s knowledge of such failure to pay. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, all Secured Obligations, including principal, interest, compounded interest, and professional fees, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in Section 2.1(c) plus four percent (4%) per annum. In the event any interest is not paid when due hereunder, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in 2.1(c) or Section 2.4, as applicable.

 

12



 

2.4                                      Prepayment. At its option upon at least seven (7) Business Days prior notice to Agent, Borrower may prepay in whole or in part, the outstanding Advances by paying the entire principal balance, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with a prepayment charge equal to the 1% of the Advance amount being prepaid if such Advance amounts are prepaid in any of the first thirty-six (36) months following the Closing Date (the “Prepayment Charge”). Borrower agrees that the Prepayment Charge is a reasonable calculation of Lender’s lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticality of determining actual damages resulting from an early repayment of the Advances. Upon a Change of Control that occurs within the first thirty-six (36) months following the Closing Date, Lender shall have the option of requiring Borrower to prepay the outstanding Advances in full, and if Lender so requires, Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of all principal and accrued interest through the prepayment date and the Prepayment Charge.

 

2.5                                      End of Term Charge. On the earliest to occur of (i) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date that Borrower prepays the outstanding Secured Obligations, or (iii) the date that the Secured Obligations become due and payable, Borrower shall pay Lender the End of Term Charge. Notwithstanding the required payment date of such charge, it shall be deemed earned by Lender as of the Closing Date.

 

2.6                                      Notes. If so requested by Lender by written notice to Borrower, then Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of Lender pursuant to Section 11.13) (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence Lender’s Loans.

 

2.7                                      Pro Rata Treatment. Each payment (including prepayment) on account of any fee and any reduction of the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the Term Commitments of the relevant Lender.

 

SECTION 3. SECURITY INTEREST

 

3.1                                      As security for the prompt, complete and indefeasible payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, Borrower grants to Agent a security interest in all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following personal property whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”) other than the Excluded Collateral and except as provided in Section 3.2: (a) Receivables; (b) Equipment; (c) Fixtures; (d) General Intangibles (other than Intellectual Property); (e) Inventory; (f) Investment Property (but excluding thirty-five percent (35%) of the capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary or of any Domestic Subsidiary whose sole asset or assets are interests in a Foreign Subsidiary that constitutes a Permitted Investment); (g) Deposit Accounts; (h) Cash; (i) Goods; and all other tangible and intangible personal property of Borrower whether now or hereafter owned or existing, leased, consigned by or to, or acquired by, Borrower and wherever located, and any of Borrower’s property in the possession or under the control of Agent; and, to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing; provided , however, that the

 

13



 

Collateral shall include all Accounts and General Intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date of this Agreement, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Agent’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

 

3.2                                      Notwithstanding the broad grant of the security interest set forth in Section 3.1, above, the Collateral shall not include more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary or of any Domestic Subsidiary whose sole asset or assets are interests in a Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof, or may entitle the holder thereof, to vote for directors or any other matter.

 

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN

 

The obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are subject to the satisfaction by Borrower of the following conditions:

 

4.1                                      Initial Advance. On or prior to the Closing Date, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent the following:

 

(a)                                  executed originals of the Loan Documents, Account Control Agreements, a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel, and all other documents and instruments reasonably required by Agent to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby or to create and perfect the Liens of Agent with respect to all Collateral, in all cases in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent;

 

(b)                                  certified copy of resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors evidencing approval of (i) the Loan and other transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents; and (ii) the Warrant and transactions evidenced thereby;

 

(c)                                   certified copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, as amended through the Closing Date, of Borrower;

 

(d)                                  a certificate of good standing for Borrower from its state of incorporation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions in which it does business and where the failure to be qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(e)                                   payment of the Facility Charge and reimbursement of Agent’s and Lender’s current expenses reimbursable pursuant to this Agreement, which amounts may be deducted from the initial Advance; and

 

(f)                                    such other documents as Agent may reasonably request;

 

14



 

and shall have facilitated Lender’s purchase on or prior to the Closing Date of Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Borrower’s Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price equal to $5.00 per share.

 

4.2                                        All Advances. On each Advance Date:

 

(a)                                  Agent shall have received (i) an Advance Request for the relevant Advance as required by Section 2.1(b) each duly executed by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) any other documents Agent may reasonably request.

 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, including without limitation in Section 5, and in the Warrant shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of each Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)                                  Each Advance Request shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower on the relevant Advance Date as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.2 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

 

4.3                                      No Default. As of the Closing Date and each Advance Date, (i) no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default and (ii) no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

 

Each Borrower represents and warrants that:

 

5.1                                      Corporate Status. Such Borrower is an entity duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or location of its properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Borrower’s present name, former names (if any), locations, place of formation, taxpayer identification number, organizational identification number and other information are correctly set forth in Exhibit C, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice (including any Compliance Certificate) provided to Agent after the Closing Date.

 

15



 

5.2                                      Collateral. Borrower owns the Collateral and the Intellectual Property, free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has the power and authority to grant to Agent a Lien in the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

5.3                                      Consents. Borrower’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents (i) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, LLC, or partnership action of such Borrower (as applicable), (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens and the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) do not violate any provisions of such Borrower’s organizational documents or any, law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which Borrower is subject and (iv) except as described on Schedule 5.3, do not violate any contract or agreement or require the consent or approval of any other Person which has not already been obtained. The individual or individuals executing the Loan Documents are duly authorized to do so.

 

5.4                                      Material Adverse Effect. No event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

 

5.5                                      Actions Before Governmental Authorities. There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or its property, which actions, suits, or proceedings are reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, specifically including those described on Schedule 5.5.

 

5.6                                      Laws. Borrower is not in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default in any manner under any provision of any agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

 

5.7                                      Information Correct and Current. No information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished (other than financial or business projections, which are governed by the following sentence), by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent in connection with any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading , in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, at the time such statement was made or deemed made. Additionally, any and all financial or business projections provided by Borrower to Agent, whether prior to or after the Closing Date, shall be (i) provided in good faith and based on the most current data and information available to Borrower, (ii) the most current of such projections provided to Borrower’s Board of Directors; and (iii) based upon assumptions that are believed by management of the Company to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized that such projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected

 

16



 

results, such differences may be material, and no assurance can be given that the projected results will be realized.

 

5.8                                      Tax Matters. Except as described on Schedule 5.8, (a) such Borrower has filed all federal, state and local tax returns that it is required to file except where the failure to file does not result in penalties or other liabilities to such Borrower in excess of, individually or in the aggregate at any time, Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000), (b) such Borrower has duly paid or fully reserved for all taxes or installments thereof (including any interest or penalties thereon) as and when due, which have or may become due pursuant to such returns (except for such taxes that do not at any time exceed an amount of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) in the aggregate, and (c) such Borrower has paid or fully reserved for any tax assessment received by such Borrower for the three (3) years preceding the Closing Date, if any (including any taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings).

 

5.9                                      Intellectual Property Claims. Borrower is the sole owner of, or otherwise has the right to use, the Intellectual Property identified as being owned by such Borrower on Exhibit D. Except as could not reasonably be expect to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each item of Intellectual Property owned by such Borrower is valid and enforceable, (ii) no material part of the Intellectual Property owned by such Borrower has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and (iii) no claim has been made to such Borrower that any material part of the Intellectual Property owned by such Borrower violates the rights of any third party. Exhibit D is a true, correct and complete list of each of Borrower’s Patents, registered Trademarks, registered Copyrights, and material agreements under which Borrower licenses Intellectual Property from third parties (other than shrink-wrap software licenses), together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case as of the Closing Date. Borrower is not in material breach of, nor has Borrower failed to perform any material obligations under, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no third party to any such contract, license or agreement is in material breach thereof or has failed to perform any material obligations thereunder.

 

5.10                               Intellectual Property. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower has, or in the case of any proposed business, will have, all material rights with respect to Intellectual Property necessary in the operation or conduct of Borrower’s business as currently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted by Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and in the case of Licenses, except for restrictions that are unenforceable under Division 9 of the UCC and except as provided hereunder, such Borrower has the right, to the extent required to operate Borrower’s business, to freely transfer, license or assign Intellectual Property without condition, restriction or payment of any kind (other than license payments in the ordinary course of business) to any third party, and Borrower owns or has the right to use, pursuant to valid licenses, all software development tools, library functions, compilers and all other third-party software and other items that are used in the design, development, promotion, sale, license, manufacture, import, export, use or distribution of Borrower Products.

 

17



 

5.11                               Borrower Products. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no Intellectual Property owned by Borrower or Borrower Product has been or is subject to any actual or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened litigation, proceeding (including any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any corresponding foreign office or agency) or outstanding decree, order, judgment, settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner Borrower’s use, transfer or licensing thereof or that may affect the validity, use or enforceability thereof. There is no decree, order, judgment, agreement, stipulation, arbitral award or other provision entered into in connection with any litigation or proceeding that obligates Borrower to grant licenses or ownership interest in any future Intellectual Property related to the operation or conduct of the business of Borrower or Borrower Products. Borrower has not received any written notice or claim, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, oral notice or claim, challenging or questioning Borrower’s ownership in any Intellectual Property (or written notice of any claim challenging or questioning the ownership in any licensed Intellectual Property of the owner thereof) or suggesting that any third party has any claim of legal or beneficial ownership with respect thereto. Neither Borrower’s use of its Intellectual Property nor the production and sale of Borrower Products infringes the Intellectual Property or other rights of others.

 

5.12                               Financial Accounts. Exhibit E, as may be updated by the Borrower in a written notice provided to Agent after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of (a) all banks and other financial institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Deposit Accounts and (b) all institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains an account holding Investment Property, and such exhibit correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or other institution, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

 

5.13                               Employee Loans. Except as permitted under Section 7.7(c) hereof, Borrower has no outstanding loans to any employee, officer or director of the Borrower nor has Borrower guaranteed the payment of any loan made to an employee, officer or director of the Borrower by a third party.

 

5.14                               Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower’s capitalization as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 5.14 annexed hereto. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. Attached as Schedule 5.14, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice or Compliance Certificate provided after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 6. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.1                                      Coverage. Borrower shall cause to be carried and maintained commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence form, against risks customarily insured against in Borrower’s line of business. Such risks shall include the risks of bodily injury, including death, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, and contractual liability per the terms of the indemnification agreement found in Section 6.3. Borrower must maintain a

 

18



 

minimum of $1,000,000 of commercial general liability insurance for each occurrence. The Company has and agrees to maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance for $5,000,000 in the aggregate. So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, Borrower shall also cause to be carried and maintained insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Collateral, provided that such insurance may be subject to standard exceptions and deductibles.

 

6.2                                      Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Agent certificates of insurance that evidence Borrower’s compliance with its insurance obligations in Section 6.1 and the obligations contained in this Section 6.2. Borrower’s insurance certificate shall state Agent is an additional insured for commercial general liability, a loss payee for property insurance, and an additional insured for liability insurance for any future insurance that Borrower may acquire from such insurer. Attached to the certificates of insurance will be additional insured endorsements for liability and lender’s loss payable endorsements for all risk property damage insurance. All certificates of insurance will provide for a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice to Agent of cancellation or any other change adverse to Agent’s interests. Any failure of Agent to scrutinize such insurance certificates for compliance is not a waiver of any of Agent’s rights, all of which are reserved.

 

6.3                                      Indemnity. Except with respect to any claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities with respect to taxes, which are addressed exclusively in the second sentence of this Section 6.3, the Company and each Borrower, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold Agent, Lender and their officers, directors, employees, agents, in-house attorneys, representatives and shareholders (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort), including reasonable out -of-pocket attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal) (collectively, “Liabilities”), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Person as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, excluding in all cases Liabilities to the extent resulting solely from any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Company and each Borrower agree to pay, and to save Agent and Lender harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales or other similar taxes (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any taxes imposed on or measured by the net income (and any franchise taxes and branch profits taxes) of Agent or Lender, any U.S. federal withholding taxes, any taxes imposed as a result of any assignment by Lender, and any taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Agent or Lender, as applicable, and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (other than connections arising solely from the Agent or Lender, as applicable, having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to

 

19



 

or enforced any Loan Document)) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or this Agreement. In no event shall any Indemnified Person be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings).

 

6.4                                      Lender Tax Certificates. Each Lender and the Agent shall deliver to the Company, on or prior to the date on which such Lender or Agent, as applicable, becomes a Lender or Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company), duly completed, valid, and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor forms) certifying that such Lender or Agent, as applicable, is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

 

6.5                                      Refunds. If any Lender determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower, it shall pay to Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under Section 6.3 with respect to the taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant governmental authority with respect to such refund). Borrower, upon the request of such Lender, shall repay to such Lender the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 6.5 (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant governmental authority) in the event that such Lender is required to repay such refund to such governmental authority.

 

SECTION 7. COVENANTS OF BORROWER

 

Borrower agrees as follows:

 

7.1                                                Financial Reports; Notices. The Company shall furnish to Agent the financial statements and reports listed hereinafter (the “Financial Statements”):

 

(a)                                       as soon as practicable (and in any event within 45 days) after the end of each month, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such month (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all certified by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of footnotes, (ii) that they are subject to normal year end adjustments, and (iii) they do not contain certain non-cash items that are customarily included in quarterly and annual financial statements;

 

(b)                                       as soon as practicable (and in any event within 45 days) after the end of each calendar quarter, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such calendar quarter (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the

 

20



 

commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of footnotes, and (ii) that they are subject to normal year end adjustments; as well as the most recent capitalization table for Borrower, including the weighted average exercise price of employee stock options, if the capitalization table has materially changed from the previous capitalization table;

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable (and in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days) after the end of each fiscal year, unqualified audited financial statements as of the end of such year (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows, and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, certified by McGladrey & Pullen or other firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Agent, accompanied by any management report from such accountants;

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable (and in any event within 45 days) after the end of each month, a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit F;

 

(e)                                   promptly after the sending or filing thereof, as the case may be, copies of any notices that are sent by the Company to its holders of Preferred Stock and copies of any regular, periodic and special reports or registration statements that Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority that may be substituted therefor, or any national securities exchange;

 

(f)                                    the annual budget promptly following its approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, and in any event, within 60 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, and other financial information reasonably requested by Agent.

 

(g)                                   Borrower shall not (without the consent of Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), make any change in its accounting policies or reporting practices that are not consistent with GAAP.

 

(h)                                  The fiscal year of Borrower shall end on December 31, unless Borrower delivers written notice to Agent of any anticipated change in the fiscal year or of Borrower’s fiscal quarters, provided, however that no such changes to Borrower’s fiscal quarters or year shall (i) add to Borrower’s time to comply with any covenant set forth in this Agreement, including without limitation in Addendum 1, (ii) expand the time periods for aggregating amounts under baskets in any of the definitions or other provisions set forth in this Agreement, and (iii) add time to any grace periods under way at the time of any such fiscal year change; provided further however, that audited financials and the annual budget shall be required only after the end of the newly-established fiscal year in any event.

 

21


 

The executed Compliance Certificate may be sent via facsimile to Agent at (650) 473-9194 or via e-mail to cnorman@herculestech.com. All Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be sent via e-mail to financialstatements@herculestech.com with a copy to cnorman@herculestech.com provided, that if e-mail is not available or sending such Financial Statements via e-mail is not possible, they shall be sent via facsimile to Agent at: (866) 468-8916, attention Chief Credit Officer.

 

7.2                                Management Rights. Borrower shall permit any representative that Agent or Lender authorizes, including its attorneys and accountants, to inspect the Collateral and examine and make copies and abstracts of the books of account and records of Borrower at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice during normal business hours. In addition, any such representative shall have the right to meet with management and officers of Borrower to discuss such books of account and records. In addition, Agent or Lender shall be entitled at reasonable times and intervals to consult with and advise the management and officers of Borrower concerning significant business issues affecting Borrower. Such consultations shall not unreasonably interfere with Borrower’s business operations. The parties intend that the rights granted Agent and Lender shall constitute “management rights” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R Section 2510.3-101 (d)(3)(ii), but that any advice, recommendations or participation by Agent or Lender with respect to any business issues shall not be deemed to give Agent or Lender, nor be deemed an exercise by Agent or Lender of, control over Borrower’s management or policies. Each of the rights set forth in this Section, whether exercised by representative, or by Agent or Lender, as applicable may be exercised no more than once every twelve (12) calendar months, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

7.3                                Further Assurances. Borrower shall from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Agent, any financing statements, security agreements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, or other documents to perfect or give the highest priority to Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Borrower shall from time to time procure any instruments or documents as may be requested by Agent, and take all further action that may be necessary or desirable, or that Agent may reasonably request, to perfect and protect the Liens granted hereby and thereby. In addition, and for such purposes only, Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to execute and deliver on behalf of Borrower and to file such financing statements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents without the signature of Borrower either in Agent’s name or in the name of Agent as agent and attorney-in-fact for Borrower. Borrower shall protect and defend Borrower’s title to the Collateral and Agent’s Lien thereon against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to Borrower or Agent other than Permitted Liens.

 

7.4                                Indebtedness. No Borrower shall create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness except for (i) the conversion of Indebtedness into equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with such conversion; and (ii) so long as there is no Event of Default immediately before or immediately after such prepayment, any mandatory prepayment of

 

22



 

the Indebtedness described in clause (iii) of the term Permitted Indebtedness made in connection with the sale of equipment leased in connection therewith.

 

7.5                                Collateral. Borrower shall at all times keep the Collateral, the Intellectual Property and all other property and assets used in Borrower’s business or in which Borrower now or hereafter holds any interest free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral, the Intellectual Property, such other property and assets, or any Liens thereon, provided however, that the Collateral and such other property and assets may be subject to Permitted Liens, except that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property, except for Permitted Licenses. Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries to protect and defend such Subsidiary’s title to its assets from and against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to such Subsidiary, and Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries at all times to keep such Subsidiary’s property and assets free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens, provided however, that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property other than Permitted Licenses), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting such Subsidiary’s assets. Borrower shall not agree with any Person other than Agent or Lender not to encumber its property.

 

7.6                                Investments. Borrower shall not directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments.

 

7.7                                Distributions. Borrower shall not, and shall not allow any Subsidiary to, (a) repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other equity interest other than pursuant to employee, director or consultant repurchase plans or other similar agreements, provided, however, in each case the repurchase or redemption price does not exceed the original consideration paid for such stock or equity interest, or (b) declare or pay any cash dividend or make a cash distribution on any class of stock or other equity interest, except that a Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower, or (c) lend money to any employees, officers or directors or guarantee the payment of any such loans granted by a third party in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate or (d) waive, release or forgive any Indebtedness owed by any employees, officers or directors in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate.

 

7.8                                Transfers. Except for Permitted Transfers, Borrower shall not voluntarily or involuntarily transfer, sell, lease, license, lend or in any other manner convey any equitable, beneficial or legal interest in any material portion of its assets.

 

7.9                                Mergers or Acquisitions. No Borrower shall merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of (a) a Subsidiary which is not a Borrower into another Subsidiary or into the Company or (b) a Borrower into another Borrower), and no Borrower shall acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person other than a Permitted Investment.

 

23



 

7.10                         Taxes. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall pay when due all taxes, fees or other charges (together with any related interest or penalties) now or hereafter imposed or assessed by a governmental authority against Borrower, or the Collateral or upon Borrower’s ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof, or upon Borrower’s rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom, except for such taxes, fees or other charges that do not at any time exceed an aggregate amount of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000). With respect to taxes, fees or charges imposed or assessed by a governmental authority against Agent or Lender, Borrower agrees to pay such taxes, fees or charges to the extent set forth in the second sentence of Section 6.3 hereof. Borrower shall file on or before the due date therefor all personal property tax returns in respect of the Collateral, except where failure to file any such tax return does not result in penalties or other liabilities to Borrower in excess of in the aggregate, Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes, fees, or other charges imposed by a governmental authority for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

 

7.11                         Corporate Changes. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall change its corporate name, legal form or jurisdiction of formation without twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Agent. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall suffer a Change in Control. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall relocate its chief executive office or its principal place of business unless: (i) it has provided prior written notice to Agent; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall relocate any item of Collateral (other than (x) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (y) relocations of Equipment having an aggregate value of up to $150,000 in any fiscal year, and (z) relocations of Collateral from a location described on Exhibit C to another location described on Exhibit C) unless (i) it has provided prompt written notice to Agent, (ii) such relocation is within the continental United States and, (iii) if such relocation is to a third party bailee, it has delivered a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent.

 

7.12                         Deposit Accounts. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall maintain any Deposit Accounts, or accounts holding Investment Property, except with respect to which Agent has an Account Control Agreement, other than Excluded Collateral.

 

7.13                         Borrower shall notify Agent of each Subsidiary formed subsequent to the Closing Date and, within 15 days of formation, shall cause any such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to Agent a Joinder Agreement.

 

7.14                         Notification of Event of Default. Borrower shall notify Agent immediately of the occurrence of any Event of Default, such notice to be sent via facsimile to Agent.

 

7.15                         Notification of an Update. Borrower shall give written notice to Agent of any changes or updates in Exhibit E, relating to financial accounts, in accordance with Section 5.12 hereof, provided however that all such accounts shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 7.12 above.

 

24



 

7.16                         Agent and Lender have received a license from the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to extend loans as a small business investment company (“SBIC”) pursuant to the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended, and the associated regulations (collectively, the “SBIC Act”). Portions of the loan to Borrower will be made under the SBA license and the SBIC Act. Addendum 1 to this Agreement outlines various responsibilities of Agent, Lender and Borrower associated with an SBA loan, and such Addendum 1 is hereby incorporated in this Agreement.

 

7.17                         Post-Closing Items. Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered the documents listed on Schedule 7.17 on or before the corresponding dates set forth on Schedule 7.17.

 

SECTION 8. RIGHT TO INVEST

 

8.1                                In accordance with Section 4.1, Lender or its assignee or nominee shall participate in Borrower’s Series C Preferred Stock financing in an amount of up to $1,500,000.00 on the same terms, conditions and pricing afforded to others participating in such financing.

 

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

9.1                                Payments. Borrower fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on the due date, provided , however , that no Event of Default shall occur on account of a failure to pay due solely to an administrative or operational error of Lender in auto-debiting Borrower’s account, or of any depositary institution that is crediting by ACH or wiring such payment if Borrower had the funds to make the payment when due and makes the payment within three (3) days following Borrower’s knowledge of such failure to pay; or

 

9.2                                Covenants. Borrower breaches or defaults in the performance of any covenant or Secured Obligation under this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, and (a) with respect to a default under any covenant under this Agreement (other than under Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.14 and 7.16), any other Loan Document or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, such default continues for more than fifteen (15) days after the earlier of the date on which (i) Agent or Lender has given notice of such default to Borrower and (ii) Borrower has actual knowledge of such default or (b) with respect to a default under any of Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.14 and 7.16, the occurrence of such default; or

 

9.3                                Material Adverse Effect. A circumstance has occurred that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

9.4                                Representations. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in any Loan Document or in the Warrant shall have been false or misleading in any material respect; or

 

25



 

9.5                                Insolvency. Any Borrower (A) (i) shall make an assignment of substantially all of its assets for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) shall be unable to pay its debts as they become due, or be unable to pay or perform under the Loan Documents, or shall become insolvent; or (iii) shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; or (iv) shall file any petition, answer, or document seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances; or (v) shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part (i.e., 33-1/3% or more) of the assets or property of Borrower; or (vi) shall cease operations of its business as its business has normally been conducted, or terminate substantially all of its employees; or (vii) Borrower or its directors or majority shareholders shall take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in clauses (i) through (vi); or (B) either (i) sixty (60) days shall have expired after the commencement of an involuntary action against Borrower seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of Borrower being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceedings shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) Borrower shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against Borrower in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or (v) sixty (60) days shall have expired after the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of Borrower, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part of the properties of Borrower without such appointment being vacated; or

 

9.6                                Attachments; Judgments. Any portion in excess of $100,000 of Borrower’s assets is attached or seized, or a levy of at least $100,000 is filed against any such assets, or a judgment or judgments is/are entered for the payment of money, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $300,000 not covered by insurance, or Borrower is enjoined or in any way prevented by court order from conducting any material part of its business; or

 

9.7                                Other Obligations. The occurrence of any default under any agreement or obligation of Borrower involving any Indebtedness in excess of $100,000, or the occurrence of any default under any agreement or obligation of Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 10. REMEDIES

 

10.1                         General. Upon and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the Secured Obligations together with, if such acceleration and demand occurs in any of the first thirty-six (36) months following the Closing Date, a Prepayment Charge and declare them to be immediately due and payable (provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 9.5, all of the Secured Obligations shall automatically be accelerated and made due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act), (ii) Agent may, at its option, sign and file in Borrower’s name any and all

 

26



 

collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents it deems necessary or appropriate to perfect or protect the repayment of the Secured Obligations, and in furtherance thereof, Borrower hereby grants Agent an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, and (iii) Agent may notify any of Borrower’s account debtors to make payment directly to Agent, compromise the amount of any such account on Borrower’s behalf and endorse Agent’s name without recourse on any such payment for deposit directly to Agent’s account. Agent may exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to it under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. All Agent’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

 

10.2                         Collection; Foreclosure. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Agent may, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as Agent may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at its place of business or elsewhere. Borrower agrees that any such public or private sale may occur upon ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to Borrower. Agent may require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Agent at a place designated by Agent that is reasonably convenient to Agent and Borrower. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by Agent in the following order of priorities:

 

First, to Agent and Lender in an amount sufficient to pay in full Agent’s and Lender’s costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses as described in Section 11.11;

 

Second, to Lender in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of the Secured Obligations (including principal, interest, and the Default Rate interest), in such order and priority as Agent may choose in its sole discretion; and

 

Finally, after the full, final, and indefeasible payment in Cash of all of the Secured Obligations, to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to Borrower or its representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

Agent shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it complies with the obligations of a secured party under the UCC.

 

10.3                         No Waiver. Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral for the benefit of Borrower or any other Person, and Borrower expressly waives all rights, if any, to require Agent to marshal any Collateral.

 

10.4                         Cumulative Remedies. The rights, powers and remedies of Agent hereunder shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to any other rights, powers and remedies of Agent.

 

27



 

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                         Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent and duration of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.2                         Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, service of process or other communication (including the delivery of Financial Statements) that is required, contemplated, or permitted under the Loan Documents or with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, delivered, and received upon the earlier of: (i) the day of transmission by email transmission or facsimile as long as such email transmission or facsimile is made within normal business hours and confirmed received, and if not, on the next succeeding business day when opened for business or hand delivery or delivery by an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or (ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States mails, with proper first class postage prepaid, in each case addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

 

(a)                                  If to Agent:

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Chad Norman

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

(b)                                  If to Lender:

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.

Legal Department

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Chad Norman

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

(c)                                   If to Borrower:

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Attention: Victor Miller, VP Finance

100 Tristate International, Suite 220

 

28



 

Lincolnshire, IL 60069-4418

 

Email: vmiller@neostx.com

 

Facsimile: 847-597-1981

Telephone: 847-597-1991

 

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.

 

11.3                         Entire Agreement; Amendments.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements, letters, negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof (including Agent’s revised proposal letter dated February 14, 2014.)

 

(b)                                  Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.3(b). The Required Lenders and Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.3(b) without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release a Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; or (D) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11.17 without the written consent of the Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each Lender and shall be binding upon Borrower, the Lender, the Agent and all future holders of the Loans.

 

11.4                         No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent

 

29



 

or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.5                         No Waiver. The powers conferred upon Agent and Lender by this Agreement are solely to protect its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Agent or Lender to exercise any such powers. No omission or delay by Agent or Lender at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by Borrower at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to which Agent or Lender is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of Agent or Lender to enforce such provisions thereafter.

 

11.6                         Survival. All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall be for the benefit of Agent and Lender and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the expiration or other termination of this Agreement.

 

11.7                         Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Borrower and its permitted assigns (if any). Borrower shall not assign its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents without Agent’s express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. Agent and Lender may assign, transfer, or endorse its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents without prior notice to Borrower, and all of such rights shall inure to the benefit of Agent’s and Lender’s successors and assigns; provided, however, that as long as Hercules Technology III, L.P. remains a Lender hereunder, Agent will remain the administrative agent hereunder; and provided further, however that, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, any such assignment by Agent or Lender to a direct competitor of Borrower shall require the prior consent of Borrower.

 

11.8                         Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been negotiated and delivered to Agent and Lender in the State of California, and shall have been accepted by Agent and Lender in the State of California. Payment to Agent and Lender by Borrower of the Secured Obligations is due in the State of California. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

11.9                         Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings (to the extent that the reference requirement of Section 11.10 is not applicable) arising in or under or related to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to nonexclusive personal jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Santa Clara County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and

 

30


 

(d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in Section 11.2, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth in Section 11.2. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

11.10                  Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial / Judicial Reference.

 

(a)                                  Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert Person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY (THE “JURY TRIAL WAIVER”) OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY BORROWER AGAINST AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE OR BY AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE AGAINST BORROWER. This Jury Trial Waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than Agent, Borrower and Lender; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, tort, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document. For avoidance of doubt, this Jury Trial Waiver is only a waiver of the right to trial by jury, and does not otherwise constitute a waiver of Claims for any other purpose.

 

(b)                                  If the waiver of jury trial set forth in Section 11.10(a) is ineffective or unenforceable, the parties agree that all Claims shall be resolved by reference to a private judge sitting without a jury, pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638, before a mutually acceptable referee or, if the parties cannot agree, a referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California. Such proceeding shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California, with California rules of evidence and discovery applicable to such proceeding.

 

(c)                                   In the event Claims are to be resolved by judicial reference, either party may seek from a court identified in Section 11.9, any prejudgment order, writ or other relief and have such prejudgment order, writ or other relief enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding that all Claims are otherwise subject to resolution by judicial reference.

 

11.11                  Professional Fees. Borrower promises to pay Agent’s and Lender’s fees and expenses necessary to finalize the loan documentation, including but not limited to reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, UCC searches, filing costs, and other miscellaneous expenses. In addition, Borrower promises to pay any and all reasonable

 

31



 

attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees and expenses incurred by Agent and Lender after the Closing Date in connection with or related to: (a) the Loan; (b) the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Loan; (c) the amendment or modification of the Loan Documents; (d) any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents; (e) the protection, preservation, audit, field exam, sale, lease, liquidation, or disposition of Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; (f) any legal, litigation, administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to Borrower or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof; and (g) any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to Borrower, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, including representing Agent or Lender in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of Borrower’s estate, and any appeal or review thereof.

 

11.12                  Confidentiality. Agent and Lender and Borrower make the agreements to each other set forth in Addendum 2 with respect to Confidential Information.

 

11.13                  Assignment of Rights. Borrower acknowledges and understands that Agent or Lender may sell and assign all or part of its interest hereunder and under the Loan Documents to any Person or entity (an “Assignee”). After such assignment the term “Agent” or “Lender” as used in the Loan Documents shall mean and include such Assignee, and such Assignee shall be vested with all rights, powers and remedies of Agent and Lender hereunder with respect to the interest so assigned; but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, Agent and Lender shall retain all rights, powers and remedies hereby given. No such assignment by Agent or Lender shall relieve Borrower of any of its obligations hereunder. Lender agrees that in the event of any transfer by it of the Note(s)(if any), it will endorse thereon a notation as to the portion of the principal of the Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and as to the date to which interest shall have been last paid thereon.

 

11.14                  Revival of Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, if Borrower becomes insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of Borrower’s assets, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Agent or Lender. The Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations and Collateral security shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Agent, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Agent, Lender or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment, performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Agent or Lender in Cash.

 

32



 

11.15                  Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

11.16                  No Third Party Beneficiaries. No provisions of the Loan Documents are intended, nor will be interpreted, to provide or create any third-party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any Person other than Agent, Lender and Borrower unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and, except as otherwise so provided, all provisions of the Loan Documents will be personal and solely among Agent, the Lender and the Borrower.

 

11.17                  Agency.

 

(a)                                  Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

(b)                                  Lender agrees to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to its respective Term Commitment percentages (based upon the total outstanding Term Loan Commitments) in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 11.7, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each such Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.

 

(d)                                  Exculpatory Provisions. The Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall not:

 

(i)              be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

33



 

(ii)           have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Lender, provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

(iii)        except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

 

(e)                                    The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Lender or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(f)                                     The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

 

(g)                                    Reliance by Agent. Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, or refraining to act, upon, any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables, telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to Agent and conforming to the requirements of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Agent may consult with counsel, and any opinion or legal advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, not taken or suffered by Agent hereunder or under any Loan Documents in accordance therewith. Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of the Collateral from any court of competent jurisdiction. Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers granted to Agent by this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents at the request or direction of Lenders unless Agent shall have been provided by Lender with

 

34



 

adequate security and indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

11.18                  Publicity. (a) Neither Agent, nor Lender nor any of their affiliates shall, without Borrower’s consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, publicize or use (i) Borrower’s name (including a brief description of the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender) and logo and a hyperlink to Borrower’s web site, separately or together, in written and oral presentations, advertising, promotional and marketing materials, client lists, public relations materials or on its web site (together, the “Lender Publicity Materials”); (ii) the names of officers of Borrower in the Lender Publicity Materials; and (iii) Borrower’s name, trademarks or servicemarks in any news release concerning Agent or Lender; notwithstanding the above, Lender shall give Borrower a reasonable opportunity to review and consent to the Lender Publicity Materials.

 

(b)                                  Neither Borrower nor any of its member businesses and affiliates shall, without Agent’s and Lender’s consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, publicize or use (i) Agent’s or Lender’s name (including a brief description of the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender), and logo and a hyperlink to Agent’s or Lender’s web site, separately or together, in written and oral presentations, advertising, promotional and marketing materials, client lists, public relations materials or on its web site (together, the “Borrower Publicity Materials”); (ii) the names of officers of Agent or Lender in the Borrower Publicity Materials; and (iii) Agent’s or Lender’s name, trademarks, servicemarks in any news release concerning Borrower.

 

(SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW)

 

35



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, Agent and Lender have duly executed and delivered this Loan and Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC, its

 

 

 

 

General Partner

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

 

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,

CATITAL, INC,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

By:

Hercules Technology SBIC

 

 

 

 

Management, LLC, its General

Print Name:

Ben Bang

 

 

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Counsel

 

By:

Hercules Technology Growth

 

 

Capital, Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Ben Bang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

Senior Counsel

 

36



 

Addendum 1:

 

SBA Provisions

 

 

 

Addendum 2:

 

Confidentiality Agreements

 

 

 

Exhibit A:

 

Advance Request

 

 

Attachment to Advance Request

 

 

 

Exhibit B-1:

 

Term Note

 

 

 

Exhibit C:

 

Name, Locations, and Other Information for Borrower

 

 

 

Exhibit D:

 

Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses

 

 

 

Exhibit E:

 

Borrower’s Deposit Accounts and Investment Accounts

 

 

 

Exhibit F:

 

Compliance Certificate

 

 

 

Exhibit G:

 

Joinder Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit H:

 

ACH Debit Authorization Agreement

 

 

 

Schedule 1

 

Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.1

 

Commitments

Schedule 1A

 

Existing Permitted Indebtedness

Schedule 1B

 

Existing Permitted Investments

Schedule 1C

 

Existing Permitted Licenses

Schedule ID

 

Existing Permitted Liens

Schedule 5.3

 

Consents, Etc.

Schedule 5.5

 

Actions Before Government Authorities

Schedule 5.8

 

Tax Matters

Schedule 5.14

 

Capitalization

Schedule 7.17

 

Post-Closing Items

 

37


 

ADDENDUM 1 to LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s Business . For purposes of this Addendum 1, Borrower shall be deemed to include its “affiliates” as defined in Title 13 Code of Federal Regulations Section 121.103. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lender as of the Closing Date and covenants to Agent and Lender for a period of one year after the Closing Date with respect to subsections 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 below, as follows:

 

1.                                       Size Status. Borrower does not have tangible net worth in excess of $18 million or average net income after Federal income taxes (excluding any carry-over losses) for the preceding two completed fiscal years in excess of $6 million;

 

2.                                       No Relender. Borrower’s primary business activity does not involve, directly or indirectly, providing funds to others, purchasing debt obligations, factoring, or long-term leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair;

 

3.                                       No Passive Business. Borrower is engaged in a regular and continuous business operation (excluding the mere receipt of payments such as dividends, rents, lease payments, or royalties). Borrower’s employees are carrying on the majority of day to day operations. Borrower will not pass through substantially all of the proceeds of the Loan to another entity;

 

4.                                       No Real Estate Business. Borrower is not classified under Major Group 65 (Real Estate) or Industry No. 1531 (Operative Builders) of the SIC Manual. The proceeds of the Loan will not be used to acquire or refinance real property unless Borrower (x) is acquiring an existing property and will use at least 51 percent of the usable square footage for its business purposes; (y) is building or renovating a building and will use at least 67 percent of the usable square footage for its business purposes; or (z) occupies the subject property and uses at least 67 percent of the usable square footage for its business purposes.

 

5.                                       No Project Finance. Borrower’s assets are not intended to be reduced or consumed, generally without replacement, as the life of its business progresses, and the nature of Borrower’s business does not require that a stream of cash payments be made to the business’s financing sources, on a basis associated with the continuing sale of assets (e.g., real estate development projects and oil and gas wells). The primary purpose of the Loan is not to fund production of a single item or defined limited number of items, generally over a defined production period, where such production

 

38



 

will constitute the majority of the activities of Borrower (e.g., motion pictures and electric generating plants).

 

6.                                       No Farm Land Purchases. Borrower will not use the proceeds of the Loan to acquire farm land which is or is intended to be used for agricultural or forestry purposes, such as the production of food, fiber, or wood, or is so taxed or zoned.

 

7.                                       No Foreign Investment. The proceeds of the Loan will not be used substantially for a foreign operation. At the time of the Loan, Borrower will not have more than 49 percent of its employees or tangible assets located outside the United States. The representation in this subsection (7) is made only as of the date hereof and shall not continue for one year as contemplated in the first sentence of this Section 1.

 

(b)                                  Small Business Administration Documentation . Agent and Lender acknowledge that Borrower completed, executed and delivered to Agent SBA Forms 480, 652 and 1031 (Parts A and B) together with a business plan showing Borrower’s financial projections (including balance sheets and income and cash flows statements) for the period described therein and a written statement (whether included in the purchase agreement or pursuant to a separate statement) from Borrower regarding its intended use of proceeds from the sale of securities to Lender (the “Use of Proceeds Statement”). Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lender that the information regarding Borrower and its affiliates set forth in the SBA Form 480, Form 652 and Form 1031 and the Use of Proceeds Statement delivered as of the Closing Date is accurate and complete.

 

(c)                                   Inspection . The following covenants contained in this Section (c)  are intended to supplement and not to restrict the related provisions of the Loan Documents. Borrower shall afford to Agent and examiners of the Small Business Administration reasonable access, during normal business hours on not less than two (2) business days notice, to the book, records and properties of the Borrower and their subsidiaries in accordance with 13 C.F.R. Section 107.620(c) and to verify the use of proceeds.

 

(d)                                  Annual Assessment . Promptly after the end of each calendar year (but in any event prior to February 28 of each year) and at such other times as may be reasonably requested by Agent or Lender, Borrower will deliver to Agent a written assessment of the economic impact of Lender’s investment in Borrower, specifying the full-time equivalent jobs created or retained in connection with the investment, the impact of the investment on the businesses of Borrower in terms of expanded revenue and taxes, other economic benefits resulting from the investment (such as technology development or commercialization, minority business development, or expansion of exports) and such other information as may be required regarding Borrower in connection with Lender’s filing of Lender’s SBA Form 468. Lender will assist Borrower with preparing such assessment. Borrower also will furnish or cause to be furnished to Agent and Lender

 

39



 

such other information regarding the business, affairs and condition of Borrower as Agent or Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(e)                                   Use of Proceeds. Borrower will use the proceeds from the Loan only for sound business purposes in accordance with applicable SBA regulations. Borrower will deliver to Agent from time to time promptly following Agent’s request, a written report, certified as correct by Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer, verifying the purposes and amounts for which proceeds from the Loan have been disbursed. Borrower will supply to Agent such additional information and documents as Agent reasonably requests with respect to its use of proceeds and will permit Agent and Lender and the SBA to have access to any and all Borrower records and information and personnel as Agent deems necessary to verify how such proceeds have been or are being used, and to assure that the proceeds have been used for the purposes specified above.

 

(f)                                    Activities and Proceeds. Neither Borrower nor any of its affiliates (if any) will engage in any activities or use directly or indirectly the proceeds from the Loan for any purpose for which a small business investment company is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act, including 13 C.F.R. §107.720. Without obtaining the prior written approval of Agent, Borrower will not change within 1 year of the date hereof, Borrower’s current business activity to a business activity which a licensee under the SBIC Act is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act.

 

(g)                                   Redemption Provisions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Certificate of Incorporation of Borrower, as amended from time to time (the “Charter”), if, pursuant to the redemption provisions contained in the Charter, Lender is entitled to a redemption of its Warrant, such redemption (in the case of Lender) will be at a price equal to the redemption price set forth in the Charter (the “Existing Redemption Price”). If, however, Lender delivers written notice to Borrower that the then current regulations promulgated under the SBIC Act prohibit payment of the Existing Redemption Price in the case of an SBIC (or, if applied, the Existing Redemption Price would cause the stock purchasable by such Warrant to lose its classification as an “equity security” and Lender has determined that such classification is unadvisable), the amount Lender will be entitled to receive shall be the greater of (i) fair market value of the securities being redeemed taking into account the rights and preferences of such securities plus any costs and expenses of the Lender incurred in making or maintaining the Warrant, and (ii) the Existing Redemption Price where the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends payable to the Lender is limited to Borrower’s earnings plus any costs and expenses of the Lender incurred in making or maintaining the Warrant; provided, however, the amount calculated in subsections (i) or (ii) above shall not exceed the Existing Redemption Price.

 

(h)                                  Compliance and Resolution. Borrower agrees that a failure to comply with Borrower’s obligations under this Addendum will constitute a breach of the obligations of Borrower under the financing agreements among Borrower, Agent and Lender. In the event of (i) a failure to comply with Borrower’s obligations under this Addendum; or (ii) an assertion by any governmental regulatory agency (or Agent or Lender reasonably believes that there is a substantial risk of such assertion) of a failure to

 

40



 

comply with Borrower’s obligations under this Addendum, then (i) Agent, Lender and Borrower will meet and resolve any such issue in good faith to the satisfaction of Borrower, Agent, Lender, and any governmental regulatory agency, and (ii) upon request of Lender or Agent, Borrower will cooperate and assist with any assignment of the financing agreements among Hercules Technology III, L.P. and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. In the event of an assertion by any governmental regulatory agency (or Agent or Lender believes that there is a substantial risk of such assertion) that Agent, Lender and their affiliates are not entitled to hold, or exercise any significant right with respect to, any debt securities or loan obligations issued to Lender by Borrower, Agent, Lender and Borrower will meet and resolve any such issue in good faith to the satisfaction of Borrower, Agent, Lender, and any governmental regulatory agency, and if such issues cannot be resolved to the reasonable satisfaction of all parties, Agent and Lender shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to transfer Lender’s interest in the debt securities or loan obligations issued by Borrower to an affiliate of Lender that is not a licensee under the SBIC Act.

 

41



 

ADDENDUM 2 TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS

 

1.                                       Each of Lender, Agent, and Borrower (each a “PARTY”), on behalf of itself and its AFFILIATES (as defined below) (collectively, the “DISCLOSING PARTY”), may disclose to the other PARTY (or PARTIES) and its AFFILIATES (collectively, whether one or more, the “RECEIVING PARTY”) certain confidential and proprietary technical, financial, business or other information in connection with or relating to the loan transaction governed by the Loan Agreement and related Loan Documents and exercise of remedies thereunder or as required thereby (the “PROJECT”). Subject to paragraph 2, “CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION” shall mean any and all proprietary information or material that is provided or communicated to the RECEIVING PARTY by or on behalf of the DISCLOSING PARTY in connection with the PROJECT or any discussions or negotiations with respect thereto; and any data, ideas, concepts or techniques contained therein, as well as any copies thereof, and shall include, without limitation, proprietary information or material related to a PARTY’S or any of its AFFILIATE’S (A) financial information, business plans, projections or strategies, property, business practices and relationships, corporate policies, procedures, processes, systems, methods of operation, or marketing plans; (B) research, development or other investigative activities; (C) regulatory and quality control practices, procedures or policies; (D) products, specifications, formulas, ingredients, pricing policies, marketing plans, product costs or promotional activities, including samples of products and the structure and utilities of final and intermediate product compositions; (E) customer, supplier or employee information or agreements; (F) medical, scientific or other technical information, including manufacturing capacities, equipment, processes and plant layout; (G) corporate, strategic, commercial, license or other agreements; or (H) inventions, innovations, improvements, know-how, trade secrets or other proprietary information. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION may be disclosed orally, visually, in writing, by delivery of materials containing CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION or in any other form, including, without limitation, any documents, drawings, diagrams, designs, flowcharts, databases, models, plans and software (including source and object codes).

 

2.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION does not include information that:

 

(i)                                      is in the public domain at the time of disclosure or thereafter becomes part of the public domain other than by a breach of this ADDENDUM by the RECEIVING PARTY;

 

(ii)                                   was within the RECEIVING PARTY’S possession, as shown by written records, prior to it being furnished by or on behalf of the DISCLOSING PARTY;

 

(iii)                                becomes available to the RECEIVING PARTY on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the DISCLOSING PARTY, provided that the source, to RECEIVING PARTY’S knowledge after due inquiry, was not prohibited from disclosing such information; or

 

42



 

(iv)                               is independently developed by employees of the RECEIVING PARTY without the knowledge, aid, application or use of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY (and such independent development can be properly demonstrated by the RECEIVING PARTY).

 

Specific aspects or details of CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION shall not be deemed to be within the public domain or in the possession of the RECEIVING PARTY merely because the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION is embraced by general disclosures in the public domain or in the possession of the RECEIVING PARTY. In addition, any combination of features or disclosures of CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION shall not be deemed to be within the public domain or in the possession of the RECEIVING PARTY merely because individual features are published or available to the general public or in the rightful possession of the RECEIVING PARTY unless the combination itself and principle of operation are published or available to the general public or in the rightful possession of the RECEIVING PARTY.

 

3.                                       RECEIVING PARTY shall not disclose any of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY in any manner whatsoever to any third party except as permitted herein or as required by law, regulation or order. RECEIVING PARTY shall use the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY solely for the purposes relating to the Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) of which this ADDENDUM is a part.

 

4.                                       RECEIVING PARTY shall limit internal disclosure of CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY to only those of its and its AFFILIATES’ directors, officers, employees, consultants, financing sources and agents whose access to such CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION is necessary for the sole purpose of administration of the PROJECT and, as applicable, exercise of remedies thereunder (collectively, the “RECIPIENTS”). The RECEIVING PARTY shall ensure that prior to disclosing CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY to any RECIPIENT, the RECIPIENT has been apprised of the confidential nature of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION and the obligations hereunder with respect thereto, and is subject to confidentiality obligations at least as stringent as those contained in this ADDENDUM. The RECEIVING PARTY shall be responsible to the DISCLOSING PARTY for any and all breaches of this AGREEMENT by its RECIPIENTS as if the breaches had been a breach by the RECEIVING PARTY. For purposes of this ADDENDUM, “AFFILIATE” shall mean, with respect to a PARTY, any corporation, company, partnership, joint venture or entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such PARTY. “Control” shall mean (i) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities or other ownership interest of an entity, or (ii) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to manage, direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation or other entity or the power to elect or appoint fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the governing body of the corporation or other entity.

 

5.                                       RECEIVING PARTY will take all reasonable steps and shall cause its RECIPIENTS to take all reasonable steps, including but not limited to those steps taken to protect proprietary or confidential information of the RECEIVING PARTY, but in no event less than what is required to meet a reasonable standard of care in the pharmaceutical industry, to

 

43



 

prevent disclosure or use of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY in violation of this ADDENDUM.

 

6.                                       Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions on disclosure of CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY, the RECEIVING PARTY may disclose CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY (i) in response to a valid order of a court or any governmental agency or regulatory body, (ii) to its auditors and regulators, or (iii) as otherwise required by law; provided that, if permitted by law, the RECEIVING PARTY promptly notifies the DISCLOSING PARTY of such pending order or requirement and lends DISCLOSING PARTY (at DISCLOSING PARTY’S sole expense) all reasonable assistance, so that the DISCLOSING PARTY may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy; and provided further that in the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, the RECEIVING PARTY will furnish only that portion of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION which it is legally required to furnish in order to comply; and provided, further, that no such notice shall be required for, and nothing herein shall restrict, disclosures made to and required by regulatory authorities in the course of their examinations of the affairs of RECEIVING PARTY. Furthermore, the RECEIVING PARTY may disclose the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (A) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with RECEIVING PARTY’S exercise of any right or remedy under the Loan Agreement any Loan Document related thereto, including the RECEIVING PARTY’S sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral (as defined in the Loan Agreement) after default, (B) to any participant or assignee of RECEIVING PARTY or any prospective participant or assignee; provided, that such participant or assignee or prospective participant or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms hereof prior to disclosure, or (C) otherwise with the prior consent of DISCLOSING PARTY.

 

7.                                       No rights or licenses to any trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, patents, know-how or any other proprietary rights of the DISCLOSING PARTY are implied or granted under this ADDENDUM. All CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION disclosed by or on behalf of the DISCLOSING PARTY (including all copies thereof) shall at all times remain the property of the DISCLOSING PARTY. It is agreed that to the extent any CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY is incorporated in any analyses, materials or documents developed by the RECEIVING PARTY in connection with the PROJECT, such CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION is and shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of this ADDENDUM. It is further agreed that neither PARTY will disclose to any third party, except as set forth in Section 11.18 of the Agreement (i) any aspect of the PROJECT, or (ii) the existence of or any of the terms of this ADDENDUM, or (iii) any other facts with respect to the PARTIES’ roles in the PROJECT and the terms of the PROJECT, but either party may disclose that it is subject to this ADDENDUM.

 

8.                                       This ADDENDUM and the restrictions on use and disclosure of CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION shall remain in effect for the greater of (i) the period from the date of this Agreement until the Term Loan Maturity Date; and (ii) a period of (A) five (5) years following disclosure with respect to technical, scientific, or product information (including, that related to properties and utilities of compositions and information about manufacturing processes, equipment and related matters) and (B) two (2) years with respect to all other CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

 

44



 

9.                                       Upon DISCLOSING PARTY’S request, RECEIVING PARTY shall (i) promptly destroy all of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY (including any copies thereof). However, the RECEIVING PARTY may retain in a secure place such limited copies of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of the DISCLOSING PARTY as are necessary for legal, regulatory, and audit functions solely for the purpose of determining its obligations under and compliance with the terms of this ADDENDUM and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, RECEIVING PARTY will continue to be bound by its obligation of confidentiality and non-use under this ADDENDUM.

 

10.                                The PARTIES understand and agree that money damages may not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this ADDENDUM and that, in addition to any and all other remedies available at law or in equity, the non-breaching PARTY will be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, as a remedy for any actual or threatened breach of this ADDENDUM. The non-breaching PARTY shall not be required to post bond in connection with any such claim or action for equitable relief.

 

11.                                Each PARTY represents that it has no obligations or commitments inconsistent with this ADDENDUM, nor will it assume any future obligations or commitments inconsistent with the specific terms and conditions of this ADDENDUM during the term hereof. The PARTIES understand that each PARTY has not made and does not make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of its CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION or the non-infringement of third party intellectual property rights. Neither PARTY shall have any liability to the other PARTY resulting from the use of its CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION in accordance with the terms of this ADDENDUM.

 

12.                                This ADDENDUM constitutes the entire understanding between the PARTIES with respect to the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. No modification, amendment or waiver of or to the terms of this ADDENDUM may be made without the written consent of both PARTIES. No failure or delay by a PARTY in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege hereunder.

 

13.                                Neither PARTY shall have any obligation to disclose CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION to the other PARTY, nor shall either PARTY be obligated to accept disclosure from the other PARTY of any particular information. Neither PARTY shall have any obligation to enter into any further agreement with the other regarding the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION or the PROJECT.

 

14.                                If any provision of this ADDENDUM is held by any competent authority to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, the validity of the other provisions of this AGREEMENT and the remainder of the provision in question shall not be affected thereby.

 

15.                                This ADDENDUM does not create any agency or partnership relationship between the PARTIES.

 

45



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ADVANCE REQUEST

 

To:

Agent:

Date:

March 28, 2014

 

 

 

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”)

 

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

 

Attn:

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (“Borrower”) hereby requests from Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“Lender”) an Advance in the amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) on March 28, 2014 (the “Advance Date”) pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, PharmaFab Texas, LLC, Neos Therapeutics, LP, Agent and Lender (the “Agreement”). Capitalized words and other terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used with the same meanings as defined in the Agreement.

 

Please:

 

 

(a)                                  Issue a check payable to Borrower

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  Wire Funds to Borrower’s account

o

 

 

Bank:

 

Address:

 

 

 

ABA Number:

 

Account Number:

 

Account Name:

 

 

Borrower represents that the conditions precedent to the Advance set forth in the Agreement are satisfied and shall be satisfied upon the making of such Advance, including but not limited to: (i) that no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing; (ii) that the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement and in the Warrant are and shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; (iii) that Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in each Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed; and (iv) that as of the Advance Date, no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Documents. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Agent has the right to review the financial information supporting this

 

46



 

representation and, if the financial information does not support this representation, based upon such review in its sole discretion, Lender may decline to fund the requested Advance.

 

Borrower hereby represents that Borrower’s corporate status and locations as set forth in Exhibit C have not changed since the date of the Agreement or, if the Attachment to this Advance Request is completed, are as set forth in the Attachment to this Advance Request.

 

Borrower agrees to notify Agent promptly before the funding of the Loan if any of the matters which have been represented above shall not be true and correct on the Advance Date and if Agent has received no such notice before the Advance Date then the statements set forth above shall be deemed to have been made and shall be deemed to be true and correct as of the Advance Date.

 

Executed as of March 28, 2014.

 

 

BORROWER: NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

SIGNATURE:

 

 

TITLE:

 

 

PRINT NAME:

 

 

47


 

ATTACHMENT TO ADVANCE REQUEST

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Agent that the Company’s current name and organizational status is as follows:

 

Name:

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Type of organization:

Corporation

 

 

 

 

State of organization:

Delaware

 

 

 

 

Organization file number:

 

 

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Agent that the street addresses, cities, states and postal codes of its current locations are as follows:

 

48



 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

SECURED TERM PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$[  ],000,000

Advance Date: March    , 2014

 

 

 

Maturity Date:               , 20[  ]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation, PharmaFab Texas, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and Neos Therapeutics, LP, a Texas limited partnership, for themselves and each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to the order of Hercules Technology III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership or the holder of this Note (the “Lender”) at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310. Palo Alto, CA 94301 or such other place of payment as the holder of this Secured Term Promissory Note (this “Promissory Note”) may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of [ ] Million Dollars ($[ ],000,000) or such other principal amount as Lender has advanced to Borrower, together with interest at a fixed rate equal to 9.0% per annum based upon a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days in each month.

 

This Promissory Note is the Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated March 28, 2014, by and among Borrower, the Lender, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Agent”), and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Loan Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), to which reference is made for a statement of all of the terms and conditions thereof. All payments shall be made in accordance with the Loan Agreement. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein. An Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall constitute a default under this Promissory Note.

 

Borrower waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest under the UCC or any applicable law. Borrower agrees to make all payments under this Promissory Note without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense unless required by law. This Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Lender and is payable in the State of California. This Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed

 



 

and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

EACH BORROWER FOR ITSELF AND

 

 

ON BEHALF OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES:

 

 

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC, its

 

 

 

 

General Partner

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

NAME, LOCATIONS, AND OTHER INFORMATION FOR BORROWER

 

1.                                       The Company represents and warrants to Agent that the Company’s current name and organizational status as of the Closing Date is as follows:

 

Name:

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Type of organization:

Corporation

 

 

 

 

State of organization:

Delaware

 

 

 

 

Organization file number:

[***]

 

 

2.                                       The Company represents and warrants to Agent that for five (5) years prior to the Closing Date, the Company did not do business under any other name or organization or form except the following:

 

Name: Neos Therapeutics, LP

Used during dates of: 1999 - present

Type of Organization: Limited Partnership

State of organization: Texas

Organization file Number: [***]

The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31

The Company’s federal employer identification number is: [***]

 

Name: PharmaFab Texas, LLC

Used during dates of: 1999 - present

Type of Organization: Limited Liability Company

State of organization: Texas

Organization file Number: [***]

The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31

The Company’s federal employer identification number is: [***]

 

Name: Neostx, Inc.

Used during dates of: 1994 - present

Type of Organization: Corporation

State of organization: Texas

Organization file Number: [***]

The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31

The Company’s federal employer identification number is: [***]

 

3.                                       The Company represents and warrants to Agent that its chief executive office is located at 2940 N. Hwy 360, Grand Prairie, TX 75050.

 


*              Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

BORROWER’S PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES

 

 

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

 

 

 

Owner

 

or License

 

Type of IP

 

Expiration Date

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Innovation Meets Collaboration Reg No. 3,269,466

 

Trademark

 

7/24/2013 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

DTRS Reg. No. 3,514,099

 

Trademark

 

10/7/2014 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dynamic Time Release Suspension Reg No. 3,514,100

 

Trademark

 

10/7/2014 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Neos Therapeutics Application No. 85/947902

 

Trademark Application under review by PTO

 

Filed 5/31/2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Neos Therapeutics Reg. No. 3,951,112

 

Trademark

 

4/26/2017 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Votentez, Application No. 85/790921

 

Trademark-Notice of Allowance

 

Filed 11/29/2012

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Cotempla Application No. 85/790922

 

Trademark-Notice of Allowance

 

Filed 11/29/2012

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Addzela Application No. 85/949252

 

Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Filed 6/3/2013

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Adzenys Application No. 85/949275

 

Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Filed 6/3/2013

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Teyana Application No. 85/949267

 

Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Filed 6/3/2013

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Alumbria Application No. 85/949263

 

Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Filed 6/3/2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“Anti-Bubbles” for Tussionex ANDA and NT0201

 

Patent

 

Issued 2012

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“Salt Shifting” for Future Products

 

Patent

 

Issued 2012

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“Baby Batch” for Tussionex ANDA and NT0201

 

Patent

 

Issued 2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“NCR/CPR Particle Size” for Tussionex ANDA

 

Patent

 

Issued 2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“Anti-Bubbles” for Tussionex ANDA and

 

Patent Application

 

Filed 2012

 



 

 

 

NT0201

 

 

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“RDIM” Formulations for NT0202 and NT0102

 

Patent Application

 

Filed 2010

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“Loading” for Future Products

 

Patent Application

 

Filed 2011

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

“Abuse Deterrent” for Future Products

 

Patent Application

 

Filed 2012

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dosage Forms for Oral Administration and Methods of Treatment Using the Same for NT0202, NT0201 and NT0102

 

Patent Application

 

Filed June 2012

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dosage Forms for Oral Administration and Methods of Treatment Using the Same for NT0202, NT0201 and NT0102

 

Patent Application

 

Filed March 2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dosage Forms for Oral Administration and Methods of Treatment Using the Same for NT0202, NT0201 and NT0102

 

Patent Application

 

Filed March 2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dosage Forms for Oral Administration and Methods of Treatment Using the Same for NT0202, NT0201 and NT0102

 

Patent Application

 

Filed March 2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dosage Forms for Oral Administration and Methods of Treatment Using the Same for NT0202, NT0201 and NT0102

 

Patent Application

 

Filed March 2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dosage Forms for Oral Administration and Methods of Treatment Using the Same for NT0202, NT0201 and NT0102

 

Patent Application

 

Filed March 2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Baby Batch-P Chem for Tussionex ANDA

 

Patent Application

 

Filed May 2013

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

BORROWER’S DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

 

Average Balance in

 

 

 

Institution Name and Address

 

Account Number

 

Account

 

Name of Account Owner

 

First Republic Bank, 12626

High Bluff Dr., Ste 400, San

Diego, CA 92130

 

80000262197

 

$

2,744,200

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

First Republic Bank, 12626

High Bluff Dr., Ste 400, San

Diego, CA 92130

 

80000130444

 

$

157,525

 

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

First Republic Bank, 12626

High Bluff Dr., Ste 400, San

Diego, CA 92130

 

80001119289

 

$

1,010,500

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

First Republic Securities, 111

Pine St., San Franciscoe, CA

94111

 

088-00153663

 

$

11,611,800

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

First Republic Securities, 111

Pine St., San Franciscoe, CA

94111

 

33L-501674

 

$

3,798,700

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

TD Ameritrade, 111 West

Micheltorena St., Ste 210,

Santa Barbara, CA 93101

 

912-032155

 

$

0.00

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (as “Agent”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

Reference is made to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated March 28, 2014, and all ancillary documents entered into in connection with such Loan and Security Agreement all as may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lender”) Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), PharmaFab Texas, LLC , and Neos Therapeutics, LP, collectively as Borrower. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned is an Officer of the Company, knowledgeable of all Company financial matters, and is authorized to provide certification of information regarding the Company; hereby certifies (i) that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Company is in compliance for the period ending                      with all covenants, conditions and terms of the Loan Agreement; and (ii) there has been no material change in the capitalization table of the Company since the last capitalization table for the Company provided to Agent; provided however that, if a capitalization table is attached to this Compliance Certificate, such capitalization table for the Company reflects any material changes in the capitalization table since the last capitalization table for the Company provided to Agent.

 

Attached are the required financial reporting documents supporting the above certification. The undersigned further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes with respect to unaudited financial statement and subject to normal year end adjustments) and are consistent from one period to the next except as explained below.

 

 

 

 

 

CHECK IF

REPORTING REQUIREMENT

 

REQUIRED

 

ATTACHED

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Financial Statements

 

Monthly within 45 days

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Financial Statements

 

Quarterly within 45 days

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

Audited Financial Statements

 

FYE within 150 days

 

o

 

 

Very Truly Yours,

 



 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) is made and dated as of [               ], 20[  ], and is entered into by and between                                ., a                           corporation (“Subsidiary”), and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation (as “Agent”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Subsidiary’s Affiliates, Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (“Company”), PharmaFab Texas, LLC, and Neos Therapeutics, LP have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated March 28, 2014, with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (collectively, the “Lender”) and the Agent, as such agreement may be amended (the “Loan Agreement”), together with the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

 

B.            Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that it will benefit both directly and indirectly from Company’s execution of the Loan Agreement and the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, Subsidiary and Agent agree as follows:

 

1.               The recitals set forth above are incorporated into and made part of this Joinder Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.               By signing this Joinder Agreement, Subsidiary shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were a Borrower (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis, provided however, that (a) with respect to (i) Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary represents that it is an entity duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of [Delaware], (b) neither Agent nor Lender shall have any duties, responsibilities or obligations to Subsidiary arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith, (c) that if Subsidiary is covered by Company’s insurance, Subsidiary shall not be required to maintain separate insurance or comply with the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Loan Agreement, and (d) that as long as Company satisfies the requirements of Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary shall not have to provide Agent separate Financial Statements. To the extent that Agent or Lender has any duties, responsibilities or obligations arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith, those duties, responsibilities or obligations shall flow only to Company and not to Subsidiary or any other Person or entity. By way of example (and not an exclusive list): (i) Agent’s providing notice to Company in accordance with the Loan Agreement or as otherwise agreed among Company, Agent and Lender shall be deemed provided to Subsidiary; (ii) a Lender’s providing an Advance to Company shall be deemed an Advance to Subsidiary; and (iii) Subsidiary shall have no right to request an Advance or make any other demand on Lender.

 



 

3.               Subsidiary agrees not to certificate its equity securities without Agent’s prior written consent, which consent may be conditioned on the delivery of such equity securities to Agent in order to perfect Agent’s security interest in such equity securities.

 

4.               Subsidiary acknowledges that it benefits, both directly and indirectly, from the Loan Agreement, and hereby waives, for itself and on behalf on any and all successors in interest (including without limitation any assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, bankruptcy trustee or itself as debtor-in-possession under any bankruptcy proceeding) to the fullest extent provided by law, any and all claims, rights or defenses to the enforcement of this Joinder Agreement on the basis that (a) it failed to receive adequate consideration for the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement or (b) its obligations under this Joinder Agreement are avoidable as a fraudulent conveyance.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 



 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]

 

SUBSIDIARY:

 

 

 

                                                                                                  .

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

400 Hamilton Ave., Suite 310

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

 

 

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

ACH DEBIT AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

 

Hercules Technology III, L.P.(“Lender”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

Re: Loan and Security Agreement dated March 28, 2014 between Neos Therapeutics, Inc., PharmaFab Texas, LLC, and Neos Therapeutics, LP (collectively, “Borrowers”), Lender, and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., as Agent (the “Agreement”)

 

In connection with the above referenced Agreement, Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Borrower, hereby authorizes Lender and Agent, on Lender’s behalf, to initiate debit entries for the periodic payments due under the Agreement to such Borrower’s account indicated below. Such Borrower authorizes the depository institution named below to debit to such account.

 

DEPOSITORY NAME

BRANCH

 

 

 

 

CITY

STATE AND ZIP CODE

 

 

 

 

TRANSIT/ABA NUMBER

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

This authority will remain in full force and effect so long as any amounts are due under the Agreement.

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULES

 

These Schedules (the “Schedules”) are provided in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2014 (the “Agreement”), by and among Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), PharmaFab Texas, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and Neos Therapeutics, LP, a Texas limited partnership, and each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries that may hereafter be formed and that join in this Agreement (each, a “Borrower” and referred to individually and collectively as “Borrower”), Hercules Technology III, L.P. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

 

The information disclosed in these Schedules is intended to qualify the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and shall not be deemed to expand in any way the scope or effect of any of such representations and warranties on the part of the Borrower. Nothing in these Schedules constitutes an admission of any liability or obligation of Borrower to any third person, or an admission to any third person against the interest of Borrower. Descriptions or references of particular contracts, agreements, notices or similar documents herein are qualified in their entirety by reference to such documents. The disclosure of any item or information in these Schedules shall not be construed as an admission that such item or information is material to Borrower, and any inclusion in these Schedules shall not be used in any dispute or controversy between the parties to the Agreement to determine whether any obligation, item or matter (whether or not included in these Schedules or described in the Agreement) is or is not material for purposes of the Agreement. In disclosing the information in these Schedules, Borrower does not waive any attorney-client privilege associated with any such information or any protection afforded by the “work product doctrine” with respect to any of the matters disclosed or discussed herein.

 

The Borrower discloses the following items (each item is numbered in accordance with the Agreement); provided that the disclosures in any section or subsection of these Schedules shall qualify the disclosure in other sections and subsections only to the extent it is readily apparent from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections and subsections. The headings contained in these Schedules are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or affect the interpretation of the information contained in these Schedules.

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

1.               Neos Therapeutics, LP, a Texas limited partnership

 

2.               PharmaFab Texas, LLC, a Texas limited liability company

 

3.               Neostx, Inc., a Texas corporation

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

 

Term Commitment

 

Hercules Technology III, L.P.

 

$

20,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Total Commitments

 

$

20,000,000

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1A

 

EXISTING PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 1B

 

EXISTING PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 1C

 

EXISTING PERMITTED LICENSES

 

None.

 


 

SCHEDULE 1D

 

EXISTING PERMITTED LIENS

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.3

 

CONSENTS; ETC.

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.5

 

ACTION BEFORE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES

 

[***]

 


*              Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.8

 

TAX MATTERS

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.14

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

 

 

Fully Diluted Share

 

Fully Diluted

 

Share Class

 

Total

 

Ownership  %

 

Common Stock/Warrants

 

1,199,135

 

5.80

%

Series A

 

1,170,000

 

5.66

%

Series B

 

3,113,099

 

15.05

%

Series B-1(1)

 

5,461,802

 

26.41

%

Series C Stock/Warrant(2)(3)

 

7,313,612

 

35.37

%

Common Stock/Options (Mgmt/Dir/Emp)(4)

 

2,422,679

 

12.04

%

Total

 

20,680,327

 

100.00

%

 


(1)  Excludes the 8% dividend payable in additional shares of B-1 preferred stock or cash at the Board’s discretion.

(2)  Warrant is for, at the election of the holder, the Series C preferred stock or the next round of preferred stock.

(3)  Excludes warrant for 60,000 shares of preferred stock that would be issued assuming senior debt is fully drawn.

(4)  Excludes 233,363 shares of common stock that remain available for grant under the 2009 Equity Plan.

 



 

SCHEDULE 7.17

 

POST-CLOSING ITEMS

 

Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Agent:

 

1.                                       On or before April 28, 2014, a Subordination Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender with Riverside Business Green ,L.P., the landlord of premises located in Grand Prairie, Texas leased by Neos Therapeutics, L.P.

 

2.                                       On or before April 2, 2014, a Securities Account Control Agreement executed by the Company and First Republic Securities Co., L.L.C.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of August 28, 2014 and is entered into by and among NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership, and each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries that may hereafter be formed and that join in this Agreement (each, a “Borrower” and referred to individually and collectively as “Borrower”), HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings given them in the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Borrower, Lender and Agent have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 28, 2014 (as may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified, the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which Lender has agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain advances of money.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement to be entered into concurrently herewith between the Company and Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc. (“Cornerstone”), an unsigned execution copy which is attached as Exhibit A hereto, the Borrower plans to acquire certain rights in the Tussionex Product (as defined below) owned by Cornerstone, including the abbreviated new drug application for the Product and Cornerstone’s rights under the Collaboration Agreement (as hereinafter defined) for an upfront payment of [***] and two earn-out payments of [***].

 

C.                                     Pursuant to the terms of that certain Letter Agreement to be entered into concurrently herewith between the Company and Coating Place, Inc. (“CPI”), an unsigned execution copy of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto, the Borrower plans to acquire the profit sharing interest under the Collaboration Agreement held by CPI for [***].

 

D.                                     Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement upon the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       AMENDMENTS .

 

1.1                                Section 1.1  Definitions .

 

(a)                                  New Definitions . The following definitions are hereby inserted alphabetically into Section 1.1:

 


*              Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 



 

“Collaboration Agreement” means that certain Development and Manufacturing Agreement, dated February 27, 2008, as supplemented by an Addendum dated June 19, 2008, an Amendment No. 1 dated June 16, 2009, and Amendment No. 2 dated September 12, 2013 by and among Cornerstone, Neos Therapeutics, L.P., and CPI relating to developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling a generic equivalent to Tussionex®;

 

“Cornerstone” means Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

 

“CPI” means Coating Place, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

 

“Tussionex Product” means the generic Tussionex® product.

 

(b)                                  Amended Definition . Clause (xiv) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” is amended and restated as follows:

 

(xiv)                        Investments consisting of Borrower’s acquisition of Cornerstone’s and CPI’s rights in the Collaboration Agreement relating to the Tussionex Product and Borrower’s acquisition of the Tussionex Product rights owned by Cornerstone, which include the Tussionex Product abbreviated new drug application (ANDA) and related regulatory files, certain assigned contracts, inventory and Tussionex Product trade dress;

 

1.2                                Section 7.3 .  The following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 7.3:

 

“Borrower shall deliver fully executed copies of the agreements attached as Exhibits A and B to the Amendment to the Agreement dated August 28, 2014 promptly following their execution.”

 

2.                                       BORROWER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower represents and warrants that:

 

2.1                                Immediately upon giving effect to this Amendment (i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to which Borrower has not been notified in writing by Lender.

 

2.2                                Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

2.3                                The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Lender on the Closing Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect.

 

2.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower.

 

2.5                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

 

2



 

2.6                                As of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that Lender has acted in good faith and has conducted in a commercially reasonable manner its relationships with Borrower in connection with this Amendment and in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

Borrower understands and acknowledges that Lender is entering into this Amendment in reliance upon, and in partial consideration for, the above representations and warranties, and agrees that such reliance is reasonable and appropriate.

 

3.                                       LIMITATION . The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed (a) to be a waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Loan Agreement or of any other instrument or agreement referred to therein or to prejudice any right or remedy which Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby) or any instrument or agreement referred to therein; or (b) to be a consent to any future amendment or modification or waiver to any instrument or agreement the execution and delivery of which is consented to hereby, or to any waiver of any of the provisions thereof. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1                                Amendment . Borrower and Lender shall have duly executed and delivered this Amendment to Lender.

 

4.2                                Payment of Lender Expenses. Borrower shall have paid all Lender Expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses) incurred through the date of this Amendment.

 

5.                                       COUNTERPARTS . This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if the signatures to each such counterpart were upon a single instrument. All counterparts shall be deemed an original of this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or similar technology signature, and such signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

 

6.                                       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. The provisions of Section 11 of the Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

 

[signature page follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly authorized and caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC, its General

 

 

 

 

Partner

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

 

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,

CAPITAL, INC.

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

By:

Hercules Technology SBIC

 

Ben Bang, Senior Counsel

 

 

Management, LLC, its General

 

 

 

 

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital,

 

 

 

Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

 

 

Ben Bang, Senior Counsel

 



 

Exhibit A

 

[Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

See Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of September 25, 2014 (the “Second Amendment Date”) and is entered into by and among NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership, and each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries that may hereafter be formed and that join in this Agreement (each, a “Borrower” and referred to individually and collectively as “Borrower”), HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings given them in the Loan Agreement (as defined below). By signing this Amendment, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were a Lender (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Borrower, Lender and Agent have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 28, 2014 (as may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified, the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which Lender has agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain advances of money.

 

B.                                     Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement upon the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       AMENDMENTS.

 

1.1                                Section 1.1            Definitions .

 

(a)                                  New Definitions . The following definitions are hereby inserted alphabetically into Section 1.1:

 

“Initial Loan End of Term Charge” means $425,000 to be paid in accordance with Section 2.5.

 

“Second Amendment Commitment Fee” means $10,000.00, which fee is due to Lender on or prior to the Second Amendment Date, shall be deemed fully earned on such date regardless of the early termination of this Agreement, and shall be applied in its entirety towards the Agent’s and Lenders’ non-legal transaction costs and due diligence expenses.

 



 

“Second Amendment End of Term Charge” means $637,500.00 to be paid in accordance with Section 2.5.

 

“Second Amendment Facility Charge” means One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00), representing one percent (1.0%) of the aggregate Term Commitment of Lender to fund Tranche A, Tranche B and Tranche C.

 

“Second Amendment Warrant” means that certain warrant between the Company, as grantor, and Lender, as holder, entered into in connection with this Amendment, as may be amended, restated or modified from time to time.

 

“Tranche A/B Term Loan Interest Rate” means for any day a per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of either (i) 10.50% plus the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal minus 3.25%, and (ii) 10.50%.

 

“Tranche B Interest Only Extension Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) Borrower achieves the Tranche B Performance Milestone; and (b) Borrower receives a Tranche B Term Loan Advance,

 

“Tranche B Performance Milestone” means Borrower’s receipt of New Drug Application (NDA) acceptance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for either one of NT0201 or NT0102.

 

“Tranche C Interest Only Extension Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of each of the following events; (a) Borrower achieves the Tranche C Performance Milestone; and (b) Borrower receives a Tranche C Term Loan Advance.

 

“Tranche C Performance Milestone” means Borrower’s receipt of (a) New Drug Application (NDA) acceptance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for both NT0201 and NT0102, or (b) Borrower’s resubmission of an NDA for the second of NT0201, NT0102 or NT0202 after the first has been accepted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or (c) the closing of any partnership, licensing transaction or equity financing that becomes effective after the Second Amendment Date and results in aggregate upfront cash proceeds to Borrower of at least $30,000,000 cumulatively received on or after August 28, 2014,

 

(b)                                  Deleted Definitions . The definitions of “End of Term Charge,” “Interest Only Extension Conditions” and “Performance Milestone” are hereby deleted in their entirety,

 

(c)                                   Amended Definitions . The following definitions are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 

“Amortization Date” means August 1, 2015; provided however, if the Tranche B Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied, then January 1, 2016, and if the Tranche C Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied, then May 1, 2016.

 

“Chief Financial Officer” shall mean the senior financial officer from to time.

 

“Maximum Term Loan Amount” means Twenty-Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($25,000,000).

 

2



 

“Term Commitment” means as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan Advance to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1 (Revised).

 

“Term Loan Interest Rate” means for any day a per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of either (i) 9.0% plus the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal minus 3.25%, and (ii) 9.0%.

 

1.2                                Section 2.1(a) . Section 2.1(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

2.1(a)            Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $10,000,000.00 (the “Initial Loan”) on the Closing Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche A”) on the Second Amendment Date. Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, beginning on the date Borrower satisfies the Tranche B Performance Milestone and continuing until March 31, 2015, Borrower may draw and Lender will make an additional Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche B”). Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, beginning on the date Borrower satisfies the Tranche C Performance Milestone and continuing until June 30, 2015, Borrower may draw and Lender will make an additional Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche C”). The aggregate outstanding Term Loan Advances may be up to the Maximum Term Loan Amount.

 

1.3                                Section 2.1(c) . Section 2.1(c) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

2.1(c)             Interest. (i) The principal balances of the Initial Loan and the Tranche C Term Loan Advance shall bear interest thereon from the applicable Advance Date at the Term Loan Interest Rate based on a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days elapsed; and the principal balance of the Tranche A Term Loan Advance and the Tranche B Term Loan Advance shall bear interest thereon from the applicable Advance Date at the Tranche A/B Term Loan Interest Rate based on a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days elapsed. The Term Loan Interest Rate and the Tranche A/B Term Loan Interest Rate will float and change on the day the Prime Rate changes from time to time, but shall be fixed as to the applicable Advance on the date each Advance is funded. With respect to the Initial Loan, the Term Loan Interest Rate was fixed at 9.0% on the Closing Date.

 

1.4                                        Section 2.5 . Section 2.5 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

2.5             End of Term Charge. On the earliest to occur of (i) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date that Borrower prepays the outstanding Secured Obligations, or (iii) the date that the Secured Obligations become due and payable, Borrower shall pay Lender the Initial Loan End of Term Charge and the Second Amendment End of Term Charge. Notwithstanding the required payment dates, the Initial Loan End of Term Charge shall be deemed earned by Lender as of the

 

3



 

Closing Date, and the Second Amendment End of Term Charge shall be deemed earned by Lender as of the Second Amendment Date.

 

1.5                                Exhibits and Schedules . Exhibit D (Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses), Exhibit E (Borrower’s Deposit Accounts and Investment Accounts), Schedule 1.1 (Commitments), Schedule 5.5 (Action Before Governmental Authorities) and Schedule 5.14 (Capitalization) of the Loan Agreement are each hereby amended and restated in their entirety by the revised forms of Exhibit D, Exhibit E, Schedule 1.1, Schedule 5.5 and Schedule 5.14 attached to this Second Amendment and incorporated herein.

 

2. BORROWER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower represents and warrants that:

 

2.1                                Immediately upon giving effect to this Amendment (i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to which Borrower has not been notified in writing by Lender.

 

2.2                                Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

2.3                                The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Lender on the Closing Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect.

 

2.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower.

 

2.5                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

 

2.6                                As of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that Lender has acted in good faith and has conducted in a commercially reasonable manner its relationships with Borrower in connection with this Amendment and in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

Borrower understands and acknowledges that Lender is entering into this Amendment in reliance upon, and in partial consideration for, the above representations and warranties, and agrees that such reliance is reasonable and appropriate.

 

3.                                       LIMITATION . The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed (a) to be a waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Loan Agreement or of any other instrument or agreement referred to therein or to prejudice any right or remedy which Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby) or any instrument or agreement referred to therein; or (b) to be a consent to any future amendment or modification or waiver to any instrument or agreement the execution and

 

4



 

delivery of which is consented to hereby, or to any waiver of any of the provisions thereof. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1                                Amendment . Borrower and Lender shall have duly executed and delivered this Amendment and the Second Amendment Warrant to Lender.

 

4.2                                Payment of Lender Expenses. Borrower shall have paid the Second Amendment Commitment Fee, the Second Amendment Facility Charge, and all Lender Expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses) incurred through the date of this Amendment.

 

5.                                       COUNTERPARTS . This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if the signatures to each such counterpart were upon a single instrument. All counterparts shall be deemed an original of this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or similar technology signature, and such signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

 

6.                                       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE . The provisions of Section 11 of the Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.

 

[signature page follows]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly authorized and caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

By: PharmaFab Texas, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

 

Ben Bang,

 

 

 

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH

a Delaware limited partnership

CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

By:

Hercules Technology SBIC

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

Management, LLC, its General

 

Ben Bang,

 

 

Partner

 

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 

By:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital,

 

 

Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

 

 

Ben Bang

 

 

 

 

Associate General Counsel

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D (Revised)

 

BORROWER’S PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES

 

Trademarks

 

 

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

 

 

 

Owner

 

or License

 

Type of IP

 

Expiration Date

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Innovation Meets Collaboration Reg No. 3,269,466

 

Trademark

 

7/24/2017 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

DTRS Reg. No. 3,514,099

 

Trademark

 

10/7/2014 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Dynamic Time Release Suspension Reg No. 3,514,100

 

Trademark

 

10/7/2014 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Neos Therapeutics Application No. 85/947902

 

Trademark Application under review by PTO

 

Filed 5/31/2013

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Neos Therapeutics Reg. No. 3,951,112

 

Trademark

 

4/26/2017 (plus 6 months grace period)

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Votentez, Application No. 85/790921

 

Trademark- Notice of Allowance

 

Filed 11/29/2012

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Cotempla Application No. 85/790922

 

Trademark- Notice of Allowance

 

Filed 11/29/2012

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Addzela Application No. 85/949252

 

Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Filed 6/3/2013

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Adzenys Application No. 85/949275

 

Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Filed 6/3/2013

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Teyana Application No. 85/949267

 

Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Filed 6/3/2013

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Alumbria Application No. 85/949263

 

Trademark Notice of Allowance

 

Filed 6/3/2013

 



 

Neos Patent Portfolio (as of September 24, 2014)

 

I.                                         “Compositions and Methods of Making Sustained Release Liquid Formulations” (Anti-Bubbles) (11797)

 

H&W

 

App. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000014

US

 

11/068,124
2/28/2005

8,318,210
11/27/2012

 

None

 

2006/0193877
8/31/2006

 

A method for preparing a liquid, controlled-release formulation comprising the steps of: obtaining one or more controlled release microbeads comprising one or more active agents in coated drug-resin complexes; preparing a dense, thixotropic solution having a density that is at or about the density of the one or more microbeads, wherein the dense, thixotropic solution comprises a thixotropic agent, water and one or more preservatives under conditions that reduce bubble formation; and mixing the microbeads and the thixotropic solutions under conditions that minimize the introduction of bubbles in the liquid, wherein said method prepares a shelf-stable, liquid controlled-release formulation having a uniform appearance with no visible lumps.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000085

 

14/045,671

 

11/068,124

 

2014/0093577

 

Directed to compositions made by the patented method.

 

 

10/3/2013

 

2/28/2005

 

4/3/2014

 

US

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13/685,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/26/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000016

 

PCT/US06/06670

 

11/068,124

 

WO

 

 

PCT

 

2/24/2006

 

2/28/2005

 

2006/093838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9/08/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000017
Canada

 

2599585
2/24/2006

 

11/068,124
2/28/2005

 

CA2599585
9/08/2006

 

Directed to methods for preparing a liquid, controlled-release formulation and compositions made by the methods.

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H&W

 

App. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A method for preparing a liquid, controlled-release formulation by blending one or more controlled release microbeads comprising one or more active agents with a dense, thixotropic solution having a density that is at or about the density of the one or more microbeads under conditions that minimize the introduction of bubbles in the liquid.

000018

 

2007010541

 

11/068,124

 

MX2007010541

 

Mexico

 

2/24/2006

 

2/28/2005

 

1/28/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A method for preparing a liquid, controlled-release formulation by blending one or more controlled release microbeads comprising one or more active agents with a dense, thixotropic solution having a density that is at or about the density of the one or more microbeads under conditions that minimize the introduction of bubbles in the liquid.

000019

 

200680014802.1

 

11/068,124

 

101170963

 

China

 

2/24/2006

 

2/28/2005

 

4/30/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200680014802.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4/20/2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directed to methods for preparing a liquid, controlled-release formulation and compositions made by the methods.

000021

 

2006218830

 

11/068,124

 

AU2006218830

 

Australia

 

2/24/2006

 

2/28/2005

 

9/20/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006218830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/13/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000022

 

2007/07440

 

11/068,124

 

ZA200707440A

 

 

South Africa

 

2/24/2006

 

2/28/2005

 

10/28/2009

 

 

 



 

II.            “Compositions and Methods of Making Rapidly Dissolving Ionically Masked Formulations” RDIM — ODT (11791)

 

 

 

App. Ser. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

US 11/255,555

 

None

 

US 2007/0092553

 

 

000010

 

10/21/2005

 

 

 

4/26/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000051

 

12/717,251

 

11/255,555

 

US 2010/0278901

 

 

US

 

03/04/2010

 

10/21/05

 

11/4/2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,840,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

09/23/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III.          “Modifying Drug Release in Suspensions of Ionic Resin Systems”(Salt Addition) (11798)

 

 

 

App. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

Priority

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Claim(s)/

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Filing Date

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000015

 

12/130,762

 

60/940,956

 

US 2009/0011027

 

A method for modifying the release of at least one pharmacologically active drug from a coated drug-ionic resin in a controlled-release liquid formulation comprising: adding one or more ionic salts to a controlled- release oral liquid formulation comprising one or more coated drug-ionic resins loaded with one or more pharmacologically active drugs, wherein the addition of said one or more ionic salts increases the amount of at least one pharmacologically active drug released from the drug-ionic resin in the first hour as observed in vitro.

US

 

5/30/2008

 

5/30/2007

 

1/08/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,313,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/20/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A controlled-release oral liquid composition comprising one or more coated drug-ionic resins loaded with one or more pharmacologically active drugs, wherein the oral liquid composition is improved by increasing the ionic strength of the oral liquid composition by addition of one or more ionic salts whereby the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

App. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

Priority

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Claim(s)/

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Filing Date

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount of at least one pharmacologically active drug released from the drug-ionic resin in the first hour is increased as observed in vitro.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000024

 

PCT/US08/65408

 

60/940,956

 

WO 2008/151071

 

 

PCT

 

5/30/2008

 

5/30/2007

 

12/11/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directed to methods and compositions.

000049

 

2,689,101

 

60/940,956

 

 

 

Canada

 

5/30/2008

 

5/30/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,689,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1/22/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV.          “Methods Of Formulating And Testing Liquid Drug Suspension” (Baby Batch) (11776)

 

 

 

App. Ser. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A method of predicting in vivo bioequivalence for liquid drug suspensions comprising drug- containing resin particles based on in vitro dissolution assays using recently prepared liquid suspensions which have not fully equilibrated. The invention relates to the formulation and quality control of liquid drug suspensions for oral administration comprising

000058

 

12/985,340

 

 

 

 

 

US

 

1/05/2011

 

61/292,420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1/5/2010

 

 

 

 

 

8,470,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6/25/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

drug-containing resin particles. The invention also relates to methods of confirming the acceptability of drug-containing resin particles for use in formulating liquid drug suspensions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000065

 

13/452,414

 

12/985,340

 

 

 

 

US

 

4/20/2012

 

1/05/2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The invention also comprises taste- masked pharmaceutical compositions comprising: drug- resin complexes with chlorpheniramine/hydrocodone having controlled particle size (at least 50% over 50 µm)

000070

 

13/490,697

 

12/985,340

 

 

 

US

 

6/7/2012

 

1/05/2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,512,759

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8/20/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A method of predicting in vivo bioequivalence for liquid drug suspensions comprising drug- containing resin particles based on in vitro dissolution assays using recently prepared liquid suspensions which have not fully equilibrated. The invention relates to the formulation and quality control of liquid drug suspensions for oral administration comprising drug-containing resin particles. The claims recite that the test and control suspensions are substantially similar in physicochemical characteristics to a finally formulated suspension

000082

 

13/904,739

 

12/985,340

 

2014/0033806

 

US

 

5/29/2013

 

1/05/2011

 

2/6/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

V.            “Improved Drug-Resin Particles and Methods for Preparing Drug-Resin Particles” (Loading) (12160)

 

 

 

App. Ser. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods that increase the amount of drug loaded on a resin particle and/or provide more reproducible release curves. Various techniques used to accomplish the improvement include countercurrent process for drug loading, preactivating the resin, modifying the medium, and enclosing the resin particles in a basket during loading.

000055

 

13/210,829

 

61/374,175

 

 

 

US

 

8/16/2011

 

8/16/2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VI.          “Dosage Forms for Oral Administration and Methods of Treatment Using the Same” (ADHD case)

 

 

 

App. Ser. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

000071

 

PCT/US12/44698

 

61/502,189

 

WO 2013/003622

 

 

US

 

6/28/12

 

6/28/2011

 

1/3/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61/528,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8/29/2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000075

 

13/844,510

 

PCT/US12/44698

 

US 2013-0243871

 

Claims directed to treating ADHD with methylphenidate products in the presence of EtOH.

US

 

3/15/13

 

6/28/12

 

9/19/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000086

 

13/947,861

 

13/844,510

 

 

 

Claims directed to treating ADHD with methylphenidate products.

US

 

7/22/13

 

3/15/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000078

 

13/844,537

 

PCT/US12/44698

 

US 2013-0243869

 

Claims directed to amphetamine products.

US

 

3/15/13

 

6/28/12

 

9/19/2013

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

App. Ser No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

000087

 

13/947,881

 

13/844,537

 

US 2014-0050796

 

Claims directed to amphetamine products.

US

 

7/22/13

 

3/15/13

 

2/20/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,709,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4/29/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000079

 

13/844,628

 

PCT/US12/44698

 

US 2014-0030348

 

Claims directed to ADHD products and methods of treating using the same.

US

 

3/15/13

 

6/28/12

 

1/30/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000080

 

13/844,555

 

PCT/US12/44698

 

US 2013-0236554

 

Claims directed to treating ADHD with amphetamine products in the presence of EtOH.

US

 

3/15/13

 

6/28/12

 

9/12/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000088

 

13/947,897

 

13/844,555

 

 

 

Claims directed to treating ADHD with amphetamine products.

US

 

7/22/13

 

3/15/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000081

 

13/844,584

 

PCT/US12/44698

 

US 2014-0037728

 

Claims directed to methylphenidate compositions.

US

 

3/15/13

 

6/28/12

 

2/6/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000089

 

13/947,907

 

13/844,584

 

 

 

Claims directed to methylphenidate compositions.

US

 

7/22/13

 

3/15/13

 

 

 

 

VII. “Abuse Resistant Drug Forms” (12502)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

App. Ser. No./

 

 

 

Publication

 

 

H&W Ref.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

No./

 

 

(76375)

 

Patent No./

 

Priority

 

Publication

 

 

Country

 

Issue Date

 

Claim(s)

 

Date

 

Claim Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The invention is directed to drug forms designed to reduce the abuse potential of oral dosage forms of opioid drugs. The drug form comprises an analgesically effective amount of a controlled release opioid drug and an aversive agent which is not released, or not substantially released, in the body

000072

 

PCT/US12/45255

 

61/503,464

 

WO 2013/003845

 

US

 

7/2/2012

 

6/30/2011

 

1/3/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under normal use conditions. Physical alteration of the oral dosage form results in release of an amount of the aversive agent effective to partially or substantially deny the drug abuser the euphoric effect and/or cause an aversive effect in the user.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000091

 

12804611.7

 

PCT/US12/45255

 

 

 

Claims directed to drug forms designed to reduce the abuse potential of oral dosage forms of opioid drugs.

EP

 

7/2/12

 

7/2/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

000092

 

14/128,750

 

PCT/US12/45255

 

 

 

Claims directed to directed to drug forms designed to reduce the abuse potential of oral dosage forms of opioid drugs.

US

 

12/23/13

 

7/2/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E (Revised)

 

BORROWER’S DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

 

Average Balance in

 

 

 

Institution Name and Address

 

Account Number

 

Account

 

Name of Account Owner

 

First Republic Bank, 12626

 

 

 

$

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

High Bluff Dr., Ste 400, San

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diego, CA 92130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Republic Bank, 12626

 

 

 

$

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

High Bluff Dr., Ste 400, San

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diego, CA 92130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Republic Bank, 12626

 

 

 

$

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

High Bluff Dr., Ste 400, San

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diego, CA 92130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Republic Bank, 12626

 

 

 

$

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

High Bluff Dr., Ste 400, San

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diego, CA 92130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Republic Securities, 111

 

 

 

$

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Pine St., San Franciscoe, CA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Republic Securities, 111

 

 

 

$

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Pine St., San Franciscoe, CA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TD Ameritrade, 111 West

 

 

 

$

 

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Micheltorena St., Ste 210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santa Barbara, CA 93101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.1 (Revised)

 

COMMITMENTS

 

LENDER

 

ADVANCE

 

TERM COMMITMENT

 

Hercules Technology III, L.P.

 

Initial Loan

 

$

10,000,000

 

Hercules Technology III, L.P.

 

Tranche A

 

$

5,000,000

 

Hercules Technology III, L.P.

 

Tranche B

 

$

5,000,000

 

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

 

Tranche C

 

$

5,000,000

 

TOTAL COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

$

25,000,000

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.5 (Revised)

 

ACTION BEFORE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES

 

[***]

 


*              Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.14 (Revised)

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

 

 

FULLY

 

FULLY

 

 

 

DILUTED

 

DILUTED

 

 

 

SHARE

 

OWNERSHIP

 

SHARE CLASS

 

TOTAL

 

%

 

COMMON STOCK/WARRANTS

 

1,199,135

 

5.74

%

SERIES A

 

1,170,000

 

5.60

%

SERIES B

 

3,113,099

 

14.90

%

SERIES B-1(1)

 

5,461,802

 

26.13

%

SERIES C STOCKAVARRANT(2)(3)

 

7,313,612

 

34.99

%

COMMON STOCK/OPTIONS
(MGMT/DIR/EMP)(4)

 

2,642,149

 

12.64

%

TOTAL

 

20,899,797

 

100.00

%

 


(1)                                  Excludes the 8% dividend payable in additional shares of B-1 preferred stock or cash at the Board’s discretion.

(2)                                  Warrant is for, at the election of the holder, the Series C preferred stock or the next round of preferred stock.

(3)                                  Excludes warrant for 110,000 shares of preferred stock that would be issued as part of this transaction.

(4)                                  Excludes 14,560 shares of common stock that remain available for grant under the 2009 Equity Plan.

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of December 19, 2014 (the “Third Amendment Date”) and is entered into by and among NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership, and each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries that may hereafter be formed and that join in this Agreement (each, a “Borrower” and referred to individually and collectively as “Borrower”), HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings given them in the Loan Agreement (as defined below). By signing this Amendment, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were a Lender (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Borrower, Lender and Agent have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 28, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated August 28, 2014 and Amendment No. 2, dated September 25, 2014, (as such Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, may be further amended, restated, or otherwise modified, the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which Lender has agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain advances of money.

 

B.                                     Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement upon the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       AMENDMENTS .

 

1.1                                Section 2.1(a) . Section 2.1(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

2.1(a)                 Advances . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $10,000,000.00 (the “Initial Loan”) on the Closing Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche A”) on the Second Amendment Date. Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, beginning on the date Borrower satisfies the Tranche B Performance Milestone and

 



 

continuing until March 31, 2015 (the “Tranche B Availability End Date”), Borrower may draw and Lender will make an additional Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche B”). Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, beginning on the date Borrower satisfies the Tranche C Performance Milestone and continuing until June 30, 2015(the “Tranche C Availability End Date”), Borrower may draw and Lender will make an additional Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche C”). Notwithstanding the above, if Borrower closes any partnership, licensing transaction or equity financing that becomes effective on or after the Third Amendment Date, and results in aggregate upfront cash proceeds of at least $12,500,000 received by Borrower on or before January 31, 2015, the Tranche B Availability End Date shall be automatically extended to April 30, 2015, and the Tranche C Availability End Date shall be automatically extended to July 31, 2015. Each Term Loan Advance shall be subject to the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.3. The aggregate outstanding Term Loan Advances may be up to the Maximum Term Loan Amount.

 

1.2            Exhibits and Schedules . The Trademarks section of Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement (Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses) is hereby amended to delete the following Trademark, which has been abandoned:

 

Owner: Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Name/Identifier of IP or License: Addzela Application No. 85/949252

 

Type of IP: Trademark application under review by PTO

 

Expiration Date: Filed 6/3/2013.

 

The Trademarks section of Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement (Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses) is hereby amended to revise the Expiration Date to be “10/7/2018 (plus 6 months grace period)” for the two Trademarks owned by Neos Therapeutics, LP and identified as “DTRS Reg. No. 3,514,099” and “Dynamic Time Release Suspension Reg No. 3,514,100” respectively.

 

2.                                       BORROWER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower represents and warrants that:

 

2.1                                Immediately upon giving effect to this Amendment (i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to which Borrower has not been notified in writing by Lender.

 

2.2                                Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

2.3                                The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Lender on the Closing Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect.

 

2



 

2.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower.

 

2.5                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

 

2.6                                As of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that Lender has acted in good faith and has conducted in a commercially reasonable manner its relationships with Borrower in connection with this Amendment and in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

Borrower understands and acknowledges that Lender is entering into this Amendment in reliance upon, and in partial consideration for, the above representations and warranties, and agrees that such reliance is reasonable and appropriate.

 

3.                                       LIMITATION . The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed (a) to be a waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Loan Agreement or of any other instrument or agreement referred to therein or to prejudice any right or remedy which Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby) or any instrument or agreement referred to therein; or (b) to be a consent to any future amendment or modification or waiver to any instrument or agreement the execution and delivery of which is consented to hereby, or to any waiver of any of the provisions thereof. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1                                Amendment . Borrower and Lender shall have duly executed and delivered this Amendment..

 

4.2                                Payment of Lender Expenses. Borrower shall have paid all Lender Expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses) incurred through the date of this Amendment.

 

5.                                       COUNTERPARTS . This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if the signatures to each such counterpart were upon a single instrument. All counterparts shall be deemed an original of this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or similar technology signature, and such signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

 

6.                                       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. The provisions of Section 11 of the Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

 

7.                                       TRANCHE B AND TRANCHE C REFINANCED. For the avoidance of doubt, the $5,000,000 commitment for Tranche B and the $5,000,000 commitment for Tranche C set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Loan Agreement in effect prior to this Amendment have been terminated in full and are now replaced by the Tranche B and Tranche C commitments set forth in this Amendment. All other

 

3



 

terms of the Loan Agreement that relate to the Tranche B and Tranche C commitments shall remain in full force and effect and shall govern the new Tranche B and Tranche C commitments described herein, including, without limitation, Schedule 1.1(Revised) of the Loan Agreement and related provisions, such as (without limitation) the defined terms for Maximum Term Loan Amount, Term Commitment, Term Loan Interest Rate, Amortization Date, and Tranche A/B Term Loan Interest Rate.

 

[signature page follows]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly authorized and caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date fust written above.

 

BORROWER:

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC, its General

 

 

 

 

Partner

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

 

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

 

Ben Bang,

 

 

 

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH

a Delaware limited partnership

 

CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

 

By:

Hercules Technology SBIC

 

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

Management, LLC, its General

 

 

Ben Bang,

 

Partner

 

 

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 

 

By:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital,

 

 

 

Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

 

Ben Bang

 

 

 

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of June 8, 2015 (the “Fourth Amendment Date”) and is entered into by and among NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership, and each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries that may hereafter be formed and that join in this Agreement (each, a “Borrower” and referred to individually and collectively as “Borrower”), HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings given them in the Loan Agreement (as defined below). By signing this Amendment, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were a Lender (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

 

RECITALS

 

A.             Borrower, Lender and Agent have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 28, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated August 28, 2014, by Amendment No. 2, dated September 25, 2014, and by Amendment No. 3, dated as of December 19, 2014 (as amended, and as may be further amended, restated, or otherwise modified, the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which Lender has agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain advances of money.

 

B.             Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement upon the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.            AMENDMENTS .

 

1.1           Section 2.1(a) . Section 2.1(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

2.1(a) Advances . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $10,000,000.00 (the “Initial Loan”) on the Closing Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche A”) on the Second Amendment Date. Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, beginning on the date Borrower satisfies the Tranche B Performance Milestone and

 



 

continuing until March 31, 2015 (the “Tranche B Availability End Date”), Borrower may draw and Lender will make an additional Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche B”). Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, beginning on June 8, 2015, until June 12, 2015 (the “Tranche C Availability End Date”), Borrower may draw and Lender will make an additional Term Loan Advance of $5,000,000 (“Tranche C”). Notwithstanding the above, if Borrower closes any partnership, licensing transaction or equity financing that becomes effective on or after the Third Amendment Date, and results in aggregate upfront cash proceeds of at least $12,500,000 received by Borrower on or before January 31, 2015, the Tranche B Availability End Date shall be automatically extended to April 30, 2015. Each Term Loan Advance shall be subject to the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.3. The aggregate outstanding Term Loan Advances may be up to the Maximum Term Loan Amount.

 

1.2           Section 2.1(d) . Section 2.1(d) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

2.1(d) Payment . Borrower will pay interest on each Term Loan Advance on the first day of each month, beginning the month after the Advance Date. Borrower shall repay the aggregate Term Loan principal balance that is outstanding on the day immediately preceding the Amortization Date, in equal monthly installments of principal and interest (mortgage style) amortized over a 30-month schedule beginning on the Amortization Date and continuing on the first Business Day of each month thereafter until the Secured Obligations are repaid. A balloon payment of the entire Term Loan principal balance outstanding on the Term Loan Maturity Date and all accrued but unpaid interest hereunder, shall be due and payable on Term Loan Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the above, if Borrower has not satisfied the Tranche C Performance Milestone on or before July 31, 2015, Borrower shall prepay the principal balance of the Tranche C Term Loan Advance together with all accrued but unpaid interest applicable to the Tranche C Term Loan Advance on July 31, 2015, provided, however, that no Prepayment Charge shall apply to any prepayment of the Tranche C Term Loan Advance if such prepayment is made on or before July 31, 2015. Borrower shall make all payments under this Agreement without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense unless required by law. Lender will initiate debit entries to the Borrower’s account as authorized on the ACH Authorization on each payment date of all periodic obligations payable to Lender under each Term Advance.

 

1.3           Exhibits and Schedules.

 

A.  The fourth entry (and its related columns) in the Trademarks section of Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement (Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses) regarding Application No. 85/947902 is hereby deleted. The referenced Trademark to which the Application referred was cancelled on May 8, 2015.

 

B.  The second column of the fourth entry in part VI of the “Neos Patent Portfolio” section of Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement (Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses) is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

App. Ser. No./ Filing Date: 13/844,537

 

3/15/13

 

Patent No./ Issue Date:               9,017,731

 

2



 

04/28/15

 

C.    Part VI of the “Neos Patent Portfolio” section of Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement (Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses) is hereby amended to add the following entry to read as follows:

 

H&W Ref. (76375) Country:

000098 US

 

 

App. Ser. No./ Filing Date:

14/661,639

 

03/18/15

 

Patent No./ Issue Date:

 

Priority Claims(s): 13/844,537 3/15/13 and 61/502,189 6/28/11

 

Publication No./Publication Date: US 2013-0243869 9/19/13

 

Claim Summary: Claims directed to amphetamine products wherein 30 to 50% by weight of said amphetamines are in a first plurality of immediate release particles and 50 to 70% by weight of said amphetamines are present in a second plurality of particles that are coated with a delayed release coating.

 

D.  The second column of the last entry in part VI of the “Neos Patent Portfolio” section of Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement (Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses) is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

App. Ser. No./ Filing Date: 13/947,907

 

7/22/13

 

Notice of Allowance & Fees Due mailed by USPTO on 06/04/15

 

Patent No./ Issue Date:

 

E.   Schedule 5.5 (Revised) of the Loan Agreement entitled “ACTION BEFORE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

SCHEDULE 5.5 (REVISED)

 

ACTION BEFORE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES

 

None.

 

3



 

F. Schedule 5.14 of the Loan Agreement entitled “CAPITALIZATION” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by the revised form of Schedule 5.14 attached to this Amendment and incorporated herein.

 

2.              BORROWER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower represents and warrants that:

 

2.1           Immediately upon giving effect to this Amendment (i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to which Borrower has not been notified in writing by Lender.

 

2.2           Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

2.3           The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Lender on the Closing Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect.

 

2.4           The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower.

 

2.5           This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

 

2.6           As of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that Lender has acted in good faith and has conducted in a commercially reasonable manner its relationships with Borrower in connection with this Amendment and in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

Borrower understands and acknowledges that Lender is entering into this Amendment in reliance upon, and in partial consideration for, the above representations and warranties, and agrees that such reliance is reasonable and appropriate.

 

3.            LIMITATION . The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed (a) to be a waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Loan Agreement or of any other instrument or agreement referred to therein or to prejudice any right or remedy which Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby) or any instrument or agreement referred to therein; or (b) to be a consent to any future amendment or modification or waiver to any instrument or agreement the execution and delivery of which is consented to hereby, or to any waiver of any of the provisions thereof. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4.            EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment shall become effective upon Borrower’s execution and delivery of this Amendment.

 

4



 

5.            COUNTERPARTS . This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if the signatures to each such counterpart were upon a single instrument. All counterparts shall be deemed an original of this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or similar technology signature, and such signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

 

6.            INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. The provisions of Section 11 of the Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

 

[signature page follows]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly authorized and caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

By: PharmaFab Texas, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

PHARMAFAB TEXAS, LLC

 

Signature:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Vipin K. Garg

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

Ben Bang,

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC,

 

Signature:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

its General Partner

 

 

Ben Bang,

 

 

 

 

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ben Bang

 

 

 

 

 

Ben Bang

Associate General Counsel

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.14 (REVISED)

[SEE ATTACHED]

 



 

SCHEDULE 5.14 (Revised)

CAPITALIZATION

 

SHARE CLASS

 

FULLY DILUTED SHARE
TOTAL

 

FULLY DILUTED
OWNERSHIP %

 

COMMON STOCK/WARRANTS

 

1,199,135

 

4.27

%

SERIES A

 

1,170,000

 

4.17

%

SERIES B

 

3,113,099

 

11.10

%

SERIES B-1(1)

 

5,461,802

 

19.46

%

SERIES C STOCK/WARRANT(2)

 

13,495,668

 

48.09

%

COMMON STOCK/OPTIONS (MGMT/DIR/EMP)

 

3,622,951

 

12.91

%

TOTAL

 

28,062,655

 

100.00

%

 


(1) Excludes the 8% dividend payable in additional shares of B-1 preferred stock or cash at the Board’s discretion.

(2) Warrant is for, at the election of the holder, the Series C preferred stock or the next round of preferred stock.

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Execution Version

 

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

AND

 

SHIRE LLC

 

DATED AS OF JULY 23, 2014

 



 

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT , (this “Settlement Agreement”) dated this the 23rd day of July, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) is hereby entered into by and between Shire LLC, a Kentucky company with offices located at 9200 Brookfield Court, Florence, KY 41402 (“Shire”), and Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware with offices located at 2940 North Highway 360 #100, Grand Prairie, TX 75050 (“Neos”).  Each of Shire and Neos is sometimes referred to herein, individually, as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Shire Development Inc., an Affiliate of Shire, is the owner of New Drug Application No. 21-303, which was approved by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for the manufacture and sale of a pharmaceutical composition containing mixed amphetamine salts for the treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, all strengths of which Shire sells under the tradename Adderall ® XR (the “Shire Product”);

 

WHEREAS, Neos submitted a New Drug Application No. 204326 (“Neos’ NDA”) to the FDA under § 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 355(b)(2)) with a paragraph IV certification seeking approval to engage in the commercial manufacture, use and sale of the Neos Product (as defined in the License Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, the filing of Neos’ NDA can be a technical act of infringement under 35 U.S.C. § 271(e)(2)(A);

 

WHEREAS, Shire sued Neos with regard to Neos’ NDA for infringement of United States Reissued Patent Nos. RE 42,096 and RE 41,148 (the “Patents”) in a civil action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas (the “District Court”), Civil Action No. 3:13-CV-1452 (the “Pending Litigation”);

 

WHEREAS, Shire and Neos wish to settle the Pending Litigation and have reached an agreement to settle the Pending Litigation, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Settlement Agreement together with an associated License Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit A) and an agreed Stipulation of Dismissal with regard to the Pending Litigation (the “Stipulation of Dismissal,” attached hereto as Exhibit B), (the Settlement Agreement, the License Agreement and the Stipulation of Dismissal are collectively referred to as the “Settlement Documents”);

 

WHEREAS , Shire and Neos have received no consideration from the other for their entry into this Settlement Agreement other than that which is described in the Settlement Documents; and

 

WHEREAS , the Settlement Documents constitute both Shire’s and Neos’ best independent judgment as to the most convenient, effective and expeditious way to

 

1



 

mutually settle the Pending Litigation in connection with the filing of the Neos’ NDA and the Neos Product.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements described herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       The Parties consent to the jurisdiction of the District Court for the purposes of the settlement of the Pending Litigation.

 

2.                                       The Parties agree that the District Court has jurisdiction over the Pending Litigation and over Shire and Neos, and that venue is proper in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas.

 

3.                                       Neos admits that the commercial manufacture, use, selling, offering for sale, or importing of Neos Product would infringe each of the Patents.  [***].

 

4.                                       Neos admits, solely with respect to the Neos Product, that all the Patents, and all the claims therein, are valid and enforceable. [***].  For the avoidance of doubt, the admissions in paragraphs 3 and 4 shall not preclude Neos from filing new regulatory applications containing a Paragraph IV certification to any or all of the Patents, [***].

 

5.                                       Neos shall be permitted to disclose to the FDA the existence of the Settlement Documents and the fact that the Patents are licensed for purposes of obtaining approval of Neos’ NDA.

 

6.                                       Shire and Neos, with the intention of binding themselves and their Affiliates, and their predecessors, successors, heirs and assigns, hereby irrevocably release each other from any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, reckonings, bonds, bills, specialties, covenants, contracts, liabilities, controversies, agreements, promises, variances, trespasses, damages, judgments, extents, executions, claims, counterclaims, demands, costs, expenses, losses, liens and obligations, whatsoever, in law, admiralty or equity, and waive any and all defenses, which they ever had, now have, or hereafter can, shall or may have based upon any action or omission of the other Party or its affiliates occurring on or before the Effective Date

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

and in connection with Neos’ NDA or the Neos Product.  For purposes of clarity, nothing herein shall inhibit either party’s ability to enforce the terms of the Settlement Documents or Shire’s ability to enforce the Patents.

 

7.                                       Neos represents, warrants and covenants that it has not granted or assigned to any third party, directly or indirectly, any rights under or to Neos’ NDA, and that it will not do so except as provided in the License Agreement.

 

8.                                       Shire represents and warrants that it has the right and authority to enforce or cause the enforcement of the Patents.

 

9.                                       Shire and Neos each represents and warrants that it has the full right, authority and power to enter into this Settlement Agreement on its own behalf and that this Settlement Agreement shall create and constitute a binding obligation on its part.

 

10.                                Shire and Neos shall each execute the License Agreement contemporaneously with the execution of this Settlement Agreement and any breach of the License Agreement shall constitute a breach of this Settlement Agreement.  The Parties agree that the License Agreement shall only become effective upon the entry of the Stipulation of Dismissal by the District Court.

 

11.                                Within three (3) Business Days of the Effective Date, the Parties, through their respective attorneys, shall jointly move the District Court to enter the Stipulation of Dismissal.  In the event the District Court does not enter the Stipulation of Dismissal within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, this Settlement Agreement and the other Settlement Documents shall immediately become null and void ab initio .

 

12.                                Shire and Neos each will bear its own costs and legal fees for the Pending Litigation.

 

13.                                The Settlement Documents are governed under the provisions of the following Sections of the License Agreement: 6 (Confidentiality); 13.1 and 13.2 (Notice); 13.3 (Assignment); 13.4 (Amendment); 13.5 (Public Announcement); 13.6 (Superiority of Agreement); 13.7 (Governing Law); 13.8 (Agreement Costs); 13.9 (Counterparts); 13.10 (Severability); 13.11 (Relationship of the Parties); 13.12 (Construction); 13.13 (Dispute Resolution); 13.14 (Cumulative Rights); 13.15 (No Third Party Benefit); 13.16 (Further Assurance); and 13.17 (Waiver).

 

14.                                This Settlement Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of the last valid claim contained in the Licensed Patents. Subject to paragraph 12 of this Settlement Agreement, the License Agreement shall remain in full force and effect on its own terms notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Settlement Agreement.

 

15.                                                                                Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the License Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3



 

[Signature Page to Settlement Agreement]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have each caused this Settlement Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

 

SHIRE LLC

 

 

 

Date: 11 August, 2014

By:

/s/ Mike Chapman

 

 

 

Name:

Mike Chapman

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

Date: July 23, 2014

By:

/s/ Vipin Garg

 

 

Vipin Garg

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

4



 

IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT

FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

DALLAS DIVISION

 

 

 

SHIRE LLC,

:

 

:

Plaintiff,

:

 

:

v.

:

Civil Action No. 3:13-CV-1452

 

:

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

:

 

:

Defendant.

:

 

:

 

:

 

:

 

JOINT STIPULATION OF DISMISSAL

 

This action for patent infringement having been brought by Shire LLC (“Shire”) against Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (“Neos”) for infringement of United States Reissued Patent Nos. RE 42,096 and RE 41,148 (the “Patents”);

 

Solely with respect to Neos’ Product and Neos’ NDA, Neos acknowledges that all the claims in the Patents are valid and enforceable in all respects;

 

Neos and Shire have entered into a Settlement Agreement and a License Agreement, under which Shire will grant Neos a non-exclusive license to the Patents (“the License”); and

 

Solely with respect to Neos’ Product and Neos’ NDA, Neos acknowledges that, but for the License, its New Drug Application No.  204326 (“Neos’ NDA”) infringes the Patents and that by making, selling, offering for sale, using and/or importing into the

 



 

United States of the product described in Neos’ NDA (“Neos’ Product”) would infringe each of the Patents.

 

IT IS HEREBY STIPULATED AND AGREED, by and between the parties hereto, and subject to the approval of the Court that: (i) Shire’s claims of patent infringement concerning Neos’ NDA and Neos’ Product against Neos are dismissed with prejudice; (ii) Neos’ counterclaims of declaratory judgment of non-infringement and invalidity of the Patents are dismissed with prejudice, solely with respect to Neos’ NDA and Neos’ Product; and (iii)  solely with respect to Neos’ NDA and Neos’ Product, all the claims in the Patents are valid and enforceable and would be infringed by making, selling, offering for sale, using and/or importing into the United States Neos’ Product.  Each party must bear its own costs, attorneys’ fees, and expenses incurred in connection with the allegations and defenses mentioned above.

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

AND

 

SHIRE LLC

 

DATED AS OF JULY 23, 2014

 

1



 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated this the 23rd day of July, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) is hereby entered into by and between Shire LLC, a Kentucky company with offices located at 9200 Brookfield Court, Florence, KY 41402 (“Shire”), and Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware with offices located at 2940 North Highway 360 #100, Grand Prairie, TX 75050 (“Neos”).  Each of Shire and Neos is sometimes referred to herein, individually, as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

WHEREAS , Shire Development Inc., an Affiliate of Shire, is the owner of New Drug Application No. 21-303, which was approved by the FDA (as defined below) for the manufacture and sale of Adderall ®  XR for the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder;

 

WHEREAS , Neos submitted the Neos NDA to the FDA under § 505(b)(2) of the Act (as defined below) with a paragraph IV certification seeking approval to engage in the commercial Manufacture, use, and sale of the Neos Product (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS , Shire and Neos are parties to a certain Settlement Agreement of even date herewith (the “Settlement Agreement”), pursuant to which Shire and Neos are settling pending litigation; and

 

WHEREAS , Neos is seeking to obtain a license to United States Patent Nos. RE 42,096, RE 41,148 and 6,913,768;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, Shire and Neos have agreed to enter into this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual covenants and agreements described herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1.                             Act ” shall mean the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder.

 

1.2.                             “Affiliate” shall mean a Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a Party. For the purposes of this definition, the word “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under

 

1



 

common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct the management and policies of such Person, whether by the ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest of such Person (it being understood that the direct or indirect ownership of a lesser percentage of such interest shall not necessarily preclude the existence of control), or by contract or otherwise.

 

1.3.                             “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by Law to close.

 

1.4.                             “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” shall mean efforts and diligence in accordance with the subject Party’s reasonable and sound business, legal, medical and scientific judgment and in accordance with the efforts and resources such Party would use in other aspects of its business that have similar commercial value and market potential, taking into account the competitiveness of the marketplace, the business life-cycle, the proprietary position of the company and the profitability of the pertinent product.

 

1.5.                             “Compound” shall mean the amphetamine polistirex active pharmaceutical ingredient in the Neos Product of the Neos NDA as of the Effective Date.

 

1.6.                             “Confidential Information” shall mean any scientific, technical, formulation, process, Manufacturing, clinical, non-clinical, regulatory, Marketing, financial or commercial information or data relating to the business, projects, employees or products of either Party and provided by one Party to the other by written, oral, electronic or other means in connection with this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement and each of its terms is Confidential Information.

 

1.7.                             “Covenant Not to Sue” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2.

 

1.8.                             “FDA” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration or any successor agency thereof.

 

1.9.                             “Force Majeure” shall mean any circumstances reasonably beyond a Party’s control, including, without limitation, acts of God, civil disorders or commotions, acts of aggression, acts of terrorism, fire, explosions, floods, drought, war, sabotage, embargo, unexpected safety or efficacy results obtained with the Neos Product, utility failures, supplier failures, material shortages, labor disturbances, a national health emergency, or appropriations of property.

 

1.10.                      “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States from time to time, consistently applied.

 

1.11.                      “Governmental Authority” shall mean any court, tribunal, arbitrator, agency, legislative body, commission, official or other instrumentality of (i) any government of any country, or (ii) a federal, state, province, county, city or other political subdivision thereof.

 

2



 

1.12.                      “Label” shall mean any Package (immediate container) labeling designed for use with a product, including the package insert for such product that is approved by the FDA, and “Labeled” or “Labeling” shall have the correlated meaning.

 

1.13.                      “Law” or “Laws” shall mean all laws, statutes, rules, codes, regulations, orders, judgments and/or ordinances of any Governmental Authority.

 

1.14.                      “License” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1.

 

1.15.                      “Licensed Patents” shall mean United States Reissued Patent Nos. RE 42,096 and RE 41,148, and United States Patent No. 6,913,768 and any patent that issues as a result of a reexamination, inter partes review or reissue thereof.

 

1.16.                      “Losses” means any liabilities, damages, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expert fees, incurred by any Party that arise from any claim, lawsuit or other action by a Third Party.

 

1.17.                      “Manufacture” shall mean all activities related to the manufacturing of a pharmaceutical product, or any ingredient thereof, including but not limited to manufacturing Compound or supplies for development, manufacturing Neos Product for commercial sale, packaging, in-process and finished product testing, release of product or any component or ingredient thereof, quality assurance activities related to manufacturing and release of product, ongoing stability tests and regulatory activities related to any of the foregoing, and “Manufactured” or “Manufacturing” shall have the correlated meaning.

 

1.18.                      “Market” shall mean to distribute, promote, advertise, import, market and sell, to a Third Party and “Marketing” or “Marketed” shall have the correlated meaning.

 

1.19.                      “NDA” shall mean a New Drug Application filed with the FDA pursuant to and under 21 U.S.C. § 355(b) of the Act, together with the FDA’s implementing rules and regulations.

 

1.20.                      “Neos NDA ” shall mean NDA 204326, and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

1.21.                      Neos Product” shall mean the extended release orally disintegrating tablets of the Compound developed, made, used, sold, offered for sale, imported or exported pursuant to the Neos NDA.

 

1.22.                      Net Sales ” shall mean [***]

 

[***]

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

1.23.                      “Party” or “Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

 

1.24.                      “Package” shall mean all primary containers, including bottles, cartons, shipping cases or any other like matter used in packaging or accompanying a product, and “Packaged” or “Packaging” shall have the correlated meaning.

 

1.25.                      “Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, association, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other legal person or entity.

 

1.26.                      “Regulatory Approval” shall mean final Marketing approval by the FDA for the sale and Marketing of a pharmaceutical product in the Territory.

 

1.27.                      “Shire’s NDA” shall mean Shire’s NDA No. 21-303 and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

4



 

1.28.                      “Term” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.1.

 

1.29.                      “Territory” shall mean the United States of America, and its territories, districts and possessions, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

1.30.                      “Third Party” or “Third Parties” shall mean any Person or entity other than a Party or its Affiliates.

 

1.31.                      “Valid Claim” shall mean an issued and unexpired patent claim to the extent such claim has not been revoked, held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final unappealable decision and which claim has not been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, re-examination, disclaimer, dedication to the public or otherwise.

 

2.                                       License

 

2.1.                             Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations hereof, including the conditions set forth in Section 3, Shire hereby grants to Neos a non-exclusive license under the Licensed Patents to develop, make, use, offer to sell, sell, Manufacture, have Manufactured, import, export and Market the Neos Product in the Territory.

 

2.2.                             The licenses granted in Article 2 of this Agreement are referred to herein as the “License.”  Except to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 13.3, Neos shall not have the right to sublicense, assign or transfer any of its rights under the License.

 

3.                                       Conditions

 

3.1.                             (a) Subject to Section 3.1(b), in the event that during the Term Neos challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Licensed Patents, or otherwise actively assists, enables or participates with any Third Party in challenging the validity or enforceability of any of the Licensed Patents, Shire shall be free to terminate the License, the Covenant Not to Sue and/or this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.2.

 

(b) Nothing set forth in Section 3.1(a) shall prohibit Neos from: (i) filing [***] a new regulatory application containing a Paragraph IV certification to any or all of the Licensed Patents, [***].

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

3.2.                             Shire covenants that it will not sue, assert any claim or counterclaim against, otherwise participate in any action or proceeding against Neos or any of its shareholders, licensees, sublicensees, customers, suppliers, importers, manufacturers, distributors, insurers, or any heirs, administrators, executors, predecessors, successors, or assigns of the foregoing, or cause or authorize any person or entity to do any of the foregoing, in each case claiming or otherwise asserting that the development, Manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, exportation, importation or Marketing of the Neos Product under the License infringes the Licensed Patents (the “Covenant Not to Sue”).  Shire will impose the foregoing Covenant Not to Sue on any Third Party to which Shire may transfer any of Licensed Patents. The Covenant Not to Sue shall not apply in the event that Shire validly terminates this Agreement because Neos has breached this Agreement or the Settlement Agreement.

 

3.3.                             In the event Neos files a new NDA that references data from Shire’s NDA, [***].  This Section 3.3 shall not apply to any Abbreviated New Drug Application filed by Neos that references data from Shire’s NDA.

 

3.4.                             [***].  For the avoidance of doubt, Neos specifically reserves the right to conduct the activities set forth in Section 3.1(b).

 

4.                                       Marketing of Neos Product

 

4.1.                             Neos shall, at its sole cost and expense, utilize all Commercially Reasonable Efforts in Marketing the Neos Product in the Territory to maximize sales of the Neos Product.

 

4.2.                             It is the intent of the Parties that Neos will seek to sell Neos Product for [***].  Neos will have sole discretion, however, in [***].  Neos also agrees that if it prices Neos Product in order to gain or maintain sales of other products, then for purposes of calculating the payments due hereunder, the Net Sales of such Neos Product shall be adjusted to [***].

 

5.                                       Approval Fee; Shire Net Sales Share

 

5.1.                             Neos will pay Shire a lump-sum, non-refundable fee of [***] [***] due and payable no later than thirty (30) days after receiving Regulatory Approval for the Neos NDA.

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

6



 

5.2.                             Neos shall pay a royalty to Shire of [***] of Net Sales of the Neos Product sold in the Territory during the Term.

 

5.3.                             Payments due under this Section 5 shall be made [***].  All such payments shall include a report detailing the calculation of gross sales, Net Sales and the royalties payable hereunder.

 

5.4.                             Maintenance of Records .  During the Term, and for a period of [***] thereafter, Neos shall keep at either its normal place of business, or at an off-site storage facility, detailed, accurate and up to date:

 

(a)                                  records and books of account sufficient to confirm the calculation of the Net Sales and royalties payable hereunder; and

 

(b)                                  information and data contained in any invoices or reports accompanying any payment to Shire provided to Shire in connection with this Agreement.

 

5.5.                             Inspection .  On [***] notice from Shire, Neos shall make all such records, books of account, information and data concerning this Agreement for a period of [***] prior to the date of notice available for inspection during normal business hours by an independent accounting firm selected by Shire and reasonably acceptable to Neos (the “external auditor”) for the purpose of general review or audit; provided that Shire may not request such inspection more than once in any calendar year.  Upon reasonable belief of discrepancy or dispute, Shire’s external auditors shall be entitled to take copies or extracts from such records, books of account, information and data (but only to the extent related to the contractual obligations set out in this Agreement) during any review or audit, provided the external auditor signs a confidentiality agreement with Neos providing that such records, books of account, information and data shall be treated as Confidential Information which may be disclosed to Shire.  The external auditor shall only disclose to Shire the results of the external auditors’ audit, which results shall be concurrently disclosed to Neos.  Any underpayment or overpayment of amounts due hereunder as reflected by the external auditor’s results shall be promptly paid or refunded by the applicable Party.

 

5.6.                             Inspection Costs .  Shire shall be solely responsible for its costs in making any such review and audit, unless Shire identifies a discrepancy in the calculation of the royalties paid to Shire under this Agreement in any calendar year from those properly payable for that calendar year of [***], in which event Neos shall be solely responsible for the reasonable cost of such review and audit and pay Shire any payment due.  All information disclosed by Neos pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed Confidential Information.

 

6.                                       Confidentiality

 

6.1.                             Confidentiality Obligation .  The Parties, their Affiliates and their respective employees, directors, officers, consultants, attorneys and contractors shall keep and maintain as confidential any Confidential Information supplied by the other Party

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

7



 

during the Term.  The confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations contained in this Agreement shall not apply to the extent that such Confidential Information is:

 

(a)                                      at the time of disclosure by one Party to the other, in the public domain or otherwise publicly known;

 

(b)                                      after disclosure by one Party to the other becomes part of the public domain, other than by breach by a Party of any obligation of confidentiality;

 

(c)                                       information which the receiving Party can establish by competent evidence was already in its possession at the time of receipt or was independently developed by the receiving Party; or

 

(d)                                      received from a Third Party who was lawfully entitled to disclose such information free of an obligation of confidentiality.

 

6.2.                             Exceptions .  Notwithstanding Section 6.1, in addition to any disclosure allowed under Section 13.5 the Party receiving Confidential Information may disclose such Confidential Information to the extent that such disclosure has been ordered by a court of law or directed by a Governmental Authority, provided that, the disclosure is limited to the extent ordered or directed and wherever practicable, the Party that owns the Confidential Information has been given sufficient written notice in advance to enable it to seek protection or confidential treatment of such Confidential Information.  Additionally, Neos may also disclose the existence of this License Agreement to potential business partners who have agreed to maintain the confidentiality of such a disclosure.

 

6.3.                             Expiration of Confidentiality .  The confidentiality obligation contained in this Section 6 shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement for a period of [***] years from termination or expiration.

 

6.4.                             Disclosure .  If a Party is subpoenaed or otherwise requested by any Person including, without limitation, any Governmental Authority to give testimony or provide information which in any way relates to this Agreement or discloses the terms of this Agreement, such Party shall give the other Party prompt notice of such request, and unless otherwise required by Law, shall make no disclosure until such other Party has had a reasonable opportunity to contest the right of the requesting Person to such disclosure.  The Parties shall provide each other with all reasonable cooperation and generally make its employees available to give testimony or to provide reasonable assistance in connection with any lawsuits, claims, proceedings and investigations relating to this Agreement.

 

6.5.                             Relief.  The Parties agree that equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, is appropriate in enforcing the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. In the event of any such action to construe this provision, the prevailing Party will be entitled to recover, in addition to any charges fixed by the court, its costs and expenses of suit, including reasonable attorney’s fees.  Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach of this provision, but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or equity.

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

8



 

7.                                       Representations and Warranties of Both Parties

 

With respect to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 below, each of Shire and Neos represents, warrants, and covenants, to the other Party that:

 

7.1.                             Organization and Authority .  Such Party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.  Such Party has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement.  Such Party has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by such Party of its obligations hereunder have been authorized by all requisite corporate action on its part.  This Agreement has been validly executed and delivered by such Party, and, assuming that such documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the other Party, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms.

 

7.2.                             Consents and Approvals; No Violations .

 

(a)                                      Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or the Settlement Agreement, no material filing with, and no material permit, authorization, consent, or approval of or from, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained by or on behalf of such Party of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for those filings, permits, authorizations, consents or approvals, the failure of which to be made or obtained would not materially impair such Party’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                  Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement by such Party, nor the performance by such Party of its obligations hereunder, will (i) violate the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational document of such Party; (ii) conflict in any material respect with or result in a material violation or breach of, or constitute a material default under, any material contract, agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party; or (iii) violate or conflict in any material respect with any material Law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority applicable to such Party, except in the case of clause (ii) or (iii) for violations, breaches or defaults which would not have a material adverse effect on such Party’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.                                       Representations and Warranties of Shire

 

Shire represents, warrants and covenants to Neos that:

 

8.1.                             Licensed Patents.  Shire represents that it is the owner of the Licensed Patents. Shire represents that it has the right to grant to Neos the License to the License Patents as provided hereunder.

 

9



 

9.                                       Indemnities

 

9.1.                             Indemnity by Shire.  Shire shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of Neos and its Affiliates and its and their directors, officers, employees and contractors (“Neos Party”) from and against any and all Losses, (“Shire Liability”) arising from or in connection with:

 

(a)                                      [***]

 

(b)                                      the breach by Shire of any of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement;

 

except, in each case, to the extent that the Shire Liability is caused by the negligence, breach of the terms of this Agreement, or willful misconduct of a Neos Party.

 

9.2.                             Indemnity by Neos.  Neos shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of Shire and its Affiliates and its and their directors, officers, employees and contractors (“Shire Party”) from and against any and all Losses (“Neos Liability”) arising from or in connection with:

 

(a)                                      [***]

 

(b)                                      [***]

 

(c)                                       the breach by Neos of any of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement; or

 

(d)                                      any misuse by a Neos Party of Shire’s company name or logo or other trademark;

 

(b)                                  except, in each case, to the extent that the Neos Liability is caused by the negligence, breach of the terms of this Agreement, or willful misconduct of a Shire Party.

 

9.3.                             Control of Proceedings .  A Party seeking indemnification hereunder shall provide prompt written notice to the other Party (and, in any event, within thirty (30) days) of the assertion of any claim against such Party as to which indemnity is to be requested hereunder.  The indemnifying Party shall have the sole control over the defense of any Claim, provided that, the indemnifying Party shall obtain the written

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

10


 

consent of the indemnified Party prior to settling or otherwise disposing of such Claim if as a result of the settlement or Claim disposal the indemnified Party’s interests are in any way adversely affected.

 

9.4.                             No Admissions .  The indemnified Party shall not make any payment or incur any expenses in connection with any Neos Liability or Shire Liability (as the case may be), or make any admissions or do anything that may compromise or prejudice the defense of any Claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying Party.

 

9.5.                             Claim Information.  Each Party shall promptly:

 

(a)                                      inform the other by written notice of any actual or threatened Claim to which Sections 9.1 or 9.2 apply;

 

(b)                                      provide to the other Party copies of all papers and official documents received in respect of any such Claim; and

 

(c)                                       cooperate as reasonably requested by the other Party in the defense of any such Claim.

 

9.6.                             Contributory Negligence .  If any Shire Liability or Neos Liability is caused by the negligence of both Shire and Neos, the apportionment of liability shall be shared equally between the Parties and each Party shall be responsible for its own defense and its own costs including, but not limited to, the cost of defense attorneys’ fees and witnesses’ fees and expenses incident thereto.

 

9.7.                             Limitation of Liability.  [***].

 

9.8.                             Limitation on Representations, Warranties and Indemnification.  NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE DEEMED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREIN.  ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY EACH PARTY.

 

10.                                Force Majeure

 

10.1.                      Force Majeure.  Neither Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement or shall be liable to the other under this Agreement for loss or damages attributable to any Force Majeure, provided the Party affected shall give prompt notice thereof to the other Party.  Subject to Section 10.2, the Party giving such notice shall be

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

11



 

excused from such of its obligations hereunder for so long as it continues to be affected by Force Majeure.

 

10.2.                      Continued Force Majeure. If any Force Majeure continues unabated for a period of at least ninety (90) days, the Parties shall meet to discuss in good faith what actions to take or what modifications should be made to this Agreement as a consequence of such Force Majeure in order to alleviate its consequences on the affected Party.

 

11.                                Trademarks and Trade Names

 

11.1.                      Neos shall have no right to use any trademark or trade dress of Shire and shall have no rights to any other intellectual property of Shire or its Affiliates other than to the extent of the License.  The foregoing shall not prohibit Neos from making ordinary reference to the products and their accompanying trademarks identified in Shire’s NDA as may be necessary in filing and prosecuting any application for regulatory approval for any Neos product.

 

12.                                Term and Termination

 

12.1.                      Term .  Unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, the term of this Agreement shall extend from the Effective Date until the expiration of the last Valid Claim within the Licensed Patents (the “Term”).

 

12.2.                      Termination by Shire .  [***].

 

12.3.                      Termination by Either Party .  Either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other if:

 

(a)                                      the other Party commits a material breach of this Agreement, and fails to remedy it within sixty (60) days of receipt of notice from the first Party of such breach and of its intention to exercise its rights under this Section 12.3; or

 

(b)                                      an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up of the other Party (other than voluntarily for the purposes of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction) or an order is made for the appointment of an administrator to manage the other Party’s affairs, business and property or if a receiver (which expression shall include an administrative receiver) is appointed over any of the other Party’s assets or undertaking or if circumstances arise which entitle the court or a creditor to appoint a receiver or manager or which entitle the court to make a winding-up order or if a voluntary arrangement is proposed in respect of the other Party or if the other Party takes or suffers any similar or analogous action in consequence of debt, and such order, appointment or similar action is not removed within ninety (90) days.

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

12



 

12.4.                      Effect of Termination.  In the event of expiry or termination of this Agreement for any reason, each Party shall promptly return to the other Party all Confidential Information provided to it or its Affiliates during the Term or destroy and certify the destruction to the other Party of such Confidential Information.  Each Party may keep one (1) copy of any Confidential Information in a secure location for compliance purposes.

 

12.5.                      Liability on Termination.  The termination or expiry of this Agreement shall not release either of the Parties from any liability which at the time of termination or expiry has already accrued to the other Party, nor affect in any way the survival of any other right, duty or obligation of the Parties which is expressly stated elsewhere in this Agreement to survive such termination or expiry.

 

12.6.                      Surviving Sections.  The provisions of Sections 1, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12 and 13 and any other provisions necessary and proper to give effect to the intention of the Parties as to the effect of the Agreement after termination, shall continue in force in accordance with their respective terms notwithstanding expiry or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

13.1.                      Notice.

 

(a)                                      Any notice or other document given under this Agreement shall be in writing in the English language and shall be given by hand or sent by prepaid airmail, or by confirmed fax transmission to the address of the receiving Party as set out in Section 13.2 below unless a different address or fax number has been notified to the other in writing for this purpose.

 

(b)                                      Each such notice or document shall:

 

(i)                                if sent by hand, be deemed to have been given when delivered at the relevant address;

 

(ii)                            if sent by prepaid mail, be deemed to have been given five (5) days after posting; or

 

(iii)                        if sent by confirmed fax transmission be deemed to have been given when transmitted, provided that, a confirmatory copy of such fax transmission shall have been sent by prepaid overnight mail within twenty-four (24) hours of such transmission.

 

13.2.                      Address for Notice.  The address for services of notices and other documents on the Parties shall be:

 

To Shire
Address
:

 

To Neos
Address
:

 

Shire LLC

 

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

13



 

725 Chesterbrook Boulevard
Wayne, PA 19087

 

2940 N. Highway 360

 Grand Prairie, TX 75050

Attention

 

Attention :

 

Chief IP Counsel

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Fax :

 

Fax :

 

(484) 595-8663

 

(972) 408-1143

 

 

13.3.                      Assignment .

 

(a)                                      Subject to Section 13.3(b) and (c), Neos shall not sublicense, assign or transfer the License or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                      The License shall, upon Shire’s written consent, [***] in the case where Shire does not consent [***], Shire will provide Neos with written rationale detailing its basis for such non-consent.  [***].

 

(c)                                       In addition, Neos shall be entitled, without prior written consent of Shire, to [***].

 

(d)                                      Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

(e)                                       Any sublicense, assignment or transfer in contravention of the terms of this Agreement shall be null and void.

 

13.4.                      Amendment .  This Agreement may not be varied, changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by the Party

 


*                                          Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

14



 

against which enforcement of such variation, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

13.5.                      Public Announcements .  Except as set forth in Section 5 of the Settlement Agreement, the terms of the Settlement Documents shall be maintained in confidence by the Parties except that: (i) a Party may issue a press release after a reasonable opportunity to review and comment by the other Party; (ii) pursuant to an appropriate protective order Shire may disclose such terms as may be necessary or useful in connection with any patent litigation or other legal proceeding relating to the Patents; and (iii)  as otherwise required by Law, including without limitation SEC reporting requirements, or by the rules or regulations of any stock exchange that the Parties are subject to. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree that either Party, may, if so required, disclose some or all of the information included in this Agreement or other Confidential Information of the other Party (i) in order to comply with its obligations under the Law, including the United States Securities Act of 1933, the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (ii) the listing standards or agreements of any national or international securities exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market or other similar Laws of a Governmental Authority, (iii) to respond to an inquiry of a Governmental Authority or regulatory authority as required by Law, or (iv) in a judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding.  In any such event the Party making such disclosure shall (A) provide the other Party with as much advance notice as reasonably practicable of the required disclosure, (B) cooperate with the other Party in any attempt to prevent or limit the disclosure, and (C) limit any disclosure to the specific purpose at issue.

 

13.6.                      Superiority of Agreement .  The Parties agree that the provisions of this Agreement, together with any amendments hereto, shall prevail over any inconsistent statements or provisions contained in any prior discussions, arrangements or comments between the Parties and in any documents passing between the Parties, including, but not limited to, any forecast, purchase order, purchase order revision, acknowledgment, confirmation or notice.  It is agreed that:

 

(a)                                      neither Party has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking of the other Party which is not expressly set out in this Agreement;

 

(b)                                      neither Party shall have any remedy in respect of misrepresentation or untrue statement made by the other Party or for any breach of warranty which is not contained in this Agreement;

 

(c)                                       this Section 13.6 shall not exclude any liability for, or remedy in respect of, fraudulent misrepresentation; and

 

(d)                                      notwithstanding the foregoing, the Settlement Agreement shall be deemed of equal dignity to this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed together with the Settlement Agreement in a consistent manner as reflecting a single intent and purpose.

 

15



 

13.7.                      Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.  The Parties irrevocably agree that the federal district courts in the state of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction to deal with any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and that, accordingly, any proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is any dispute for which the federal district courts in the state of New York do not have subject matter jurisdiction, the state courts in New York shall have jurisdiction.

 

13.8.                      Agreement Costs.   Each Party shall pay its own costs, charges and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and completion of this Agreement.

 

13.9.                      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and may be executed by the Parties on separate counterparts, each of which is an original but all of which together constitute the same instrument.

 

13.10.               Severability.  If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, void or unenforceable, such provision shall be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement but without invalidating any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

13.11.               Relationship of the Parties . In making and performing this Agreement, the Parties are acting, and intend to be treated, as independent entities; and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed or implied to create an agency, partnership, joint venture, or employer and employee relationship between Shire and Neos.  Except as otherwise provided herein, neither Party may make any representation, warranty or commitment, whether express or implied, on behalf of or incur any charges or expenses for or in the name of the other Party.

 

13.12.               Construction.  The language in all parts of this Agreement shall be construed, in all cases, according to its fair meaning.  Shire and Neos acknowledge that each Party and its counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.  The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.   Whenever used herein, the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall mean “include, without limitation,” “includes, without limitation” and “including, without limitation,” respectively.  The masculine, feminine or neuter gender and the singular or plural number shall each be deemed to include the others whenever the context so indicates. With respect to any particular action or agreement, the use of the words “Shire shall” or “Shire will” herein shall also mean “Shire shall cause” the particular action to be performed.  Similarly, with respect to any

 

16



 

particular action or agreement, the use of the words “Neos shall” or “Neos will” herein shall also mean “Neos shall cause” the particular action to be performed.  Nothing in this Agreement shall operate to exclude any provision implied into this Agreement by Law and which may not be excluded by Law or limit or exclude any liability, right or remedy to a greater extent than is permissible under Law.

 

13.13.               Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                      Preliminary Process.  If there is a disagreement between the Parties as to the interpretation of this Agreement or in relation to any aspect of the performance by either Party of its obligations under this Agreement, the Parties shall, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of a written request from either Party, meet in good faith and try to resolve the disagreement without recourse to legal proceedings.

 

(b)                                      Escalation of Dispute.  If resolution of the disagreement does not occur within five (5) Business Days after such meeting, the matter shall be escalated to applicable Neos and Shire Presidents (or similarly ranking senior executive) for resolution.

 

(c)                                       Equitable Relief.  Nothing in this Section 13.13 restricts either Party from immediately seeking an equitable remedy or either Party’s freedom to seek urgent relief to preserve a legal right or remedy, or to protect a proprietary or trade secret right, or to otherwise seek legal remedies through any available channel if resolution is not otherwise achieved under this Section 13.13.

 

13.14.               Cumulative Rights.  The rights and remedies of each of the Parties under or pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such Party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general law.

 

13.15.               No Third Party Benefit .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the Parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or Persons any right, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

13.16.               Further Assurance.  Each of the Parties shall do, execute and perform and shall procure to be done and perform all such further acts, deeds, documents and things as the other Party may reasonably require from time to time to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 

13.17.               Waiver.  No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right or remedy provided by law under or pursuant to this Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or operate or be construed as a waiver or variation of it or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

17



 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

18



 

[Signature Page to License Agreement]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this License Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

SHIRE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Chapman

 

Name: Mike Chapman

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vipin Garg

 

Vipin Garg

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

TRAMMELL CROW COMPANY

 

COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

 

WALSTIB, L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

Landlord

 

AND

 

PHARMAFAB, INC.

 

Tenant

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

BASIC PROVISIONS

1

 

1.1

Parties

1

 

1.2

Premises

1

 

1.3

Term

1

 

1.4

Base Rent

1

 

1.5

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses

1

 

1.6

Tenant’s Estimated Monthly Rent Payment

1

 

1.7

Security Deposit

2

 

1.8

Permitted Use

2

 

1.9

Guarantor

2

 

1.10

Addenda and Exhibits

2

 

1.11

Address for Rent Payments

2

 

 

 

 

2.

PREMISES, PARKING AND COMMON AREAS

2

 

2.1

Letting

2

 

2.2

Common Areas - Definition

2

 

2.3

Common Areas - Tenant’s Rights

2

 

2.4

Common Areas - Rules and Regulations

2

 

2.5

Common Area Changes

3

 

 

 

 

3.

TERM

3

 

3.1

Term

3

 

3.2

Delay in Possession

3

 

3.3

Commencement Date Certificate

4

 

 

 

 

4.

RENT

4

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Base Rent

4

 

4.2

Operating Expenses

4

 

 

 

 

5.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

6

 

 

 

 

6.

USE

6

 

6.1

Permitted Use

6

 

6.2

Hazardous Substances

6

 

6.3

Tenant’s Compliance with Requirements

7

 

6.4

Inspection: Compliance with Law

7

 

6.5

Existing Environmental Conditions

7

 

 

 

 

7.

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS

8

 

7.1

Tenant’s Obligations

8

 

7.2

Landlord’s Obligations

8

 

7.3

Alterations

8

 

7.4

Surrender/Restoration

8

 

 

 

 

8.

INSURANCE; INDEMNITY

8

 

i



 

 

8.1

Payment of Premiums

8

 

8.2

Tenant’s Insurance

9

 

8.3

Landlord’s Insurance

9

 

8.4

Waiver of Subrogation

9

 

8.5

Indemnity

9

 

8.6

Exemption of Landlord from Liability

10

 

8.7

Breach of Lease by Landlord

10

 

 

 

 

9.

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

10

.

9.1

Termination Right

10

 

9.2

Damage Caused by Tenant

10

 

 

 

 

10.

REAL PROPERTY TAXES

11

 

10.1

Payment of Real Property Taxes

11

 

10.2

Real Property Tax Definition

11

 

10.3

Additional Improvements

11

 

10.4

Joint Assessment

11

 

10.5

Tenant’s Property Taxes

11

 

 

 

 

11.

UTILITIES

11

 

 

 

 

12.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

11

 

12.1

Landlord’s Consent Required

12

 

12.2

Rent Adjustment

12

 

 

 

 

13.

DEFAULT; REMEDIES

13

 

13.1

Default

13

 

13.2

Remedies

13

 

13.3

Late Charges

13

 

 

 

 

14.

CONDEMNATION

13

 

 

 

 

15.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14

 

15.1

Estoppel Certificate

14

 

15.2

Financial Statement

14

 

 

 

 

16.

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS AND PROVISIONS

14

 

16.1

Severability

14

 

16.2

Interest on Past-Due Obligations

14

 

16.3

Time of Essence

14

 

16.4

Landlord Liability

14

 

16.5

No Prior or Other Agreements

14

 

16.6

Notice Requirements

14

 

16.7

Date of Notice

14

 

16.8

Waivers

15

 

16.9

Holdover

15

 

16.10

Cumulative Remedies

15

 

16.11

Binding Effect; Choice of Law

15

 

16.12

Landlord

15

 

16.13

Attorneys’ Fees and Other Costs

15

 

16.14

Landlord’s Access: Showing Premises; Repairs

15

 

ii



 

 

16.15

Signs

16

 

16.16

Termination: Merger

16

 

16.17

Quiet Possession

16

 

16.18

Subordination: Attornment; Non-Disturbance

16

 

16.19

Financing By Tenant

17

 

16.20

Rules and Regulations

17

 

16.21

Security Measures

17

 

16.22

Reservations

17

 

16.23

Conflict

17

 

16.24

Offer

17

 

16.25

Amendments

17

 

16.26

Multiple Parties

17

 

16.27

Authority

17

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

18

EXHIBIT A

 

EXHIBIT B

 

EXHIBIT C

 

EXHIBIT D

 

 

iii



 

GLOSSARY

 

The following terms in the Lease are defined in the paragraphs opposite the terms.

 

TERM

 

DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH

 

 

 

Additional Rent

 

4.1

Applicable Requirements

 

6.3

Assign

 

12.1

Base Rent

 

1.4

Basic Provisions

 

1.1

Building

 

1.2

Building Operating Expenses

 

4.2(b)

Code

 

12.1

Commencement Date

 

1.3

Commencement Date Certified

 

3.3

Common Areas

 

2.2

Common Area Operating Expenses

 

4.2(b)

Condemnation

 

14

Default

 

13.1

Expiration Date

 

1.3

HVAC

 

4.2(a)

Hazardous Substance

 

6.2

Indemnity

 

8.5

Industrial Center

 

1.2

Landlord

 

1.1

Landlord Entities

 

6.2(c)

Lease

 

1.1

Lenders

 

6.4

Mortgage

 

16.18

Operating Expenses

 

4.2

Party/Parties

 

1.1

Permitted Use

 

1.8

Premises

 

1.2

Prevailing Party

 

16.13

Real Property Taxes

 

10.2

Rent

 

4.1

Reportable Use

 

6.2

Requesting Party

 

15

Responding Party

 

15

Rules and Regulations

 

2.4

Security Deposit

 

1.7

Taxes

 

10.2

Tenant

 

1.1

Tenant Acts

 

9.2

Tenant’s Share

 

1.5

Term

 

1.3

Use

 

6.1

 

iv



 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

INDUSTRIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE

 

1.                                        Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

 

1.1                                Parties : This Lease (“Lease”) dated June 29, 1999, is made by and between WALSTIB, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and PHARMAFAB, INC., a Texas corporation (“Tenant”) (collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party”).

 

1.2                                Premises : A portion, outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”), of the building (“Building”) located at 360 Riverside Business Center (Building B) in the City of Grand Prairie, State of Texas. The Building is located in the industrial center commonly known as 360 Riverside Business Center (the “Industrial Center”). Tenant shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.3 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof, exterior Walls or utility raceways of the Building or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located and all other buildings and improvements thereon are herein collectively referred to as the “Industrial Center.”

 

1.3                                Term : The period (“Term”) commencing on July 15, 1999, subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 below (“Commencement Date”), and ending July 31, 2006 (“Expiration Date”).

 

1.4                                Base Rent : Initially, the sum of $28,930.00 per month, subject to adjustment as set forth below (“Base Rent”). The first installment of Base Rent in the amount of $28,930.00 shall be payable on execution of this Lease. The Base Rent shall be as follows:

 

Months

 

Net PSF

 

Monthly

 

1-12

 

$

7.89

 

$

28,930.00

 

13-60

 

$

8.70

 

$

31,900.00

 

61-72

 

$

9.58

 

$

35,126.67

 

73-84

 

$

9.98

 

$

36,593.33

 

 

1.5                                    Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (“Tenant’s Share”):

 

(a)

 

Industrial Park

 

20.5

%

(b)

 

Building

 

38.7

%

 

1.6                                Tenant’s Estimated Monthly Rent Payment : Following is the estimated monthly Rent payment to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. This estimate is made at the inception of the Lease and is subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of this Lease:

 

(a)

 

Base Rent (Paragraph 4.1)

 

$

28,930.00

 

(b)

 

Operating Expenses (Paragraph 4.2;
excluding Real Property Taxes and
Landlord Insurance)

 

$

1,283.33

 

(d)

 

Landlord Insurance (Paragraph 8.3)

 

$

183.33

 

(e)

 

Real Property Taxes (Paragraph 10)

 

$

3,300.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Monthly Payment

 

$

33,696.66

 

 

1



 

1.7                                Security Deposit : $38,000.00 (“Security Deposit”).

 

1.8                                Permitted Use : Manufacturing, storage and distribution of pharmaceutical products (“Permitted Use”).

 

1.9                                Guarantor : Bruce K. Montgomery and Darlene Ryan.

 

1.10                         Addenda and Exhibits : Attached hereto are the following Addenda and Exhibits, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

(a)                        Addenda:                     Remedies Addendum

Tenant Improvements Addendum

Option To Extend Addendum

Additional Security Deposit Addendum

 

(b)                       Exhibits:                            Exhibit A :                                             Diagram of Premises.

Exhibit B :                                             Commencement Date Certificate.

Exhibit C :                                             Signage Criteria

Exhibit  D:                                             Subordination Agreement

 

1.11                         Address for Rent Payments: All amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord shall until further notice from Landlord be paid to WALSTIB, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership at the following address:

 

c/o Trammell Crow Dallas/Fort Worth

801 Avenue H East, Suite 101

Arlington, Texas 76011

 

2.                                       Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

 

2.1                                Letting . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease or that may have been used in calculating Base Rent and/or Operating Expenses is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

 

2.2                                Common Areas - Definition . “Common Areas” are all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Industrial Center and interior utility raceways within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Landlord from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, tenants, contractors and invitees.

 

2.3                                Common Areas - Tenant’s Rights . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the Term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Landlord under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or covenants, conditions and restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center.

 

2.4                                Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Landlord shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 16.19.

 

2



 

2.5                                Common Area Changes . Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time:

 

(a)                                  To make such changes to the Common Areas as Landlord, in the exercise of sound business judgment, may deem to be appropriate, including, without limitation, changes in the locations, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways; provided, however, that no such changes shall result in access to the Premises or the parking areas or loading areas adjacent to the Premises being denied to Tenant, and in any event Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize the extent to which any such changes in the Common Areas will impede or interfere with access to the Premises, including the use of parking spaces and loading areas adjacent to the Premises and the use of driveways providing ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

 

(b)                                  To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

 

(c)                                   To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Industrial Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

 

(d)                                  To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

 

(e)                                   To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion thereof; and

 

(f)                                    To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

 

3.                                       Term.

 

3.1                                Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2                                Delay in Possession . If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. In such case, Tenant shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay Rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under the terms of this Lease until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. The term of the Lease shall commence on the earlier of (a) the date upon which Tenant takes possession of the Premises, or (b) ten (10) days following notice to Tenant that the Leasehold Improvements (as defined in the Tenant Improvements Addendum) are substantially complete (as such term is defined in the Tenant Improvements Addendum) and Landlord is prepared to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant. If possession of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the receipt of a building permit in respect of the Premises from the City of Grand Prairie and such delay is not due to Tenant’s acts, failure to act or omissions, then Tenant shall be entitled, as its sole remedy, to receive one (1) day’s rental abatement (effective as of the Commencement Date) for each day of delay beyond such sixty (60) day period. If possession of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the receipt of a building permit in respect of the Premises from the City of Grand Prairie and such delay is not due to Tenant’s acts, failure to act or omissions, then Tenant shall be entitled, as its sole remedy, to receive two (2) days’ rental abatement (effective as of the Commencement Date) for each day of delay beyond such ninety (90) day period. If possession of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant within one hundred twenty (120) days after the receipt of a building permit in respect of the Premises from the City of Grand Prairie and such delay is not due to Tenant’s acts, failure to act or omissions, then Tenant may, as its sole remedy, cancel this Lease by notice in writing to Landlord within ten (10) days after the end of said one hundred twenty (120)

 

3



 

day period, and in such event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice from Tenant is not received by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, Tenant’s right to cancel this Lease shall terminate. If the Commencement Date is after August 1, 1999, and is not the first day in a calendar month, then the Term shall end, and the Expiration Date shall be, the last day of the eighty-four (84) month period that begins on the first day of the first full calendar month of the Term.

 

3.3                                Commencement Date Certificate . At the request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a completed certificate (“Commencement Date Certificate”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

4.                                       Rent.

 

4.1                                Base Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent and other monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease (such other monetary obligations are herein referred to as “Additional Rent”) in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, in advance on or before the first day of each month. Base Rent and Additional Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved. Payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be made to Landlord at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant. Base Rent and Additional Rent are collectively referred to as “Rent”. All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

 

4.2                                Operating Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of all Operating Expenses in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a).                               “Operating Expenses” are all costs incurred by Landlord relating to the ownership and operation of the Industrial Center, Building and Premises including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(i)                                      The operation, repair, maintenance and replacement in neat, clean, good order and condition of the Common Areas, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, drainage systems, lighting facilities, fences and gates, exterior signs and tenant directories.

 

(ii)                                   Water, gas, electricity, telephone and other utilities servicing the Common Areas.

 

(iii)                                Trash disposal, janitorial services, snow removal, property management and security services.

 

(iv)                               Reasonable reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and replacement of the Common Areas and Building.

 

(v)                                  Real Property Taxes.

 

(vi)                               Premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under Paragraph 8 hereof.

 

(vii)                            Environmental monitoring and insurance programs.

 

(viii)                         Monthly amortization of capital improvements to the Common Areas and the Building, it being agreed that the monthly amortization of any given capital improvement shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the cost of the capital improvement by Landlord’s estimate of the number of months of useful life of such

 

4



 

improvement.

 

(ix)                               Maintenance of the Building including, but not limited to, painting, caulking and repair and replacement of Building components, including, but not limited to, roof, elevators, mechanical, systems, and fire detection and sprinkler systems.

 

(xi)                               If Tenant fails to maintain the Premises, any expense incurred by Landlord for such maintenance.

 

(b)                                  Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses that are not specifically attributed to the Premises or Building (“Common Area Operating Expenses”) shall be that percentage shown in Paragraph 1.5(a). Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses that are attributable to the Building (“Building Operating Expenses”) shall be that percentage shown in Paragraph 1.5(b). Landlord in its reasonable discretion shall determine which Operating Expenses are Common Area Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses or expenses to be entirely borne by Tenant.

 

(c)                                   The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose any obligation upon Landlord to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services.

 

(d)                                  Tenant shall pay monthly in advance on the same day as the Base Rent is due Tenant’s Share of estimated Operating Expenses in the amount set forth in Paragraph 1.6. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Tenant’s estimated payments under this Paragraph 4(d) during the preceding year exceed Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall be credited the amount of such overpayment against Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses next becoming due. If Tenant’s estimated payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year were less than Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to tenant of said statement. At any time Landlord may adjust the amount of the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses to reflect Landlord’s estimate of such expenses for the year.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Controllable Operating Expenses (as hereinafter defined) payable by Tenant for each calendar year after 2000 shall not be more than the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Controllable Operating Expenses for the year 2000 and (ii) the product obtained by multiplying (A) .15, times (B) the number of complete calendar years that have elapsed between January 1 of the year 2000 and January 1 of the year for which such calculation is being made, times (C) the aggregate amount of Controllable Operating Expenses for the year 2000. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Controllable Operating Expenses” shall mean all items of Operating Expenses which are within the reasonable control of Landlord; thus, excluding Real Property Taxes, insurance, utilities, and other costs beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. The limit on the increases in Controllable Operating Expenses shall continue during any renewal or extended Term, using the year 2000 as the base year to calculate the applicable limit.

 

(f)                                    After giving Landlord thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof, Tenant may inspect or audit Landlord’s records relating to Operating Expenses for any periods of time within one year before the audit or inspection; however, no audit or inspection shall extend to periods of time before the Commencement Date. If Tenant fails to object to the calculation of Operating Expenses on an annual Operating Expense statement within thirty (30) days after the statement has been delivered to Tenant, then Tenant shall have waived its right to object to the calculation of Operating Expenses for the year in question and the calculation of Operating Expenses set forth on such statement shall be final. Tenant’s audit or inspection shall be conducted only during business hours reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of such audit or inspection, including $100 per hour of Landlord’s or the building manager’s employee time devoted to such inspection or audit, to reimburse Landlord for its overhead costs allocable to the inspection or audit, unless the total Operating Expenses charged to Tenant for the time period

 

5


 

in question is determined to be in error by more than five percent (5 %) in the aggregate, in which case Landlord shall pay the audit cost. Tenant may not conduct an inspection or have an audit performed more than once during any calendar year. If such inspection or audit reveals that an error was made in the Operating Expenses previously charged to Tenant, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment of any such costs, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord any underpayment of any such costs, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after notification thereof. Tenant shall maintain the results of each such audit or inspection confidential and shall not be permitted to use any third party to perform such audit or inspection, other than an independent firm of certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Landlord which agrees with Landlord in writing to maintain the results of such audit or inspection confidential.

 

5.                                       Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon Tenant’s execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent or otherwise defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Landlord may use the Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Landlord or to reimburse or compensate Landlord for any liability, cost, expense, loss or damage (including attorney’s fees) which Landlord may suffer or incur by reason thereof. Tenant shall on demand pay Landlord the amount so used or applied so as to restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth in Paragraph 1.7. Landlord shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Landlord shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof and after Tenant has vacated the Premises, return to Tenant that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Landlord. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

 

6.                                       Use.

 

6.1                                Permitted Use . Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Paragraph 1.8. Tenant shall not commit any nuisance, permit the emission of any objectionable noise or odor, suffer any waste, or make any use of the Premises which is contrary to any law or ordinance, or which would invalidate any of Landlord’s insurance, or which would increase the premiums for any insurance carried by Landlord which is typically carried by landlords of properties comparable to the Industrial Center. Tenant shall not service, maintain or repair vehicles on the Premises, Building or Common Areas. Tenant shall not store foods, pallets, drums or any other materials outside the Premises.

 

6.2                                Hazardous Substances .

 

(a)                                  Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Landlord to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant will be using the Premises for the manufacture, storing and distribution of pharmaceutical and related materials (some of which may contain Hazardous Substances) in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business (collectively, “Tenant’s Products”). Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to prohibit Tenant from bringing Tenant’s Products upon the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant must comply with all Applicable Requirements in respect of Tenant’s Products. With the exception of Tenant’s Products, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, generate, possess, store, use, transport, or dispose of a Hazardous Substance (i) that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, or (ii) with respect to which any Applicable Requirements require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Furthermore, Tenant shall not install or use any above or below ground storage tank in the Industrial Center.

 

6



 

(b)                                  Duty to Inform Landlord . If Tenant knows that a Hazardous Substance is located in, under or about the Premises or the Building in violation of Applicable Requirements, Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) in violation of Applicable Requirements.

 

(c)                                   Indemnification . Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord, Landlord’s affiliates, Lenders, and the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, managers, independent contractors, attorneys and agents of the foregoing (“Landlord Entities”) and the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Tenant or by any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Tenant, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

6.3                                Tenant’s Compliance with Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all “Applicable Requirements,” which term is used in this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Landlord’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, provide Landlord with copies of all documents and information evidencing Tenant’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Landlord in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Tenant or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

 

6.4                                Inspection; Compliance with Law . In addition to Landlord’s environmental monitoring and insurance program, the cost of which is included in Operating Expenses, Landlord and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises (“Lenders”) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Tenant with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements. Landlord shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Landlord with respect to Tenant’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. Any inspection of the Premises conducted by Landlord or Lenders (other than in the event of an emergency) shall be done in compliance with any applicable requirements of the federal Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or any requirements imposed by Tenant in order to comply with requirements of the FDA. The cost and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same unless a violation of Applicable Requirements exists or is imminent or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Tenant shall upon request reimburse Landlord or Landlord’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

 

6.5                                Existing Environmental Conditions . Prior to the execution of this Lease, Landlord has delivered to Tenant an environmental report (the “Environmental Report”) in respect of the Building commissioned by Landlord. Landlord represents to Tenant that as of the date hereof Landlord has no actual knowledge of any environmental matters affecting the Property other than those disclosed in the Environmental Report.

 

7



 

7.                                       Maintenance, Repairs, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1                                Tenant’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.2 (Landlord’s Obligations), Paragraph 9 (Damage or Destruction) and Paragraph 14 (Condemnation), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonable or readily accessible to Tenant and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Tenant’s use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises) including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”), plumbing, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connectors if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems serving the Premises shall be operated at Tenant’s sole expense and shall be maintained, at Tenant’s sole expense, pursuant to maintenance service contracts entered into by Tenant; provided, however, that the scope of services and contractors under such maintenance contracts shall be reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for removal of snow and ice from the sidewalks adjacent to the Premises. Tenant’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Landlord shall grant Tenant the benefit of any assignable warranty covering the equipment serving the Premises for which Tenant is responsible hereunder.

 

7.2                                Landlord’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6 (Use), Paragraph 7.1 (Tenant’s Obligations), Paragraph 9 (Damage or Destruction) and Paragraph 14 (Condemnation), Landlord at its expense and not subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations and exterior walls of the Building and utility systems outside the Building. Landlord, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the Common Areas and the roof of the Building. Landlord’s obligation to keep the Common Areas in good order, condition and repair shall include, without limitation, the obligation to keep the driveways and parking areas included in the Common Areas adequately paved, to keep such parking areas adequately striped, and to provide adequate drainage to the Common Areas.

 

7.3                                Alterations . Tenant shall not make nor cause to be made any alterations or installations in, on, under or about the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s consent for alterations totaling less than $20,000 in any single instance or series of related alterations performed within a six (6) month period, provided that such alterations do not (a) involve penetration of the roof of the Building or any load-bearing walls or exterior glass panes in the Building, (b) affect any structural elements of the Building, (c) affect the configuration or location of any exterior or load-bearing interior walls of the Building, or (d) affect any mechanical systems in the Building (including, without limitation, the electrical and plumbing systems in the Building).

 

7.4                                Surrender/Restoration . Tenant shall surrender the Premises by the end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date, clean and free of debris and in good operating order, condition and state of repair ordinary wear and tear excepted. Without limiting the generality of the above, Tenant shall remove all personal property, trade fixtures and floor bolts, patch all floors and cause all lights to be in good operating condition.

 

8.                                       Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1                                Payment of Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under this Paragraph 8 shall be a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

 

8



 

8.2                                Tenant’s Insurance .

 

(a)                                  At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect during the Term of the lease the following insurance coverages insuring against claims which may arise from or in connection with the Tenant’s operation and use of the leased premises.

 

(i)                Commercial General Liability with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence; $2,000,000 general aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If required by Landlord, liquor liability coverage will be included.

 

(ii)             Workers’ Compensation insurance with statutory limits and Employers Liability with a $1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury or disease.

 

(iii)          Automobile Liability covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a $1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury and property damage.

 

(iv)         Property insurance against all risks of loss to any tenant improvements or betterments and business personal property on a full replacement cost basis with no coinsurance penalty provision; and Business Interruption Insurance with a limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of all insurance reflecting evidence of required coverages prior to initial occupancy; and annually thereafter.

 

(c)                                   All insurance required under this Paragraph 8.2: (i) shall be primary and non-contributory, (ii) shall provide for severability of interests, (iii) shall be issued by insurers licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and rated A:VII or better by Best’s Key Rating Guide, (iv) shall be endorsed to include Landlord and such other persons or entities as Landlord may from time to time designate, as additional insureds (Commercial General Liability only), and (v) shall be endorsed to provide at least thirty (30)days prior notification of cancellation or material change in coverage to said additional insureds.

 

8.3                                Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, maintain all risk, including earthquake and flood, insurance covering the buildings within the Industrial Center, Commercial General Liability and such other insurance in such amounts and covering such other liability or hazards as deemed appropriate by Landlord. The amount and scope of coverage of Landlord’s insurance shall be determined by Landlord from time to time in its sole discretion and shall be subject to such deductible amounts as Landlord may elect. Landlord shall have the right to reduce or terminate any insurance or coverage. Premiums for any such insurance shall be a Common Area Operating Expense.

 

8.4                                Waiver of Subrogation . To the extent permitted by law and without affecting the coverage provided by insurance required to be maintained hereunder, Landlord and Tenant each waive any right to recover against the other on account of any and all claims Landlord or Tenant may have against the other with respect to property insurance actually carried, or required to be carried hereunder, to the extent of the proceeds realized from such insurance coverage.

 

8.5                                Indemnity . Subject to Section 8.6, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord, its successors, assigns, agents, employees, contractors, partners, directors, officers and affiliates (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties) from and against all fines, suits, losses, costs, liabilities, claims, demands, actions and judgments of every kind or character (a) arising from Tenant’s failure to perform its covenants hereunder, (b) recovered from or asserted against any of the Indemnified Parties on account of any Loss (defined below) to the extent that any such Loss is caused by a Tenant Party or any other person entering upon the Premises under or with a Tenant Party’s express or implied invitation or permission, (c) arising from or out of the occupancy or use by a Tenant Party or arising from or

 

9



 

out of any occurrence in the Premises, or (d) suffered by, recovered from or asserted against any of the Indemnified Parties by a Tenant Party, regardless of whether Landlord’s negligence caused such loss or damage. However, such indemnification of the Indemnified Parties by Tenant shall not be applicable if such loss, damage, or injury is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its duly authorized agents or employees. The provisions of this Paragraph 8.5 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination.

 

8.6                                Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or those claiming by, through, or under Tenant for any injury to or death of any person or persons or the damage to or theft, destruction, loss or loss of use of any property or inconvenience (a “ Loss ”) caused by casualty, theft, fire, third parties, or any other matter (including Losses arising through repair or alteration of any part of the Building, or failure to make repairs, or from any other cause), regardless of whether the negligence (other than gross negligence) of either party caused such Loss in whole or in part, Landlord and Tenant each waives any claim it might have against the other for any damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property, to the extent the same is insured against under any insurance policy maintained by it that covers the Building, the Premises, Landlord’s or Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements, or business, or is required to be insured against by the waiving party under the terms hereof, regardless of whether the negligence or fault of the other party caused such loss; however, Landlord’s waiver shall not apply to any deductible amounts maintained by Landlord under its insurance. Each party shall cause its insurance carrier to endorse all applicable policies waiving the carrier’s rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise against the other party.

 

8.7                                Breach of Lease by Landlord . Nothing contained in Section 8.5 or Section 8.6 above shall be construed to limit the remedies for breach of contract which Tenant may have for breach of this Lease by Landlord (it being agreed, however, that such remedies shall in all events be subject to other applicable provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Section 16.4 hereof).

 

9.                                       Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1                                Termination Right . Tenant shall give Landlord immediate written notice of any damage to the Premises. Thereafter, Landlord shall send Tenant written notice (the “Estimated Time Notice”) of the estimated period of time, as determined by Landlord’s architect, that repair of such damage will substantially interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.2, if the damage to the Premises is such that, in the opinion of Landlord’s architect as set forth in the Estimated Time Notice, there will be substantial interference with the conduct by Tenant of its business at the Premises for a period exceeding ninety (90) consecutive days, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by sending Landlord written notice thereof within ten (10) days after Tenant receives the Estimated Time Notice (time being of the essence), which termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice of termination to Landlord. If the Estimated Time Notice states that repair of damage will not interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises for more than ninety (90) consecutive days, but such repair does in fact interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises for a period in excess of ninety (90) days (excluding delays caused by events of force majeure), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by sending Landlord written notice thereof within ten (10) days after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period (time being of the essence), which termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice of termination to Landlord. No such termination shall excuse the performance by Tenant of those covenants which under the terms hereof survive termination. Rent shall be abated in proportion to the degree of interference during the period that there is such substantial interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises. Abatement of rent and Tenant’s right of termination pursuant to this provision shall be Tenant’s only remedies for failure of Landlord to keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations and exterior walls of the Building, Building roof, utility systems outside the Building, the Common Areas and HVAC.

 

9.2                                Damage Caused by Tenant . Tenant’s termination rights under Paragraph 9.1 shall not apply if the damage to the Premises or Building is the result of any act or omission of Tenant or of any of Tenant’s agents,

 

10



 

employees, customers, invitees or contractors (“Tenant Acts”). Any damage resulting from a Tenant Act shall be promptly repaired by Tenant. Landlord at its option may at Tenant’s expense repair any damage caused by Tenant Acts. Tenant shall continue to pay all rent and other sums due hereunder and shall be liable to Landlord for all damages that Landlord may sustain resulting from a Tenant Act.

 

10.                                Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1                         Payment of Real Property Taxes . Landlord shall pay the Real Property Taxes due and payable during the term of this Lease and, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2. The amount of Real Property Taxes included in Operating Expenses shall take into account fully any tax abatement in effect with respect to the Industrial Center, such that Tenant derives its proportionate share of the benefit of any such tax abatement.

 

10.2                         Real Property Tax Definition . As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” is any form of tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, imposed or levied by any governmental authority or by any owners’ association upon the Industrial Center or any interest of Landlord in the Industrial Center. Real Property Taxes include (a) any tax or charge which replaces or is in addition to any of such above-described “Real Property Taxes,” (b) any charge or assessment imposed upon the Industrial Center by an owners’ association or similar entity, and (c) any fees, expenses or costs (including attorney’s fees, expert fees and the like) incurred by Landlord in protesting or contesting any assessments levied or any tax rate. Real Property Taxes for tax years commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

 

10.3                         Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes attributable to improvements placed upon the Industrial Center by other tenants or by Landlord for the exclusive enjoyment of such other tenants. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.1 hereof, Tenant shall, however, pay to Landlord at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed by reason of improvements placed upon the Premises by Tenant or at Tenant’s request.

 

10.4                         Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be based upon the assessed value of the Building and the land associated with the Building relative to the total assessed value of all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed (it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for payment of Tenant’s Share of taxes allocated to the Building, as set forth in Section 1.5(b) of the Basic Provisions). In the absence of manifest error, Landlord’s allocation of Real Property Taxes to the Building shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

10.5                         Tenant’s Property Taxes . Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Tenant’s improvements, fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center.

 

11.                                Utilities. Tenant shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, HVAC, telephone, security, gas and cleaning of the Premises, together with any taxes thereon.

 

12.                                Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1                         Landlord’s Consent Required .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 12.1(c) below, Tenant shall not assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, “assign”) or sublet all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Relevant criteria in determining reasonableness of consent include, but are not limited to, credit history of a proposed

 

11



 

assignee or sublessee, references from prior landlords, any change or intensification of use of the Premises or the Common Areas and any limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Real Estate Investment Trusts. Any assignment or subletting shall not release Tenant from its obligations hereunder. Tenant shall not (i) sublet or assign or enter into other arrangements such that the amounts to be paid by the sublessee or assignee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of the sublessee or assignee; (ii) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”); or (iii) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease in any other manner which could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or which could cause any other income received by Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Code. The requirements of this Section 12.1 shall apply to any further subleasing by any subtenant.

 

(b)                                  A change in the control of Tenant shall constitute an assignment requiring Landlord’s consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting or management control of Tenant shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 12.1(a), Landlord agrees that during the twelve (12) month period after the Commencement Date, Tenant may assign this Lease, without obtaining the consent of Landlord, to a limited partnership (to be named PFab LP) in which the partners (general and limited) are entities owned or controlled by PharmaFab, Inc., Bruce K. Montgomery or Darlene Ryan (or a combination thereof). However, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of such assignment. No such assignment shall relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease or relieve Bruce K. Montgomery or Darlene Ryan of their obligations as guarantors of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall (i) cause the assignee to execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the assumption by such assignee of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and (ii) cause each guarantor of this Lease to execute a ratification of his or her guaranty.

 

12.2                         Rent Adjustment . If, as of the effective date of any permitted assignment or subletting the then remaining term of this Lease is less than three (3) years, Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of assignment or subletting subject to the performance by Tenant of those covenants which under the terms hereof survive termination.

 

13.                                Default; Remedies.

 

13.1                         Default . The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant (“Default”):

 

(a)                                  The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant;

 

(b)                                  Failure to pay any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other monies due and payable hereunder for a period of three (3) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice thereof; provided, however, that a Default shall immediately occur hereunder, without Landlord first having to give Tenant written notice, if Tenant is more than three (3) days delinquent in paying any Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other monies due under this Lease and Landlord has given Tenant written notice under this Paragraph 13.1(b) on more than one (1) occasion during the Term.

 

(c)                                   A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor for the benefit of creditors;

 

(d)                                  The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant or any guarantor, the filing of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary petition by Tenant’s creditors or guarantors;

 

12



 

(e)                                   Receivership, attachment, of other judicial seizure of the Premises or all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets on the Premises;

 

(f)                                    Failure of Tenant to maintain insurance as required by Paragraph 8.2;

 

(g)                                   Any breach by Tenant of its covenants under Paragraph 6.2;

 

(h)                                  Failure in the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder (except those failures specified as events of Default in other Paragraphs of this Paragraph 13.1 which shall be governed by such other Paragraphs), which failure continues for 10 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant provided that, if Tenant has exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured within such ten (10) day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this subparagraph unless Tenant fails thereafter diligently and continuously to prosecute the cure to completion; and

 

(i)                                      The default of any guarantors of Tenant’s obligations hereunder under any guaranty of this Lease, or the attempted repudiation or revocation of any such guaranty.

 

13.2                         Remedies . In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the remedies set forth in the Addendum attached hereto entitled “Landlord’s Remedies in Event of Tenant Default”.

 

13.3                         Late Charges . Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within 10 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to 5% of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

14.                                Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five (25%) of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Tenant’s parking, is taken by condemnation, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises. No reduction of Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any compensation, separately awarded to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses and/or loss of Tenants trade fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Landlord shall to the extent of its net severance damages in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance damages required to complete such repair.

 

13



 

15.                                Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements.

 

15.1                         Estoppel Certificate . Each party (herein referred to as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party, to the extent it can truthfully do so, an estoppel certificate in the form attached hereto, plus such additional information, confirmation a/or statements as be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

15.2                         Financial Statement . If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Building, Industrial Center or any part thereof, Tenant and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Tenant’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

16.                                Additional Covenants and Provisions.

 

16.1                         Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

16.2                         Interest on Past-Due Obligations . Any monetary payment due Landlord hereunder not received by Landlord within 10 days following the date on which it was due shall bear interest from the date due at twelve percent (12%) per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law in addition to the late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.3.

 

16.3                         Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

16.4                         Landlord Liability . Tenant, its successors and assigns, shall not assert nor seek to enforce any claim for breach of this Lease against any of Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s interest in the Industrial Center. Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability or claim against Landlord under this Lease. In no event whatsoever shall Landlord (which term shall include, without limitation, any general or limited partner, trustees, beneficiaries, officers, directors, or stockholders of Landlord) ever be personally liable for any such liability.

 

16.5                         No Prior or Other Agreements . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and supersedes all oral, written prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings.

 

16.6                         Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission during normal business hours, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in the Paragraph 16.6. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon Tenant’s taking possessing of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenant’s address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Tenant. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Tenant.

 

16.7                         Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given 48 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and

 

14



 

mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or delivered upon telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof, provided a copy is also delivered via hand or overnight delivery or certified mail. If notice is received on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

16.8                         Waivers . No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of a default by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent default by such defaulting party or a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof.

 

16.9                         Holdover . Tenant has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant holds over with the consent of Landlord: (a) the Base Rent payable shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination; (b) Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate on thirty (30) days notice from Landlord and (c) all other terms and conditions of this Lease shall continue to apply. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages, obligations, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees incurred or suffered by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

16.10                  Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies in law or in equity.

 

16.11                  Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

16.12                  Landlord . The covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord are binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during and in respect of their respective period of ownership of such interest in the Industrial Center. In the event of any transfer or transfers of such title to the Industrial Center, Landlord (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be concurrently freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance, without any further instrument or agreement, of all liability with respect to the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed.

 

16.13                  Attorneys’ Fees and Other Costs . If any Party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought. Landlord shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting breach. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for all reasonable legal, engineering and other professional services expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with all requests by Tenant for consent or approval hereunder.

 

16.14                  Landlord’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary. Any inspection of the Premises conducted by Landlord or Landlord’s agents (other than in the event of an emergency)

 

15


 

shall be done in compliance with any applicable requirements of the FDA or any requirements imposed by Tenant in order to comply with requirements of the FDA. Landlord may at any time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Landlord may at any time during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. All such activities of Landlord shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Tenant.

 

16.15                  Signs . Tenant shall not place any signs at or upon the exterior of the Premises or the Building, except that Tenant may, with Landlord’s prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise Tenant’s own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by Landlord and comply with sign ordinances and the sign age criteria established for the Industrial Center by Landlord. The sign age criteria of Landlord is attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

16.16                  Termination: Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Landlord, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Landlord for Default by Tenant, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall, in the event of any such surrender, termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any existing subtenancies. Landlord’s failure within ten (10) days following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Landlord’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

16.17                  Quiet Possession . Upon payment by Tenant of the Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

 

16.18                  Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance .

 

(a)                       Subordination. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or mortgage (collectively, “Mortgage”) now or hereafter placed by Landlord upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Tenant agrees that any person holding any Mortgage shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Landlord under this Lease. In the event of Landlord’s default with respect to any such obligation, Tenant will give any Lender, whose name and address have previously in writing been furnished Tenant, notice of a default by Landlord. Tenant may not exercise any remedies for default by Landlord unless and until Landlord and the Lender shall have received written notice of such default and a reasonable time (not less than sixty (60) days) shall thereafter have elapsed without the default having been cured. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease superior to the lien of its Mortgage and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage. The provisions of a Mortgage relating to the disposition of condemnation and insurance proceeds shall prevail over any contrary provisions contained in this Lease.

 

(b)                       Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of subparagraph C of this Paragraph 16.18, Tenant agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Mortgage. In the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord, or (iii) be liable for security deposits or be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

 

(c)                        Non-Disturbance. With respect to Mortgage entered into by Landlord after the execution of this Lease, Tenant’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “non-disturbance agreement”) from the Mortgage holder not disturbing Tenant’s possession of the Premises so long as this Lease is in full force and

 

16



 

effect and Tenant is not in default under this Lease.

 

(d)                        Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 16.18 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Landlord or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of Premises, Tenant and Landlord shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein. Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power to subordinate this Lease to a Mortgage.

 

16.19                  Financing by Tenant . Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant may grant a security interest in the personalty, furniture, trade fixtures and inventory owned by Tenant in the Premises to an institutional lender. Upon the grant of such security interest, Landlord shall, upon the request of Tenant, execute and deliver to Tenant a subordination agreement in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

16.20                  Rules and Regulations . Tenant agrees that it will abide by, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, tenants, contractors and invitees to abide by all reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) which Landlord may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the Common Areas, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Industrial Center; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to attempt to enforce the Rules and Regulations on a uniform basis.

 

16.21                  Security Measures . Tenant acknowledges that the rental payable to Landlord hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures. Landlord has no obligations to provide same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Tenant, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

16.22                  Reservations . Landlord reserves the right to grant such easements that Landlord deems necessary and to cause the recordation of parcel maps, so long as such easements and maps do not reasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easements or maps.

 

16.23                  Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

16.24                  Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant or Landlord’s agent or Tenant’s agent and submission of same to Tenant or Landlord shall not be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

16.25                  Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification.

 

16.26                  Multiple Parties . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as Tenant, the obligations of such persons shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Tenant.

 

16.27                  Authority . Each person signing on behalf of Landlord or Tenant warrants and represents that she or is authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and to make it a binding obligation of Landlord or Tenant.

 

[Signatures appear on following page]

 

17



 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Landlord:

 

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

 

PharmaFab, Inc.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C.,

 

By:

/s/ Bruce Montgomery

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

Its:

President

 

Its sole general partner

 

Telephone:

817 590 2841

 

 

 

Facsimile:

817 590 2851

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd.,

 

Executed at:

Fort Worth, Texas

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

on:

10 June 1999

 

Its Administrative Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Telephone:

(214) 979–6180

 

 

 

Facsimile:

(214) 979–6355

 

 

 

Executed at:

2200 Ross Ave., Suite 3700

 

 

 

on:

June 29, 1999

 

 

 

 

18



 

Landlord’s Remedies Addendum In Event of Tenant Default

(State of Texas)

 

(a)                                  Upon any Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by Applicable Requirements, take any of the follow actions:

 

(i)                                      Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (A) all unpaid past due rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination, (B) all amounts due under paragraph (b) below, and (C) an amount equal to (1) the total rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to a present value at a per annum rate equal to the “ Prime Rate ” as published on the date this Lease is terminated by The Wall Street Journal, Southwest Edition, in its listing of “ Money Rents ”, minus (2) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, as determined by Landlord in good faith, similarly discounted; or

 

(ii)                                   Terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises and change the door locks to the Premises without terminating this Lease, with or without notice thereof to Tenant, and without judicial proceedings, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (A) all unpaid past due rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (B) all amounts due from time to time under paragraph (b) below, and (C) all rent and other sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period. Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the rent due hereunder. Reentry to Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to exclude or dispossess Tenant of the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this paragraph (a)(ii). If Landlord elects to proceed under this paragraph (a)(ii), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under paragraph (a)(i) above. Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm that the terms and provisions of this addendum supersedes Section 93.002 of the Texas Property Code to the extent of any conflict.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) in (i) obtaining possession of the Premises, (ii) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, (iii) renovating, repairing and altering the Premises for a new tenant or tenants, (iv) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions, reasonable cost of tenant finish work, and other costs incidental to such reletting), (v) performing Tenant’s obligations which Tenant failed to perform, and (vi) enforcing, or advising Landlord of its rights, remedies, and recourses. Landlord’s acceptance of rent following the occurrence of a Default shall not waive Landlord’s rights regarding such Default. Landlord’s receipt of rent with knowledge of any Default by Tenant hereunder shall not be a waiver of such Default, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless set forth in writing and signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive Landlord’s rights regarding any future violation of such term or violation of any other term. If Landlord repossesses the Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, then Landlord shall have the right to (A) keep in place and use or (B) remove and store, at Tenant’s expense, all of the furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, deemed abandoned by Tenant in the Premises, including that which is owned by or leased to Tenant at all times before any foreclosure thereon by Landlord or repossession thereof by any lessor thereof or third party having a lien thereon. Landlord may relinquish possession of all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to any person (a “ Claimant ”) who presents to Landlord a copy of any instrument represented by Claimant to have been executed by Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant) granting Claimant the right under various circumstances to take possession of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, without the necessity on the part of Landlord to inquire into the authenticity or legality of the instrument. The rights

 

19



 

of Landlord herein stated are in addition to any and all other rights that Landlord has or may hereafter have at law or in equity, and Tenant agrees that the rights herein granted Landlord are commercially reasonable.

 

20



 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

INDUSTRIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE

 

Tenant Improvements Addendum

 

1.                                       Landlord shall construct the leasehold improvements in the Premises (the “Leasehold Improvements”) in substantial accordance with plans and specifications (the “Plans”) which have been mutually approved in writing by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant will endeavor to agree upon the Final Plans not later than June 10, 1999. Tenant shall be responsible for the costs of preparing the Final Plans and any other architectural and design costs in respect of the Leasehold Improvements (which costs may be paid from the Tenant Allowance, as hereinafter defined).

 

2.                                       After the Plans have been approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall competitively bid the job to a minimum of three (3) qualified general contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall contract with the lowest qualified bidder, or such other bidder as is agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Contractor”), to construct the Leasehold Improvements in the Premises; provided, however, that if the lowest bid (or such other bid agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant) is more than Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($900,000), Landlord and Tenant shall revise the Plans in such a manner that the cost of constructing the Leasehold Improvements reflected in the Plans, as revised, is not more than Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($900,000). Landlord shall cause the Contractor to construct the Leasehold Improvements in substantial accordance with the approved Plans and in a good and workmanlike manner utilizing all new materials. The contract with the Contractor shall obligate the Contractor to obtain necessary permits and approvals from local governmental authorities in respect of the construction of the Leasehold Improvements and to construct the Leasehold Improvements in accordance with all applicable laws, codes and regulations (it being expressly agreed that it shall be the responsibility of Tenant to cause any requirements of the FDA to be incorporated into the approved Plans). During the construction period, Tenant shall have access to the Premises during reasonable times to observe the progress and quality of the work; provided, however, that Tenant shall at all time when visiting the Premises comply with Contractor’s safety requirements. Any changes which the Tenant may request during the construction of Leasehold Improvements shall be submitted to the Landlord in written form, and change orders shall be subject to the written approval of both Landlord and Tenant. Thereupon, Landlord shall prepare a written change order for Tenant’s review and approval, which, when signed by Tenant and Landlord, shall authorize Landlord to make such change in the Leasehold Improvements.

 

3.                                       The Leasehold Improvements shall be deemed to be “substantially complete”and ready for delivery to Tenant at such time as a certificate of occupancy for the Premises is secured from the City of Grand Prairie. At such time as the Leasehold Improvements are substantially complete, Landlord, Tenant and Contractor shall walk the Premises for the purpose of preparing a “punch list” of items needing correction. Thereafter, the architect for construction of the Leasehold Improvements shall issue a certificate of substantial completion to which the “punch list” shall be attached. Landlord shall cause the Contractor to correct or complete the items on the “punch list” as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the date upon which the Leasehold Improvements are substantially complete.

 

4.                                       Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all costs associated with the construction of the Leasehold Improvements, including, but not limited to, the following: (a) all costs, including professional fees, of the architect and all other design and planning costs; (b) the costs of labor and material associated with the construction of the Leasehold Improvements; and (c) a fee to Trammell Crow Dallas Fort Worth equal to four percent (4%) of the sum of all design, planning and construction costs associated with the construction of the Leasehold Improvements. It is understood and agreed that the Tenant Allowance, as hereinafter defined, may be used to pay the costs described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the preceding sentence.

 

21



 

5.                                       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord grants to Tenant an allowance (the “Tenant Allowance”) in the amount of Seven Hundred Ninety-Two Thousand Dollars ($792,000) to be applied to the cost of the Leasehold Improvements and other costs described in Paragraph 4 above. In the event that the bid for the Leasehold Improvements exceeds the Tenant Allowance, Tenant shall prepay to Landlord the amount of such excess prior to the time Landlord enters into the construction contract with Contractor, it being agreed that the Tenant Allowance shall be advanced before such funds deposited by Tenant are used to pay for construction of the Leasehold Improvements. If the cost of constructing the Leasehold Improvements is less than the Tenant Allowance, Tenant may, within the twelve (12) month period after the Commencement Date, apply the unused portion of the Tenant Allowance towards the cost of additional construction in the Premises or an upgrade of the tenant finish work in the Premises. In the event that any portion of the Tenant Allowance remains unused upon the expiration of the twelve (12) month period after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay such unused portion to Tenant or otherwise allow Tenant the benefit thereof.

 

6.                                       Tenant shall cooperate with the Contractor to promote the efficient and expeditious completion of the Leasehold Improvements. Tenant agrees that in the event of default in payment hereunder, including, but not limited to, those payments due under Paragraph 5 above, Landlord, in addition to any and all other remedies at law or in equity, shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant as in the event of default in payment of rent under the Lease.

 

7.                                       It is understood and agreed that any delay in construction of the Leasehold Improvements caused by Tenant shall not operate to delay the Commencement Date. Any of the following shall constitute a delay caused by Tenant: (a) Tenant’s failure to have preliminary plans prepared or Tenant’s failure to approve the plans in a timely manner; (b) any delay resulting from Tenant’s changes in the Plans; (c) any delay resulting from Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations which are not readily available; or (d) any delay in the construction of the Leasehold Improvements otherwise caused by Tenant.

 

Landlord:

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

PharmaFab, Inc.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C.,

 

By:

/s/ Bruce Montgomery

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

Its:

President

 

Its sole general partner

 

Telephone:

817 590 2841

 

 

 

Facsimile:

817 590 2851

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd.,

 

Executed at:

Fort Worth, Texas

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

on:

10 June 1999

 

Its Administrative Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Telephone:

(214) 979–6180

 

 

 

Facsimile:

(214) 979–6355

 

 

 

Executed at:

2200 Ross Ave., Suite 3700

 

 

 

on:

June 29, 1999

 

 

 

 

22


 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

INDUSTRIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE

 

Option To Extend Addendum

 

This Option To Extend Addendum is a part of the Lease dated June 29, 1999 by and between WALSTIB, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Tenant”) for the premises commonly known as 360 Riverside Business Center (Building B).

 

1.                                       Option to Extend.   Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the term of this Lease for the following periods (“Option Periods”) commencing when the prior term expires:

 

Months 85 — 145 “Period One”

 

Months 145 — 205 “Period Two”

 

2.                                       Exercise Dates.   For purposes of Paragraph 5 of this Addendum:

 

(a)             the Earliest Exercise Date is 12 months prior to the date that the applicable Option Period would commence; and

 

(b)              the Last Exercise Date is 9 months prior to the date that the applicable Option Period would commence.

 

3.                                       Monthly Base Rent.   The monthly Base Rent for each month of an Option Period shall be the amount calculated in accordance with the alternative selected below (“Rent Adjustment Alternative”).

 

x Market rent (“Market Rent Adjustment”)

 

4.                                        Conditions to Exercise of Option.   Tenant’s right to extend is conditioned upon and subject to each of the following:

 

(a)             In order to exercise an option to extend, Tenant must give written notice of such election to Landlord and Landlord must receive the same by the Last Exercise Date but not prior to the Earliest Exercise Date. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively. Failure to exercise an option terminates that option and all subsequent options. Tenant acknowledges that because of the importance to Landlord of knowing no later than the Last Exercise Date whether or not Tenant will exercise the option, the failure of Tenant to notify Landlord by the Last Exercise Date will conclusively be presumed an election by Tenant not to exercise the option.

 

(b)               Tenant shall have no right to exercise an option (i) if Tenant is in Default, or (ii) if during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the option, three (3) or more Defaults have occurred which were not cured within any applicable notice or grace period. The period of time within which an option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an option because of the provisions of this paragraph.

 

(c)                All of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this Addendum shall apply.

 

23



 

(d) The options are personal to Tenant, cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than Tenant and only while Tenant is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting. For purposes of the preceding sentence only, the term “Tenant” shall include any entity to which Tenant assigns the Lease pursuant to Section 12.1(c) of the Lease.

 

5.             Calculation of Rent Adjustment

 

(a)  Market Rent Adjustment . Four months prior to the commencement of each Option Period, if the selected Rent Adjustment Alternative is the Market Rent Adjustment, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine the Base Rent for the Option Period. If agreement cannot be reached within 30 days, then Landlord and Tenant shall each, no later then 90 days prior to the commencement of the Option Period, make a reasonable determination of the fair market rental for the Premises for the Option Period and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)            No later than 90 days prior to the commencement of the Option Period, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an industrial leasing broker to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall, no later then 75 days prior to the commencement of the Option Period, select a third mutually acceptable industrial leasing broker to act as a third arbitrator.

 

(ii)           The three arbitrators, acting by a majority, shall no later then 75 days prior to the commencement of the Option Period, determine the actual fair market rental for the Premises for the Option Period. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the parties. The fair market rental determination of Landlord or Tenant which is closest to the fair market rental as determined by the arbitrators shall be the Base Rent for the Option Period.

 

(iii)         If either of the parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the period required by this Addendum, the arbitrator timely appointed shall determine the Base Rent for the Option Period.

 

(iv)          The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose fair market rental submission is not selected.

 

[Signatures appear on following page]

 

24



 

Landlord:

Tenant:

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P.

PharmaFab, Inc.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C.,

 

By:

/s/ Bruce Montgomery

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

Its:

President

 

Its sole general partner

 

Telephone:

817 590 2841

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd.,

 

Facsimile:

817 590 2851

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

Executed at:

Fort Worth, Texas

 

Its Administrative Member

 

on:

10 June 1999

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Telephone:

(214) 979–6180

 

 

 

Facsimile:

(214) 979–6355

 

 

 

Executed at:

2200 Ross Ave., Suite 3700

 

 

 

on:

June 29, 1999

 

 

 

 

25



 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

INDUSTRIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE

 

Additional Security Deposit Addendum

 

This Additional Security Deposit Addendum is a part of the Lease dated June 29, 1999 by and between WALSTIB, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Tenant”) for the premises commonly known as 360 Riverside Business Center (Building B).

 

Tenant agrees to pay Landlord an Additional Security Deposit in the amount of $80,000.00 that can be held in the form of a Certificate Of Deposit or Letter Of Credit. Such Additional Security Deposit shall be refunded after five (5) years, unless during the first five (5) years of occupancy there have occurred three (3) or more Defaults which were not cured within any applicable notice or grace period. If the Additonal Security Deposit is in the form of a Certificate Of Deposit or Letter Of Credit and the Premises are sold, Tenant shall, at its expense, cause the Certificate Of Deposit or Letter Of Credit, as the case may be, to be reissued in the name of the purchaser..

 

Landlord:

Tenant:

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P.

PharmaFab, Inc.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C.,

 

By:

/s/ Bruce Montgomery

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

Its:

President

 

Its sole general partner

 

Telephone:

817 590 2841

 

 

 

Facsimile:

817 590 2851

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd.,

 

Executed at:

Fort Worth, Texas

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

on:

10 June 1999

 

Its Administrative Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Telephone:

(214) 979–6180

 

 

 

Facsimile:

(214) 979–6355

 

 

 

Executed at:

2200 Ross Ave., Suite 3700

 

 

 

on:

June 29, 1999

 

 

 

 

26



 

GUARANTY OF LEASE

 

WHEREAS, WALSTIB, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Tenant”) are about to execute a lease (“Lease”) dated June 29 1999, for the premises commonly known as 360 Riverside Business Center (Building B).

 

WHEREAS, Bruce K. Montgomery and Darlene Ryan (each a “Guarantor”) have a financial interest in Tenant;

 

WHEREAS, Landlord would not execute the Lease if Guarantor did not execute and deliver to Landlord this Guaranty of Lease.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the execution of the foregoing Lease by Landlord and as a material inducement to Landlord to execute the Lease:

 

1.           Guarantor hereby jointly, severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the prompt payment by Tenant of all rents and all other sums payable by Tenant under the Lease and the faithful and prompt performance by Tenant of each and every one of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant.

 

2.           The terms of the Lease may, without the consent of or notice to Guarantor, be modified by Landlord and Tenant or by a course of conduct and this Guaranty shall guarantee the performance of said Lease as so modified. The Lease may be assigned by Landlord or any assignee of Landlord without consent or notice to Guarantor.

 

3.           This Guaranty shall not be released, modified or affected by the failure or delay on the part of Landlord to enforce any of the rights or remedies of the Landlord under the Lease, whether pursuant to the terms thereof or at law or in equity.

 

4.           No notice of default need be given to Guarantor. The guaranty of the undersigned is a continuing guaranty under which Landlord may proceed immediately against Tenant and/or against any Guarantor (or each Guarantor) following any breach or default by Tenant or for the enforcement of any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant under the terms of the Lease or at law or in equity.

 

5.           Landlord shall have the right to proceed against any Guarantor (or each Guarantor) hereunder following any breach or default by Tenant without first proceeding against Tenant and without previous notice to or demand upon either Tenant or any Guarantor.

 

6.           Each Guarantor hereby waives (a) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, (b) demand of payment, presentation and protest, (c) any right to require the Landlord to proceed against the Tenant or any other Guarantor or any other person or entity liable to Landlord, (d) any right to require Landlord to apply to any default any security deposit or other security it may hold under the Lease, (e) any right to require Landlord to proceed under any other remedy Landlord may have before proceeding against Guarantor and (f) any right of subrogation.

 

7.           Each Guarantor does hereby subrogate all existing or future indebtedness of Tenant to such Guarantor to the obligations owed to Landlord under the Lease and this Guaranty.

 

8.           If a Guarantor is married, such Guarantor expressly agrees that recourse may be had against his or her separate property for all of the obligations hereunder. If there is more than one Guarantor, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

9.           The obligations of Tenant under the Lease to execute and deliver estoppel certificates and financial

 

27



 

statements shall be deemed to also require each Guarantor hereunder to do and provide the same.

 

10.     The term “Landlord” refers to and means the Landlord named in the Lease and also Landlord’s successors and assigns. So long as Landlord’s interest in the Lease, the leased premises or the rents, issues and profits therefrom, are subject to any mortgage or deed of trust or assignment for security, no acquisition by Guarantor of the Landlord’s interest shall affect the continuing obligation of Guarantor under this Guaranty which shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the mortgagee, beneficiary, trustee or assignee under such mortgage, deed of trust or assignment and their successors and assigns.

 

11.     The term “Tenant” refers to and means the Tenant named in the Lease and also Tenant’s successors and assigns.

 

12.     In the event any action be brought by said Landlord against Guarantor hereunder to enforce the obligation of Guarantor hereunder, the unsuccessful party in such action shall pay to the prevailing party therein a reasonable attorney’s fee which shall be fixed by the court.

 

13.      After three (3) years, provided Tenant has not had an uncured Default as described in the Lease, the aggregate liability of the Guarantors hereunder shall be limited to the sum of $380,000.00 on a joint and several basis (i.e. the liability of Bruce K. Montgomery hereunder shall be limited to $380,000, and the liablity of Darlene Ryan hereunder shall be limited to $3 80,000, but the maximum aggregate amount Landlord can recover from the Guarantors under this Guranty shall be limited to a total of $380,000). If no uncured Default has occurred under the Lease at the expiration of the fifth (5 th ) year of Tenant’s occupancy, this Guaranty shall terminate. It is agreed that if a Default occurs under the Lease which continues beyond the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period, Landlord may condition its acceptance of any cure of such Default upon keeping this Guaranty in effect.

 

Executed on the 10 th  day of June, 1999.

 

“GUARANTOR”

 

 

 

/s/ Bruce K. Montgomery

 

Bruce K. Montgomery

 

Executed at:

Fort Worth, Texas

 

on:

10 June 1999

 

Address:

1005 Cherry ct.

 

 

Hurst, TX 76053

 

 

 

 

/s/ Darlene Ryan

 

Darlene Ryan

 

Executed at:

Fort Worth, Texas

 

on:

June 3, 1999

 

Address:

735 Pinehurst Court

 

 

Louisville Co 80027

 

 

28



 

Exhibit A

 

Diagram of Premises

 

 

29



 

Exhibit B

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

LANDLORD:                   WALSTIB, L.P., DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

TENANT:                                       PHARMAFAB, INC.

 

LEASE DATE:              , 1999

 

PREMISES:

360 Riverside Business Center (Building B)

 

Grand Prairie, Texas 75050

 

Tenant hereby accepts the Premises as being in the condition required under the Lease.

The Commencement Date of the Lease is                       .

The Expiration Date of the Lease is                      .

 

Landlord:

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

PharmaFab, Inc.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C.,

 

By:

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

Its:

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd.,

 

Executed at:

 

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

on:

 

 

Its Administrative Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc.,

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

Executed at:

 

 

 

on:

 

 

 

 

30


 

Exhibit C

 

Signage Criteria

 

Per Paragraph 16.15, Tenant can install the sign described hereunder, provided that upon removal of such sign, Tenant shall make all repairs and maintenance to the building (i.e., repairing holes, texture, paint, etc.).

 

Sign criteria for the project shall consist of internally illuminated channel letters attached to a single raceway centered on each building entrance. The raceway will be located on the top facade band directly above the reveal, and the raceway shall be confined to a 40 foot maximum length with an 8 inch height. The copy shall be limited to 30 inches in height with 5 inch painted returns. Raceway and return colors will be specified by Landlord along with electrical specifications. Tenant shall replace the raceway face to its original condition upon vacating the Premises.

 

31



 

Exhibit D

 

Subordination Agreement

 

LANDLORD’S SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

WHEREAS, WALSTIB, L.P. (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) is the owner and/or lessor of the following premises (hereinafter referred to as “Premises”) which are leased to the following tenant (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”) pursuant to that certain lease executed by and between Landlord and Tenant on or about the                day of              , 1999, as same may have been amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”);

 

Premises:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

 

WHEREAS, Summit National Bank, N.A. (“Lender”) has or is about to loan funds to Tenant, and to secure such loan Tenant has or will grant a security interest to Lender on personalty, furniture, trade fixtures and inventory owned by Tenant and located in the Premises, as described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “Property”); and

 

WHEREAS, all or a portion of the Property may from time to time be located at the Premises or may become wholly or partially affixed to the Premises.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.       Except as limited in this Agreement, Landlord subordinates to the interest of Lender any and all liens, claims or other rights which Landlord may have in or to the Property now or hereafter located in or on the Premises.

 

2.       Except if Tenant is a debtor in a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code, to the extent of the subordination provided for herein, Landlord agrees that upon prior written notice to Landlord, Lender, through its authorized representatives or agents, may enter upon the Premises at any time mutually agreeable to Lender and Landlord after three (3) days written notice for the purpose of inspecting, repairing, or removing the Property, and Landlord agrees not to hinder or prevent Lender from taking any such action; provided, however, that nothing herein shall release Lender from, and Lender agrees to be responsible for, any and all damages resulting to the Premises as a result of any such entry or removal. Lender agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims arising from or related to the removal of the Property from the Premises.

 

3.       Within ten (10) business days after Landlord notifies Lender that Tenant is in default under the Lease and Landlord has notified Lender of which remedy Landlord has pursued under the lease between Landlord and Tenant, Lender must notify Landlord of Lender’s election to:

 

(a)          Remove the Property from the Premises within ten (10) business days of such election; or

 

32



 

(b)          With Landlord’s approval, retain the Property at the Premises for a period of time to be mutually determined by Landlord and Lender and pay to Landlord rental for such use of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease. .

 

4.       Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given, whether or not received, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, at the following addresses:

 

Lender :

 

 

Landlord :

 

 

5.       This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of Landlord and Lender.

 

6.       Governing Law :          THIS LANDLORD’S SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

 

[Signatures and acknowledgments appear on following pages]

 

33



 

SIGNED this         day of        , 19       .

 

Landlord:

Lender:

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P.,

SUMMIT NATIONAL BANK, N.A.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C.,

By:

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

Its:

 

 

Its sole general partner

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd.,

Executed at:

 

 

a Texas limited partnership

on:

 

 

Its Administrative Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc.,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

Executed at:

 

 

 

on:

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

 

STATE OF TEXAS                                          §

 

COUNTY OF                                                                          §

 

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the              day of                , 19                   , by                   , the                  of                       .

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

Commission Expires:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

34



 

STATE OF TEXAS                                          §

 

COUNTY OF                                                                          §

 

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the         day of                     , 19                 , by               , the            of               .

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

Commission Expires:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

35



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This First Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) is made to be effective as of September 1, 2002, by and between WALSTIB, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and PFAB, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Landlord and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation (“PharmaFab”), entered into that certain Commercial Lease Agreement dated on or about June 29, 1999, and having a Commencement Date as of October 25, 1999 (as same may have been amended and assigned, the “Lease”) regarding certain premises (the “Premises”) located at 360 Riverside Business Center in the City of Grand Prairie, Tarrant County, Texas, as more particularly described in the Lease.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to that certain Assignment of Lease dated on or about June 29, 1999, to be effective as of July 1, 1999, PharmaFab assigned its right, title and interest in the Lease to Tenant.

 

C.                                     Pursuant to that certain Guaranty of Lease (the “Original Guaranty”), Bruce K. Montgomery and Darlene M. Ryan guaranteed the obligations of Tenant under the Lease, subject to certain limitations set forth in said Original Guaranty.

 

D.                                     Landlord and Tenant have agreed to amend the Lease as hereinafter set forth, and Darlene M. Ryan has agreed to execute a new guaranty of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Defined Terms . All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease.

 

2.                                       Expansion of Premises . Landlord and Tenant agree that the Premises shall be expanded to include the space comprised of approximately 50,000 rentable square feet in Building A of the Industrial Center that is denoted on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (and herein referred to) as the “Expansion Space”. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the Expansion Space and agrees to accept the Expansion Space in “as is” condition.

 

3.                                       Term . Landlord and Tenant agree that the Expiration Date of the term of the Lease shall be November 30, 2010 (rather than October 31, 2006).

 

1


 

4.                                       Base Rent : Landlord and Tenant agree that the Base Rent shall be as follows:

 

 

 

Monthly

 

Months

 

Base Rent

 

 

 

 

 

September 1, 2002 – March 31, 2003

 

$

31,900,00

 

April 1, 2003 – April 30, 2003

 

$

45,962.50

 

May 1, 2003 – October 31, 2004

 

$

49,608.33

 

November 1, 2004 – October 31, 2005

 

$

52,835.00

 

November 1, 2005 – March 31, 2008

 

$

54,301.66

 

April 1, 2008 – November 30, 2010

 

$

56,697.50

 

 

5.                                       Adjustment in Tenant’s Share . As used in the Lease, the term “Building” shall refer to Building A and Building B. Landlord and Tenant agree that, as a result of adding the Expansion Space to the Premises, Tenant’s Share is as follows:

 

(a)

 

Industrial Park

 

43.8

%

(b)

 

Building A

 

49.5

%

(c)

 

Building B

 

38.7

%

 

6.                                           Refurbishment Allowance . On December 1, 2005, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance (the “Refurbishment Allowance”) of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to be used by Tenant to design and construct improvements in the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide the Refurbishment Allowance if at such time (a) Tenant is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or any other insolvency proceeding, or (b) Tenant is in Default, or any circumstance exists which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default. All improvements constructed with the Refurbishment Allowance shall be subject to the provisions of the Lease governing alterations to the Premises, and, unless waived in writing by Landlord, Trammell Crow Dallas Fort Worth (or its designee) shall serve as the construction manager for such improvements. The Refurbishment Allowance shall be used only for payment of the following: (i) costs, including professional fees, of the architect and other design and planning costs in connection with tenant improvements constructed in the Premises; (ii) the costs of labor and material associated with the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises; and (iii) a fee equal to four percent (4%) of the sum of all design, planning and construction costs associated with the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises, unless Landlord has waived in writing the requirement that Trammell Crow Dallas Fort Worth (or its designee) serve as construction manager, in which event no fee shall be owed. Landlord shall have the right to require, as a condition to any disbursement of any portion of the Refurbishment Allowance requested by Tenant, that Tenant provide Landlord copies of invoices and/or similar evidence that the requested disbursement is for one of the purposes set forth in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) or (iii). In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to make any disbursement of the Refurbishment Allowance requested after May 1, 2006, it being agreed that after such date any unused portion of the Refurbishment Allowance shall be deemed forfeited by Tenant. Each payment of the Refurbishment Allowance shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord

 

2



 

has received a request therefor together with all other documents reasonably required by Landlord.

 

7.                                       Right of First Offer . Tenant shall have a right of first offer with respect to the space in Building A shown on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Offered Space”), under the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of Section 7(d) below, if at any time during the term of the Lease any lease for any portion of the Offered Space shall expire and if Landlord intends to market the Offered Space to prospects for lease with third parties (a “Proposed Tenant”) other than the tenant then occupying such space (or its affiliates), Landlord shall first allow Tenant the right to include the Offered Space within the Premises.

 

(b)                                  Such offer shall be made by Landlord to Tenant in a written notice (hereinafter called the “Offer Notice”) which notice shall designate the space being offered and shall specify the terms for such Offered Space that Landlord intends to submit to prospective tenants in an effort to market the Offered Space. Tenant may accept the offer set forth in the Offer Notice by delivering to Landlord an unconditional acceptance (hereinafter called “Tenant’s Notice”) of such offer within five (5) business days after delivery by Landlord of the Offer Notice to Tenant. Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of Tenant’s Notice. If Tenant does not accept (or fails to timely accept) an offer made by Landlord pursuant to the provisions hereof with respect to the Offered Space designated in the Offer Notice, Landlord shall be under no further obligation whatsoever respect to such space. In order to send the Offer Notice, Landlord does not need to have negotiated a lease with any particular Proposed Tenant but may merely have determined on what basis it will market the Offered Space to Proposed Tenants. Tenant must make its decision with respect to the Offered Space as long as it has received a description of such material economic terms.

 

(c)                                   Tenant must accept all Offered Space offered by Landlord at any one time if it desires to accept any of such Offered Space and may not exercise its right with respect to only part of such space. In addition, if Landlord desires to lease more than just the Offered Space to one tenant, Landlord may offer to Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof all such space which Landlord desires to lease, and Tenant must exercise its rights hereunder with respect to all such space and may not insist on receiving an offer for just the Offered Space.

 

(d)                                  If Tenant at any time declines any Offered Space offered by Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived all further rights under this Addendum, and Landlord shall be free to lease the Offered Space to any Proposed Tenant including on terms which may be less favorable to Landlord than those set forth in the Offer Notice.

 

(e)                                   Tenant shall not have the benefit of the foregoing right of first offer if Tenant is in Default at the time the Offer Notice is to be sent, or if at such time any

 

3



 

circumstance exists which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default. The period of time Tenant’s right of first offer may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such right because of the provisions of this paragraph.

 

8.                                       Option to Extend . The addendum to the Lease captioned “Option to Extend Addendum” is hereby deleted in its entirety. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the options to extend the term of this Lease for the periods (the “Option Periods”) (1) from December 1, 2010 to November 30, 2015, and (2) from December 1, 2015 to November 30, 2020, under the following terms and conditions.

 

(a)                                  In order to exercise an option to extend, Tenant must give written notice of such election to Landlord and Landlord must receive the same by no later than twenty four (24) months prior to the date (the “Last Exercise Date”) that the applicable Option Period would commence, but not earlier than thirty (30) months prior to the date that the applicable Option Period would commence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. The renewal options may only be exercised consecutively. Failure to exercise an option terminates that option and all subsequent options. Tenant acknowledges that because of the importance to Landlord of knowing no later than the Last Exercise Date whether or not Tenant will exercise the option, the failure of Tenant to notify Landlord by the Last Exercise Date will conclusively be presumed an election by Tenant not to exercise the option. Upon the exercise of an option to extend, both parties shall execute an amendment to the Lease evidencing the renewal thereof and setting forth the new Base Rent (as determined pursuant to Section 8(c) below) no later than eighteen (18) months prior to the date that the applicable Option Period would commence.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall have no right to exercise an option (i) if Tenant is in Default. or (ii) if during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the option, three (3) or more Defaults have occurred which were not cured within any applicable notice or grace period. The period of time within which an option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an option because of the provisions of this paragraph.

 

(c)                                   If an option to extend is exercised, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply, except that (i) Landlord shall not be required to grant any allowance or perform any tenant improvement work in the Premises, and (ii) for each Option Period, Base Rent shall be adjusted to equal fair market rent. After an option to renew is exercised, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to determine the Base Rent for the applicable Option Period. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty (30) days, then Landlord and Tenant shall each, no later than sixty (60) days after the date of exercise of the option, make a reasonable determination of the fair market rental for the Premises for the applicable Option Period and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

 

4



 

(i)                                      No later than ninety (90) days after the option to renew is exercised, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an industrial leasing broker to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall, no later then one hundred twenty (120) days after the option to renew is exercised, select a third mutually acceptable industrial leasing broker to act as a third arbitrator.

 

(ii)                                   The three arbitrators, acting by a majority, shall no later then one hundred fifty (150) days after the option to renew is exercised, determine the actual fair market rental for the Premises for the Option Period. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the parties. The fair market rental determination of Landlord or Tenant which is closest to the fair market rental as determined by the arbitrators shall be the Base Rent for the Option Period.

 

(iii)                                If either of the parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the period required by this Addendum, the arbitrator timely appointed shall determine the Base Rent for the Option Period.

 

(iv)                               The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose fair market rental submission is not selected.

 

(d)                                  The renewal options set forth herein are personal to Tenant, cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than Tenant and only while Tenant is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

9.                                       Guaranty . Concurrently with the execution hereof, Tenant shall cause Darlene M. Ryan to execute and deliver to Landlord a guaranty in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, which shall supersede the Original Guaranty.

 

10.                                Commission Agreement . Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a copy of the Commission Agreement (herein so called) executed between Landlord, as “Owner,” and Fobare Commercial, as “Agent,” in connection with the Lease. The Commission Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except that in connection with this Amendment (and this Amendment only) the compensation paid to Agent shall be as set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto. The Commission Agreement, as modified with respect to this Amendment only in the manner described on Exhibit  E, shall be deemed included as a provision of this Lease in compliance with Section 62.022 of the Texas Property Code.

 

11.                                Counterparts . The parties may execute this Amendment in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties to this Amendment had signed the same document.

 

12.                                Governing Law . The Lease, as amended hereby, shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

 

13.                                Continued Effect . The Lease, as amended hereby, is ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

Landlord:

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P.

 

PFAB, L.P.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

AMB Property, L.P.

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited partnership
Its sole general partner

 

 

a Texas limited liability company
Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Doug McGregor

 

 

By:

/s/ Darlene M. Ryan

 

Name:

Doug McGregor

 

 

 

Darlene M. Ryan, Manager

 

Its:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Execution:

September 1, 2002

 

Date of Execution:

Aug 30, 2002

 

6



 

Exhibit A

Expansion Space

 

 



 

Exhibit B

Offered Space

 



 

Exhibit C

 

GUARANTY OF LEASE

 

This Guaranty of Lease (this “Guaranty”) is made to be effective as of September 1, 2002, by DARLENE M. RYAN (“Guarantor”) for the benefit of WALSTIB, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”).

 

A.                                     Landlord and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation (“PharmaFab”), entered into that certain Commercial Lease Agreement dated on or about June 29, 1999, and having a Commencement Date as of October 25, 1999 (as same may have been amended and assigned, the “Original Lease”) regarding certain premises located at 360 Riverside Business Center in the City of Grand Prairie, Tarrant County, Texas, as more particularly described in the Original Lease.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to that certain Assignment of Lease dated on or about June 29, 1999, to be effective as of July 1, 1999, PharmaFab assigned its right, title and interest in the Original Lease to PFab, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Tenant”).

 

C.                                     Pursuant to that certain Guaranty of Lease (the “Original Guaranty”), Bruce K. Montgomery (“Montgomery”) and Guarantor guaranteed the obligations of Tenant under the Original Lease, subject to certain limitations set forth in said Original Guaranty.

 

D.                                     Landlord would not have executed the Original Lease if Montgomery and Guarantor had not executed and delivered the Original Guaranty to Landlord.

 

E.                                      Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain First Amendment to Lease of even date herewith (the “First Amendment”) providing for, among other things, the expansion of the premises demised by Landlord to Tenant (the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, being herein referred to as the “Lease”).

 

F.                                       In connection with the First Amendment, Guarantor (who owns an interest in Tenant) has agreed to execute and deliver to Landlord, and Landlord has agreed to accept, this Guaranty as a replacement of the Original Guaranty, it being understood that Landlord is not willing to execute the First Amendment if Guarantor does not execute and deliver this Guaranty to Landlord.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the execution of the First Amendment by Landlord and as a material inducement to Landlord to execute the First Amendment:

 

1.                                       Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt payment by Tenant of all rents and all other sums payable by Tenant under the Lease and the faithful and prompt performance by Tenant of each and every one of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant.

 

2.                                       The terms of the Lease may, without the consent of or notice to Guarantor, be modified by Landlord and Tenant or by a course of conduct and this Guaranty shall guarantee the

 

9



 

performance of said Lease as so modified. The Lease may be assigned by Landlord or any assignee of Landlord without consent or notice to Guarantor.

 

3.                                       This Guaranty shall not be released, modified or affected by the failure or delay on the part of Landlord to enforce any of the rights or remedies of the Landlord under the Lease, whether pursuant to the terms thereof or at law or in equity.

 

4.                                       No notice of default need be given to Guarantor. The guaranty of the undersigned is a continuing guaranty under which Landlord may proceed immediately against Tenant and/or against Guarantor following any breach or default by Tenant or for the enforcement of any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant under the terms of the Lease or at law or in equity.

 

5.                                       Landlord shall have the right to proceed against Guarantor hereunder following any breach or default by Tenant without first proceeding against Tenant and without previous notice to or demand upon either Tenant or Guarantor.

 

6.                                       Guarantor hereby waives (a) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, (b) demand of payment, presentation and protest, (c) any right to require Landlord to proceed against Tenant or any other person or entity liable to Landlord, (d) any right to require Landlord to apply to any default any security deposit or other security it may hold under the Lease, (e) any right to require Landlord to proceed under any other remedy Landlord may have before proceeding against Guarantor, and (f) any right of subrogation.

 

7.                                       Guarantor does hereby subrogate all existing or future indebtedness of Tenant to such Guarantor to the obligations owed to Landlord under the Lease and this Guaranty.

 

8.                                       If a Guarantor is married, such Guarantor expressly agrees that recourse may be had against his or her separate property for all of the obligations hereunder.

 

9.                                       The obligations of Tenant under the Lease to execute and deliver estoppel certificates and financial statements shall be deemed to also require Guarantor to do and provide the same.

 

10.                                The term “Landlord” refers to and means the Landlord named in the Lease and also Landlord’s successors and assigns. So long as Landlord’s interest in the Lease, the leased premises or the rents, issues and profits therefrom, are subject to any mortgage or deed of trust or assignment for security, no acquisition by Guarantor of the Landlord’s interest shall affect the continuing obligation of Guarantor under this Guaranty which shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the mortgagee, beneficiary, trustee or assignee under such mortgage, deed of trust or assignment and their successors and assigns.

 

11.                                The term “Tenant” refers to and means the Tenant named in the Lease and also Tenant’s successors and assigns.

 

12.                                In the event any action be brought by said Landlord against Guarantor hereunder to enforce the obligation of Guarantor hereunder, the unsuccessful party in such action shall pay to the prevailing party therein a reasonable attorney’s fee which shall be fixed by the court.

 

10



 

13.                                Provided Tenant has not had an uncured Default as described in the Lease, as of October 25, 2002, the liability of Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the sum of $760,000.00. If no uncured Default has occurred under the Lease as of October 25, 2004, then this Guaranty shall terminate. It is agreed that if a Default occurs under the Lease which continues beyond the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period, Landlord may condition its acceptance of any cure of such Default upon keeping this Guaranty in effect.

 

14.                                This Guaranty shall supersede the Original Guaranty in its entirety, it being specifically agreed that Montgomery shall no longer have any liability as a guarantor of the Lease.

 

Executed to be effective as of the date and year first above written.

 

“GUARANTOR”

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Darlene M. Ryan

 

 

Darlene M. Ryan

 

 

Executed at:

PharmaFab

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

2940 N. Hwy 360 # 100

 

 

 

Grand Prarie TX 75050

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF TEXAS

§

 

 

 

§

 

 

COUNTY OF TARRANT

§

 

 

 

This instrument was acknowledged before me on August 30, 2002, by DARLENE M. RYAN.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Anne Burkett

 

 

Notary Public - State of Texas

 

 

 

 

 

[Seal]

 

My Commission Expires:

3-2-04

 

 

11


 

Exhibit D

 

Copy of Commission Agreement

 

COMMISSION AGREEMENT BETWEEN

WALSTIB, L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

AND

FOBARE COMMERCIAL

 

THIS CONTRACT OF AGREEMENT, entered into by and between Walstib, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership hereinafter referred to as “Owner,” and Fobare Commercial hereinafter referred to as “Agent.”

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

Agent has assisted or is assisting Owner in negotiating and consummating a Lease Agreement between Owner and PharmaFab, Inc., hereinafter referred to as “Prospect,” covering an approximate 44,000 square foot facility located at (in) 360 Riverside Business Park (Building B) (the “Project”) for a term of 84 months beginning June 1, 1999 with rentals being due to Owner as therein provided, to which lease reference is hereby made, and the same is hereby incorporated herein for all purposes; and

 

Agent and Owner hereby and herein desire to agree upon a commission to which Agent shall be entitled for such services based on rentals actually received by Owner, as hereinafter provided.

 

It is mutually agreed as follows:

 

1. REGISTRATION

 

a.                                       Registration of the Prospect requires either (a) this Registration Letter from Agent naming the Prospect and a face-to-face meeting with a decision maker representing the Prospect or (b) a duly executed and authorized letter from the Prospect designating Agent as its exclusive Agent.

 

b.                                       This Registration and Agreement is effective for sixty (60) days after the date hereof and may be extended for another sixty (60) days if the Agent shows evidence satisfactory to Owner that Agent is actively pursuing the execution of a Lease Agreement between Owner and the Prospect.

 

c.                                        If at any time following the registration of the Prospect pursuant to (a) or (b) above, Agent loses control of the Prospect as evidenced by a letter from the Prospect designating some other Agent as the Prospect’s Agent, then upon notification of such event to Agent by Owner, this Registration Letter and Commission Agreement shall become null and void.

 

d.                                       Agent has satisfied the aforesaid initial registration requirements of Owner and accordingly Owner agrees to recognize PharmaFab, Inc. as Agent’s Prospect and agrees to pay a commission to Agent if a lease of space of the Project is consummated between the Prospect and Owner during the term of this Agreement.

 

2. CASH COMMISSION

 

a.                                       Primary Term . (1) If Agent requests a front-end cash-out of commission obligation hereunder, and if Prospect in Owner’s opinion has sufficient credit to meet all of Prospect’s obligations under the lease, Owner shall, as set forth in d. below, pay Agent as the Commission hereunder four and one-half percent (4-1/2%) of the total Rentals as hereafter payable for the entire initial term of the lease up to ten (10) years. Financial statements and other information necessary to determine credit risk are to be provided by Agent.

 

b.                                       Renewal . If Agent requests a front-end cash-out of the commission obligation hereunder with respect to a renewal option contained in the lease which has been duly exercised, and if Prospect in Owner’s opinion then has sufficient credit to meet all of Prospect’s obligations under the lease during the renewal term, Owner shall pay Agent the then prevailing market commission for a renewal, based upon the total Rentals payable for the renewal term, up to ten (10) years, providing that Agent is instrumental in assisting Owner in obtaining such renewal.

 



 

c.                                        Expansion . If Agent requests a front-end cash-out of the commission obligation hereunder with respect to an Option to Expand contained in the Lease Agreement which has been duly exercised prior to the termination of the Lease Agreement and if Prospect in Owner’s opinion then has sufficient credit to meet all of Prospect’s obligations under the lease as so expanded, Owner may pay Agent a commission of four and one-half percent (4-1/2%) of the total Rentals payable for the expansion space providing that Agent is instrumental in assisting Owner in obtaining such expansion.

 

d.                                       Time of Payment . (1)  Initial Term . One-half (1/2) upon execution of the lease by Owner and Prospect, delivery thereof to both parties and receipt by Owner of first full month’s rent and any security deposit; and the balance upon occupancy by Prospect, delivery to Owner of satisfactory commencement letter executed by Prospect. In addition, no payment shall be payable until contingencies relating to the actual consummation or cancellation of the agreement by Prospect (including but not limited to contingencies regarding zoning, restrictive covenants, permitting, plan approvals and finish cost limits) are satisfactorily eliminated by the parties to the Lease Agreement. In addition for Build-to-Suit facilities no commission will be payable until Owner has received interim financing for the project.

 

(2)                                  Renewal Term . If a renewal commission is due pursuant to Paragraph 2.b. above, the commission shall be payable upon written exercise of the renewal option and payment of the rental for the first full month of the renewal term.

 

e.                                        Cancellation . Notwithstanding the above provisions, where Prospect individually or Prospect and Owner, jointly, have the right to cancel the lease, a commission shall only be paid to Agent for the period up to the date on which the lease may be canceled. If the lease is not then canceled, Owner shall pay the balance of the commission due for the remainder of the period covered under the lease at the time the Prospect’s right to cancel expires, provided Prospect remains in occupancy of the space and is not in default under the Lease.

 

f.                                         New Lease . In the event Agent furnishes Owner written authorization to represent Prospect and negotiates and consummates a new Lease Agreement between Owner and Prospect covering an expansion or relocation facility, Owner shall pay Agent a commission based on the above provisions for the expansion or relocation premises, but Agent’s commission under the original Lease Agreement shall be terminated as of the commencement date of the new Lease Agreement and any unearned commission paid to the Agent with respect to the original Lease Agreement shall be netted out of commission payable for the new Lease Agreement.

 

3. GENERAL

 

a.                                       Sale of Premises . In the event of sale of the premises and assignment of the Lease Agreement by Owner, Owner agrees to provide a copy of this Commission Agreement to the Purchaser and to use its reasonable efforts to obtain from the purchaser or assignee an agreement whereby such purchaser or assignee assumes the obligation to pay to Agent under the terms and provisions hereof, and Owner shall be released from all liability for all future payments of commissions as may thereafter become due under this agreement.

 

b.                                       Definitions . “Rentals” shall mean the base monthly cash rent, and shall not include any amounts payable by Prospect to Owner for reimbursement of costs and expenses passed through to Prospect, such as real estate taxes, insurance premiums, utilities, janitorial and common area maintenance, or any operating expense escalations or amortization of tenant finish costs above Owner’s building standard allowance.

 

In addition rentals shall be reduced by the cost of any lease takeover obligations to Owner, free rent or other considerations by Owner to the benefit of Prospect, whether agreed to in the Lease Agreement or other written instrument. Rentals for the purposes of this Commission Agreement, does not include that portion of Prospect’s payments that relate to costs to Owner that are separately amortized because the cost of such improvements are above Owner’s building standard allowance, relate to extraordinary items or otherwise would not be considered within the ordinary course of rental payments in an industrial facility.

 

c.                                        Binding Effect . Except as otherwise herein provided, all rights and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and personal representatives of the Owner and Agent.

 



 

d.                                       Entire Agreement . Except as expressly herein provided, Owner shall have no obligation to pay, and Agent shall have no right to receive, any commission or other payment with respect to the Lease or any transactions between Owner and Prospect, unless such right or obligation is set forth in writing and signed by Owner and Prospect after the date hereof.

 

e.                                        Acceptance . This agreement is intended to be an offer, and if not accepted and returned to Owner in writing within three business days from the date hereon, it is hereby withdrawn. If not received by said date, this offer is null and void. This Agreement is not valid unless fully signed by both Owner and Agent.

 

f.                                         Owner’s Interest . Broker shall look solely to Owner’s interest in the Project for the recovery of any judgement against Owner for failure to perform under this Agreement, and Owner (and Its partners, shareholders and agents) shall not be personally liable for any such judgement therefore.

 

 

EXECUTED BY OWNER this 29 day of June, 1999.

 

 

WALSTIB, L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership

 

 

Its Administrative Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

(214) 979–6180

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

(214) 979–6355

 

 

 

 

Executed At:

2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 3700

 

 

 

 

On:

6/29/99

 

 

 

EXECUTED BY AGENT this         day of               , 1999.

 

 

FOBARE COMMERCIAL

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Walter

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 



 

Exhibit E

 

Payment of Commission with Respect to this Amendment Only

 

1.                                       Capitalized terms used in this exhibit which are not defined in the Amendment to which this exhibit is attached shall have the same meanings attributed to such terms in the Commission Agreement. Upon the execution of the Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Agent shall be paid, in full, the commission due to Agent by reason of the existence of the Amendment.

 

2.                                       The foregoing timing of the payment due to Agent applies only with respect to the Amendment to which this exhibit is attached and Landlord reserves the right to insist hereafter upon strict compliance with the terms of the Commission Agreement. The terms of the Commission Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13



 

COMMISSION AGREEMENT BETWEEN

WALSTIB, L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

AND

FOBARE COMMERCIAL

 

THIS CONTRACT OF AGREEMENT, entered into by and between Walstib, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership hereinafter referred to as “Owner,” and Fobare Commercial hereinafter referred to as “Agent.”

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

Agent has assisted or is assisting Owner in negotiating and consummating a Lease Agreement between Owner and PharmaFab, Inc. , hereinafter referred to as “Prospect,” covering an approximate 44,000 square foot facility located at (in) 360 Riverside Business Park (Building B) (the “Project”) for a term of 84 months beginning June 1, 1999 with rentals being due to Owner as therein provided, to which lease reference is hereby made, and the same is hereby incorporated herein for all purposes; and

 

Agent and Owner hereby and herein desire to agree upon a commission to which Agent shall be entitled for such services based on rentals actually received by Owner, as hereinafter provided.

 

It is mutually agreed as follows:

 

1. REGISTRATION

 

a.                                       Registration of the Prospect requires either (a) this Registration Letter from Agent naming the Prospect and a face-to-face meeting with a decision maker representing the Prospect or (b) a duly executed and authorized letter from the Prospect designating Agent as its exclusive Agent.

 

b.                                       This Registration and Agreement is effective for sixty (60) days after the date hereof and may be extended for another sixty (60) days if the Agent shows evidence satisfactory to Owner that Agent is actively pursuing the execution of a Lease Agreement between Owner and the Prospect.

 

c.                                        If at any time following the registration of the Prospect pursuant to (a) or (b) above, Agent loses control of the Prospect as evidenced by a letter from the Prospect designating some other Agent as the Prospect’s Agent, then upon notification of such event to Agent by Owner, this Registration Letter and Commission Agreement shall become null and void.

 

d.                                       Agent has satisfied the aforesaid initial registration requirements of Owner and accordingly Owner agrees to recognize PharmaFab, Inc. as Agent’s Prospect and agrees to pay a commission to Agent if a lease of space of the Project is consummated between the Prospect and Owner during the term of this Agreement.

 

2. CASH COMMISSION

 

a.                                       Primary Term . (1) If Agent requests a front-end cash-out of commission obligation hereunder, and if Prospect in Owner’s opinion has sufficient credit to meet all of Prospect’s obligations under the lease, Owner shall, as set forth in d. below, pay Agent as the Commission hereunder four and one-half percent (4-1/2%) of the total Rentals as hereafter payable for the entire initial term of the lease up to ten (10) years. Financial statements and other information necessary to determine credit risk are to be provided by Agent.

 

b.                                       Renewal . If Agent requests a front-end cash-out of the commission obligation hereunder with respect to a renewal option contained in the lease which has been duly exercised, and if Prospect in Owner’s opinion then has sufficient credit to meet all of Prospect’s obligations under the lease during the renewal term, Owner shall pay Agent the then prevailing market commission for a renewal, based upon the total Rentals payable for the renewal term, up to ten (10) years, providing that Agent is instrumental in assisting Owner in obtaining such renewal.

 



 

c.                                        Expansion . If Agent requests a front-end cash-out of the commission obligation hereunder with respect to an Option to Expand contained in the Lease Agreement which has been duly exercised prior to the termination of the Lease Agreement and if Prospect in Owner’s opinion then has sufficient credit to meet all of Prospect’s obligations under the lease as so expanded, Owner may pay Agent a commission of four and one-half percent (4-1/2%) of the total Rentals payable for the expansion space providing that Agent is instrumental in assisting Owner in obtaining such expansion.

 

d.                                       Time of Payment . (1)  Initial Term . One-half (1/2) upon execution of the lease by Owner and Prospect, delivery thereof to both parties and receipt by Owner of first full month’s rent and any security deposit; and the balance upon occupancy by Prospect, delivery to Owner of satisfactory commencement letter executed by Prospect. In addition, no payment shall be payable until contingencies relating to the actual consummation or cancellation of the agreement by Prospect (including but not limited to contingencies regarding zoning, restrictive covenants, permitting, plan approvals and finish cost limits) are satisfactorily eliminated by the parties to the Lease Agreement. In addition for Build-to-Suit facilities no commission will be payable until Owner has received interim financing for the project.

 

(2)                                  Renewal Term . If a renewal commission is due pursuant to Paragraph 2.b. above, the commission shall be payable upon written exercise of the renewal option and payment of the rental for the first full month of the renewal term.

 

e.                                        Cancellation . Notwithstanding the above provisions, where Prospect individually or Prospect and Owner, jointly, have the right to cancel the lease, a commission shall only be paid to Agent for the period up to the date on which the lease may be canceled. If the lease is not then canceled, Owner shall pay the balance of the commission due for the remainder of the period covered under the lease at the time the Prospect’s right to cancel expires, provided Prospect remains in occupancy of the space and is not in default under the Lease.

 

f.                                      New Lease . In the event Agent furnishes Owner written authorization to represent Prospect and negotiates and consummates a new Lease Agreement between Owner and Prospect covering an expansion or relocation facility, Owner shall pay Agent a commission based on the above provisions for the expansion or relocation premises, but Agent’s commission under the original Lease Agreement shall be terminated as of the commencement date of the new Lease Agreement and any unearned commission paid to the Agent with respect to the original Lease Agreement shall be netted out of commission payable for the new Lease Agreement.

 

3. GENERAL

 

a.                                       Sale of Premises . In the event of sale of the premises and assignment of the Lease Agreement by Owner, Owner agrees to provide a copy of this Commission Agreement to the Purchaser and to use its reasonable efforts to obtain from the purchaser or assignee an agreement whereby such purchaser or assignee assumes the obligation to pay to Agent under the terms and provisions hereof, and Owner shall be released from all liability for all future payments of commissions as may thereafter become due under this agreement.

 

b.                                       Definitions . “Rentals” shall mean the base monthly cash rent, and shall not include any amounts payable by Prospect to Owner for reimbursement of costs and expenses passed through to Prospect, such as real estate taxes, insurance premiums, utilities, janitorial and common area maintenance, or any operating expense escalations or amortization of tenant finish costs above Owner’s building standard allowance.

 

In addition rentals shall be reduced by the cost of any lease takeover obligations to Owner, free rent or other considerations by Owner to the benefit of Prospect, whether agreed to in the Lease Agreement or other written instrument. Rentals for the purposes of this Commission Agreement, does not include that portion of Prospect’s payments that relate to costs to Owner that are separately amortized because the cost of such improvements are above Owner’s building standard allowance, relate to extraordinary items or otherwise would not be considered within the ordinary course of rental payments in an industrial facility.

 

c.                                        Binding Effect . Except as otherwise herein provided, all rights and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and personal representatives of the Owner and Agent.

 



 

d.                                       Entire Agreement . Except as expressly herein provided, Owner shall have no obligation to pay, and Agent shall have no right to receive, any commission or other payment with respect to the Lease or any transactions between Owner and Prospect, unless such right or obligation is set forth in writing and signed by Owner and Prospect after the date hereof.

 

e.                                        Acceptance . This agreement is intended to be an offer, and if not accepted and returned to Owner in writing within three business days from the date hereon, it is hereby withdrawn. If not received by said date, this offer is null and void. This Agreement is not valid unless fully signed by both Owner and Agent.

 

f.                                         Owner’s Interest . Broker shall look solely to Owner’s interest in the Project for the recovery of any judgement against Owner for failure to perform under this Agreement, and Owner (and Its partners, shareholders and agents) shall not be personally liable for any such judgement therefore.

 

EXECUTED BY OWNER this 29 day of June, 1999.

 

WALSTIB, L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By:

WALSTIB Venture, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

TCDFW Development, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership

 

 

Its Administrative Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Trammell Crow DFW Development, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

Its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

Thomas A. Leiser

 

 

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

(214) 979–6180

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

(214) 979–6355

 

 

 

 

Executed At:

2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 3700

 

 

 

 

On:

6/29/99

 

 

 

EXECUTED BY AGENT this              day of              , 1999.

 

 

FOBARE COMMERCIAL

 

By:

/s/ David Walter

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 


 

INTERIM AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This INTERIM AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of September 4, 2003, by and between TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”), and PFAB LP, a Texas limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

 

BACKGROUND:

 

A.                                     Walstib, L.P. (“ Walstib ”) and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ PharmaFab ”), entered into that certain Commercial Lease Agreement dated on or about June 29, 1999, and having a Commencement Date as of October 25, 1999 (as same may have been amended and assigned, the “ Lease ”) regarding certain premises (the “ Premises ”) located at 360 Riverside Business Center in the City of Grand Prairie, Tarrant County, Texas, as more particularly described in the Lease.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to that certain Assignment of Lease dated on or about June 29, 1999, to be effective as of July 1, 1999, PharmaFab assigned its right, title and interest in the Lease to Tenant.

 

C.                                     Walstib and Tenant amended the Lease pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Lease dated effective as of September 1, 2002 (the “ First Amendment ”) pursuant to which the Premises were expanded from approximately 44,000 square feet of space in Suite 100 of Building B of the Industrial Center (the “ Suite 100 Space ”) to include approximately 50,000 additional square feet in Suite 100 of Building A of the Industrial Center (the “ Building A Space ”) and Bruce K. Montgomery was released from his Guaranty of Lease.

 

D.                                     Landlord succeeded to the interest of Walstib under the Lease.

 

E.                                      Landlord and Tenant are currently negotiating a Second Amendment to Lease (the “ Second Amendment ”) relocating a portion of the Premises.

 

F.                                       Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease on an interim basis, to allow entry by Tenant into the space located at 2940 North Highway 360, Suite 400 43 Grand Prairie, Texas (the “ Expansion Premises ”) for the purpose of installing Tenant’s equipment and telecommunications equipment.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

1



 

2.                                       Expansion . As of September 4, 2003 (the “ Effective Date ”), the term “Premises” as used in the Lease shall include the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s occupancy of the Expansion Premises is under all terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified hereby.

 

3.                                       Term — Expansion Premises . The term of the Lease with regard to the Expansion Premises is month to month (“ Temporary Expansion Term ”). The Temporary Expansion Term shall expire upon the earlier of (i) full execution of the Second Amendment and fulfillment of the contingency set forth therein, or (ii) 15 days after written notice of termination by either party to the other party.

 

4.                                       Rental . The Rent for the Expansion Premises is $1,000 per month, payable as provided in the Lease. Tenant shall not be responsible for payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses with regard to the Expansion Premises during the Temporary Expansion Term. Rent for any partial calendar month shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

 

5.                                       Acceptance of Premises . Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises in their “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition, and Landlord has no obligation to Improve, repair, restore, or refurbish the Premises. Tenant’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises is conclusive avidence that Tenant: (A) accepts such portion of the Premises as suitable for the purposes for which they are leased; (B) accepts such portion of the Premises as being in a good and satisfactory condition; (C) waives any defects in the Premises; and (D) having been provided an opportunity to inspect and measure each portion of the Premises, agrees that the square footage numbers specified in this Amendment are accurate, binding, and conclusive for all purposes. Neither Landlord nor any other Landlord Entity has made, and Tenant waives, any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center including, without limitation, any representation or warranty with respect to the suitability or fitness of the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Landlord expressly recognizes, covenants and agrees that notwithstanding the terms of this Paragraph 4 or Paragraph 7, to the contrary, nothing in this Paragraph 4 relieves Landlord of any of its obligations pursuant to the Lease, including, without limitation. Paragraph 7.2 of the Lease and Paragraph 16.17 of the Lease.

 

6.                                       Brokerage; Mutual Indemnities .

 

a.                                       Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Trammell Crow Company and CB Richard Ellis (collectively, “ Brokers ”). Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Brokers claiming by, through, or under Tenant with respect to this Amendment.

 

b.                                       Landlord warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Brokers. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other

 

2



 

compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent, Including Brokers, claiming by, through or under Landlord with respect to this Amendment.

 

c.                                        Any brokerage commissions payable to Brokers are payable by Landlord pursuant to the terms of separate agreements between Landlord and Broker.

 

7.                                       No Offsets . Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date of this Amendment. Tenant has no defenses to or offsets against the full and timely payment and performance of each and every covenant and obligation required to be performed by Tenant under the terms of the Lease.

 

8.                                       Conflicts . The terms of this Amendment prevail if there is a conflict with the terms of the Lease.

 

9.                                       Headings . The headings or captions of the paragraphs in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not act and shall not be implied to act to limit or expand the construction and intent of the contents of the respective paragraph.

 

10.                                Binding Effect . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns (but this reference to assigns shall not be deemed to act as a consent to an assignment by Tenant).

 

11.                                Ratification . The Lease, as amended and modified hereby, is ratified and confirmed by the parties as being in full force and effect.

 

3



 

EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA ,

 

a New York corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leonard Balducci

 

 

Print Name:

Leonard Balducci

 

 

As Its:

Associate Director

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

PFAB LP ,

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Darlene M. Ryan

 

 

Print Name: Darlene M. Ryan

 

 

As its: Sole Manager

 

4



 

ATTACHMENT “A”

 

to Interim Amendment to Lease by and between

 

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, as Landlord,

 

and

 

PFAB LP, as Tenant

 

FLOOR PLAN OF THE EXPANSION PREMISES

 

1


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of October 1, 2003, by and between TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”) , and PFAB LP, a Texas limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

 

BACKGROUND:

 

A.                                     Walstib, L.P. (“ Walstib ”) and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ PharmaFab ”) , entered into that certain Commercial Lease Agreement dated on or about June 29, 1999, and having a Commencement Date as of October 25, 1999 (as same may have been amended and assigned, the “ Lease ”) regarding certain premises (the “ Premises ”) located at 360 Riverside Business Center in the City of Grand Prairie, Tarrant County, Texas, as more particularly described in the Lease.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to that certain Assignment of Lease dated on or about June 29, 1999, to be effective as of July 1, 1999, PharmaFab assigned its right, title and interest in the Lease to Tenant.

 

C.                                     Walstib and Tenant amended the Lease pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Lease dated effective as of September 1, 2002 (the “ First Amendment ”) pursuant to which the Premises were expanded from approximately 44,000 square feet of space in Suite 100 of Building B of the Industrial Center (the “ Suite 100 Space ”) to include approximately 50,000 additional square feet in Suite 100 of Building A of the Industrial Center (the “ Building A Space ”) and Bruce K. Montgomery was released from his Guaranty of Lease.

 

D.                                     Landlord succeeded to the interest of Walstib under the Lease.

 

E.                                      Landlord and Tenant amended the Lease on a short term basis pursuant to an Interim Amendment to Lease, dated September 4, 2003.

 

F.                                       Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease as hereinafter set forth to include, without limitation, the release of Darlene M. Ryan from any guaranty of the Lease.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

2.                                       Relocation . As of the respective Effective Dates set forth below, the Building A Space will be relocated to 2940 N. Highway 360, Building B, Suite 400 (“ Suite  400 Space ”) consisting of approximately 20,170 square feet of space and 2940 N. Highway 360,

 

1



 

Building B, Suite 200 consisting of approximately 33,112 square feet of space (“ Suite 200 Space ”) for a total of approximately 53,282 square feet of space.

 

The Lease will terminate as to the Building A Space [except with regard to liabilities due and outstanding as of the Suite 400 Effective Date (hereinafter defined)] and Tenant will relocate from the Building A Space to the Suite 400 Space on September 9, 2003 (the “ Suite 400 Effective Date ”).

 

Upon vacating the Building A Space, Tenant shall surrender such space in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as though the Lease had expired with respect to the Building A Space. Tenant is solely responsible for all costs of relocating from the Building A Space.

 

Subject to the satisfaction of the contengency set forth in Paragraph 10 of this Amendment, effective 5 days after the date SmartMail, LLC (“ SmartMail ”), the current tenant of Suite 200 of Building B, vacates Suite 200 (the “ Suite 200 Effective Date ”), the Premises shall be deemed to include the Suite 200 Space. From and after the Suite 200 Effective Date, the term “ Premises ” shall be deemed to refer to the Suite 100 Space, the Suite 200 Space and the Suite 400 Space for a total of approximately 97,282 square feet of space, all as more fully described on Attachment A hereto.

 

3.                                       Term . The Lease, as amended hereby shall expire on November 30, 2010 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

4.                                       Base Rental . Upon the Suite 400 Effective Date, monthly Base Rent is payable as follows:

 

a.                                       Suite 400 Space . From the Suite 400 Effective Date through the date prior to the Suite 200 Effective Date, Monthly Base Rent for the Suite 400 Space is $19,867.45. From the Suite 200 Effective Date until May 9, 2004, Base Rental for the Suite 400 Space is abated. Thereafter, Monthly Base Rental for the Suite 400 Space is as follows:

 

5/9/04 - 4/30/09

 

$

16,505.78

 

5/1/03 - 11/30/10

 

$

18,774.91

 

 

b.                                       Suite 200 Space . From the Suite 200 Effective Date through the date prior to the fifth anniversary thereof, Monthly Base Rental for the Suite 200 Space is $21,633.17. From and after the fifth anniversary of the Suite 200 Effective Date through the Expiration Date, the Monthly Base Rental for the Suite 200 Space is $23,702.67.

 

c.                                        Suite 100 Space . Monthly Base Rental for the Suite 100 Space is as follows:

 

9/1/03 - 10/31/04

 

$

28,930.00

 

11/1/04 - 10/31/05

 

$

35,126.67

 

11/1/05 - 11/30/10

 

$

36,593.33

 

 

Landlord and Tenant agree to execute and deliver a memorandum setting forth the actual dates and rental rates once such dates are determined.

 

2



 

5.                                       Operating Expenses . Tenant shall be liable for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for each portion of the Premises on the applicable Effective Date for such portion, payable as provided in the Lease. Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Industrial Park and Building is determined on a per square foot basis by dividing the number of square feet in the Premises (or applicable portion thereof) by the total number of square feet in the Industrial Park or Building, as applicable. From the Suite 400 Effective Date through the date prior to the Suite 200 Effective Date, Landlord estimates Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as follows:

 

(a)

 

Industrial Park

 

29.90

%

(b)

 

Building

 

56.49

%

 

Upon the Suite 200 Effective Date, Landlord estimates Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as follows:

 

(a)

 

Industrial Park

 

45.33

%

(b)

 

Building

 

85.64

%

 

6.                                       Right of First Refusal .

 

a.                                       If during the Lease Term, Suite 300 of Building B is available for lease and Landlord enters into a letter of intent with a third party covering all of the essential terms (collectively, the “ Third Party Terms ”) for any of such space (the “ First Refusal Space ”), then Landlord shall deliver a notice to Tenant (the “ First Refusal Notice ”) offering to lease the First Refusal Space to Tenant under the Third Party Terms (the “ ROFR Terms ”). As used in this Paragraph 6 only, the term available for lease means that the First Refusal Space is neither: (i) subject to any rights of third parties existing as of the date of this Amendment, including, without limitation, previously granted rights of first notice, expansion rights, extension rights, options to lease, or other previously granted rights, nor (ii) subject to renewal by its current tenant, Statewide, whether or not such renewal is pursuant, to an option to renew set forth in its lease as of the date of this Amendment.

 

b.                                       Tenant may elect to lease the First Refusal Space under the ROFR Terms by delivering a notice (the “ Response Notice ”) to Landlord within 5 business days after the date Tenant receives the First Refusal Notice. If (i) Landlord does not receive the Response Notice within the 5 business day period or (ii) in the Response Notice Tenant elects not to lease the First Refusal Space under the ROFR Terms, then Tenant is deemed to waive its right to lease the First Refusal Space and Tenant has no further rights under this Paragraph 6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if Landlord does not then execute a lease for the First Refusal Space with any third party, under economic terms no more than 5% different from those set forth in the Third Party Terms, then this Paragraph 6, and the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder, will be reinstated in their entirety.

 

c.                                        If Tenant timely delivers a Response Notice electing to lease First Refusal Space under the ROFR Terms, then Landlord shall promptly prepare, and deliver to Tenant an amendment to the Lease adding the First Refusal Space to the Premises upon the ROFR Terms, which amendment will be in a form

 

3



 

substantially similar to this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver such amendment within 5 business days thereafter.

 

d.                                       Landlord is not obligated to offer the First Refusal Space to Tenant, and Tenant may not exercise its option to lease the First Refusal Space, if Tenant is in default under the Lease at the time Landlord would otherwise be obligated to give notice to Tenant under this Paragraph.

 

The Right of First Offer set forth in Section 7 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted and shall be of no further force and effect.

 

7.                                       Security Deposit; Release of Guaranties . Upon execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit the amount of $48,706.56 as in increase in the Security Deposit currently held by Landlord under Section 5 of the Lease for a total Security Deposit of $86,706.57. The Security Deposit shall be held and applied by Landlord as provided in the Lease. Upon execution of this Amendment by Landlord, Darlene M. Ryan is and shall automatically without any further action be deemed released from and shall have no further liability pursuant to the guaranties previously executed by her in connection with the Lease, including without limitation, that certain Guaranty of Lease dated June 29, 1999 and that certain Guaranty of Lease dated effective September 1, 2002. It is further recognized and agreed that pursuant to the terms of the First Amendment, Bruce K. Montgomery, was previously released from any and all guaranties previously executed by him in connection with the Lease, including, without limitation, that certain Guaranty of Lease Dated June 29, 1999.

 

8.                                       Acceptance of Premises . Tenant accepts the Premises including Suites 200 and 400 in their “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition, and Landlord, subject to its obligations under Attachment B , has no obligation to improve, repair, restore, or refurbish the Premises. Tenant’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises is conclusive evidence that Tenant: (A) accepts such portion of the Premises as suitable for the purposes for which they are leased; (B) accepts such portion of the Premises as being in a good and satisfactory condition; (C) waives any defects in the Premises; and (D) having been provided an opportunity to inspect and measure each portion of the Premises, agrees that the square footage numbers specified in this Amendment are accurate, binding, and conclusive for all purposes. Neither Landlord nor any other Landlord Entity has made, and Tenant waives, any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center including, without limitation, any representation or warranty with respect to the suitability or fitness of the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Landlord expressly recognizes, covenants and agrees that notwithstanding the terms of this Paragraph 8 or Paragraph 13, to the contrary, nothing in this Paragraph 8 relieves Landlord of any of its obligations pursuant to the Lease, including, without limitation, Paragraph 7.2 of the Lease and Paragraph 16.17 of the Lease.

 

9.                                       Finish-Out of Premises . Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with a finish-out allowance of $301,036 for costs incurred in connection with renovations to the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have to approximately $250,000 in additional tenant improvements to be made to the Building A Space. Tenant must perform all Tenant Finish Work in accordance with the terms of the Lease and Attachment B to this Amendment.

 

4



 

10.                                Contingency . The Suite 200 Space is currently subject to a lease dated February 25, 2000 by and between Landlord, as successor in interest to Walstib and SmartMail (the “ SmartMail Lease ”) The effectiveness of this Amendment is contingent on Landlord executing an amendment to the SmartMail Lease in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, relocating SmartMail to the Building A Space. If Landlord and SmartMail fail to so amend the SmartMail Lease on or before October 2, 2003, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing and this Amendment shall be terminated and of no further force and effect.

 

11.                                Brokerage; Mutual Indemnities .

 

a.                                       Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Trammell Crow Company and CB Richard Ellis (collectively, “ Brokers ”). Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Brokers claiming by, through, or under Tenant with respect to this Amendment.

 

b.                                       Landlord warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Brokers. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent, including Brokers, claiming by, through or under Landlord with respect to this Amendment.

 

c.                                        Any brokerage commissions payable to Brokers are payable by Landlord pursuant to the terms of separate agreements between Landlord and Broker.

 

12.                                No Offsets . Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date of this Amendment, Tenant has no defenses to or offsets against the full and timely payment and performance of each and every covenant and obligation required to be performed by Tenant under the terms of the Lease.

 

13.                                Conflicts . The terms of this Amendment prevail if there is a conflict with the terms of the Lease.

 

14.                                Headings . The headings or captions of the paragraphs in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not act and shall not be implied to act to limit or expand the construction and intent of the contents of the respective paragraph.

 

15.                                Binding Effect . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns (but this reference to assigns shall not be deemed to act as a consent to an assignment by Tenant).

 

16.                                Ratification . The Lease, as amended and modified hereby, is ratified and confirmed by the parties as being in full force and effect.

 

17.                                Acknowledgement of Option to Extend . Landlord recognizes, covenants and agrees that the Option to Extend set forth in Paragraph 8 of the First Amendment remains in full

 

5



 

force and effect and applies and shall continue to apply to the Premises as defined herein.

 

EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA,

 

a New York corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leonard Balducci

 

 

Print Name:

Leonard Balducci

 

 

As Its:

Associate Director

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

PFAB LP,

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Darlene M. Ryan

 

 

Print Name: Darlene M. Ryan

 

 

As Its:  Sole Manager

 

6



 

ATTACHMENT “A”

 

to Third Amendment to Lease by and between

 

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, as Landlord,

 

and

 

PFAB LP, as Tenant

 

FLOOR PLAN OF THE PREMISES

 

1



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

to Third Amendment to Lease by and between

 

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, as Landlord,

 

and

 

PFAB LP, as Tenant

 

TENANT FINISH CONSTRUCTION

 

A.                                     Plans and Specifications : Tenant shall submit to Landlord at least 30 days prior to commencement of any remodeling in the Premises complete initial plans and specifications (the “ Initial Construction Documents ”) for the remodeling of the Premises. The Initial Construction Documents must include, without limitation:

 

1.                                       General Notes Sheet

 

2.                                       Demolition Plan

 

3.                                       New Construction Plan with details of all new improvements

 

4.                                       Finishes Plan

 

5.                                       Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Plan

 

Within 15 days after receipt of the Initial Construction Documents, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice either approving or disapproving them. Any disapproval must specify in reasonable detail the reasons for the disapproval. If Tenant does not receive a notice from Landlord disapproving the Initial Construction Documents within the 15-day period, Landlord is deemed to approve the Initial Construction Documents. If Landlord disapproves the Initial Construction Documents, Tenant shall revise them to conform to Landlord’s objections and deliver complete copies of the revised Initial Construction Documents to Landlord.

 

The approved Initial Construction Documents are referred to as the “ Construction Documents ” and all work to be performed by Tenant pursuant to the Construction Documents is referred to as the “ Tenant Finish Work ”. Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents is not a warranty that the Construction Documents comply with Applicable Laws.

 

B.                                     Tenant Finish Work . Tenant shall pay the Actual Cost (defined below) of all Tenant Finish Work. Within 45 days of completion of the Tenant Finish Work, and presentation to Landlord of (i) receipts and invoices marked “paid” (ii) lien releases executed by all parties performing Tenant Finish Work, including without limitation, the general

 

1



 

contractors, materialmen and other vendors performing any portion of the Tenant Finish Work or supplying any materials used in connection therewith, and (iii) the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for a portion of the Tenant Finish Work, up to the amount of $301,036.00 (the “ Work Allowance ”). The term “ Actual Cost ” means the cost of all labor and materials and all hard and soft costs relating to the Tenant Finish Work, together with the Building Service Fee of 4% of all hard costs of the Tenant Finish Work.

 

Tenant, at its cost and risk (subject to reimbursement of the Work Allowance by Landlord), shall construct or cause to be constructed the Tenant Finish Work in substantial accordance with the Construction Documents. Tenant shall allow Landlord access to the Premises at all times to inspect the Tenant Finish Work. Landlord has no obligation to inspect the Tenant Finish Work. No inspection by Landlord of the Tenant Finish Work is a warranty that the Tenant Finish Work complies with the Construction Documents or any Applicable Laws.

 

C.                                     General .

 

1.                                       Any changes to the Construction Documents must first be submitted to Landlord for review and approval prior to the work reflected in such amended Plans being undertaken by Tenant.

 

2.                                       Workmanship and materials to be used in the Tenant Finish Work shall be of best quality. Any approval by Landlord of the Plans shall not in any way constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy of sufficiency of the Plans; such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as may be required hereunder in connection with the Tenant Finish Work in accordance with the Plans under the terms of the Lease.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall perform the Tenant Finish Work consistent with Building Rules and Regulations, in a manner to minimize noise and other interference with tenants of the Industrial Center and shall remove all trash and debris from the Premises on a daily basis.

 

4.                                       Upon completion of the construction of Tenant Finish Work, Tenant shall promptly restore any area of the Industrial Center damaged as a result of Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Finish Work to the condition existing prior to the commencement of such construction.

 

5.                                       All contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, service providers, moving companies, and others performing work of any type for Tenant in the Industrial Center shall carry the insurance listed below with companies acceptable to Landlord:

 

a.                                       Commercial General Liability Insurance (ISO Form CG00010798 or its equivalent), written on an “occurrence” basis, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence; $3,000,000 general aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If required by Landlord, liquor liability coverage will be included.

 

2



 

b.                                       Workers’ Compensation insurance with statutory limits and Employers Liability with a $1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury or disease.

 

c.                                        Automobile Liability covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a $1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury and property damage.

 

Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, c/o Trammell Crow Company (“ Manager ”), 2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 3700, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention: Betty Venator, duly executed certificates of all insurance (Acord Form 27, modified as necessary to cover liability insurance) and additional insured endorsements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (on ISO Form 2026 or its equivalent, without modification) prior to entering the Premises and annually thereafter, reflecting evidence of required coverages.

 

All insurance required under hereunder (i) shall be primary and non-contributory (ii) shall provide for severability of interests, (iii) shall be issued by insurers, licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and which are rated A:IX or better by Best’s Key Rating Guide, (iv) shall be endorsed to include Landlord and such other persons or entities as Landlord may from time to time designate, as additional insureds without restriction (Commercial General Liability only), and (v) shall be endorsed to provide at least 30-days prior notification of cancellation or material change in coverage to said additional insureds. Each policy must be endorsed to waive any rights of subrogation against Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents, partners and assigns.

 

3


 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this Amendment ) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2009 (the Execution Date ), to be effective as of May 1, 2009 (the Effective Date ), by and between TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation ( Landlord ), and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership, formerly known as PFAB LP ( Tenant ).

 

BACKGROUND:

 

A.                                     Walstib, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ( Walstib ), and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation ( PharmaFab ), entered into that certain Commercial Lease Agreement dated on or about June 29, 1999, and having a Commencement Date as of October 25, 1999 (the Original Lease ) regarding certain premises containing approximately 44,000 square feet in Suite 100 (the Original Premises ) of Building B (the Building ) in the industrial complex commonly known as 360 Riverside Business Center located at 2940 N. Highway 360 in the City of Grand Prairie, Tarrant County, Texas, as more particularly described in the Original Lease (the Industrial Center ).

 

B.                                     Pursuant to that certain Assignment of Lease dated on or about June 29, 1999, to be effective as of July 1, 1999, PharmaFab assigned its right, title and interest in the Original Lease to PFAB LP, a Texas limited partnership ( PLP ).

 

C.                                     Walstib and PLP amended the Original Lease pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Lease dated effective as of September 1, 2002 (the First Amendment ) pursuant to which (i) the Original Premises were expanded to include approximately 50,000 additional square feet in Suite 100 of Building A of the Industrial Center (the Building A Premises ) and (ii) Bruce K. Montgomery was released from his Guaranty of Lease.

 

D.                                     Landlord succeeded to the interest of Walstib under the Lease.

 

E.                                      Landlord and PLP further amended the Original Lease on a short term basis pursuant to an Interim Amendment to Lease dated September 4, 2003 (the Second Amendment ).

 

F.                                       Landlord and PLP further amended the Original Lease pursuant to that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated October 1, 2003 (the Third Amendment ) pursuant to which (i) the Building A Premises were relocated to Suites 200 and 400 of the Building such that the Premises (as defined in the Original Lease) consist of (1) approximately 77,112 square feet of space in Suites 100 and 200 of the Building (collectively, the Renewal Premises ) and (2) approximately 20,170 square feet of space in Suite 400 of the Building (the Suite 400 Space ) and (ii) Darlene M. Ryan was released from her Guaranty of Lease. The Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment, is referred to herein as the Lease .

 

G.                                     On June 22, 2007, Tenant changed its name to Neos Therapeutics, LP.

 

H.                                    Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to extend the Term of the Lease for the Renewal Premises and modify certain provisions of the Lease as hereinafter set forth, but not otherwise.

 

1



 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

2.                                       Term . The Term for the Renewal Premises is extended to expire on December 31, 2019 (the Expiration Date ). The Term for the Suite 400 Space shall expire on November 30, 2010. Commencing December 1, 2010, the term “Premises” shall refer to the Renewal Premises only.

 

3.                                       Base Rent . From the Effective Date through the Expiration Date, the Base Rent payable with respect to the Renewal Premises and the Suite 400 Space, as applicable, is as follows:

 

 

 

Base Rent/SF

 

Base Rent/SF

 

 

 

 

 

(Renewal Premises —

 

(Suite 400 Space —

 

Monthly Base

 

Period

 

77,112 square feet)

 

20,170 square feet)

 

Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5/1/09 — 9/30/09

 

$

0.00

 

$

11.17

 

$

18,774.91

 

10/1/09 — 11/30/10

 

$

7.50

 

$

11.17

 

$

66,969.91

 

12/1/10 — 4/30/11

 

$

7.50

 

 

$

48,195.00

 

5/1/11 — 12/31/13

 

$

8.50

 

 

$

54,621.00

 

1/1/14 — 12/31/16

 

$

9.00

 

 

$

57,834.00

 

1/1/17 — 12/31/19

 

$

9.50

 

 

$

61,047.00

 

 

All other terms of the Lease regarding the payment of Base Rent remain unchanged. Tenant shall continue to pay all other amounts payable under the Lease; provided, however, Tenant’s Share shall be amended in accordance with Section 5 of this Amendment.

 

4.                                       Acceptance of Premises . Tenant accepts the Premises in their “AS-IS” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, repair, restore or refurbish the Renewal Premises except as otherwise specifically provided in this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, with respect to the Renewal Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center including, without limitation, any representation or warranty with respect to the suitability or fitness of the Renewal Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Nothing in this Paragraph 4 shall negate or diminish Landlord’s repair or restoration obligations under the Lease.

 

2



 

5.                                       Operating Expenses .

 

a.                                       Tenant shall be liable for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Premises, payable as provided in the Lease. Tenant’s Share for the Industrial Center and the Building is determined on a per square foot basis by dividing the number of square feet in the Premises (or applicable portion thereof) by the total number of square feet in the Industrial Center or the Building, as applicable.

 

From the Effective Date through November 30, 2010, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses is as follows:

 

(a)

Industrial Center

45.33%

(b)

Building

85.64%

 

From December 1, 2010 through the Expiration Date, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses is as follows:

 

(a)

Industrial Center

35.93%

(b)

Building

67.88%

 

b.                                       Upon the Effective Date, Section 4.2 of the Lease is amended by adding the following:

 

(g)                                   For purposes of determining Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Controllable Operating Expenses (defined below) for any calendar year will not increase over the amount of Controllable Operating Expenses during the previous year (calculated upon a base equal to the actual expenses incurred for calendar year 2009) by more than 8% per year on a cumulative basis, compounded annually. For example, the maximum amount of Controllable Operating Expenses that may be included in the calculation of such Additional Rent for each calendar year after 2009 shall equal the product of the Controllable Operating Expenses incurred for calendar year 2009 and the following percentages for the following calendar years: 108% for 2010, 116.64% for 2011, 125.97% for 2012, etc. The term Controllable Operating Expenses means all Operating Expenses except costs and expenses for taxes, insurance, property management fees (except for property management fees paid to affiliates of Landlord), utilities, costs to Landlord resulting from compliance with Applicable Requirements, and any increases in service contract fees and expenses resulting from government-mandated wage increases.

 

6.                                       Tenant’s Insurance . Upon the Effective Date, Section 8.2 of the Lease is deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

(a)                                  At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Lease the following insurance coverages insuring against claims which may arise from or in connection with the Tenant’s operation and use of the Premises.

 

(i)                                      Commercial General Liability Insurance (ISO Form CG00010798 or its equivalent), written on an “occurrence” basis, with minimum limits of

 

3



 

$1,000,000 per occurrence; $2,000,000 general aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage and excess umbrella liability insurance in the amount of $5,000,000. Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance must cover business carried on, in or from the Premises and Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises (including contractual liability and must have no deductible).

 

(ii)                                   Workers’ compensation insurance complying with statutory requirements of the State of Texas and employers liability insurance in amounts not less than $500,000 bodily injury per accident/$500,000 disease each employee/$500,000 disease policy limit.

 

(iii)                                Automobile Liability covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a $1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury and property damage.

 

(iv)                               Property insurance against all risks of loss to any tenant improvements or betterments and business personal property on a full replacement cost basis with no coinsurance penalty provision and a deductible not to exceed $25,000; and Business Interruption Insurance with a limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six months of income.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord duly executed certificates of all insurance (Acord Form 28, modified as necessary to cover liability insurance) and additional insured endorsements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (on ISO Form 2026 or its equivalent, without modification) prior to July 1, 2009 and annually thereafter, reflecting evidence of required coverages together with endorsements required under this Section 8.2.

 

(c)                                   All insurance required under Paragraph 8.2 (i) shall be primary and non-contributory, (ii) shall provide for severability of interests, (iii) shall be issued by insurers, licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and which are rated A-:IX or better by Best’s Key Rating Guide, (iv) shall be endorsed to include Landlord, Landlord’s property manager and such other persons or entities as Landlord may from time to time designate, as additional insureds without restriction (Commercial General Liability and excess umbrella liability insurance only), (v) shall be endorsed to endeavor to provide at least 30-days prior notification of cancellation or material change in coverage to said additional insureds, and (vi) shall be endorsed to waive any rights of subrogation against Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents, partners and assigns. All deductibles shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and shall be paid by, assumed by and for the account of Tenant.

 

(d)                                  If Tenant fails to comply with the insurance requirements, Landlord may obtain the required insurance on behalf of Tenant and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof as Additional Rent.

 

4



 

7.                                       Waiver of Subrogation . Upon the Effective Date, Section 8.4 of the Lease is deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

Each party waives all claims that arise or may arise in its favor against the other party, or anyone claiming through or under them, by way of subrogation or otherwise, during the Lease Term or any extension or renewal thereof, for all losses of, or damage to, any of its property (WHETHER OR NOT THE LOSS OR DAMAGE IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF THE OTHER PARTY OR ANYONE FOR WHOM THE OTHER PARTY IS RESPONSIBLE), which loss or damage is covered by valid and collectible Special Form Property insurance policies or would have been covered by such insurance policies had the party maintained such insurance. The party incurring the loss or damage will be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention under its property insurance. These waivers are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other waiver or release in this Lease with respect to any loss or damage to property of the parties. Each party shall immediately give each insurance company issuing to it policies of Special Form Property insurance written notice of the terms of these mutual waivers, and have the insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverages by reason of these waivers.

 

8.                                       Indemnity . Upon the Effective Date, Section 8.5 of the Lease is amended by adding the following:

 

THE INDEMNITY IN THIS SECTION WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE LOSS OR DAMAGE IS CAUSED OR ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF A LANDLORD ENTITY BUT WILL NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT THE DAMAGE OR LOSS IS CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH LANDLORD ENTITY.

 

9.                                       Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Upon the Effective Date, Section 8.6 of the Lease is deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

Landlord Entities shall not be liable for and Tenant waives any claims against Landlord Entities (EVEN IF SUCH CLAIMS ARE CAUSED SOLELY OR IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD ENTITIES BUT NOT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD ENTITIES) for injury or damage to the person or the property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the Premises, Building or Industrial Center from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, damage or injury which is caused by or results from (i) fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures or (ii) from the condition of the Premises, other portions of the Building or Industrial Center. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Landlord nor from the failure by Landlord to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center. NOTWITHSTANDING LANDLORD’S NEGLIGENCE OR BREACH OF THIS LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS, FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM OR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

 

5



 

10.                                Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal covering Suite 300 of the Building as set forth in Section 6 of the Third Amendment, remains in full force and effect during the Term as extended by this Amendment, and may be exercised by Tenant during such extended Term in accordance with Section 6 of the Third Amendment.

 

11.                                Security Deposit . Upon execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit the amount of $48,195.00 (the Security Deposit Increase ) which shall be added to and become part of the Security Deposit currently held by Landlord under Section 5 of the Lease for a total Security Deposit of $134,901.57. The Security Deposit, as increased by the Security Deposit Increase, shall be held and applied by Landlord as provided in the Lease.

 

12.                                Contingency .

 

a.                                       Landlord acknowledges that in anticipation of the execution of this Amendment, Tenant is withholding payment of Base Rent and Operating Expenses for the months of May and June, 2009 (the Deferred Rent ). Subject to the terms of this Paragraph 12, such failure to make Base Rent and Operating Expense payments is not a default under the Lease, and Landlord will not assess interest or a late charge as provided under the Lease.

 

b.                                       Tenant is currently negotiating a Venture Capital Agreement (the VC Agreement ) with third parties. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing on or before July 2, 2009 (the Notification Date ) whether the VC Agreement was fully executed (the Tenant’s Notice ). If Tenant fails to timely deliver the Tenant’s Notice on or prior to the Notification Date, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed the VC Agreement, and this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect. If Tenant delivers the Tenant’s Notice on or prior to the Notification Date advising Landlord that the VC Agreement was not fully executed on or before July 1, 2009, then (i) this Amendment shall automatically terminate without further action by Landlord or Tenant, (ii) within twenty (20) days of receipt of such Tenant’s Notice, Landlord will return the Security Deposit Increase to Tenant and (iii) within five (5) business days after the date of such Tenant’s Notice, Tenant shall pay the Deferred Rent. Failure to pay such Deferred Rent within such 5-business day period shall constitute a Default under the Lease.

 

13.                                Option to Extend . Tenant may extend the Term subject to all of the following conditions:

 

a.                                       If Tenant is not in default under the Lease at the time of the exercise of this option or at the commencement of the extended Term, Tenant may extend the Term for 2 extension terms of 5 years each (each, an Extension Term ), commencing on the next day after the then-current Expiration Date, by giving Landlord an extension notice at least 9 months, but not more than 12 months, prior to the then-current Expiration Date (the Extension Notice Period ).

 

b.                                       If Tenant gives a valid extension notice, then subject to this Section 13, the Term is extended for 5 years upon the same terms as in the Lease (as amended hereby), except that the Rent and other applicable terms adjust based on the Market Rate (defined and determined below), and Tenant has no further option to extend the Term after both options set forth in this Section 13 are exercised. If Tenant does not give an extension notice during the applicable Extension Notice

 

6



 

Period, then this option expires automatically at the end of the applicable Extension Notice Period.

 

c.                                        Within 30 days after Landlord receives Tenant’s extension notice, Landlord shall deliver a notice to Tenant specifying the Market Rate (the Market Rate Notice ). The term Market Rate means the minimum rent, refurbishment allowance, and other economic terms that a non-encumbered, non-equity tenant, having a credit standing substantially similar to that of Tenant as of the date of the Lease and requiring substantially the same space and terms as Tenant, would be able to obtain from a willing landlord comparable to Landlord, in arms-length negotiations for comparable space located within the Industrial Center and other comparable buildings in the Grand Prairie/Arlington markets, and leased at the time in question for a comparable period of time, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion based upon current market conditions for comparable space located within the Industrial Center and other comparable buildings in the Grand Prairie/Arlington markets. In determining Market Rate, Landlord shall consider, among other things and in addition to base rent and refurbishment allowance: (i) Operating Expense treatment, (ii) rental abatement concessions, (iii) lease takeover payments, (iv) whether or not brokerage commissions are involved, and (v) other allowance, inducements, and concessions.

 

d.                                       Tenant shall notify Landlord within 15 days after the date of the Market Rate Notice whether it approves Landlord’s designation of Market Rate (the Response Notice ), and if Tenant does not timely give a Response Notice, Tenant is deemed to approve the Market Rate specified in the Market Rate Notice. If Tenant gives a valid Response Notice that it disapproves of Landlord’s designation of Market Rate, then Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith for a period of 20 days after the date of the Response Notice to reach agreement on the Market Rate. If Landlord and Tenant do not reach agreement on the Market Rate within the 20-day period, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, may either (i) revoke its exercise notice by delivering a Revocation Notice (herein so called) to Landlord within 5 days after the end of the 20-day negotiation period (the Revocation Period ), or (ii) deliver an Arbitration Notice (herein so called) to Landlord before the end of the Revocation Period, notifying Landlord of its election to submit the determination of Market Rate to arbitration, to be conducted by the American Arbitration Association office located in Dallas, Texas, in accordance with Section 13(e) below. If Tenant does not deliver a Revocation Notice or an Arbitration Notice before the end of the Revocation Period, then Tenant is deemed to have given a timely Revocation Notice.

 

e.                                        If Tenant gives a valid Arbitration Notice, then Landlord, or its designated representative, and Tenant shall each place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to Market Rate (as to each party individually, Final Proposal ) and shall meet with each other within 10 days after the last day of the Revocation Period (the Meeting Date ). At the meeting, Landlord and Tenant shall exchange and then open the envelopes in each other’s presence. If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Market Rate within 5 days after the Meeting Date, then the Market Rate will be submitted to baseball-style arbitration, and within 15 days after the Meeting Date, Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a 3-member arbitration panel (the Panel ) to conduct the arbitration. In appointing the Panel, Landlord and Tenant shall choose real

 

7



 

estate professionals (excluding appraisers and attorneys) with knowledge of the Grand Prairie and Arlington markets for industrial space comparable to the Industrial Center. If Landlord and Tenant do not agree upon and appoint a 3-member Panel within 15 days after the Meeting Date, then within 5 days, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one panel member, and within 5 days thereafter, the two appointed members shall select the third. The determination of the Panel will be limited solely to the issue whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s Final Proposal is closer to the actual Market Rate for the Premises as determined by the Panel. The Panel may hold hearings and require briefs from Landlord and Tenant as the Panel, in its sole discretion, determines is necessary. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the Panel and the other party, within 5 days after the appointment thereof, any market data and additional information that the party deems relevant to the determination of Market Rate ( MR Data ), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within 5 days after receipt of such MR Data. The Panel shall, within 30 days after its appointment, notify Landlord and Tenant whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s Final Proposal is closer to the actual Market Rate for the Premises as determined by the Panel. The Panel’s decision is binding upon Landlord and Tenant. The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally, except that each party will be responsible for its own legal fees and costs of experts in connection with its presentation of information and evidence to the Panel.

 

f.                                         If the Term is extended under this Section 13, Landlord shall prepare, and Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver, an amendment to the Lease to reflect the extension of the Term and, if applicable, the modification of the Premises.

 

g.                                        The Option to Extend contained in Section 8 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

14.                                Brokerage; Mutual Indemnities .

 

a.                                       Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Jackson & Cooksey, Inc. (collectively, Brokers ). Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Brokers claiming by, through, or under Tenant with respect to this Amendment.

 

b.                                       Landlord warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Brokers. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent, including Brokers, claiming by, through or under Landlord with respect to this Amendment.

 

c.                                        Any brokerage commissions payable to Brokers are payable by Landlord pursuant to the terms of separate agreements between Landlord and Broker.

 

8



 

15.                                No Offsets . Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date of this Amendment, Tenant has no defenses to or offsets against the full and timely payment and performance of each and every covenant and obligation required to be performed by Tenant under the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

16.                                Conflicts . The terms of this Amendment prevail if there is a conflict with the terms of the Lease.

 

17.                                Headings . The headings or captions of the paragraphs in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not act and shall not be implied to act to limit or expand the construction and intent of the contents of the respective paragraph.

 

18.                                Binding Effect . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns (but this reference to assigns shall not be deemed to act as a consent to an assignment by Tenant).

 

19.                                Ratification . The Lease, as amended and modified hereby, is ratified and confirmed by the parties as being in full force and effect.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank .]

 

9



 

EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY

 

ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA ,

 

a New York corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Linda W. Vetterl

 

 

Print Name:

Linda W. Vetterl

 

 

As Its:

Director

 

 

 

Asset Management

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP ,

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC,

 

 

a Texas limited liability company,

 

 

its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Tengler

 

 

Name:

Mark Tengler

 

 

Title:

President

 

10


 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this Amendment ) is made and entered into as of April 5, 2010 (the Execution Date ), by and between TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation ( Landlord ), and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership, formerly known as PFAB LP ( Tenant ).

 

BACKGROUND:

 

A.                                     Walstib, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ( Walstib ), and PharmaFab, Inc., a Texas corporation ( PharmaFab ), entered into that certain Commercial Lease Agreement dated on or about June 29, 1999, and having a Commencement Date as of October 25, 1999 (the Original Lease ), regarding certain premises containing approximately 44,000 square feet in Suite 100 (the Original Premises ) of Building B (the Building ) in the industrial complex commonly known as 360 Riverside Business Center located at 2940 N. Highway 360 in the City of Grand Prairie, Tarrant County, Texas, as more particularly described in the Original Lease (the Industrial Center ).

 

B.                                     Pursuant to that certain Assignment of Lease dated on or about June 29, 1999, to be effective as of July 1, 1999, PharmaFab assigned its right, title and interest in the Original Lease to PFAB LP, a Texas limited partnership ( PLP ).

 

C.                                     Walstib and PLP amended the Original Lease pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Lease dated effective as of September 1, 2002 (the First Amendment ) pursuant to which (i) the Original Premises were expanded to include approximately 50,000 additional square feet in Suite 100 of Building A of the Industrial Center (the Building A Premises ) and (ii) Bruce K. Montgomery was released from his Guaranty of Lease.

 

D.                                     Landlord succeeded to the interest of Walstib under the Lease.

 

E.                                      Landlord and PLP further amended the Original Lease on a short term basis pursuant to an Interim Amendment to Lease dated September 4, 2003 (the Second Amendment ).

 

F.                                       Landlord and PLP further amended the Original Lease pursuant to that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated October 1, 2003 (the Third Amendment ) pursuant to which (i) the Building A Premises were relocated to Suites 200 and 400 of the Building such that the definition of the premises (as defined in the Original Lease and as amended by the Third Amendment) consist of (1) approximately 77,112 square feet of space in Suites 100 and 200 of the Building (collectively, the Suite 100 Space ) and (2) approximately 20,170 square feet of space in Suite 400 of the Building (the Suite 400 Space ) (collectively, the Premises ) and (ii) Darlene M. Ryan was released from her Guaranty of Lease.

 

G.                                     On June 22, 2007, Tenant changed its name to Neos Therapeutics, LP.

 

H.                                    Landlord and Tenant further amended the Original Lease pursuant to that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease effective as of May 1, 2009 (the Fourth Amendment ), whereby the Term was extended for the Suite 100 Space. The Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment and Fourth Amendment, is referred to herein as the Lease .

 

1



 

I.                                         Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to extend the Term of the Lease for the Suite 400 Space and modify certain provisions of the Lease as hereinafter set forth, but not otherwise.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

2.                                       Term . The Term for the Suite 400 Space is hereby extended to expire on December 31, 2019 (the Expiration Date ). Therefore, in accordance with the Fourth Amendment and this Amendment, the Term for the entire Premises (consisting of the Suite 100 Space and the Suite 400 Space) expires on the Expiration Date.

 

3.                                       Base Rent . From March 1, 2010 (the Effective Date ) through the Expiration Date, the Base Rent payable with respect to the Suite 400 Space only is as follows:

 

Period

 

Base Rent/SF

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3/1/10-5/31/11

 

$

8.00

 

$

13,446.67

 

6/1/11-1/31/14

 

$

10.05

 

$

16,892.38

 

2/1/14-1/31/17

 

$

10.55

 

$

17,732.79

 

2/1/17-12/31/19

 

$

11.05

 

$

18,573.21

 

 

All other terms of the Lease regarding the payment of Base Rent remain unchanged. Tenant shall continue to pay all other amounts payable under the Lease; provided, however, Tenant’s Share shall be amended in accordance with Section 5 of this Amendment.

 

4.                                       Acceptance of Premises . Tenant accepts the Premises in their “AS-IS” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, repair, restore or refurbish the Premises except as otherwise specifically provided in this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment or the Lease, with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center including, without limitation, any representation or warranty with respect to the suitability or fitness of the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Nothing in this Paragraph 4 shall negate or diminish Landlord’s repair or restoration obligations under the Lease, as amended.

 

5.                                       Operating Expenses . From the Effective Date through Expiration Date, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses is as follows:

 

(a)

Industrial Center

45.33%

(b)

Building

85.64%

 

2



 

6.                                       Finish-Out of Premises . Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with a finish-out allowance of $500,000.00 for costs incurred in connection with renovations to the Premises. The Tenant Finish Work will be performed and the allowance applied in accordance with Attachment A attached to this Amendment.

 

7.                                       Permitted Use . Upon the Execution Date, Section 1.8 of the Lease is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

“1.8                          Permitted Use : Manufacturing, storage and distribution of pharmaceutical products in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, including use of portions of the Premises as laboratory space for research and manufacturing purposes in connection with Tenant’s business.”

 

8.                                       Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal covering Suite 300 of the Building, as set forth in Section 6 of the Third Amendment, (i) remains in full force and effect during the Term as extended by this Amendment, and (ii) may be exercised by Tenant during such extended Term in accordance with Section 6 of the Third Amendment.

 

9.                                       Option to Extend . The Option to Extend set forth in Section 13 of the Fourth Amendment (i) remains in full force and effect and (ii) shall include and be applicable to the entire Premises (including the Suite 400 Space).

 

10.                                Brokerage; Mutual Indemnities .

 

a.                                       Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Jackson & Cooksey, Inc. (collectively, the Brokers ). Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Brokers claiming by, through, or under Tenant with respect to this Amendment.

 

b.                                       Landlord warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Brokers. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant harmless against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent, including Brokers, claiming by, through or under Landlord with respect to this Amendment.

 

c.                                        Any brokerage commissions payable to Brokers are payable by Landlord pursuant to the terms of separate agreements between Landlord and Broker.

 

11.                                No Offsets . Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date of this Amendment, Tenant has no defenses to or offsets against the full and timely payment and performance of each and every covenant and obligation required to be performed by Tenant under the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

12.                                Conflicts . The terms of this Amendment prevail if there is a conflict with the terms of the Lease.

 

3



 

13.                                Headings . The headings or captions of the paragraphs in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not act and shall not be implied to act to limit or expand the construction and intent of the contents of the respective paragraph.

 

14.                                Binding Effect . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns (but this reference to assigns shall not be deemed to act as a consent to an assignment by Tenant).

 

15.                                Ratification . The Lease, as amended and modified hereby, is ratified and confirmed by the parties as being in full force and effect.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank .]

 

4



 

EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY

 

ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA ,

 

a New York corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Linda W. Vetterl

 

 

Print Name:

LINDA W. VETTERL

 

 

As Its:

DIRECTOR

 

 

 

ASSET MANGEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP ,

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

PharmaFab Texas, LLC,

 

 

a Texas limited liability company,

 

 

its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Tengler

 

 

Name:

Mark Tengler

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

5



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

to Fifth Amendment to Lease by and between

 

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, as Landlord,

 

and

 

Neos Therapeutics, LP, as Tenant

 

TENANT FINISH WORK

 

A.                                     Plans and Specifications : Tenant shall submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the Execution Date initial plans and specifications (the “ Initial Construction Documents ”) for the remodeling of the Premises. The Initial Construction Documents must include, without limitation:

 

1.                                       General Notes Sheet

 

2.                                       Demolition Plan

 

3.                                       New Construction Plan with details of all new improvements

 

4.                                       Finishes Plan

 

5.                                       Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Plan

 

Within 15 days after receipt of the Initial Construction Documents, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice either approving or disapproving them. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of any plans, changes to such plans, designation of contractors or other matters related to the Tenant Finish Work; provided, if the Tenant Finish Work affects the structural portions of the Building or the Building systems, Landlord’s approval shall be in its commercially reasonable discretion. Any disapproval must specify in reasonable detail the reasons for the disapproval. If Tenant does not receive a notice from Landlord disapproving the Initial Construction Documents within the 15-day period, Landlord is deemed to approve the Initial Construction Documents. If Landlord disapproves the Initial Construction Documents, Tenant shall revise them to conform to Landlord’s reasonable objections and deliver copies of the revised Initial Construction Documents to Landlord.

 

The approved Initial Construction Documents are referred to as the “ Construction Documents ” and all work to be performed by Tenant pursuant to the Construction Documents is referred to as the “ Tenant Finish Work ”. Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents is not a warranty that the Construction Documents comply with Applicable Requirements.

 

6



 

B.                                     Tenant Finish Work . Tenant, at its cost and risk (subject to reimbursement of the Work Allowance by Landlord), shall construct or cause to be constructed the Tenant Finish Work in substantial accordance with the Construction Documents. Tenant shall solicit bids from three contractors approved by Landlord for performance of the Tenant Finish Work, and Tenant shall select one of the three contractors.

 

Tenant shall pay the Actual Cost (defined below) of all Tenant Finish Work subject to reimbursement by Landlord as specified below of a work allowance not to exceed a maximum of $500,000.00 (the “ Work Allowance ”).

 

The term “ Actual Cost ” means the cost of all labor and materials and all hard and soft costs relating to the Tenant Finish Work (including thirty-party, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing Tenant Finish Work [i.e. preparation and revisions of Tenant’s space plan, preparation and revisions of the Construction Documents and Initial Construction Documents, Tenant’s working drawings, space planning, interior architect, engineering, all construction and materials costs of Tenant’s contractor and all subcontractors, relocation, and cabling, and any and all other hard and soft costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Tenant Finish Work]), together with the Building Service Fee of 5% of all hard costs of the Tenant Finish Work

 

Tenant shall allow Landlord access to the Premises at all times to inspect the Tenant Finish Work. Landlord has no obligation to inspect the Tenant Finish Work. No inspection by Landlord of the Tenant Finish Work is a warranty that the Tenant Finish Work complies with the Construction Documents or any Applicable Requirements.

 

The Work Allowance is available for Tenant’s use from the date of this Amendment through February 28, 2011, after which Tenant’s right to same will expire and be of no further force and effect.

 

C.                                     DISBURSEMENT OF WORK ALLOWANCE . Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Actual Cost of the Tenant Finish Work, up to the total Work Allowance, as follows:

 

1.                                       On or about the 15 th  of each month (each, a “ Submittal Date ”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following (the “ Payment Conditions ”): (a) a request for reimbursement to Tenant of a specified portion of the Work Allowance (the “ Disbursement ”), showing the schedule, by trade, of the percentage of completion of the Tenant Finish Work, describing with specificity the portion of the Tenant Finish Work completed since the previous Submittal Date (the “ Completed Work ”) (the Completed Work shall be summarized on AIA form G-702 — Contractor’s Application for Payment, or its equivalent), and substantiating, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, the amount of the Disbursement in relation to the Completed Work; (b) executed, unconditional, and recordable lien waivers and releases reasonably satisfactory to Landlord covering all of the Completed Work; (c) paid receipts for all items of the Completed Work in excess of $1,000; and (d) all other information reasonably required by Landlord, including copies of all operating manuals and service manuals that Tenant has received relating to the Tenant Finish Work, if any.

 

7



 

2.                                       Within 30 days after each Submittal Date (each, a “ Reimbursement Date ”), if Tenant has fully complied with Paragraph C(1) above, Landlord shall pay Tenant the lesser of: (a) the applicable Disbursement, less a 10% retainage (all of which are collectively the “ Retainage ”) (except to the extent Tenant’s payments to its contractor, architect, engineer, etc., already reflect a 10% retainage), and (b) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Work Allowance (not including the Retainage). The final disbursement of the Work Allowance by Landlord (not including the Retainage) will be adjusted, if necessary, so that the total Retainage is 10% of the total available Work Allowance.

 

3.                                       Within five (5) business days after each Submittal Date, Landlord will give Tenant written notice of any missing or incomplete Payment Conditions, information or documentation reasonably required by Landlord in order to process Tenant’s reimbursement request. The applicable Reimbursement Date shall be automatically extended by the number of days beyond the five (5) business day notice period taken by Tenant to submit the missing or incomplete documentation. Further, upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord may omit payment for costs with incomplete documentation and make immediate payment on only that portion of the reimbursement request that the parties agree is complete, with the balance of such payment request to be paid along with Tenant’s next monthly reimbursement request, subject to Tenant’s submittal of all missing or incomplete documentation.

 

4.                                       Within 30 days after the completion of the Tenant Finish Work, if Tenant has fully complied with Paragraph C(1) above with respect to all of the Tenant Finish Work, Landlord shall pay the Retainage to Tenant.

 

5.                                       If Landlord fails to pay all or any portion of the Work Allowance to Tenant when due, and if Tenant has fully complied with this Paragraph C, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the failure (the “ Delinquency Notice ”), and Landlord shall have 30 days after it receives the Delinquency Notice to cure the failure. If Landlord does not cure the failure within that 30-day period, then Tenant may, at its option, pay all or any portion of the amounts due and offset those payments, plus interest at 6% per annum (but not to exceed the highest rate allowable under applicable law), against the next due installments of Base Rent.

 

D.                                     General .

 

1.                                       Any material changes to the Construction Documents must first be submitted to Landlord for review and approval prior to the work reflected in such amended Construction Documents being undertaken by Tenant.

 

2.                                       Workmanship and materials to be used in the Tenant Finish Work shall be of best quality. Any approval by Landlord of the Construction Documents shall not in any way constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of the Construction Documents; such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as may be required hereunder in connection with the Tenant Finish Work in accordance with the Construction Documents under the terms of the Lease.

 

8



 

3.                                       Tenant shall perform the Tenant Finish Work consistent with Building Rules and Regulations, in a manner to minimize noise and other interference with tenants of the Industrial Center and shall remove all trash and debris from the Premises on a daily basis.

 

4.                                       Upon completion of the construction of Tenant Finish Work, Tenant shall promptly restore any area of the Industrial Center damaged as a result of Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Finish Work to the condition existing prior to the commencement of such construction.

 

5.                                       Any entry upon the Premises by Tenant and its agents and contractors shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, the covenants provisions and conditions of the Lease.

 

6.                                       All contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, service providers, moving companies and others (the “ Service Providers ”) performing work of any type for Tenant in the Industrial Center shall (i) carry the insurance listed below with companies acceptable to Landlord, and (ii) furnish certificates of insurance to Landlord evidencing required coverages at least 10 days prior to entry on the Industrial Center and annually thereafter:

 

a.                                       Commercial general liability insurance written on the most current form of ISO CG 00 01 (occurrence basis) or its equivalent, have a minimum each occurrence limit of $1,000,000, a minimum general aggregate limit of $2,000,000, and not exclude the Lease from the definition of “Insured Contract” under the contractual liability provisions;

 

b.                                       Workers’ compensation insurance complying with statutory requirements of the State of Texas and employers liability insurance in amounts not less than $500,000 bodily injury per accident/$500,000 disease each employee/$500,000 disease policy limit;

 

c.                                        Business automobile insurance for claims arising out of ownership, maintenance, or use of owned, non-owned, and hired motor vehicles at, upon, or away from the Industrial Center. The minimum limits must be $1,000,000 each occurrence; and

 

d.                                       Excess/umbrella liability insurance, applying on at least a “following form” (or primary) basis, in excess of commercial general liability, employers liability, and business automobile liability, with a minimum limit of $3,000,000 each occurrence and aggregate, where applicable.

 

Landlord, Landlord’s designated property management firm, and all Landlord Entities shall be named additional insureds on each of said policies (excluding the worker’s compensation policy) and said policies shall be issued by an insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the State and which have policyholder ratings not lower than “A-” and financial ratings not lower than “IX” in Best’s Insurance Guide (latest edition in effect as of the date of the Lease and subsequently in effect as of the date of renewal of the required policies). EACH OF SAID POLICIES SHALL ALSO INCLUDE A WAIVER OF

 

9


 

SUBROGATION PROVISION OR ENDORSEMENT IN FAVOR OF LANDLORD AND THE LANDLORD ENTITIES, AND AN ENDORSEMENT PROVIDING THAT LANDLORD SHALL RECEIVE THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE OF ANY CANCELLATION OF, NON-RENEWAL OF, REDUCTION OF COVERAGE OR MATERIAL CHANGE IN COVERAGE ON SAID POLICIES. In addition, all policies of the Service Providers shall be endorsed to be primary, with the policies of all Landlord Entities being excess, secondary and non-contributing. Each Service Provider hereby waives its right of recovery against any Landlord Indemnitee of any amounts paid by it or on its behalf to satisfy applicable worker’s compensation laws. The policies or duly executed certificates showing the material terms for the same, together with satisfactory evidence of the payment of the premiums therefor, shall be deposited with Landlord on the date each Service Provider first enters the Industrial Center and upon renewals of such policies not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. If certificates are supplied rather than the policies themselves, each Service Provider shall allow Landlord, at all reasonable times, to inspect its policies of insurance required herein.

 

With respect to insurance coverages, except worker’s compensation, maintained hereunder by each Service Provider and insurance coverages separately obtained by Landlord, all insurance coverages afforded by policies of insurance maintained by each Service Provider shall be primary insurance as such coverages apply to Landlord, and such insurance coverages separately maintained by Landlord shall be excess, and each Service Provider shall have its insurance policies so endorsed. The amount of liability insurance under insurance policies maintained by each Service Provider shall not be reduced by the existence of insurance coverage under policies separately maintained by Landlord. Each Service Provider shall be solely responsible for any premiums, assessments, penalties, deductible assumptions, retentions, audits, retrospective adjustments or any other kind of payment due under its policies.

 

10



 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Sixth Amendment to Lease (“Amendment”) is made effective as of August 14 th , 2013, by and between RIVERSIDE BUSINESS GREEN, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts and circumstances.

 

A.                                             Landlord is the owner of that certain building located at 2940 N. Highway 360, Grand Prairie, Texas (the “Building”).

 

B.                                             Walstib, L.P., predecessor in interest to Landlord, and PharmaFab, Inc. predecessor in interest to Tenant, entered into a certain Commercial Lease Agreement dated June 29, 1999, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated September 1, 2002, that certain Interim Amendment to Lease dated September 4, 2003, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated October 1, 2003, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated May 1, 2009 and that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated April 5, 2010 (collectively, the “Lease”), for (i) certain premises containing approximately 77,112 rentable square feet located in Suites 100 and 200 of the Building (the “Suite 100 Space”) and certain premises containing approximately 20,170 rentable square feet located in Suite 400 f the Building (the “Suite 400 Space”). The Suite 100 Space and Suite 400 Space shall be known collectively herein as the “Premises”).

 

C.                                             Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease upon terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing facts and circumstances, the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and after good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by each of the parties, the parties do hereby agree to the following:

 

1.                                                             Definitions . Each capitalized term used in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as is ascribed to such capitalized term in the Lease, unless otherwise provided for herein.

 

2.                                                             Term . The term of the Lease is hereby extended for the period commencing on January 1,2020, and ending on December 31, 2024 (the “Extended Term”).

 

3.                                                             Base Rent .

 

a.                                              During the Extended Term, monthly installments of Base Rent for the Suite 100 Space shall be as follows:

 

Months

 

Monthly Installment

 

Annual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2020 — December 31, 2020

 

$

64,260.00

 

$

771,120.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2021 — December 31, 2021

 

$

64,260.00

 

$

771,120.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2022 — December 31, 2022

 

$

67,473.00

 

$

809,676.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2023 — December 31, 2023

 

$

67,473.00

 

$

809,676.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2024 — December 31, 2024

 

$

70,686.00

 

$

848,232.00

 

 

1



 

b.                                       During the Extended Term, monthly installments of Base Rent for the Suite 400 Space shall be as follows:

 

Months

 

Monthly Installment

 

Annual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2020 — December 31, 2020

 

$

19,497.67

 

$

233,972.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2021 — December 31, 2021

 

$

19,497.67

 

$

233,972.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2022 — December 31, 2022

 

$

20,472.55

 

$

245,670.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2023 — December 31, 2023

 

$

20,472.55

 

$

245,670.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2024 — December 31, 2024

 

$

21,514.67

 

$

258,176.00

 

 

Provided that Tenant has faithfully performed all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord agrees to abate Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for months of August, September, October, November, and December of 2013 and January of 2014.

 

4.                                                     Landlord Work . Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, (i) add seven (7) speed bumps around the Building to be located in the area mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant and (ii) install a fence or comparable barrier on the north side of the Building, which shall be mutually and reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

 

5.                                                     Option to Extend . The Option to Extend as set forth in Section 13 of that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated May 1, 2009, shall remain in full force during the Extended Term and effect and shall be applicable to the entire Premises.

 

6.                                                     Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal covering Suite 300 of the Building, as set forth in Section 6 of that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated October 1, 2003 (the “Third Amendment”) (i) shall remain in full force and effect during the Term and the Extended Term, and (ii) may be exercised by Tenant during the Term or the Extended Term in accordance with Section 6 of the Third Amendment.

 

7.                                                     Assignment and Subletting : Effective as of the full execution of this Amendment, Section 12.1(b) of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“(b) A change in control of Tenant shall constitute an assignment requiring Landlord’s consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis of a majority of the voting or management control of Tenant shall constitute a change in control for this purpose. So long as such change in control does not result in a material decline in Tenant’s credit, in the event that Landlord fails to provide written consent to an assignment that arises from a change in control, Landlord’s sole remedy for such assignment shall be to provide Tenant with forty-eight (48) months prior written notice of termination of the Lease.”

 

2



 

8.                                                     Confidentiality .

 

a.                                       Landlord acknowledges that Landlord has or may have access to and gain knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of Tenant and its Affiliates and business partners, including, but not limited to, business practices, discoveries, ideas, formulations, costs and pricing data, techniques, programs, marketing plans, strategies and tactics, research and development information, data relating to the approval, administration, use or experience relating to any product of Tenant or any of its Affiliates or business partners (whether marketed or in development), and financial and technical information, all of which information is considered confidential by Tenant (“Confidential Information”). For the purposes of this Lease, the term “Affiliates” shall mean all entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant. The term “control” shall mean the ability to vote fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting securities of an entity or otherwise having the ability to influence and direct the policies and direction of an entity. Landlord agrees that Landlord will not use or disclose Confidential Information for any reason other than to carry out the purpose of this Lease without the prior written consent of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord is expressly permitted to disclose tenant’s financial and other related information to Landlord’s Affiliates, agents, employees, lenders (both current and potential and any potential buyer of the Building. The foregoing restrictions on use and disclosure shall not apply to information which Landlord can prove was or became public knowledge through no fault of Landlord.

 

b.                                       Landlord may disclose Confidential Information (i) in response to a valid order of a court or any governmental agency or regulatory body or (ii) as otherwise required by law; provided that the Landlord promptly notifies Tenant of such pending order or requirement and lends Tenant all reasonable assistance, so that the Tenant may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy; and provided further that in the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, the Landlord will furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information which it is legally required to furnish in order to comply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information required to be disclosed pursuant this Section 8(b) will continue to be considered Confidential Information for all other purposes.

 

9.                                                     Recover Reconciliation . Except for a $44,738.77 credit due Tenant for the 2012 Recovery Reconciliation as shown in more detail on Exhibit A, attached hereto, Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date of this Amendment, that Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims that could be asserted in an action by Landlord to enforce Landlord’s remedies under the Lease.

 

10.                                              No Defenses . Tenant affirms that, to the best of its knowledge, as of the date of execution of this Amendment: (a) no default or breach by Landlord exists under the Lease; (b) all tenant improvements to be constructed by Landlord prior to the date of this Amendment, if any, are complete and Tenant has accepted the Premises in “as is, where is” condition as of the date of this Amendment; and (c) Landlord has fully funded or Tenant has waived any unfunded tenant improvement allowances payable under the Lease.

 

11.                                              Broker . Tenant represents to Landlord that except for CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Jackson and Cooksey (the “Brokers”), Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, salesperson or finder in

 

3



 

connection with this Amendment, and no other such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Amendment or is entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its property manager and their respective employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, actions, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising from either (a) a claim for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Brokers, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Amendment, or (b) a claim of, or right to lien under the statutes of the state in which the Premises are located relating to real estate broker liens with respect to any such broker retained by Tenant.

 

12.                                              Submission . Submission of this Amendment by Landlord to Tenant for examination and/or execution shall not in any manner bind Landlord and no obligations on Landlord shall arise under this Amendment unless and until this Amendment is fully signed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, the execution and delivery by Tenant of this Amendment to Landlord shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant of the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for ten (10) days after such delivery.

 

13.                                              Miscellaneous .

 

a.                                       Modification . A modification of any provision herein contained, or any other amendment to this Amendment, shall be effective only if the modification or amendment is in writing and signed by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

b.                                       Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

c.                                        Number and Gender . As used in this Amendment, the neuter includes masculine and feminine, and the singular includes the plural.

 

d.                                       Construction . Headings at the beginning of each Section and subsection are solely for the convenience of the parties and are not a part of this Amendment. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, all exhibits referred to herein are attached hereto and are incorporated herein by this reference. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to Articles, Section, subsections, paragraphs, subparagraphs or provisions are to those in this Amendment. Any reference to a paragraph or Section herein includes all subparagraphs or subsections thereof. In the event any portion of this Amendment shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such portion shall be deemed severed from this Amendment, and the remaining parts hereof shall remain in full force and effect, as fully as though such invalid, illegal or unenforceable portion had never been part of this Amendment.

 

e.                                        Integration of Other Agreements . This Amendment, the Lease and prior amendments set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein and supersedes all previous written or oral understandings, agreements, contracts, correspondence and documentation with respect thereto. Any oral representation or modifications concerning this Amendment shall be of no force or effect.

 

f.                                         Duplicate Originals; Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of duplicate originals, all of which shall be of equal legal force and effect. Additionally, this Amendment may be executed in counterparts, but shall become effective only after a counterpart hereof has been executed by each party; all said counterparts shall, when taken together, constitute the entire single agreement between parties.

 

4



 

g.                                        No Waiver . No failure or delay of either party in the exercise of any right given to such party hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof unless the time specified herein for exercise of such right has expired, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach or default shall be considered to be a waiver of any other breach or default. The waiver of any condition shall not constitute a waiver of any breach or default with respect to any covenant, representation or warranty.

 

h.                                       Further Assurances . Landlord and Tenant each agree to execute any and all other documents and to take any further actions reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

i.                                           No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise provided herein, no person or entity shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary hereof, and nothing in this Amendment, (either expressed or implied) is intended to confer upon any person or entity, other than Landlord and/or Tenant (and their respective nominees, successors and assigns), any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Amendment.

 

j.                                          Full Force and Effect . The Lease, as amended hereby, shall continue in full force and effect, subject to the terms and provisions thereof and hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is executed as of the day and year aforesaid.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

RIVERSIDE BUSINESS GREEN, LP

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Barry P. Marcus

 

Printed Name:

Barry P. Marcus

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

Date:

8/19/2013

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, LP

 

a Texas limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Tengler

 

Printed Name:

Mark Tengler

 

Title:

Co-President & CTO

 

Date:

8/14/2013

 

6



 

Exhibit A

 

2012 Recovery Reconciliation

 

7


 

Tiaa Texas Industrial

 

PO Box 403383

Atlanta, GA 30384-3383

 

April 01, 2013

 

Mr. Mark Tengler

Neos Therapeutics LP

2940 N. Highway 360

Suite 100

Grand Prairie, TX 75050

USA

 

Re:              Riverside Business Center II, 2940 North Highway 360

Neos Therapeutics LP

 

Recovery Reconciliation for the period 01/12 - 12/12

 

Dear Mr. Tengler:

 

Please be advised that your account has been billed as shown below. This represents your share of the Recovery for Riverside Business Center II. The calculations for this amount are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Area

 

97,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property Area

 

113,600

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Start

 

10/25/1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recovery 

 

Expense

 

Base

 

Current

 

Your

 

Expense

 

Admin

 

Recovery

 

Total

 

Est.

 

Amount

 

Group

 

Pool

 

Amount

 

Expense

 

Share

 

Adj.

 

Fee

 

Charge

 

Billed

 

Adj.

 

Owed

 

Renewal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

relax

 

usretax

 

0.00

 

138,605.17

 

118,695.32

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

118,695.32

 

139,212.00

 

0.00

 

(20,516.68

)

opxn

 

usga

 

0.00

 

33,140.16

 

28,379.76

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

28,379.76

 

28,379.76

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

 

 

usopexu

 

0.00

 

29,096.17

 

24,916.67

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

24,916.67

 

19,248.24

 

0.00

 

5,668.43

 

Ins

 

usins

 

0.00

 

3,456.94

 

2,960.37

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

2,960.37

 

6,816.00

 

0.00

 

(3,855.63

)

opxn

 

usopexc

 

0.00

 

46,584.75

 

39,893.11

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

39,893.11

 

0.00

 

65,928.00

 

(26,034.89

)

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

250,883.19

 

214,845.23

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

214,845.23

 

193,656.00

 

65,928.00

 

(44,738.77

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Due

 

 

 

(44,738.77

)

 

As always we appreciate your business and prompt payments. If you have any questions regarding the calculations please contact me.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

Stacey Keeling

 

2100 McKinney Avenue

Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75201

USA

PH: (214) 979-5664

 


 

Lease Recovery Detail

 

Recovery Group - Expense Pool Code -Desc

ins - usins - Insurance

 

EOY

 

Base

 

Base

 

 

 

Management

 

Prorata

 

Gross Up

 

Denominator

 

Min

 

Custom

 

Recovery

 

Month

 

Year

 

Amount

 

Ceiling

 

Fee %

 

%

 

%

 

Type

 

Occupancy

 

Denominator

 

factor

 

12

 

 

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

85.64

 

0.00

 

Total

 

0.00

 

No

 

0.00

 

 

Recovery Group - Expense Pool Code -Desc

retax - usretax - Real EstateTax

 

EOY

 

Base

 

Base

 

 

 

Management

 

Prorata

 

Gross Up

 

Denominator

 

Min

 

Custom

 

Recovery

 

Month

 

Year

 

Amount

 

Ceiling

 

Fee %

 

%

 

%

 

Type

 

Occupancy

 

Denominator

 

factor

 

12

 

 

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

85.64

 

0.00

 

Total

 

0.00

 

No

 

0.00

 

 

Recovery Group - Expense Pool Code -Desc

opxn - usga - General and Adminstrative

 

EOY

 

Base

 

Base

 

 

 

Management

 

Prorata

 

Gross Up

 

Denominator

 

Min

 

Custom

 

Recovery

 

Month

 

Year

 

Amount

 

Ceiling

 

Fee %

 

%

 

%

 

Type

 

Occupancy

 

Denominator

 

factor

 

12

 

 

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

85.64

 

0.00

 

Total

 

0.00

 

No

 

0.00

 

 

Recovery Group - Expense Pool Code -Desc

opxn - usopexu - Operating Expenses-Uncontrol

 

EOY

 

Base

 

Base

 

 

 

Management

 

Prorata

 

Gross Up

 

Denominator

 

Min

 

Custom

 

Recovery

 

Month

 

Year

 

Amount

 

Ceiling

 

Fee %

 

%

 

%

 

Type

 

Occupancy

 

Denominator

 

factor

 

12

 

 

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

85.64

 

0.00

 

Total

 

0.00

 

No

 

0.00

 

 

Recovery Group - Expense Pool Code -Desc

opxn - usopexc - Operating Expenses-Control

 

EOY

 

Base

 

Base

 

 

 

Management

 

Prorata

 

Gross Up

 

Denominator

 

Min

 

Custom

 

Recovery

 

Month

 

Year

 

Amount

 

Ceiling

 

Fee %

 

%

 

%

 

Type

 

Occupancy

 

Denominator

 

factor

 

12

 

 

 

0.00

 

169,743.00

 

0.00

 

85.64

 

0.00

 

Total

 

0.00

 

No

 

0.00

 

 


 

Recovery Calculation Detail

 

Recovery Group -Expense Pool

 

Leased Area

 

% Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

retax - usretax

 

 

 

 

 

97,282.00

 

85.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Base

 

Days

 

Expense

 

CAP

 

Mgmt

 

Exp. Share

 

Total

 

Expense

 

Total

 

Est.

 

Amount

 

Total

 

Amount

 

Occupied

 

Share

 

Adjustment

 

Fees

 

Adjustment

 

Charge

 

Per Area

 

Est. Billed

 

Adjustment

 

Due

 

138,605.17

 

0.00

 

366

 

118,695.32

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

118,695.32

 

1.22

 

139,212.00

 

0.00

 

(20,516.68

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recovery Group -Expense Pool

 

Leased Area

 

% Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ins - usins

 

 

 

 

 

97,282.00

 

85.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Base

 

Days

 

Expense

 

CAP

 

Mgmt

 

Exp. Share

 

Total

 

Expense

 

Total

 

Est.

 

Amount

 

Total

 

Amount

 

Occupied

 

Share

 

Adjustment

 

Fees

 

Adjustment

 

Charge

 

Per Area

 

Est. Billed

 

Adjustment

 

Due

 

3,456.94

 

0.00

 

366

 

2,960.37

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

2,960.37

 

0.03

 

6,816.00

 

0.00

 

(3,855.63

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recovery Group -Expense Pool

 

Leased Area

 

% Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

opxn - usopexc

 

 

 

 

 

97,282.00

 

85.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Base

 

Days

 

Expense

 

CAP

 

Mgmt

 

Exp. Share

 

Total

 

Expense

 

Total

 

Est.

 

Amount

 

Total

 

Amount

 

Occupied

 

Share

 

Adjustment

 

Fees

 

Adjustment

 

Charge

 

Per Area

 

Est. Billed

 

Adjustment

 

Due

 

46,584.75

 

0.00

 

366

 

39,893.11

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

39,893.11

 

0.41

 

0.00

 

65,928.00

 

(26,034.89

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recovery Group -Expense Pool

 

Leased Area

 

% Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

opxn - usopexu

 

 

 

 

 

97,282.00

 

85.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Base

 

Days

 

Expense

 

CAP

 

Mgmt

 

Exp. Share

 

Total

 

Expense

 

Total

 

Est.

 

Amount

 

Total

 

Amount

 

Occupied

 

Share

 

Adjustment

 

Fees

 

Adjustment

 

Charge

 

Per Area

 

Est. Billed

 

Adjustment

 

Due

 

29,096.17

 

0.00

 

366

 

24,916.67

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

24,916.67

 

0.26

 

19,248.24

 

0.00

 

5,668.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recovery Group -Expense Pool

 

Leased Area

 

% Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

opxn - usga

 

 

 

 

 

97,282.00

 

85.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Base

 

Days

 

Expense

 

CAP

 

Mgmt

 

Exp. Share

 

Total

 

Expense

 

Total

 

Est.

 

Amount

 

Total

 

Amount

 

Occupied

 

Share

 

Adjustment

 

Fees

 

Adjustment

 

Charge

 

Per Area

 

Est. Billed

 

Adjustment

 

Due

 

33,140.16

 

0.00

 

366

 

28,379.76

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

28,379.76

 

0.29

 

28,379.76

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

214,845.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

214,845.23

 

 

 

193,656.00

 

65,928.00

 

(44,738.77

)

 


 

Expense Detail By Pool

 

Expense Pool

 

Description

 

Total Expense

 

General and Adminstrative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Building Admin - Management Fees

 

33,140.16

 

Total for General and Adminstrative

 

33,140.16

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Total for General and Adminstrative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance - Liability

 

(3,555.40

)

 

 

Insurance - All Risk

 

6,737.24

 

 

 

Insurance - Boiler & Machinery

 

0.60

 

 

 

Insurance - Umbrella

 

251.50

 

 

 

Insurance - Terrorism

 

23.00

 

Total for Insurance

 

3,456.94

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Total for Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses (No Insurance)

 

 

 

 

 

Electrical - R&M

 

2,954.24

 

 

 

Building - Door/Key/Lock/Graphics

 

347.11

 

 

 

Roof - R&M

 

1,834.00

 

 

 

Parking Lot & Garage - R&M

-

8,340.67

 

 

 

Building - Other Systems - R&M

 

6,915.01

 

 

 

Grounds - Landscape & Grounds

 

23,208.77

 

 

 

Grounds - Irrigation

 

545.04

 

 

 

Grounds - Grounds Sweeping

 

454.68

 

 

 

Utilities - Electricity

 

13,439.85

 

 

 

Building Admin - Management Fees

 

33,140.16

 

Total for Operating Expenses (No Insurance)

 

91,179.53

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Total for Operating Expenses (No Insurance)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses-Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Electrical - R&M

 

2,450.55

 

 

 

Building - Door/Key/Lock/Graphics Roof - R&M

 

2,050.00

 

 

 

Parking Lot & Garage - R&M

-

3,336.27

 

 

 

Building - Other Systems - R&M

 

6,915.01

 

 

 

Grounds - Landscape & Grounds

 

27,365.57

 

 

 

Grounds - Irrigation

 

4,012.67

 

 

 

Grounds - Grounds Sweeping

 

454.68

 

Total for Operating Expenses-Control

 

46,584.75

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Total for Operating Expenses-Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses-Uncontrol

 

 

 

 

 

Utilities - Water & Sewer

 

20,185.68

 

 

 

Utilities - Electricity

 

8,910.49

 

Total for Operating Expenses-Uncontrol

 

29,096.17

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Total for Operating Expenses-Uncontrol

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes - Real Estate

 

137,848.67

 

 



 

Property Tax Consultants

 

756.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total for Real Estate Tax

 

138,605.17

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Total for Real Estate Tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Expenses

 

342,062.72

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Total Expenses

 

250,883.19

 

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

CORNERSTONE BIOPHARMA, INC.

 

AND

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

August 28, 2014

 

 



 

Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1

ARTICLE 2 ASSETS TO BE PURCHASED

8

2.1

Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities

8

2.2

Purchase Price

9

2.3

Closing Date Inventory

10

2.4

Net Profits

10

2.5

Closing Deliverables

11

2.6

Delivery of Tangible Purchased Assets

12

2.7

Sales, Use and Other Taxes

12

2.8

Allocation of Purchase Price

13

2.9

Deferred Payments Not Securities

13

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

13

3.1

Organization

13

3.2

Authority; Enforceability; No Conflict

13

3.3

Title to Assets

14

3.4

Legal Proceedings; Orders

14

3.5

Assigned Contracts

14

3.6

Intellectual Property

14

3.7

Regulatory Matters

15

3.8

Compliance with Legal Requirements

16

3.9

Brokers or Finders

17

3.10

Insurance

17

3.11

Taxes

17

3.12

Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties

17

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

18

4.1

Organization

18

4.2

Authority; No Conflict

18

4.3

Certain Proceedings

19

4.4

Regulatory Matters

19

4.5

Compliance with Legal Requirements

20

4.6

Brokers or Finders

20

4.7

Buyer Acknowledgements as to Product, Purchased Assets, Assumed Liabilities and Supply of Product; Non-Reliance

20

ARTICLE 5 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

21

5.1

Access

21

5.2

Product Responsibility

22

5.3

Product Returns Not Related to a Recall

24

5.4

Governmental Price Reporting

25

5.5

Seller Governmental Payments and Other Contractual Obligations

26

5.6

Buyer Governmental Payments and Other Contractual Obligations

27

5.7

Processing and Payment of Customer Contracts (Commercial Chargebacks)

27

5.8

Use of Seller Trade Dress

28

5.9

Liability for Taxes

29

5.10

Seller Accounts Receivable

29

 



 

5.11

Non-Competition Covenants

29

5.12

Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Audit Rights

30

5.13

Commercialization; Compliance with Legal Requirements

31

5.14

Effectiveness of the Termination Agreement

31

ARTICLE 6 INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

32

6.1

Survival

32

6.2

Indemnification by Seller

32

6.3

Indemnification by Buyer

32

6.4

Time Limitations

33

6.5

Limitations on Amount

33

6.6

Procedure for Indemnification

34

6.7

Satisfaction and Treatment of Indemnity Payments

35

6.8

Certain Other Limitations

35

6.9

Indemnification Exclusive Remedy

36

ARTICLE 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS

36

7.1

Expenses

36

7.2

Public Announcements

36

7.3

Confidentiality

36

7.4

Notices

37

7.5

Further Assurances

38

7.6

Waiver

38

7.7

Entire Agreement and Modification

38

7.8

Disclosure Letter

38

7.9

Assignments, Successors and No Third-Party Rights

38

7.10

Severability

39

7.11

Section Headings; Construction; Conflicts

39

7.12

Time of the Essence

39

7.13

Waiver of Bulk Sales

39

7.14

Governing Law; Certain Costs and Expenses

40

7.15

Jurisdiction and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial

40

7.16

Execution of Agreement; Counterparts

40

 

Schedules and Exhibits

 

Schedule 2.2(b)

Estimated Closing Inventory

Schedule 2.2(c)(z)

Seller Existing Liabilities

Schedule 2.4

Estimated Closing Date Net Profits

Schedule 5.3(b)

Seller Finished Product

Schedule 5.3(d)

Returns Report Data Elements

Exhibit A

Form of Termination Agreement

 

ii



 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Asset Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and dated as of August 28, 2014 (the “ Closing Date ”), between Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ Seller ”), and Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Buyer ”). Seller and Buyer may each be referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, certain rights relating to the Product (defined below), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Accounts Receivable ”—all trade accounts receivable and other similar rights to payment from customers of Seller, including all trade accounts receivable representing amounts receivable in respect of Product sold by or on behalf of Seller before the Closing Date.

 

Affiliate ”—with respect to a Person, any natural person, corporation, company, partnership, joint venture or entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. “Control” shall mean (i) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities or other ownership interest of an entity, or (ii) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to manage, direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation or other entity or the power to elect or appoint fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the governing body of the corporation or other entity. With respect to Buyer, an Affiliate includes NEOS Therapeutics, L.P., a Texas limited partnership. Seller is an Affiliate of Chiesi USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Cornerstone Therapeutics Inc.

 

Agent ”—as set forth in Section 2.6(b) .

 

Agreement ”—as set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

AMP ”—as set forth in Section 5.4(a) .

 



 

ANDA ”—an “abbreviated new drug application,” as such term is used under the FFDCA.

 

Assigned Contracts ”—the contracts set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii)  of the Disclosure Letter.

 

Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”—the assignment and assumption agreement between Seller and Buyer regarding the Assigned Contracts being entered into contemporaneously herewith.

 

Assumed Liabilities ”—as set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Bill of Sale ”—the bill of sale from Seller regarding the Purchased Assets being executed and delivered contemporaneously herewith.

 

Business Day ”—any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in the United States of America are permitted or required to close by law or regulation.

 

Buyer ”—as set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Buyer Closing Date Net Profits ”—as set forth in Section 2.4(b) .

 

Buyer Indemnifiable Claim ”—as set forth in Section 6.5(b) .

 

Buyer Indemnified Parties ”—as set forth in Section 6.2 .

 

Calendar Quarter ”—a period of three (3) consecutive months ending on the last day of March, June, September, or December, respectively.

 

Calendar Year ”—the twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.

 

Chargeback Contract Termination Date ”—as set forth in Section 5.7 .

 

Chargeback Contracts ”—as set forth in Section 5.7 .

 

Closing ”—the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated on the Closing Date.

 

Closing Date ”—as set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date Inventory ”—as set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

 

CMS ”—as set forth in Section 5.4(b) .

 

Coating Place ”—Coating Place, Inc.

 

2



 

Commercially Reasonable Efforts ”—with respect to the efforts to be expended by Buyer related to the marketing and sale of the Product following Closing, such reasonable, good faith and diligent efforts and use of resources that are consistent with commercially reasonable practices that would be used by a similarly situated pharmaceutical company in the relevant territory in the exercise of its reasonable business discretion to Exploit the Product, taking into account various issues, such as cost and availability of supply, the competitiveness of the marketplace, the anticipated or actual profitability of the Product, and all other relevant factors, all as measured by the facts and circumstances at the time such efforts are due.

 

Competing Product ”—as set forth in Section 5.11(a) .

 

Confidentiality Agreement ”—the Confidential Disclosure Agreement dated April 23, 2014 between Seller and Buyer.

 

Consent Decree ”—as set forth in Section 4.5(a) .

 

Cure Period ”—as set forth in Section 5.13 .

 

Damages ”—as set forth in Section 6.2 .

 

Deferred Payments ”—as set forth in Section 2.2(c) .

 

Development and Manufacturing Agreement ”—the Development and Manufacturing Agreement dated February 27, 2008 among Seller, NEOS Therapeutics, L.P., and Coating Place, as amended and supplemented prior to the Closing.

 

Disclosure Letter ”—the disclosure letter delivered by Seller to Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Dispute ”—any dispute, controversy or claim (of any and every kind or type, whether based on contract, tort, statute, regulation, or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement or the activities carried out hereunder or thereunder, including any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach hereof or thereof.

 

Distributor Invoice ”—as set forth in Section 5.7 .

 

DMF ”—as set forth in Section 2.6(b) .

 

Drug Authorization ”—FDA ANDA No. 091671 (excluding any and all proprietary and confidential information of Third Parties that may be included therein).

 

Encumbrance ”—any lien, pledge, encumbrance, security interest, mortgage, claims, charges or pledges, right of first refusal or similar restriction.

 

3



 

Estimated Buyer Closing Date Net Profits ”—as set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

 

Estimated Closing Date Net Profits ”—as set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

 

Estimated Inventory ”—as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b) .

 

Exploit ” or “ Exploitation ”—to make, have made, import, export, use, have used, sell, offer for sale, have sold, research, develop, commercialize, hold or keep (whether for disposal or otherwise), transport, distribute, promote, market, or otherwise dispose of.

 

FDA ”—the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

FFDCA ”— the United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended from time to time, including all regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Finished Product ”—as set forth in Section 5.3(a) .

 

Governmental Authorization ”—any approval, consent, license, permit, registration, qualification, permission, clearance, or other authorization issued, granted, given, or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or pursuant to any Legal Requirement, including, without limitation, the Drug Authorization.

 

Governmental Body ”—any federal, state, local or political subdivision thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any arbitrator, court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, including any Regulatory Authority, or any entity lawfully empowered by any of the forgoing to exercise legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any Applicable Law, including any “notified body” or non-governmental self-regulatory organization.

 

Governmental Price Reports ”—as set forth in Section 5.4(a) .

 

Gross Revenue ”—the units of Products sold multiplied by the wholesale acquisition cost per unit.

 

Indemnified Persons ”—as set forth in Section 6.6(a) .

 

Initial Earnout Period ”—as set forth in Section 2.2(c) .

 

Inventory ”—the inventories of Product (including raw material, work-in-process and Finished Product) owned by or on behalf of Seller or any of Seller’s Affiliates as of the Closing.

 

Inventory Statement ”—as set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

 

IRS ”—as set forth in Section 2.8 .

 

4



 

Knowledge of Buyer ”—the actual knowledge of Buyer and its Affiliates, including its directors, employees, agents and subcontractors, after reasonable inquiry in the course of performing their respective duties.

 

Knowledge of Seller ”—the actual knowledge of any of the individuals that are identified in Section 1.1 of the Disclosure Letter, after reasonable inquiry in the course of performing their respective duties.

 

“Inventory Payment Date”—as set forth in Section 2.3(d) .

 

Legal Requirement ”—any domestic or federal, state or local constitution, law, statute, rule, regulation, treaty, judgment, ordinance, formal administrative interpretation or guidance, order or other requirement of any Governmental Body in the United States.

 

Lot 18 Product ”—all Seller Finished Product within lot #3P018C.

 

Material Adverse Effect ”—any change, circumstance or effect that is materially adverse to, or has a material adverse effect upon, the Purchased Assets, provided that the following shall be excluded from any determination of whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur: (a) any change or effect resulting from or arising in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including the announcement of such transactions, (b) the effects of changes or conditions affecting the pharmaceuticals industry generally, (c) changes in general business, economic, financial market, regulatory, political or social conditions, (d) changes in applicable Legal Requirements, and (e) any act of civil unrest, war or terrorism.

 

NDC ”—a “national drug code,” as such term is used under the FFDCA.

 

Net Profits ”— with respect to the Product, as defined in and calculated in accordance with the Development and Manufacturing Agreement.

 

Net Profits Report ”—as set forth in Section 2.4(b) .

 

Net Sales ”—Gross Revenue less customary reductions, including discounts, distribution service fees, launch or stock discounts, returns, rebates, chargebacks, tariffs, duties, excise and sales taxes imposed upon and paid directly with respect to such sales, all calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Organizational Documents ”—(a) the articles or certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of a corporation; (b) any similar documents adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation, or organization of a Person that is not a corporation; and (c) any amendment to any of the foregoing.

 

Other Transaction Documents ”—the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Bill of Sale, the Termination Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement.

 

Party ” and “ Parties ”—as set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

5



 

Permitted Encumbrance ”—Encumbrances (a) resulting from Taxes that have not yet become delinquent or are being contested in good faith, (b) that are workmen’s, mechanics or similar liens incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable; or (c) with respect to any contract or agreement included in the Purchased Assets, any Encumbrances reflected in the terms and conditions of such contract or agreement.

 

Person ”—any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, organization, or other entity or Governmental Body.

 

PHS ”—as set forth in Section 5.4(a) .

 

PHS Price Reports ”—as set forth in Section 5.4(a) .

 

Proceeding ”—any claim, action, arbitration, investigation, litigation, or suit commenced, brought, conducted, or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

 

Product ”—the Hydrocodone Polistirex and Chlorpheniramine Polistirex Extended Release Suspension product described in ANDA No. 091671, which is a generic of Tussionex®.

 

Product Trade Dress ”—all trade dress, package designs, product inserts, labels, logos and associated artwork, whether or not registered, that are used in connection with the Product or the packaging therefor as of the Closing Date, but excluding the Seller Trade Dress.

 

Purchase Price ”—as set forth in Section 2.2 .

 

Purchased Assets ”—as set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

 

Quality Agreement ”—the Quality Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between Buyer, Chiesi USA, Inc. and Coating Place.

 

Regulatory Authority ”—any applicable Governmental Body involved in granting regulatory approval and/or, to the extent required in such country or jurisdiction, pricing or reimbursement approval of a Product in such country or jurisdiction, including the FDA and any foreign equivalent thereof.

 

Regulatory Files ”—with respect to the Product, (a) all documentation comprising the Drug Authorization, (b) correspondence and reports necessary to, or otherwise describing the ability to, commercially distribute, sell or market the Product submitted to or received from Governmental Bodies (including minutes and official contact reports relating to any communications with any Governmental Body) and relevant supporting documents submitted to or received from Governmental Bodies with respect thereto, including all regulatory drug lists, final versions of advertising and promotion documents, adverse event files and complaint files, and including the documents referenced in the complete regulatory chronology for the ANDA for the Product, including all supplements thereto and required regulatory files and data relating thereto in Seller’s possession or control on the date hereof, and (c) all documentation comprising

 

6



 

methodology and “reasonable assumption” documentation (including historical methodologies) used to calculate any government price reports pertaining to the Product, and (d) data (including clinical and pre-clinical data) contained in any of the foregoing or otherwise in Seller’s possession or control on the date hereof. Regulatory Files excludes any and all proprietary and confidential information of Third Parties that may be included in any of the foregoing and the Product core data sheet, which shall be retained by Seller.

 

Remaining Lot 18 Product ”—that certain Inventory of Lot 18 Product that remains unsold as of the Closing Date.

 

Returns Report ” —as set forth in Section 5.3(d) .

 

Seller ”—as set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Seller Deductible Amount ”—as set forth in Section 6.5 .

 

Seller Existing Liabilities ”—liabilities of the Seller or its Affiliate as set forth on Schedule 2.2(c)(z) .

 

Seller Finished Product ”—as set forth on Schedule 5.3(b) .

 

Seller Indemnifiable Claim ”—as set forth in Section 6.5 .

 

Seller Indemnified Parties ”—as set forth in Section 6.3 .

 

Seller Trade Dress ”—(a) the trademarks, tradenames, brands, corporate names or similar items used by Seller or any of Seller’s Affiliates and (b) the layout, designs, and coloring used on the packaging of the Product to the extent used on other product packaging of Seller or any of Seller’s Affiliates.

 

Seller Trade Dress License ”—as set forth in Section 5.8(a) .

 

Selling Person ”—as set forth in Section 5.12(b) .

 

Service Provider ”—as set forth in Section 5.2(f) .

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ”—any and all taxes, assessments, levies, tariffs, duties or other charges, or impositions in the nature of a tax (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any applicable Governmental Body.

 

Termination Agreement ”—that certain letter agreement to be executed by Seller, Chiesi USA, Inc., Buyer, NEOS Therapeutics, L.P., CPI Technology, Inc. and Coating Place relating to the termination of certain agreements by and among the foregoing or their Affiliates in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

7


 

Third Party ”—a Person who or which is neither a Party nor an Affiliate of a Party. For purposes of this Agreement, Coating Place is deemed to be a “Third Party.”

 

Third Party Claim ”—as set forth in Section 6.6(b) .

 

Transfer Taxes ”—as set forth in Section 2.7 .

 

Transition Services Agreement ”—the transition services agreement entered into between Buyer and Seller dated as of the date of this Agreement.

 

[***] Period ”—as set forth in Section 2.2(c) .

 

Upfront Payment ”—as set forth in Section 2.2 .

 

ARTICLE 2

 

ASSETS TO BE PURCHASED

 

2.1 Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities .

 

(a)            Purchased Assets . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller (and its Affiliates) hereby sells, conveys, assigns, transfers and delivers to Buyer free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), and Buyer hereby purchases and acquires from Seller, all of Seller’s and its Affiliates’ right, title and interest in and to the following (the “Purchased Assets”):

 

(i)             the Drug Authorization and the related Regulatory Files;

 

(ii)            the Assigned Contracts (excluding Seller’s and Chiesi USA, Inc.’s respective rights under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement and the Quality Agreement, as applicable, with respect to Product sold by Seller on or before the Closing Date, including Seller’s indemnification rights under Section 13 of the Development and Manufacturing Agreement);

 

(iii)           the Inventory; and

 

(iv)           the Product Trade Dress.

 

All properties, assets, and rights of Seller not specifically listed and identified in this Section 2.1 are not part of the sale and purchase contemplated hereunder, are excluded from the Purchased Assets, shall be retained by Seller, and shall remain the property of Seller after the Closing.

 

(b)            Assumed Liabilities. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of ARTICLE 5, Seller hereby assigns to Buyer, and Buyer hereby assumes and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, all liabilities and obligations (i) to customers, suppliers or other Third Parties relating to the Purchased Assets

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

8



 

arising or incurred after the Closing Date; (ii) of Seller, or if applicable, the applicable Affiliate of Seller, arising out of or relating to the Assigned Contracts (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Net Profits required to be distributed by Seller under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement with respect to Net Profits earned by Seller on or before the Closing Date) to the extent that such liabilities (A) arise after the Closing Date and (B) do not arise from or relate to any breach by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller of any provision of any of such Assigned Contracts; and (iii) to the extent relating to any Product sold by Buyer following the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”).

 

2.2 Purchase Price . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the consideration for the Purchased Assets (such consideration, the “ Purchase Price ”) is as follows:

 

(a)            (i) Four Million Two Hundred Seventy-Seven Thousand Fifty-Five Dollars and Ten Cents ($4,277,055.10) (the “ Upfront Payment ”);

 

(b)            the amount of estimated Inventory as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b) (the “ Estimated Inventory ”) (subject to adjustment post-Closing pursuant to Section 2.3); and

 

(c)            (i) [***], payable as a lump sum by Buyer within sixty (60) days following the end of the calendar month in which post-Closing Net Sales of Product of [***] during any [***] Period following Closing are first achieved, if ever (the “ Initial Earnout Period ”), and (ii) [***], payable as a lump sum by Buyer within sixty (60) days following the end of the calendar month in which post-Closing Net Sales of Product of [***] during any [***] Period following the Initial Earnout Period are first achieved, if ever (each, a “ Deferred Payment ,” and collectively the “ Deferred Payments ”). Net Sales shall include all Net Sales by Buyer and any other Selling Person following the Closing Date. A “ [***] Period ” shall include any [***]; provided, that the first [***] Period following Closing shall begin on the Closing Date and shall run through the last day of the [***] beginning after the Closing Date.

 

At the Closing, Buyer will (i) deliver to Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wire transfer instructions provided by Seller to Buyer on or before the Closing Date, the amount equal to (x) the Upfront Payment minus (y) the Estimated Buyer Closing Date Net Profits and the Seller Existing Liabilities, and (ii) assume the Assumed Liabilities. The Estimated Inventory (as adjusted pursuant to Section  2.3 ) shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Seller in writing in accordance with the time periods set forth in Section 2.3 . The Deferred Payments shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Seller in writing in accordance with the time periods set forth in Section 2.2(c) . If Buyer fails to make any payment (or portion thereof) due hereunder by the date such payment is due, such overdue amount shall bear interest at the rate of three-fourths percent (3/4%) per month, calculated on the number of days such payment is delinquent (not to exceed the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable Legal Requirements).

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

9



 

2.3 Closing Date Inventory .

 

(a)            Within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, (i) Buyer shall deliver to Seller an unaudited statement of the Inventory delivered at Closing and the resulting value calculated in accordance with Schedule 2.2(b)  (the “ Closing Date Inventory ” and the “ Inventory Statement ”).

 

(b)            During the forty-five (45) day period following Seller’s receipt of the Inventory Statement, Seller shall be given reasonable access to the employees, working papers and other books and records of Buyer for purposes of evaluating the Inventory Statement. Seller may notify Buyer in writing of any disputed item within forty-five (45) days after receipt of the Inventory Statement.

 

(c)            If a notice of disputed items is timely delivered, Seller and Buyer shall, during the forty-five (45) day period immediately following the date of such delivery negotiate to resolve the disputed items. If the Parties are unable to reach agreement during the forty-five (45) day period with respect to any item, such dispute shall be resolved according to the dispute resolution provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)            Except as set forth in Section 2.3(e), Buyer shall, no later than the nine-month anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the “ Inventory Payment Date ”), pay the amount equal to the Closing Date Inventory to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Seller in writing.

 

(e)            If there is a dispute regarding the determination of the Closing Date Inventory pursuant to Section 2.3(c)  that is ongoing as of the Inventory Payment Date, Buyer shall instead be obligated to pay the amount equal to the Estimated Inventory no later than the Inventory Payment Date. Following resolution of any such dispute, if the Closing Date Inventory is finally determined to be greater than the Estimated Inventory, Buyer shall, within five (5) Business Days after the final determination of the Closing Date Inventory, pay to Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with written instructions given by Seller to Buyer, the amount of such excess so that Seller receives the full amount of the Closing Date Inventory. If the Closing Date Inventory is finally determined to be less than the Estimated Inventory, Seller shall, within five (5) Business Days after the final determination of the Closing Date Inventory, pay to Buyer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with written instructions given by Buyer to Seller, the amount of such shortfall.

 

(f)             Any difference between the Closing Date Inventory and the Estimated Inventory shall be treated for Tax purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirement.

 

2.4           Net Profits.

 

(a)            Seller shall, in accordance with the Development and Manufacturing Agreement, be entitled to one-third (1/3) of the Net Profits under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement with respect to Net Sales prior to Closing and shall be responsible for payment of one-third (1/3) of the Net Profits prior to Closing to each of NEOS Therapeutics, L.P. and Coating Place. Schedule 2.4 sets forth Seller’s good faith estimate of the total Net Profits under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement for which it has not made payments to NEOS

 

10



 

Therapeutics, L.P. and Coating Place on or prior to the Closing Date (the “ Estimated Closing Date Net Profits ”), including a breakdown of the amounts owed to NEOS Therapeutics, L.P. and Coating Place. In accordance with Section 2.2 , Buyer shall deduct NEOS Therapeutics, L.P.’s share of Estimated Closing Date Net Profits as set forth on Schedule 2.4 (the “ Estimated Buyer Closing Date Net Profits ”) from the amount of cash paid to Seller at Closing, which, subject to Section 2.4(b) , shall relieve Seller of its obligations to disburse any further Net Profits to Buyer, NEOS Therapeutics, L.P. or any of their respective Affiliates under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement.

 

(b)            Within forty-five (45) days following Closing, Seller shall, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Development and Manufacturing Agreement, deliver to Buyer and NEOS Therapeutics, L.P. a report detailing the calculation of the actual total Net Profits and the actual Net Profits payable to NEOS Therapeutics, L.P. (the “ Buyer Closing Date Net Profits ”) that Seller estimated pursuant to Section 2.4(a)  (the “ Net Profits Report ”). Buyer shall (on its own behalf and on behalf of NEOS Therapeutics, L.P.) notify Seller in writing of any disputed item within forty-five (45) days after receipt of the Net Profits Report. If a notice of disputed items is timely delivered, Seller and Buyer shall, during the forty-five (45) day period immediately following the date of such delivery negotiate to resolve the disputed items. If the Parties are unable to reach agreement during the forty-five (45) day period with respect to any item, such dispute shall be resolved according to the provisions set forth in the Development and Manufacturing Agreement. If the Buyer Closing Date Net Profits as finally determined are less than the Estimated Buyer Closing Date Net Profits, Buyer shall, within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Buyer Closing Date Net Profits, pay to Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with written instructions given by Seller to Buyer, the amount of such excess. If the Buyer Closing Date Net Profits are greater than the Estimated Buyer Closing Date Net Profits, Seller shall, within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Buyer Closing Date Net Profits, pay to Buyer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with written instructions given by Buyer to Seller, the amount of such shortfall.

 

2.5 Closing Deliverables .

 

(a)            As of the Closing Date, Seller has delivered to or has caused to be delivered to Buyer the following documents, each duly executed by Seller and/or an Affiliate of the Seller, as applicable:

 

(i)             the Bill of Sale;

 

(ii)            the Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

 

(iii)           the Transition Services Agreement; and

 

(iv)           the letter from Chiesi USA, Inc. to the FDA (in accordance with 21 C.F.R. § 314.72) providing notification of the transfer to Buyer of the Drug Authorization.

 

(b)            As of the Closing Date, Buyer has made the cash payment required to be made by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.2 , and has delivered to or has caused to be delivered to Seller the following documents, each duly executed by Buyer:

 

11



 

(i)             the Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

 

(ii)            the Transition Services Agreement; and

 

(iii)           the letter from Buyer to the FDA (in accordance with 21 C.F.R. § 314.72) providing notification of the transfer to Buyer of the Drug Authorization.

 

2.6 Delivery of Tangible Purchased Assets .

 

(a)            Subject to Section 2.6(b) , which governs the delivery of the Drug Authorization, as soon as practicable (and in any case within ten (10) Business Days) after the Closing Date, the Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) in furtherance of the Transition Services Agreement, the Inventory shall be deemed to have been delivered by Seller to Buyer as of the Closing “where is” and (ii) Seller shall make all other tangible assets included in the Purchased Assets available for pickup by Buyer or Buyer’s designated shipper, and Buyer shall complete the removal of such tangible Purchased Assets not later than ten (10) Business Days after such Purchased Assets are so made available. If Buyer does not designate a shipper, Seller may contract for carriage on commercially reasonable terms at Buyer’s risk and expense. From and after the time that the Inventory is delivered in place or such other Purchased Assets are available and ready for pickup by Buyer or its agent, as applicable, Buyer shall bear all risk of loss for such items and shall be solely and exclusively responsible for procuring adequate insurance to protect the Inventory and other tangible assets included in the Purchased Assets against any such loss.

 

(b)            As soon as practicable (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) after the Closing Date, Seller (or an Affiliate of Seller) shall deliver to a mutually acceptable Third Party to serve as Buyer’s U.S. agent for the Drug Authorization (the “ Agent ”) an unredacted copy of the Drug Authorization. The Agent shall hold, for the benefit of Buyer, such unredacted copy of the Drug Authorization, as necessary to perform its responsibilities as Buyer’s U.S. agent for the Drug Authorization. Upon Buyer’s request, the Agent shall provide Buyer with a copy of the Drug Authorization from which all proprietary and confidential information of Third Parties included therein has been redacted. Buyer and Seller (or an Affiliate of Seller) shall use reasonable efforts to cause Coating Place to prepare and file with FDA a Drug Master File containing any and all proprietary and confidential information of Coating Place that is included in the Drug Authorization (“ DMF ”), and to issue a letter to the FDA granting Buyer reference authorization to the DMF. Following acceptance of the DMF by the FDA, Buyer shall prepare and file with FDA a supplement to the Drug Authorization that substitutes the existing filing that may include proprietary and confidential information of Coating Place with an updated filing that instead refers to the DMF filed by Coating Place. Buyer shall not, and shall ensure its Affiliates do not, request or obtain an unredacted copy of the Drug Authorization from the FDA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Buyer be precluded from receiving and/or accessing an unredacted copy of the Drug Authorization pursuant to the terms of an agreement entered into by and between Buyer and Coating Place.

 

2.7 Sales, Use and Other Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, valued-added, gross receipts, stamp, registration or other similar transfer Taxes (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”) incurred in connection with the transfer and sale of the Purchased Assets as contemplated by the terms of this Agreement, including all recording or filing fees and other similar costs of Closing,

 

12



 

that may be imposed, payable, collectible or incurred, shall be borne by Buyer. The Parties hereto agree to reasonably cooperate with each other to claim any applicable exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable Transfer Taxes.

 

2.8 Allocation of Purchase Price . Buyer shall prepare and deliver IRS Form 8594 to Seller within forty-five (45) days after the date the Purchase Price is finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3 , to be filed with the IRS. Seller shall have ten (10) Business Days to review and comment on the content of such IRS Form 8594 and Buyer shall consider in good faith the reasonable comments and suggestions of Seller prior to filing such Form 8594 with the IRS. In any Proceeding related to the determination of any Tax, neither Buyer nor Seller shall contend or represent that such allocation is not a correct allocation.

 

2.9 Deferred Payments Not Securities . The rights of Seller to the Deferred Payments, if any, shall not be represented by a certificate or other instrument, shall not represent an ownership interest in Buyer, and shall not entitle Seller to any rights common to any holder of any equity interest of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows as of the Closing Date:

 

3.1 Organization . Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.

 

3.2 Authority; Enforceability; No Conflict .

 

(a)            Seller has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents by Seller and the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by Seller. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Seller and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents by Buyer, this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity regardless of whether considered in a Proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(b)            Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated hereby by Seller will (i) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of Seller; (ii) violate any Legal Requirement applicable to Seller or the transactions contemplated hereby; or (iii) result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the Purchased Assets pursuant to the terms or provisions of, or will

 

13



 

result in the breach or violation of, or constitute a default under or result in termination of, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation under, any Assigned Contracts, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) for such violation, Encumbrance, breach, default, termination, or right of termination, cancellation or acceleration that would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Except for Seller’s letter to the FDA referenced in Section 2.5(a)(iv) , Seller is not, and Seller will not be, required to give any notice to any Governmental Body or obtain any Governmental Authorization in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such notices or Governmental Authorizations which have been obtained or made or which, if not obtained or made, would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.3 Title to Assets . Seller has good and transferable title to the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).

 

3.4 Legal Proceedings; Orders . To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no pending Proceeding that has been commenced (a) relating to the Purchased Assets, or (b) that challenges, or that may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no such Proceeding has been threatened. To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no order issued by any Governmental Body to which any Purchased Asset is subject.

 

3.5 Assigned Contracts . Each of the Assigned Contracts is in effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Seller or an Affiliate of Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar Legal Requirement of general application affecting or relating to the enforcement of creditors rights generally, and subject to equitable principles of general applicability, whether considered in a Proceeding at law or in equity. As of the Closing Date, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto is in breach or default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation or covenant contained in any Assigned Contract, except for such breaches and defaults that would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, to the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has received any written notice from a Third Party stating that such Third Party intends to terminate any Assigned Contract. True and complete copies of all Assigned Contracts to which Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer is not already a party have been made available to Buyer, except to the extent such contracts have been redacted to (a) enable compliance with Legal Requirements relating to antitrust or the safeguarding of data privacy, (b) comply with confidentiality obligations owed to Third Parties, or (c) exclude information not related to the Product.

 

3.6 Intellectual Property .

 

(a)            To the Knowledge of Seller, the manufacture, use or sale of the Product by or on behalf of Seller does not infringe or misappropriate, and Seller has not received any written notice of infringement or misappropriation by Seller or any of Seller’s Affiliates of, the intellectual property rights of a Third Party relating to the Exploitation of the Product. To the

 

14



 

Knowledge of Seller, Seller has not created or discovered any intellectual property or generated any data in performing its activities under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement or otherwise that would be infringed or misappropriated by the Exploitation of the Product by Buyer following the Closing.

 

(b)            Seller has not granted any licenses to the Product Trade Dress to a Third Party, and Seller is not a party to any agreement with a Third Party that limits or restricts, or requires payments for, the use of the Product Trade Dress in connection with making, using or selling of the Product.

 

3.7 Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)            Seller has not received (a) any FDA Form 483’s concerning the Product; (b) any FDA Notices of Adverse Findings concerning the Product, except as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect; or (c) warning letters from the FDA or any other Governmental Body concerning the Product in which the FDA or other such Governmental Body asserted that the operations of Seller (solely as they relate to the Purchased Assets) were not in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements. To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no Proceeding by the FDA or any other Governmental Body pending or threatened in writing against Seller relating to safety or efficacy of the Product.

 

(b)            Except as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect, Seller, or an Affiliate of Seller, possesses or has a right of reference to all Governmental Authorizations necessary to Exploit the Product as Exploited by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller as of and prior to the Closing Date and such Governmental Authorizations are in full force and effect. Neither Seller nor its Affiliates have received any written communication from any Governmental Body threatening to revoke, withdraw, modify, suspend, cancel or terminate any such Governmental Authorizations. No Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened regarding the suspension or revocation of any such Governmental Authorizations. To the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred that would be reasonably expected to (with or without notice or lapse of time) give any Governmental Body any right of revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or termination of any such Governmental Authorization, except as would not be material to the Purchased Assets. Except as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect, Seller and its Affiliates are in compliance with each such Governmental Authorization and have timely filed with the applicable Governmental Body all required filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions with respect to the Product. All such filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions were in compliance in all material respects with applicable Legal Requirements when filed, and, no deficiencies have been asserted in writing by any applicable Governmental Body with respect to any such filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions.

 

(c)            Seller has not received any notice that the FDA or any other Governmental Body has commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to request a recall of the Product, or commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to enjoin production at any facility at which the Product is manufactured. There has not been any product recall, dear doctor letter or market withdrawal or replacement conducted by or on behalf of Seller concerning the Product or, to the

 

15



 

Knowledge of Seller, any product recall, dear doctor letter, market withdrawal or replacement conducted by or on behalf of any Third Party as a result of any alleged defect in the Product.

 

(d)            Seller has made available to Buyer true and correct copies of complaints and notices of alleged defect or adverse reaction with respect to the Product that have been received in writing by Seller and its Affiliates.

 

(e)            Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates, nor to the Knowledge of Seller, any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents, has been debarred or deemed subject to debarment pursuant to Section 306 of the FFDCA nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, are any such Persons the subject of a conviction described in such section. Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates, nor to the Knowledge of Seller, any of their respective officers, directors, employees, or agents, have been excluded, debarred, suspended, or otherwise limited from participation in a federal health care program, federal contracting, or convicted of, or pled nolo contendere to, any felony, or to any federal or state legal violation (including misdemeanors) relating to prescription drugs or devices or fraud, nor have engaged in activities that would reasonably lead to such exclusion, debarment, suspension, or other limitation from participation in a federal health care program and/or federal contracting.

 

3.8 Compliance with Legal Requirements .

 

(a)            Seller and its Affiliates, and to the Knowledge of Seller, their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, in each case solely with respect to the Exploitation of the Product or the ownership of and use of the Purchased Assets, are and have been during the past three (3) years in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, but not limited, to (i) any applicable Legal Requirements governing the research, development, approval, sale, labeling, advertising, marketing, promotion, pricing, pharmacovigilance, recordkeeping or distribution of the Product and the purchase or prescription of or reimbursement for the Product by any Governmental Body, private health plan or entity, or individual, and (ii) all applicable Legal Requirements regulating the pharmaceutical industry, including, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(b)), the criminal False Claims Act (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(a)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§3729 et seq.), the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7a), the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C.§1320a-7h), the federal health care program exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7), the Act, the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. §1320d et. seq.) as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. §§17921 et seq.), the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (15 U.S.C. §§78dd-1 et seq.), and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, and any comparable state or local Legal Requirements, in each case, except for such noncompliance that would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)            To the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates engaged in the Exploitation of the Product have made any voluntary or involuntary self-disclosure to any Governmental Body or representative thereof regarding any material non-compliance with any Legal Requirement applicable to the Exploitation of the Product.

 

16



 

3.9 Brokers or Finders . Neither Seller nor any agents of Seller have incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement.

 

3.10                 Insurance . As of the Closing Date, Seller has, among other insurance policies, insurance policies of the types and in the amounts set forth in the Disclosure Letter. The insurance policies set forth in the Disclosure Letter are sufficient to comply in all material respects with Legal Requirements applicable to the Product as of the Closing Date and any requirements under any Assigned Contract, and such insurance is provided by reputable and nationally recognized insurers. Seller will maintain such insurance (or substantially similar insurance to the extent obtainable on commercially reasonable terms) for a period of one (1) year following the Closing Date.

 

3.11                 Taxes . Seller has timely paid or caused to be paid (or will pay or cause to be paid) all Taxes due and owing, or which otherwise are required or will be required to be paid, with respect to the Purchased Assets for any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, and, with respect to any taxable year or other taxable period beginning on or before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date, the portion of such taxable year or period ending on and including the Closing Date.

 

3.12                 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties .

 

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 3, THE PURCHASED ASSETS ARE BEING TRANSFERRED “AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS,” AND NEITHER SELLER NOR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, STOCKHOLDERS, AFFILIATES OR REPRESENTATIVES HAVE MADE OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN CERTAIN ELECTRONIC AND PHYSICAL “ DATA ROOMS ,” MANAGEMENT PRESENTATIONS, FUNCTIONAL “ BREAK-OUT ” DISCUSSIONS, IN RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS SUBMITTED ON BEHALF OF BUYER OR IN ANY OTHER FORM, IN RESPECT OF THE CONDITION, VALUE OR QUALITY OF THE PURCHASED ASSETS, AND THE PROSPECTS (FINANCIAL OR OTHERWISE), RISKS AND OTHER INCIDENTS OF THE PURCHASED ASSETS OR THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WITH RESPECT OF ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR ANY OTHER MATTER WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND ANY SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.

 

WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE INVENTORY, THE REGULATORY FILES, AND THE PRODUCT TRADE DRESS (TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED TO BUYER) ARE BEING TRANSFERRED AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS.

 

WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, NEITHER SELLER NOR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, STOCKHOLDERS, AFFILIATES OR REPRESENTATIVES HAVE MADE OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR

 

17


 

WARRANTY TO BUYER WITH RESPECT TO ANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, OR ANY HISTORICAL OR FUTURE SALES, OR ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR FORECASTS RELATING TO THE PRODUCT.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as follows as of the Closing Date:

 

4.1 Organization . Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

4.2 Authority; No Conflict .

 

(a)            Buyer (including, for purposes of this Section 4.2 , NEOS Therapeutics, L.P. as applicable) has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents by Buyer and the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by Buyer. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents by Seller, this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity regardless of whether considered in a Proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(b)            Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated hereby by Buyer will (i) violate any provision of Buyer’s Organizational Documents; (ii) violate any Legal Requirement applicable to Buyer or the transactions contemplated hereby; or (iii) result in the breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material contract or agreement to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer may be bound, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) for such violation, breach, or default which would not reasonably be expected to prevent, delay or otherwise interfere with the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(c)            Except for Buyer’s letter to the FDA referenced in Section 2.5(b)(iii) , Buyer is not, and will not be, required to give any notice to any Governmental Body or obtain any Governmental Authorization in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such notices or Governmental Authorizations which have been obtained or made or which, if not obtained or made, would not reasonably be expected to prevent, delay or otherwise interfere with the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

18



 

4.3 Certain Proceedings . There is no pending Proceeding that has been commenced against Buyer that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the Knowledge of Buyer, no such Proceeding has been threatened.

 

4.4 Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)            Buyer has not received (a) any FDA Form 483’s concerning the Product from the date of FDA approval of the Product; (b) any FDA Notices of Adverse Findings concerning the Product, except as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect; or (c) warning letters from the FDA or any other Governmental Body concerning the Product in which the FDA or other such Governmental Body asserted that the operations of Buyer were not in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements. To the Knowledge of Buyer, there is no Proceeding by the FDA or any other Governmental Body pending or threatened in writing against Buyer relating to safety or efficacy of the Product.

 

(b)            Neither Buyer nor its Affiliates have received any written communication from any Governmental Body threatening to revoke, withdraw, modify, suspend, cancel or terminate any such Governmental Authorizations in Buyer’s possession as of the Closing Date. No Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened regarding the suspension or revocation of any such Governmental Authorizations in Buyer’s possession as of the Closing Date. To the Knowledge of Buyer, no event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to (with or without notice or lapse of time) give any Governmental Body any right of revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or termination of any such Governmental Authorization in Buyer’s possession as of the Closing Date, except as would not prevent, limit or otherwise have an material effect on Buyer’s or its Affiliates’ Exploitation of the Product.

 

(c)            Neither Buyer nor any Affiliate of Buyer has received any written notice that the FDA or any other Governmental Body has commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to request a recall of the Product, or commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to enjoin production at any facility at which the Product is manufactured. There has not been any product recall, dear doctor letter or market withdrawal or replacement conducted by or on behalf of Buyer concerning the Product or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, any product recall, dear doctor letter, market withdrawal or replacement conducted by or on behalf of any Third Party as a result of any alleged defect in the Product.

 

(d)            Buyer has made available to Seller true and correct copies of complaints and notices of alleged defect or adverse reaction with respect to the Product that have been received in writing by Buyer and its Affiliates.

 

(e)            Neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates, nor to the Knowledge of Buyer, any of their respective officers, directors, employees, or agents, have been debarred or deemed subject to debarment pursuant to Section 306 of the FFDCA nor, to the Knowledge of Buyer, are any such Persons the subject of a conviction described in such section. Neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates, nor to the Knowledge of Buyer, any of their respective officers, directors, employees, or agents have been excluded, debarred, suspended, or otherwise limited from participation in a federal health care program, federal contracting, or convicted of, or pled nolo contendere to, any

 

19



 

felony, or to any federal or state legal violation (including misdemeanors) relating to prescription drugs or devices or fraud, nor have engaged in activities that would reasonably lead to such exclusion, debarment, suspension, or other limitation from participation in a federal health care program and/or federal contracting.

 

4.5 Compliance with Legal Requirements .

 

(a)            Buyer and its Affiliates, and to the Knowledge of Buyer, their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, in each case solely to the extent such matters may impact Buyer’s or its Affiliates’ Exploitation of the Product or its or their ownership of and use of the Purchased Assets following the Closing Date (including Buyer’s ability to market, sell or distribute the Product following Closing), are and have been during the past three (3) years in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, but not limited, to (i) any applicable Legal Requirements governing or that would govern the research, development, approval, sale, labeling, advertising, marketing, promotion, pricing, pharmacovigilance, recordkeeping or distribution of the Product and the purchase or prescription of or reimbursement for the Product by any Governmental Body, private health plan or entity, or individual, and (ii) all applicable Legal Requirements regulating the pharmaceutical industry, including, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(b)), the criminal False Claims Act (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(a)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§3729 et seq.), the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7a), the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C.§1320a-7h), the federal health care program exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7), the Act, the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. §1320d et. seq.) as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. §§17921 et seq.), the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (15 U.S.C. §§78dd-1 et seq.), and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, and any comparable state or local Legal Requirements, in each case, except for such noncompliance that would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Furthermore, Buyer acknowledges that as a successor in interest to PharmaFab, Inc., and its subsidiary, PF Labs, LP, Buyer is subject to a Consent Decree of Permanent Injunction with FDA and the U.S. Department of Justice dated April 2007 (“Consent Decree”). Buyer and its Affiliates, and to the Knowledge of Buyer, their respective directors, officers, employees and agents are and have been during the past three (3) years in compliance in all material respects with the Consent Decree.

 

(b)            To the Knowledge of Buyer, neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates have made any voluntary or involuntary self-disclosure to any Governmental Body or representative thereof regarding any material non-compliance with any Legal Requirement applicable to the Exploitation of the Product.

 

4.6 Brokers or Finders . Buyer and its officers and agents have incurred no obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement.

 

4.7 Buyer Acknowledgements as to Product, Purchased Assets, Assumed Liabilities and Supply of Product; Non-Reliance . Buyer acknowledges that (a) there are risks and

 

20



 

uncertainties associated the ownership and marketing of pharmaceutical products and product rights; (b) it has had the opportunity to obtain information about the Product, the other Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities in order to evaluate the risks associated therewith; and (c) it has made its own independent assessment and evaluation of the prospects and future performance of the Product and the Purchased Assets and its obligations with respect to the Assumed Liabilities. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that (a) in making its decision to enter into this Agreement and the Other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, Buyer has relied solely upon its own investigation and the express representations and warranties of Seller set forth in ARTICLE 3 (including the related portions of the Disclosure Letter) and has not relied on any representations made or information provided (or the omission of representations or information) outside of this Agreement, and (b) neither Seller nor any other Person has made any representation or warranty as to the Product, the other Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except as expressly set forth in ARTICLE 3 (including the related portions of the Disclosure Letter). Buyer further acknowledges that neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates have manufactured any of the Product and will not manufacture or supply the Product after the Closing, and Seller does not provide any assurances to Buyer whatsoever as to the manufacture or supply of the Product pursuant to the Development and Manufacturing Agreement or otherwise, or the availability or otherwise of any ingredient or component of the Product, or as to any manufacturing process.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

5.1 Access .

 

(a)            Cooperation after the Closing. From and after the Closing, each Party agrees to cooperate with and to grant to each other Party and their respective officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, representatives and agents, during normal business hours, reasonable access to the other Party’s management personnel and such other information and records relating to the Product and the Purchased Assets in their possession after the Closing and to permit copying or, where reasonably necessary, to furnish original documents relating to the Product and the Purchased Assets for the purposes of (i) any financial reporting or Tax matters (including without limitation any financial and Tax audits, Tax contests, Tax examination, preparation for any Tax returns or financial records); (ii) any regulatory reporting matters; (iii) any investigation being conducted by any Governmental Body involving the Product or the Purchased Assets; (iv) any claims or litigation (other than between the Parties) involving the Product or the Purchased Assets; or (v) any similar or related matter. Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that its access to and requests for records and documents pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)  are conducted so as not to interfere with the normal and ordinary operation of the other Party’s business. Each Party acknowledges that the records and documents made available to such Party pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)  constitute confidential information of the releasing Party that is subject to the provisions of Section 7.3 hereof. Each Party may restrict access to such records and documents to the extent that disclosure of any such information would result in the loss or waiver of any attorney-client privilege or a breach of any applicable nondisclosure obligation.

 

21



 

(b)            Record Retention Period. Buyer and Seller agree to retain or cause to be retained all books and records pertinent to the Purchased Assets relating to Tax matters until the expiration of the applicable period for assessment under applicable law (giving effect to any and all extensions or waivers), and, if relating to other than Tax matters, for the period specified under such retaining Party’s document retention policy or, if longer, the longest period specified under applicable Legal Requirements.

 

(c)            Retention of Copies by Seller . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Seller may retain and use archival copies of all documents or materials conveyed hereunder to the extent (i) required to remain in the possession of Seller pursuant to Legal Requirements, (ii) related to any of the purposes set forth in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 5.1(a) , or (iii) necessary or appropriate for Seller to perform and discharge its liabilities or obligations hereunder or under the Transition Services Agreement; provided, however, that Seller shall maintain such items in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3 hereof.

 

5.2 Product Responsibility .

 

(a)            In furtherance of and not in limitation of the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, following the Closing until the payment by Buyer of both Deferred Payments, Buyer shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain and maintain, at its sole expense, in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, all Governmental Authorizations in connection with the Product. Subject to Seller’s indemnification obligations under ARTICLE 6, from and after the Closing, Buyer shall be solely and exclusively responsible for (i) all regulatory matters with respect to the Product and the Purchased Assets, including without limitation relating to communicating and corresponding, preparing and filing reports, making adverse drug experience reports, and paying applicable fees, with and to applicable Governmental Bodies, under all applicable Legal Requirements including the FFDCA, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act of 1987, the Prescription Drug User Fee Act of 1992 and the Generic Drug User Fee Amendments of 2012; (ii) taking all actions and conducting all communication with Third Parties in respect of Product (whether sold before or after the Closing), including responding to all complaints in respect thereof and all medical information requests, including complaints related to tampering or contamination; and (iii) investigating all complaints and adverse drug experiences in respect of the Product (whether sold before or after the Closing).

 

(b)            Subject to the immediately following sentence, from and after the Closing, (a) Seller shall provide Buyer with (i) copies of all written or electronic correspondence relating to the Product received by Seller, its Affiliates, licensees, sublicensees or distributors from, or submitted by Seller, its Affiliates, licensees, sublicensees or distributors to, Regulatory Authorities and (ii) copies of all meeting minutes and other similar summaries of all meetings, conferences and discussions held by Seller with Regulatory Authorities to the extent relating to the Product, including copies of all contact reports produced by Seller and its Affiliates, licensees, sublicensees and distributors, in each case within twenty (20) Business Days after Buyer’s receipt, submission or production of the foregoing, as applicable. If such written or electronic correspondence received from a Regulatory Authority relates to the withdrawal, suspension, revocation or variation of the Drug Authorization for the Product, the prohibition or suspension of the supply of the Product, or the initiation of any investigation, review or inquiry

 

22



 

by such Regulatory Authority concerning the safety of the Product, then the Seller shall notify the Buyer and provide the Buyer with copies of such written or electronic correspondence as soon as practicable, but not later than five (5) Business Days after receipt of such correspondence. Unless otherwise prevented by an applicable Legal Requirement, Seller shall provide Buyer with a copy of any written response hereto in advance (in light of the prevailing circumstances) of submitting such response to the applicable Regulatory Authorities.

 

(c)            From and after the Closing, Buyer shall be solely and exclusively responsible for conducting, handling or processing all voluntary and involuntary recalls of units of Product, including recalls required by any Governmental Body, with respect to the Product, regardless of whether the Product was sold before or after the Closing, subject to Seller’s financial responsibility for Seller Finished Product. Buyer shall destroy, or cause to be destroyed, in either case at Buyer’s expense, all recalled Product in a manner consistent with applicable Legal Requirements. In the event that Seller Finished Product is the subject of a recall, Buyer shall notify Seller in writing as soon as practicable, but in no event more than three (3) days after Buyer becomes aware of such recall. Seller shall be financially responsible for all voluntary and involuntary recalls of Seller Finished Product; provided, however, that Seller shall not bear any financial responsibility for such recalls to the extent such recalls resulted from acts or omissions of Buyer or any of its Affiliates. Accordingly, Buyer will provide to Seller an invoice for all out-of-pocket costs actually incurred, without markup by Buyer and its Affiliates with respect to recalls of any Seller Finished Product (including amounts paid or credited by Buyer and its Affiliates for such returns according to Seller’s standard returned goods policy), and Seller will pay Buyer such amount within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice. Buyer shall be financially responsible for all costs and expenses related to any recalls of Product, other than the Seller Finished Product.

 

(d)            As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Buyer shall institute appropriate procedures (including any appropriate procedures for tracking of lot number information) to ensure that the Product sold by or on behalf of Buyer can be distinguished from the Product sold by or on behalf of Seller prior to the Closing Date.

 

(e)            Following the Closing Date, other than with respect to Remaining Lot 18 Product, Buyer shall not label any Product with Seller’s NDC number without first obtaining the prior written consent of Seller.

 

(f)             Seller shall have the final authority and responsibility for final release of any Product bearing Seller’s NDC number. Buyer shall not market, sell or distribute Product bearing Seller’s NDC number prior to receipt of Seller’s written release of each quantity, batch, lot or shipment (or part thereof) of such Product. Buyer shall provide Seller, or Seller’s designee, with Product samples, completed batch records and any other documentation in accordance with the Quality Agreement for purposes of releasing the Product for commercial sale. Seller may test or cause the Product to be tested in accordance with Seller’s customary procedures. Seller shall notify Buyer in writing of Seller’s release or rejection of any quantity, batch, lot or shipment (or part thereof) of any Product within thirty (30) days after receipt of Product samples, completed batch records and other documentation by Seller or Seller’s designee. Seller’s rejection of the Product shall be based on: (a) nonconformance to Product specifications set forth in the Drug Authorization; (b) adulteration or misbranding of the Product, or (c) Product not having been

 

23



 

prepared in compliance with an applicable Legal Requirement. For a period of one (1) year following the Closing Date, Buyer will cause Buyer’s third-party logistics provider, wholesaler or distributor (each a “ Service Provider ”) to provide Seller with written reports, on a biweekly basis, detailing by distribution center, NDC number, lot number, expiration date and quantity such Service Provider’s inventory of Products.

 

(g)            While Buyer remains solely responsible for regulatory compliance relating to the Product following the Closing Date, during the time that the Product bears Seller’s name or NDC Number on the Product label or the Seller’s name is included on any written, printed, or graphic materials which reference the Product, Buyer must notify Seller, in writing, within twenty-four (24) hours of any inquiry or inspection by a Governmental Body that relates to the Product. Seller shall have the right to review and comment on any response prepared by Buyer to any such inquiry or inspection, be involved in any decision making process relating to the resolution of the matter and, if Seller requests, participate in any specific meetings or conversations with any Governmental Body concerning the Product.

 

(h)            For clarity, from and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall have sole discretion over the commercialization, marketing strategy, promotion, distribution and sale of the Product and shall independently determine and set prices for the Product, provided that the foregoing shall not limit either Party’s obligations to the other Party under this Agreement (including Section 5.4(g)).

 

5.3 Product Returns Not Related to a Recall .

 

(a)            Subject to Buyer’s financial responsibility for returns under Section 5.3(b) , Seller will be responsible for processing returns of all finished Product packaged for commercial sale (“ Finished Product ”) for [***] days after the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Finished Product” shall include Lot 18 Product. Effective on the [***] day following the Closing Date, all returns of Finished Product shall be sent to Buyer or its designee and Buyer or its designee will be responsible for processing returns of all Finished Product thereafter subject to Section 5.3(b) . Returns will be processed by each Party in accordance with such Party’s returned goods policy, regardless of which Party made the corresponding original sale. The Parties will notify all customers of the foregoing change in trade return procedures no less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the end of the “Service Period” (as defined in the Transition Services Agreement). The Parties will work together in good faith to mutually agree on the form and content of such customer notice.

 

(b)            Solely for purposes of this Section 5.3 , the term “Seller Finished Product” shall be deemed to exclude Lot 18 Product. For clarity, all other uses of, and/or references to, Seller Finished Product throughout this Agreement shall include Lot 18 Product. From and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall be financially responsible for all returns of Finished Product, other than returns of Seller Finished Product, and, shall cause its processor to process trade returns in accordance with Buyer’s normal returns procedures. Accordingly, Seller will provide to Buyer an invoice for all out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Seller and its Affiliates with respect to returns of any Finished Product following the Closing Date (including amounts paid or credited by Seller and its Affiliates for such returns according to Seller’s standard returned goods policy), and Buyer will pay Seller such amount within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice. Seller

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

24



 

shall be financially responsible for all returns of Seller Finished Product. Accordingly, Buyer will provide to Seller an invoice for all out-of-pocket costs actually incurred, without markup, by Buyer and its Affiliates with respect to returns of any Seller Finished Product (including amounts paid or credited by Buyer and its Affiliates for such returns according to Buyer’s standard returned goods policy), and Seller will pay Buyer such amount within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice.

 

(c)            For any Finished Product that is returned to one Party but is the processing responsibility of the other Party pursuant to Section 5.3(a) , the Party receiving such returned Finished Product will destroy, or cause to be destroyed, all such Finished Product. Each of Buyer and Seller shall destroy, or cause to be destroyed, all such returned Finished Product in a manner consistent with all Legal Requirements, and the costs of such destruction shall be reimbursed by the Party with processing responsibility for such Finished Product pursuant to Section 5.3(a) .

 

(d)            From and after the Closing Date until the expiration date of the last lot of Seller Finished Product, for any Finished Product that is returned to one Party but is the processing responsibility of the other Party, the processing Party will, upon request, provide the other Party with a written report setting out all of the data elements listed in Schedule 5.3(d)  (each a “ Returns Report ”) within ten (10) days of the request, and such returns shall be processed according to the processing Party’s then-current returned goods policy, which shall be commercially reasonable. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a customer dispute, the return quantities as listed on the Returns Report shall be considered final.

 

(e)            Neither Buyer nor Seller shall instruct, recommend or attempt to induce customers who have previously purchased any Finished Product from it to (i) return such Finished Product when that would not otherwise have been the case but for such Party’s instructions, recommendations or inducement or (ii) delay the return of such Finished Product.

 

5.4 Governmental Price Reporting .

 

(a)            Governmental Price Reports ” means (1) any and all data required to be reported relating to the Product under the Medicaid drug rebate program, including without limitation the Average Manufacturer Price (as defined at 42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8(k)(1)) (“ AMP ”) and the Best Price (as defined at 42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8(c)(1)(C)) and (2) any and all data required to be reported relating to the Product(s) under state drug price reporting requirements. “ PHS Price Reports ” means any and all data required to be reported relating to the Product under a Pharmaceutical Pricing Agreement under section 340B of the Public Health Service (“ PHS ”) Act, 42 U.S.C. 256b.

 

(b)            Seller shall be solely and exclusively responsible for submitting all Governmental Price Reports in the Drug Data Reporting for Medicaid system for purposes of reporting the AMP and the Best Price (as defined at 42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8(c)(1)(C)) and other required pricing data for all Product bearing an NDC of Seller. Beginning with the first full reporting period after the Closing Date occurs, Buyer shall be responsible for providing to Seller all Governmental Price Reports, including calculated AMP and Best Price (as defined at 42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8(c)(1)(C)) and supporting data for these calculations, and other required data for Product bearing an NDC of Seller. Seller shall remain as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid

 

25



 

Services (“ CMS ”) Technical, Invoice and Legal contacts for any Product bearing an NDC of Seller. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall be solely and exclusively responsible for submitting all Governmental Price Reports for all Product bearing an NDC of Buyer.

 

(c)            From and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall be solely and exclusively responsible for submitting all PHS Price Reports for all Product regardless of which Party’s NDC the Product bears.

 

(d)            Seller acknowledges that Buyer will require certain information from Seller in order to submit the Governmental Price Reports after the Closing Date. Accordingly, Seller agrees that Seller shall provide to Buyer, within twenty-five (25) days after the end of the first full Calendar Quarter after the Closing Date and each calendar month after the Closing Date through the end of the first full Calendar Quarter after the Closing Date, relevant Product information, including Baseline AMPs, and the transactional data which Buyer reasonably deems necessary for each NDC of the Product for use in calculating AMP. All pricing data furnished by Seller pursuant to this subsection shall be provided in the same format that such data are provided by Seller to CMS in connection with Seller’s own Governmental Price Reports, or in a format otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Parties. For pricing and sales data that are required in order to submit Governmental Price Reports, but that are not themselves provided to the CMS, Seller will furnish that data in a format mutually agreed upon by the Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, any and all data furnished by Seller that are required for the reporting of the Product under the Medicaid drug rebate program pursuant to this subsection shall be certified to Buyer by Seller in the same format provided by Seller to CMS.

 

(e)            Without limiting the foregoing, Buyer agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until the first anniversary of the expiration date of the last lot sold bearing an NDC of Seller, Buyer shall provide to Seller, within twenty-five (25) days after the end of each reporting period, the Governmental Price Reports and other data for such Product reasonably requested by Seller for use by Seller in submitting such Governmental Price Reports in the Drug Data Reporting for Medicaid system for purposes of reporting the AMP and the Best Price (as defined at 42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8(c)(1)(C)).

 

(f)             Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party upon discovery of any errors in or corrections to the data or other information provided pursuant to Section 5.4(b) , (c) , (d) , or (e)  above.

 

(g)            Buyer shall not make any changes in the wholesale acquisition cost of any Product(s) bearing Seller’s NDC without prior written approval of Seller.

 

(h)            Buyer shall notify Seller of the expiration date(s) of all lot(s) of Product bearing Seller’s NDC(s).

 

5.5 Seller Governmental Payments and Other Contractual Obligations .

 

(a)            Seller shall be solely and exclusively responsible for processing of any and all Medicaid rebates, including any state supplemental rebates, if applicable, payable for all Product bearing an NDC of Seller. Seller shall also be solely and exclusively responsible for payment of any and all Medicaid rebates, including any state supplemental rebates, if applicable, payable for

 

26



 

all Product bearing an NDC of Seller for Medicaid utilization with dispense dates through [***]. Seller shall invoice Buyer for rebate payments made on behalf of Buyer, and Buyer shall pay the undisputed invoiced amounts within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such invoice.

 

(b)            Seller shall be solely and exclusively responsible for processing and payment of any and all chargeback claims and related fees payable under a PHS pharmaceutical pricing agreement for all Product bearing an NDC of Seller through [***] and providing the initial PHS prices within five (5) days of the Closing Date for the Product and the PHS prices for the two Calendar Quarters immediately following the Closing Date within thirty (30) days of the end of the applicable Calendar Quarters to Buyer. In the event Buyer does not have an existing PHS agreement, Seller shall continue to pay chargebacks for Product bearing an NDC of Seller. Except as set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph, Seller shall invoice Buyer for all actual documented chargeback claims and distributor chargeback fees on distributor invoices relating to all Product bearing an NDC of Seller shipped to a 340B program covered entity dated after the Closing Date, and Buyer shall pay Seller the undisputed amount of such invoice within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to equitably address and apply any PHS refunds obtained after the Closing Date.

 

(c)            Seller shall notify Buyer within ten (10) days of notice of any inspection, investigation or other inquiry by, or other material governmental notice or communication from CMS, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of the Inspector General, or any other Governmental Body relating to the manufacture, sale, marketing, promotion, distribution, or use of the Product or relating to any Governmental Price Reports submitted by Seller. This obligation extends to any subsequent revisions to such claims even if made after the Closing Date.

 

5.6 Buyer Governmental Payments and Other Contractual Obligations .

 

(a)            Buyer shall be solely and exclusively responsible for (i) reimbursement to Seller of any and all Medicaid rebates for all Product bearing an NDC of Seller sold by Buyer after the Closing Date except as provided in Section 5.5(a) ; (ii) payment and processing of any and all Medicaid rebates payable for all Product bearing an NDC of Buyer; and (iii) notifying Seller of any state supplemental contracts for the Product bearing Seller NDC in effect after the Closing Date.

 

(b)            Buyer shall be solely and exclusively responsible for payment of PHS chargeback claims and related fees on (i) distributor invoices for Product bearing an NDC of Seller sold by Buyer after the Closing Date except as provided in Section 5.5(b)  and (ii) payment and processing of PHS chargeback claims and related fees on any Product bearing an NDC of Buyer.

 

5.7 Processing and Payment of Customer Contracts (Commercial Chargebacks) . Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to terminate all contracts providing for the payment of chargebacks and associated contracted fees with respect to the Product(s) (“ Chargeback Contracts ”) effective as of the [***] day following the Closing Date. Seller shall not assign to Buyer, and Buyer shall not assume, any of the Chargeback Contracts. Seller shall process all chargeback claims and associated contracted fees related to the Product

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

27


 

by distributors with a distributor invoice to the chargeback customer (“ Distributor Invoice ”) on dates up to and including the contract termination date for each such Chargeback Contract (the “ Chargeback Contract Termination Date ”). Seller shall be financially responsible for all chargeback claims and associated contracted fees related to Product sold by distributors with Distributor Invoice dates up to and including the Closing Date. With respect to chargeback claims and associated contracted fees related to Product sold by distributors with Distributor Invoice dates after the Closing Date and through the Chargeback Contract Termination Date, Seller shall be financially responsible for such claims and chargeback fees to the extent that such claims and chargeback fees do not relate to more than an aggregate of [***], and Buyer shall be financially responsible with respect to all other such claims and fees. Seller shall not process and shall not be financially responsible for any chargeback claims and associated chargeback fees related to Product sold by distributors with Distributor Invoice dates after such Chargeback Contract Termination Date, and Buyer shall or shall cause its distributor(s) to process and be financially responsible for all chargeback claims and associated contracted fees related to Product sold by distributors with Distributor Invoice dates after such Chargeback Contract Termination Date. Seller shall invoice Buyer for chargeback claims and associated chargeback fees that are processed by Seller but are the financial responsibility of Buyer, and Buyer shall pay Seller the amount of such invoice within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.7 , Seller shall have no processing or financial responsibility with respect to chargeback claims and associated chargeback fees related to Product that does not bear Seller’s NDC.

 

5.8 Use of Seller Trade Dress .

 

(a)            As of the Closing Date, Seller hereby grants to Buyer, and Buyer hereby accepts, a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable, royalty-free license to use the Seller Trade Dress, solely to the extent necessary to allow the Buyer to distribute and sell Product labeled with Seller Trade Dress as of the Closing and use any other Purchased Assets containing the Seller Trade Dress in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the “ Seller Trade Dress License ”). Buyer acknowledges that the Seller Trade Dress License is being granted solely for transitional purposes and that Buyer shall use all commercially reasonable best efforts to cease its use of the Seller Trade Dress as quickly as is reasonably possible after the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller Trade Dress License will terminate on exhaustion of any Inventory labeled with Seller Trade Dress.

 

(b)            Buyer shall not (i) add any other labels or marks to, or otherwise alter, the Seller Trade Dress as used by the Seller as of the Closing Date (except as required by Legal Requirement); (ii) change in any way the style of the Seller Trade Dress as used by the Seller as of the Closing Date; or (iii) otherwise use the Seller Trade Dress in any manner other than as specifically provided in this Section 5.8 . Buyer acknowledges Seller’s (or its Affiliates’) ownership of the Seller Trade Dress, shall do nothing inconsistent with such ownership, agrees that all use of the Seller Trade Dress by Buyer shall inure to the benefit and be on behalf of the Seller (or its Affiliates), and agrees not to challenge Seller’s (or its Affiliates’) title to the Seller Trade Dress. Nothing in this Agreement shall give Buyer any right, title or interest in the Seller Trade Dress other than the right to use the Seller Trade Dress strictly in accordance with this Section 5.8 . All use of the Seller Trade Dress by Buyer under this Section 5.8 shall conform to the standards followed by the Seller (or its Affiliates) prior to the Closing Date, and upon

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

28



 

reasonable notice to Buyer, Seller (or its Affiliates) shall have the right to review the standards used by Buyer after the Closing Date to ensure Buyer’s compliance with this requirement related to the Seller Trade Dress.

 

(c)            Except as expressly provided under this Section 5.8, Buyer shall not have the right to, and shall not, sublicense, assign, pledge, grant or otherwise encumber or transfer to any Third Party any rights licensed by the Seller (or its Affiliates) to Buyer under this Section 5.8 without the Seller’s prior written consent. The Parties understand and agree that, in addition to all other legal remedies, Seller (and each of its Affiliates) shall be entitled to seek immediate injunctive relief in order to enforce the terms of this Section 5.8 , and Buyer agrees (i) not to oppose the imposition of such injunctive relief on any grounds whatsoever, and (ii) to use all commercially reasonable efforts to waive any requirement that Seller post bond or other security in connection with the imposition of such relief. If Buyer shall breach this Section 5.8 (whether or not cured), Seller shall have the right to immediately terminate the Seller Trade Dress License by providing written notice to Buyer.

 

5.9 Liability for Taxes . Seller shall be responsible for and pay all Taxes arising or resulting from the ownership or use of the Purchased Assets on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

5.10                 Seller Accounts Receivable . Buyer agrees to deliver to Seller the full amount of any payments received by or on behalf of Buyer (including but not limited to negotiable instruments, which shall be endorsed to the order of Seller) with respect to any and all Accounts Receivable, within thirty (30) days following the end of the calendar month in which such receipt occurs. In the case of the receipt by Buyer of any payment from any obligor of both Seller and Buyer then, unless otherwise specified by such obligor, such payment shall be applied first to amounts owed to Seller with the excess, if any, retained by Buyer. In the event that, subsequent to the Closing, Seller or any of its Affiliates receives any payments from any obligor with respect to an account receivable of Buyer for any period after the Closing Date, then Seller shall, within thirty (30) days following the end of the calendar month in which such receipt occurs and subject to the provisions of the Transition Services Agreement, including Section 3 and Annex A thereof, remit the full amount of such payment to Buyer. In the case of the receipt by Seller of any payment from any obligor of both Seller and Buyer then, unless otherwise specified by such obligor, such payment shall be applied first to amounts owed to Seller with the excess, if any, remitted to Buyer.

 

5.11                 Non-Competition Covenants .

 

(a)            From the Closing until the earlier to occur of (a) the [***] anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) payment by Buyer of both Deferred Payments, or (c) permanent revocation of the Drug Authorization by the FDA, neither Buyer nor any Affiliate of Buyer shall, directly or indirectly, engage in the commercialization of any AB-rated generic pharmaceutical product to Tussionex® (a “ Competing Product ”); provided, that the foregoing will not prevent Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer from participating or engaging in any activity, or holding any interest in, or otherwise dealing with, any Person, where such participation, engagement, holding or dealing does not primarily relate to a Competing Product. For clarity, in the event Buyer has paid both Deferred Payments at any time, the restrictions in the foregoing sentence shall have no further effect and Buyer shall be permitted to engage in the commercialization of any Competing

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

29



 

Product.

 

(b)            Without the express prior written consent of Buyer, Seller shall not, at any time during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the [***] anniversary of the Closing Date, (i) directly or indirectly, engage in the commercialization of a Competing Product; provided, that the foregoing will not prevent Seller from participating or engaging in any activity, or holding any interest in, or otherwise dealing with, any Person, where such participation, engagement, holding or dealing does not primarily relate to a Competing Product; or (ii) attempt to induce any employee of Buyer (or of any Affiliate of Buyer) to terminate his or her employment with Buyer (or with any Affiliate of Buyer), or attempt to interfere with the relationship or prospective relationship (in either case, related primarily to the Product) between Buyer (or any Affiliate of Buyer) and any creditor, licensee, customer, prospective customer, employee or other party.

 

(c)            Each Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Section 5.11 by such Party, the other Party may suffer an irreparable injury such that no remedy at law would adequately protect or appropriately compensate such injured Party. Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other Party may seek to enforce this Section 5.11 by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that such Party may have for a breach of this Section 5.11 .

 

(d)            Recognizing the specialized nature of commercializing the Product, Seller and Buyer each acknowledges and agrees that the duration, geographic scope and activity restrictions of the covenants set forth in this Section 5.11 are reasonable. In the event that the covenants set forth in this Section 5.11 shall ever be deemed to exceed the time, geographic scope or other limitations permitted by applicable Legal Requirement in any jurisdiction, then any court is expressly empowered to reform such covenant, and such covenant shall be deemed reformed, in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable Legal Requirement.

 

5.12                 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Audit Rights .

 

(a)            Not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar month until both Deferred Payments have been made by Buyer, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a monthly report setting forth the Net Sales for such month.

 

(b)            Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, maintain complete and accurate books and records in connection with the sale of the Product, as necessary to allow the accurate calculation of Net Sales of the Product and compliance with Buyer’s obligations hereunder, and Buyer shall maintain such books and records, or cause such books and records to be maintained, for a period of at least three (3) years after the end of the Calendar Year in which they were generated, or for such longer period as may be required by applicable Legal Requirements. From and after the Closing, Buyer shall include provisions in all of its agreements entered into after Closing and shall use commercially reasonable efforts with respect to its existing agreements to cause Selling Persons to maintain books and records consistent with those required under this Section 5.12(b)  by Buyer and its Affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Selling Person ” means Buyer, each of its Affiliates and each (i) licensee, sublicensee, assignee or other grantee of

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

30



 

rights from Buyer or any of its Affiliates or another Selling Person to Exploit the Product or (ii) Affiliate of the foregoing.

 

(c)            Upon not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice to Buyer, Seller shall have the right, but not more than once per Calendar Year, to engage an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Buyer to examine the books and records specified in Section 5.12(b)  as may be reasonably necessary to determine or verify the amount of Net Sales per calendar month or to obtain information as to Deferred Payments payable in the case of failure to report or pay pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that any such examination shall not cover records of any calendar month previously subject to an audit under this Section 5.12(c) . Such accounting firm shall conduct such examination, and Buyer shall make such books and records available, during normal business hours at the facility(ies) where such books and records are maintained. The independent accounting firm will prepare and provide to each Party a written report for the calendar months in question, which each Party shall accept as determinative stating whether the reports submitted pursuant to Section 5.12(a)  are correct or incorrect, any required corrections thereto, and the amounts of any Deferred Payments payable under this Agreement. Seller shall be responsible for the expenses of the independent certified public accounting firm, except that Buyer shall promptly reimburse Seller for such expenses if such firm determines that Buyer underreported Net Sales of the Product and such underreporting of Net Sales resulted in or contributed to Buyer’s failure to make a Deferred Payment when due under this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Parties agree that Buyer’s obligation under subsection (b) and (c) above shall expire and terminate when both Deferred Payments have been made by Buyer.

 

5.13                 Commercialization; Compliance with Legal Requirements . From the Closing until the payment by Buyer of both Deferred Payments, Buyer (a) shall use, and cause its Affiliates to use, Commercially Reasonable Efforts to market, distribute and sell the Product in the United States and (b) shall comply, cause its Affiliates to comply, and use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause Third Parties responsible for such activities to comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to the Exploitation of the Product in the United States. Upon the occurrence of any material breach by Buyer or any of its Affiliates of Section 5.11 or this Section 5.13 and the failure by Buyer to cure such breach within thirty (30) days following Buyer’s receipt of written notice of such breach from Seller (the “ Cure Period ”), and notwithstanding any other remedies Seller may have under this Agreement or otherwise, then both Deferred Payments (without regard to whether otherwise payable pursuant to Section 2.2(c) , but only if previously unpaid) shall, upon expiration of the Cure Period, become immediately due and payable.

 

5.14                 Effectiveness of the Termination Agreement . Buyer and Seller shall cause the Termination Agreement to become effective immediately following the execution of this Agreement.

 

31



 

ARTICLE 6

 

INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

 

6.1 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements in this Agreement will survive the Closing, subject to Section 6.4 .

 

6.2 Indemnification by Seller . Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE 6, Seller will indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, equity holders and agents (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”) for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Damages ”), to the extent caused by or arising from (a) any breach of any representation or warranty of Seller in this Agreement; (b) any breach of any covenant, obligation or agreement of Seller in this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement; (c) any liability or obligation arising out of or relating to a breach by Seller of the Assigned Contracts that occurred prior to the Closing; (d) any liability or obligation of Seller or any of its Affiliates related to the Purchased Assets other than the Assumed Liabilities; (e) any Proceeding by a Third Party resulting, in whole or in part, from the manufacture, packaging, labeling, promotion, distribution, transportation, release, storage, recall or sale of the Product by or on behalf of Seller on or before the Closing Date or the use by patients of Product released or sold by or on behalf of a Seller on or before the Closing Date, provided, however, that Seller shall not be obligated under clauses (d) or (e) of this Section 6.2 with respect to any indemnity claim to the extent that any Damages are caused by or arise from (i) the manufacture, packaging, labeling, promotion, distribution, transportation, storage, sale or other Exploitation of the Product by or on behalf of any Selling Person on or after the Closing Date or the use by patients of Product sold by or on behalf of any Selling Person on or after the Closing Date or (ii) any failure, at the time delivered, of Product delivered by Buyer or any of its Affiliates under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement, to have been manufactured by or on behalf of Buyer or any of its Affiliates in compliance with the Drug Authorization and all applicable Legal Requirements.

 

6.3 Indemnification by Buyer . Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE 6, Buyer will indemnify and hold harmless Seller and Seller’s Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, equity holders and agents (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) for any Damages (other than, with respect to clause (d) of this Section 6.3 , the failure of Seller to receive Deferred Payments), to the extent caused by or arising from (a) any breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer in this Agreement; (b) any breach of any covenant, obligation or agreement of Buyer or any of its Affiliates in this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement; (c) any Assumed Liability; (d) any Proceeding by a Third Party resulting or arising, in whole or in part, from the manufacture, packaging, labeling, promotion, distribution, transportation, release, storage, recall or sale of the Product by or on behalf of Buyer after the Closing Date or the use by patients of Product released or sold by or on behalf of Buyer after the Closing Date; (e) any Third Party claim resulting or arising, in whole or in part, from any failure, at the time delivered, of Product delivered by Buyer or any of its Affiliates under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement to have been manufactured by or on behalf of Buyer or any of its Affiliates in compliance with the Drug Authorization and all applicable Legal Requirements; or (f) any Third Party claim resulting or arising, in whole or in part, from the use by patients of Product released or sold by or on behalf of Seller on or before the Closing Date

 

32



 

and such Damages are caused by or arise from any failure, at the time delivered, of Product delivered by Buyer or any of its Affiliates under the Development and Manufacturing Agreement to have been manufactured by or on behalf of Buyer or any of its Affiliates in compliance with the Drug Authorization and all applicable Legal Requirements.

 

6.4 Time Limitations . Except with respect to fraud committed with the intent to deceive by or on behalf of Seller, no Party will be entitled to indemnification under this ARTICLE 6 with respect to the breach of any representation or warranty in this Agreement, unless, on or before the [***] of the Closing Date, such Party notifies the other Party in writing of a claim specifying the factual basis of that claim in reasonable detail to the extent then known by the notifying Party; provided, however, that the time limitations of this Section 6.4 shall not apply to the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Sections 3.1 , 3.2(a) , 3.3 and 3.11 or the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Sections 4.1 , 4.2(a)  and 4.3 . For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the survival period set forth in this Section 6.4 is a contractual statute of limitations and any claim brought pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 must be brought or filed prior to the expiration of the applicable survival period.

 

6.5 Limitations on Amount .

 

(a)            Seller will have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 with respect to the matters described in clause (a) of Section 6.2 (each such claim a “ Seller Indemnifiable Claim ”) unless and until the aggregate amount of all Seller Indemnifiable Claims exceeds[***] percent ([***]%) of the Upfront Payment (the “ Seller Deductible Amount ”), in which case Seller shall be liable for the aggregate amount of all Seller Indemnifiable Claims in excess of the Seller Deductible Amount; provided, however, that Seller will have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 for any individual or series of related Seller Indemnifiable Claims that do not exceed [***], and any such claims shall not be counted towards the Seller Deductible Amount. In addition, Seller will have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 with respect to the matters described in clause (a) of Section 6.2 once the aggregate dollar amount of all Damages indemnified under Section 6.2 equals [***] percent ([***]%) of the Upfront Payment and shall have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 with respect to the matters described in clause (b) of Section 6.2 once the aggregate dollar amount of all Damages indemnified under Section 6.2 equals [***] percent ([***]%) of the Upfront Payment.

 

(b)            Buyer will have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 with respect to the matters described in clause (a) of Section 6.3 (each such claim a “ Buyer Indemnifiable Claim ”) unless and until the aggregate amount of all Buyer Indemnifiable Claims exceeds [***] percent ([***]%) of the Upfront Payment (the “ Buyer Deductible Amount ”), in which case Buyer shall be liable for the aggregate amount of all Buyer Indemnifiable Claims in excess of the Buyer Deductible Amount; provided, however, that Buyer will have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 for any individual or series of related Buyer Indemnifiable Claims that do not exceed [***], and any such claims shall not be counted towards the Buyer Deductible Amount. Buyer will have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 with respect to the matters described in clause (a) of Section 6.3 once the aggregate dollar amount of all Damages indemnified under Section 6.3 equals [***] percent ([***]%) of the Upfront Payment and shall have no liability under this ARTICLE 6 with respect to the matters described in clause (b) of Section

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

33



 

6.3 once the aggregate dollar amount of all Damages indemnified under Section 6.3 equals [***] percent ([***]%) of the Upfront Payment.

 

6.6 Procedure for Indemnification .

 

(a)            All claims for indemnification by a Buyer Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)            If a Third Party asserts that an Indemnified Person is liable to such Third Party for a monetary or other obligation which may constitute or result in Damages for which such Indemnified Person may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 (a “ Third Party Claim ”), then such Indemnified Person may make a claim for indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 and shall be reimbursed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement for any such Damages for which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 (subject to the right of the indemnifying Party to dispute the Indemnified Person’s entitlement to indemnification under the applicable terms of this Agreement).

 

(c)            The Indemnified Person shall give prompt written notification to Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, of the commencement of any Proceeding relating to a Third Party Claim for which indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 may be sought; provided, however, that no delay on the part of the Indemnified Person in notifying Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, shall relieve Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, of any liability or obligation hereunder except to the extent of any damage or liability caused by or arising out of such failure. Within thirty (30) days after delivery of such notification, Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, may, upon written notice thereof to the Indemnified Person, assume control of the defense of such Proceeding provided Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, acknowledge(s) in writing to the Indemnified Person that any damages, fines, costs or other liabilities that may be assessed against the Indemnified Person in connection with such Proceeding constitute Damages for which the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 6. If neither Seller nor Buyer, as the case may be, so assumes control of such defense, the Indemnified Person shall control such defense. The Party not controlling such defense may participate therein at its own expense. The Party controlling such defense shall keep the other Party advised of the status of such Proceeding and the defense thereof. The Indemnified Person shall not agree to any settlement of such Proceeding without the prior written consent of Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither Seller nor Buyer, as the case may be, shall agree to any settlement of such Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Person, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(d)            A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a Third Party Claim may be asserted by prompt written notice specifying the factual basis of that claim in reasonable detail to the Party from whom indemnification is sought; provided, however, that failure to so notify the indemnifying Party shall not preclude the indemnified Party from any indemnification which it may claim in accordance with this ARTICLE 6 except to the extent that the indemnifying Party can demonstrate actual prejudice to its defenses or counterclaims or otherwise, or increased or aggravated Damages as a result of such failure.

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

34



 

6.7 Satisfaction and Treatment of Indemnity Payments .

 

(a)            In the event that Seller is required to provide indemnification hereunder to any Buyer Indemnified Parties, such indemnification obligation shall be paid to Buyer (for further distribution between Buyer and other Buyer Indemnified Parties, as appropriate). Any payment made to Buyer pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 shall be treated for Tax purposes as a reduction in the Purchase Price unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirement.

 

(b)            In the event that Buyer is required to provide indemnification hereunder to Seller Indemnified Parties, such indemnification obligation shall be paid to Seller (for further distribution between Seller and other Seller Indemnified Parties, as appropriate). Any payment made to Seller pursuant to this ARTICLE 6 shall be treated for Tax purposes as an increase in the Purchase Price unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirement.

 

6.8 Certain Other Limitations .

 

(a)            Damages Net of Insurance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the amount of any Damages for which indemnification is provided under this ARTICLE 6 shall be net of any actual cash insurance recoveries. A Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek an insurance recovery. If a Party obtains a recovery, the Party’s indemnity claim shall not be offset to the extent of the Party’s expenses in obtaining such recovery. An insurer who is otherwise obligated to pay a claim is not relieved of the responsibility with respect to the claim and has no subrogation rights with respect to the claim, in either instance, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions of this ARTICLE 6. A Party that provides indemnification hereunder is subrogated to the rights of an Indemnified Person upon payment of the relevant indemnity claim.

 

(b)            Knowledge . To the Knowledge of Buyer and to the Knowledge of Seller as of the Closing Date, there are no facts or circumstances that would serve as the basis for a claim by Buyer or Seller, respectively, against the other Party based upon a breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Seller contained in this Agreement.

 

(c)            No Consequential Damages, etc. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY HERETO OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO FOR INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES BASED UPON LOST REVENUES OR PROFITS, HOWEVER CAUSED OR ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY THAT ARISE OUT OF OR RELATE TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH THEREOF, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ANY INDEMNIFICATION CLAIM UNDER SECTION 6.2 OR SECTION 6.3 FOR DAMAGES ACTUALLY PAID TO A THIRD PARTY PURSUANT TO A THIRD PARTY CLAIM. FOR CLARITY, THIS SECTION 6.8(C) SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED OR DEEMED TO LIMIT, IN ANY WAY, SELLER’S RECOVERY OF THE DEFERRED PAYMENTS AS PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

35



 

6.9 Indemnification Exclusive Remedy . Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that, subject to any rights or remedies expressly set forth herein including in Section 2.2 , Section 5.12 and Section 5.13 , their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all Damages relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, or otherwise regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this ARTICLE 6. In furtherance of the foregoing, and subject to any rights or remedies expressly set forth herein, Buyer hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action it may have against Seller in law or equity, except such rights, claims and causes of action based upon Buyer’s right to indemnification under this Agreement, and Seller hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action it may have against Buyer in law or equity except such rights, claims and causes of action based upon Seller’s rights to indemnification under this Agreement; provided, however, that in addition to such indemnification and any rights or remedies expressly set forth herein, the Parties may seek equitable remedies, including specific performance in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements or seek any remedy on account of any fraud committed with the intent to deceive by any Party hereto.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

7.1 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Party to this Agreement will bear its respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, counsel, and accountants. In the event of termination of this Agreement, the obligation of each Party to pay its own expenses will be subject to any rights of such Party arising from a breach of this Agreement by the other Party.

 

7.2 Public Announcements . The Parties shall make a joint public announcement or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, which shall be issued promptly after the Closing Date. The Parties shall work together in good faith to mutually agree upon the form and content of the joint press release within fourteen (14) days of the Closing Date.

 

7.3 Confidentiality . The Parties to this Agreement acknowledge that Buyer and Seller have previously entered into the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms; provided that after the Closing Date, (a) Buyer and Seller will maintain in confidence, and will cause the directors, officers, employees, agents, and advisors of Buyer and Seller to maintain in confidence and, not use to the detriment of the other Party any written, oral, or other information obtained in confidence from the other Party in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, unless (i) such information is already known to such Party or to others not bound by a duty of confidentiality or such information becomes publicly available through no fault of such Party or (ii) the furnishing or use of such information is required by or necessary or appropriate in connection with an applicable Legal Requirement or any Proceeding. To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Section 7.3 and the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement shall control.

 

36



 

7.4 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing, shall specifically refer to this Agreement, shall be addressed to the receiving Party’s address set forth below or to such other address as a Party may designate by notice hereunder, and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given for all purposes (a) three (3) Business Days after being mailed by first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (b) the next Business Day after being sent by nationally recognized overnight courier for next Business Day delivery, (c) when personally delivered, or (d) when made by telecopy, facsimile or e-mail transmission (with confirmation of receipt) during the normal business hours of the recipient.

 

If to Seller:

Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc.

 

c/o Chiesi USA, Inc.

 

1255 Crescent Green Drive, Suite 250

 

Cary, NC 27518

 

Facsimile: (888) 669-9723

 

E-mail: [***]

 

Attn: Legal Affairs

 

 

with a courtesy copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

 

Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P.

 

Wells Fargo Capitol Center

 

150 Fayetteville Street, Suite 2300

 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27601

 

Fax: (919) 821-6800

 

E-mail: [***]

 

Attention: David B. Clement

 

 

If to Buyer or Neos Therapeutics, L.P.:

Neos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

2940 Texas 360 #100

 

Grand Prairie, TX 75050

 

Fax: (972) 394-4359

 

E-mail: [***]

 

Attn: Richard Eisenstadt

 

 

with a courtesy copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

Cooley LLP

 

11951 Freedom Drive

 

Reston, VA 20190

 

Fax: 703-456-8100

 

Email: [***]

 

Attn: Kenneth J. Krisko, Esq.

 


*               Confidential Information indicated by [***] has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

37


 

7.5 Further Assurances. The Parties agree (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further information, (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents, and (c) to do such other acts and things, all as any other Party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

7.6 Waiver . The rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or otherwise, except to the extent expressly provided in ARTICLE 6. Neither the failure nor any delay by any Party in exercising any right, power, or privilege under this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such right, power, or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power, or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) no claim or right arising out of this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement can be discharged by a Party, in whole or in part, by a waiver or renunciation of the claim or right unless in writing signed by the other Party; (b) no waiver that may be given by a Party will be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (c) no notice to or demand on a Party will be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation of such Party or of the right of the Party giving such notice or demand to take further action without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

7.7 Entire Agreement and Modification . Except for the Confidentiality Agreement, which remains in full force and effect, this Agreement supersedes all prior agreements between the Parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes (along with the documents referred to in this Agreement) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement duly executed by each of the Parties hereto.

 

7.8 Disclosure Letter . The information and disclosures in the Disclosure Letter are intended only to qualify and limit the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement and shall not be deemed to expand in any way the scope or effect of any of such representations and warranties. The section numbers in the Disclosure Letter correspond to the Section numbers in this Agreement; provided, however, that any information disclosed therein under any Section number shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated in any other section of this Agreement where the applicability of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent under the circumstances. Capitalized terms used but not defined in the Disclosure Letter shall have the same meanings given them in this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the Disclosure Letter (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Letter with respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

 

7.9 Assignments, Successors and No Third-Party Rights . This Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Parties, and Buyer (and any assignee of Buyer) agrees to cause any assignee of Buyer or of such assignee to acknowledge to Seller in writing its obligation to make Deferred Payments hereunder. Subject to the provisions of this Section 7.9 , each Party may assign, transfer or convey this Agreement, in whole or in part, or any of its rights or obligations under this

 

38



 

Agreement to its Affiliate or to a Third Party without the consent of the other Party. Prior to payment by Buyer of both Deferred Payments, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of Buyer’s assets or business, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise or the sale or assignment of all of Buyer’s (or its assignee’s or Affiliate’s) rights in the Product, such Buyer (or its assignee) shall assign this Agreement and its rights, together with its obligations hereunder (including the obligation to make Deferred Payments); for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not apply to (a) any grant of any license, distribution, marketing or other similar development or commercial right in and to the Product or (ii) any debt or other transaction in which Buyer grants a security interest in the Product and/or assigns its right to receive proceeds from sales of the Product or grant a security interest in such right to receive proceeds of sales in the Product to one or more Third Parties providing financing to Buyer pursuant to the terms of a security or other agreement related to such financing (e.g., for purposes of a royalty financing arrangement), it being acknowledged and agreed that, notwithstanding any such arrangement, Buyer shall remain obligated to make any required Deferred Payments hereunder. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the Parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement and all of its provisions and conditions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Parties to this Agreement and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

7.10                                                 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

 

7.11                                                 Section Headings; Construction; Conflicts . The headings of Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation. All bare references to “Section” or “Sections” without the accompanying words “of the Disclosure Letter” refer to the corresponding Section or Sections of this Agreement. All references to “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereunder,” and “herein” shall refer to this Agreement. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. All currency amounts referred to in this Agreement are in United States Dollars unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms. This Agreement was negotiated by the Parties with the benefit of legal representation, and any rule of construction or interpretation otherwise requiring this Agreement to be construed or interpreted against any Party shall not apply to any construction or interpretation of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Other Transaction Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

7.12                                                 Time of the Essence . With regard to all dates and time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence.

 

7.13                                                 Waiver of Bulk Sales . The Parties waive compliance with any bulk sales law or similar law in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.

 

39



 

7.14                                                 Governing Law; Certain Costs and Expenses . All matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of laws principles. The non-prevailing Party in any Dispute shall bear and pay the reasonable costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the substantially prevailing Party in connection with resolving such Dispute, however resolved.

 

7.15                                                 Jurisdiction and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial . The state courts of the State of New York or the federal courts located within the Southern District of the State of New York shall have jurisdiction over any and all disputes between the Parties, whether in law or equity and whether based on contract, tort or otherwise, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Other Transaction Documents and the agreements, instruments and documents contemplated hereby and thereby, and the Parties consent to and hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such courts. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT IN ANY SUCH DISPUTE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY CLAIM THAT (I) SUCH PARTY IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, (II) SUCH PARTY AND SUCH PARTY’S PROPERTY IS IMMUNE FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS ISSUED BY SUCH COURTS OR (III) ANY LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING COMMENCED IN SUCH COURTS IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. The Parties hereby agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any Proceeding in any such court in the manner provided in Section 7.4 (Notices), or in such other manner as may be permitted by law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof and hereby waive any objections to service accomplished in such manner. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTERS DESCRIBED OR CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, AND AGREES TO TAKE ANY AND ALL ACTION NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE TO EFFECT SUCH WAIVER.

 

7.16                                                 Execution of Agreement; Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement or amendments thereto and of executed signature pages by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission in portable document format (.pdf), or similar format, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of such instrument(s) as to the Parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement or amendment for all purposes. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or by e-mail in portable document format (.pdf), or similar format, shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

40



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

 

CORNERSTONE BIOPHARMA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ken McBean

 

Name:

Ken McBean

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg, Ph.D.

 

Name:

Vipin K. Garg, Ph.D.

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed:

 

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, L.P.

 

 

 

By: PharmaFab Texas, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vipin K. Garg, Ph.D.

 

 

Name:

Vipin K. Garg, Ph.D.

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 


 

Schedule 2.2(b)

Estimated Inventory

 

Inventory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEOS

 

API

 

Item

 

Lot#

 

Exp

 

Inventory

 

Unit Cost

 

Ttl Cost

 

CHLORPHENIRAMINE POLISTIREX

 

200-02

 

617F-1328-M003

 

7/11/2016

 

22.492

 

$

229.39

 

$

5,159.44

 

CHLORPHENIRAMINE POLISTIREX

 

200-02

 

617F-1328-M004

 

7/11/2016

 

23.119

 

$

229.39

 

$

5,303.27

 

CHLORPHENIRAMINE POLISTIREX

 

200-02

 

617F-1328-M005

 

7/12/2016

 

23.078

 

$

229.39

 

$

5,293.86

 

CHLORPHENIRAMINE POLISTIREX

 

200-02

 

617F-1328-M006

 

7/24/2016

 

22.958

 

$

229.39

 

$

5,266.34

 

CHLORPHENIRAMINE POLISTIREX

 

200-02

 

617F-1328-M007

 

7/25/2016

 

22.997

 

$

229.39

 

$

5,275.28

 

CHLORPHENIRAMINE POLISTIREX

 

200-02

 

617F-1328-M008

 

7/25/2016

 

23.004

 

$

229.39

 

$

5,276.86

 

CHLORPHENIRAMINE POLISTIREX

 

200-02

 

617F-1328-M009

 

7/25/2016

 

21.021

 

$

229.39

 

$

4,821.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158.669

 

 

 

$

36,397.01

 

HYDROCODONE POLISTIREX

 

200-01

 

617D-1332-L003

 

8/8/2016

 

37.597

 

$

1,488.37

 

$

55,958.25

 

HYDROCODONE POLISTIREX

 

200-01

 

617D-1332-L005

 

8/12/2016

 

35.390

 

$

1,488.37

 

$

52,673.41

 

HYDROCODONE POLISTIREX

 

200-01

 

617D-1332-L007

 

8/14/2016

 

32.021

 

$

1,488.37

 

$

47,659.10

 

HYDROCODONE POLISTIREX

 

200-01

 

617D-1332-L013

 

9/18/2013

 

34.794

 

$

1,488.37

 

$

51,786.64

 

HYDROCODONE POLISTIREX

 

200-01

 

617D-1332-L014

 

9/19/2016

 

34.994

 

$

1,488.37

 

$

52,084.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174.80

 

 

 

$

260,161.42

 

 

WIP

 

Item

 

Lot#

 

Exp

 

 

 

Unit Cost

 

Ttl Cost

 

2000L

 

CRTX-067

 

3P016

 

 

 

4,049

 

$

9.76

 

$

39,503.03

 

2000L

 

CRTX-067

 

3P019

 

 

 

4,059

 

$

9.64

 

$

39,142.13

 

2000L

 

CRTX-067

 

3P021

 

 

 

4,069

 

$

9.52

 

$

38,735.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,177

 

 

 

$

117,380.83

 

 

Finished Good

 

Item

 

Lot#

 

Exp

 

 

 

Unit Cost

 

Ttl Cost

 

2448620016

 

CRTX-067

 

3P018C

 

10/31/2015

 

1,043

 

$

 

$

 

2448620016

 

CRTX-067

 

3P020C

 

11/30/2015

 

4,062

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,105

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

$

413,939.26

 

 


 

Schedule 2.2(c)(z)

Seller Existing Liabilities

 

Description of Liability

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Sept-Dec 2013 Profit Share (Neos)

 

$

167,433

 

Q1 2014 Profit Share (Neos)

 

123,418

 

Q2 2014 Profit Share (Neos)

 

(22,814

)

July Profit Share

 

20,360

 

 

 

 

 

Stability Program

 

39,018

 

Aristos Labels

 

27,003

 

Total Seller Liabilities to Neos

 

$

354,418

 

 



 

Schedule 2.4

Estimated Closing Date Net Profits

 

 

 

Aug-14

 

 

 

 

 

Gross sales

 

65,088

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales per GM report

 

31,893

 

Standard COGS

 

(4,789

)

Obsolete inventory/scrap

 

 

 

Distribution (up to 1.7% of gross)

 

(1,106

)

Gross profit before profit sharing

 

25,998

 

 

 

 

 

CRTX operating costs ($1.26/unit)

 

 

Licensing & reporting fees ($96/mo.)

 

(87

)

Marketing expenses ($15,455/mo.)

 

(13,959

)

Contribution margin before profit sharing

 

11,589

 

33% Profit Share

 

3,863

 

Units sold

 

288

 

 

Amount owed to NEOS Therapeutics, L.P.: $3,863.00

 



 

Schedule 5.3(b)

Seller Finished Product

 

Lots

 

Exp date

 

Qty Recvd

 

Date Rcvd

3P008C

 

6/30/2015

 

3,908

 

9/17/2013

3P009C

 

6/30/2015

 

3,912

 

9/17/2013

3P010C

 

7/31/2015

 

3,903

 

9/18/2013

3P011C

 

9/30/2015

 

4,068

 

11/7/2013

3P012C

 

9/30/2015

 

4,063

 

11/7/2013

3P014C

 

10/31/2015

 

3,991

 

2/21/2014

3P017C

 

10/31/2015

 

3,978

 

2/21/2014

3P018C

 

10/31/2015

 

4,073

 

2/17/2014

 

 

TTL

 

35,958

 

 

 



 

Schedule 5.3(d)

Returns Report Data Elements

 

Each Returns Report shall include the data elements set forth below for all returns of Product:

 

1.               NDC Number

2.               Lot Number

3.               Quantity Requested

4.               Quantity Returned

5.               Unit Price Requested

6.               Unit Price Credited

7.               Extended Price Requested

8.               Extended Price Credited

9.               Third Party Return Processor (if any)

10.        Customer (Pharmacy/ Retailer)

11.        Wholesaler

12.        Company Initiating Request

13.        Date of Request

14.        Date Product Returned

15.        Date Credit Issued

16.        Party Credit Issues to

17.        Debit Memo #

18.        RA# provided (if any)

 


 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Termination Agreement

 

[NEOS LETTERHEAD]

 

                             , 2014

 

Coating Place, Inc.

Attn:                     Tim Breunig, President

PO Box 930310

Verona, WI 53593

 

Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc.

Attn:                     Ken McBean, President and CEO

1255 Crescent Green Drive, Suite 250

Cary, NC 27518

 

Re:                              Termination of Development and Manufacturing Agreement

 

Dear Mr. Bruenig and Mr. McBean:

 

Termination

 

Through this letter (“ Letter Agreement ”), the Parties (as defined below) mutually agree to terminate, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and as applicable, those agreements set forth on Exhibit A , attached hereto. The Development Agreement and the Quality Agreement, as defined in Exhibit A , are collectively referred to as “ Agreement ”. Neos Therapeutics, L.P. (“ Neos LP ”), Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Neos Inc. ”), CPI Technology, Inc., Coating Place, Inc. (“ Coating Place ” or “ CPI ”), Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc. (“ Cornerstone ”), and Chiesi USA, Inc. (“ Chiesi ”) are referred to in this Letter Agreement individually as a “ Party ” or in combination as the “ Parties .” Except as otherwise specifically stated in this Letter Agreement, each of the agreements set forth on Exhibit A and all of their respective provisions shall be terminated as of the Effective Date.

 

Survival

 

As between Neos LP (and its affiliates) and Cornerstone (and its affiliates), the following provisions of the Development Agreement shall survive termination of the Development Agreement and remain in full force and effect with respect to the rights and obligations of each of Cornerstone and Neos LP: Sections 9.1-9.6, 9.9-9.13 (Intellectual Property); 10 (Confidential Information); 12 (Dispute Resolution); 13 (Indemnification) (but only with respect to Direct Costs arising out of or in connection with actions, suits, proceedings or claims by persons other

 



 

than the Releasing Parties or Released Parties (collectively, “ Third-Party Claims ”)); 14 (Notices); 19 (Governing Law); and any definitions required to interpret the foregoing (collectively the “ Surviving Provisions ”); provided, however, for purposes of clarification, in no event shall any provisions of the Development Agreement remain in effect with respect to Coating Place (and its affiliates) whatsoever.

 

Release

 

Each Party, on behalf of itself and its respective assigns, successors, predecessors, directors, trustees, governors, officers, affiliates, subsidiaries, members, partners, shareholders, attorneys, employees and agents (each a “ Releasing Party ”), hereby releases and forever discharges the other Parties and the other Parties’ respective assigns, successors, predecessors, directors, trustees, governors, officers, affiliates, subsidiaries, members, partners, shareholders, attorneys, employees and agents (the “ Released Parties ”) from any and all actions, causes of action, claims or demands for damages, suits, debts, sums of money, accounts, costs, expenses, compensation, consequential damages, covenants, interest, liens, attorneys’ fees, or any other thing whatsoever, in law, equity or otherwise, whether now known or unknown or which have ever existed, now exist or which may exist in the future (except to enforce the terms of this Letter Agreement) which each Releasing Party, its assigns, successors, predecessors, directors, trustees, governors, officers, affiliates, subsidiaries, members, partners, shareholders, attorneys, employees and agents may have against the other Released Parties based upon or arising out of the Agreement and all other agreements being terminated hereunder, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts of “Net Profits” payable under the Development Agreement (except with respect to: (a) Net Profits payable to Neos LP or its affiliates as otherwise agreed between Neos Inc. (and its affiliates) and Cornerstone (and its affiliates) under the Asset Purchase Agreement (defined below) and (b) certain amounts payable for work in process drug resin complex delivered to, and accepted by, Neos and owing to Coating Place by Neos under the Side Letter (as defined below)), which amounts have been agreed to by the relevant parties and satisfied prior to effectiveness of this Letter Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Neos LP (and its affiliates) and Cornerstone (and its affiliates), do not release each other from any liability with respect to (i) Third-Party Claims or (ii) claims for breaches of the Surviving Provisions that occur on or after the Effective Date, and (b) the Parties do not release each other with respect to their obligations under this Letter Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Cornerstone’s obligations set forth under the headings “CPI Confidential Information” and “CPI IP”, below.

 

Conflicts

 

In connection with the termination of the Agreement, Neos LP and Coating Place have agreed to the payment terms set forth in the letter agreement between Neos LP and Coating Place, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Side Letter ”). It is a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Letter Agreement that the Side Letter, the Supply Agreement (as defined below), that certain Asset Purchase Agreement between Cornerstone and Neos Inc., dated as of the date hereof (the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”), and that certain Transition Services Agreement between Cornerstone and Neos Inc. dated as of the date hereof (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”) are executed and delivered by the applicable Parties immediately prior to the execution hereof. The

 



 

Parties agree that nothing in this Letter Agreement (including the releases granted in the preceding paragraph) shall affect the terms or enforceability of the Side Letter, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement or that certain Supply Agreement between Neos Inc. and Coating Place, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Supply Agreement ”), and, in the event of a conflict between this Letter Agreement and any provision of any such agreement, the terms and conditions of such agreement shall prevail over this Letter Agreement.

 

CPI Confidential Information

 

The Parties acknowledge that certain of Coating Place’s confidential and proprietary information regarding the manufacture of drug resin complex for the Product (as defined in the Supply Agreement) are contained within the Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls portion of the ANDA for the Product (“ CPI Information ”). The Parties acknowledge and agree that CPI has previously disclosed to Cornerstone or its affiliates (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Neos LP, Neos Inc., or any of their respective affiliates), or Cornerstone or its affiliates (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Neos LP, Neos Inc., or any of their respective affiliates) otherwise had access to, such CPI Information under the Development Agreement. Cornerstone, on behalf of itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it shall keep confidential, and shall not use in any manner whatsoever, the CPI Information. Cornerstone, on behalf of itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it shall keep confidential, and shall not use in any manner whatsoever, any other information previously disclosed in writing, orally, visually or in any other manner by CPI (or its affiliates) or otherwise made available to Cornerstone which CPI considers to be and treats as proprietary or confidential (collectively, the “ CPI Confidential Information ”); provided, however, that the CPI Confidential Information shall not include information that (i) at the time of disclosure was, or thereafter has become, generally available to the public other than as a result of, directly or indirectly, any violation of this Letter Agreement by Cornerstone (or its affiliates); (ii) at the time of disclosure was, or thereafter has become, available to Cornerstone (or any of its affiliates) on a non-confidential basis from a third party that is not and was not, at the time of disclosure, itself under any obligation of confidentiality or nondisclosure to Coating Place (or any of its affiliates) or any other person with respect to such information; (iii) by written evidence can be shown by Cornerstone (or any of its affiliates) to have been independently developed by or for Cornerstone (or any of its affiliates); or (iv) Cornerstone (or any of its affiliates) establishes by competent proof was in its possession at the time of disclosure by Coating Place (or any of its affiliates).

 

In the event that CPI Information or CPI Confidential Information is required to be disclosed by Cornerstone or (any of its affiliates) pursuant to applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, orders and requirements, Cornerstone (or its affiliates) may permissibly make such disclosure; provided , that, Cornerstone will provide CPI with prompt notice so that CPI may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section; provided, further, that, in the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or that CPI waives compliance in writing with the provisions of this Section, Cornerstone or its representatives will furnish only that portion of the CPI Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed (by judicial or similar process that would subject Cornerstone or its representatives to contempt or similar penalty for failure to disclose)

 



 

and will exercise best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be afforded to the CPI Confidential Information.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the disclosure by Cornerstone (or any of its affiliates) of the CPI Confidential Information in the manner contemplated by Section 2.6(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement is expressly permitted by and shall not constitute a violation of this Letter Agreement.

 

CPI IP

 

Cornerstone, on behalf of itself and its affiliates, acknowledges and agrees that it does not have, and never has had, any ownership rights in or to the CPI IP, and upon the Effective Date, shall not have any rights to use as a licensee or otherwise, the CPI IP. For purposes hereof, “ CPI IP ” means the CPI Registered IP and all applicable know-how and trade secrets of Coating Place (or its affiliates) related to the Product and the CPI Registered IP; “ CPI Registered IP ” means the CPI Patents and the CPI Patent Application, collectively; “ CPI Patents ” means U.S. Patent Number 8,343,546 and U.S. Patent Number 7,871,645; and “ CPI Patent Application ” means U.S. Patent Application Number 11/674,940.

 

Miscellaneous

 

Your signatures below and my signatures on behalf of Neos LP and Neos Inc. below represent confirmation by each of us that the terms set forth in this Letter Agreement form the full, complete and enforceable mutual agreement and release among Coating Place, CPI Technology, Inc., Cornerstone, Chiesi, Neos LP and Neos Inc., regarding the termination described in this Letter Agreement (but without prejudice to the respective rights and obligations of Cornerstone, Chiesi, Neos LP, Neos Inc., Coating Place and their respective affiliates under the Side Letter, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the Supply Agreement) and that each of us is an authorized officer and signatory of our respective companies for purposes of entering into this Letter Agreement.

 

This Letter Agreement shall take effect immediately following the execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Side Letter, and the Supply Agreement all of which shall, for purposes of this Letter Agreement, be deemed to be effective simultaneously (the “ Effective Date ”). This Letter Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Parties to this Letter Agreement. This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, all of which together will be deemed one and the same instrument. Facsimile, .pdf or other electronically transmitted signatures will be treated as original signatures.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, L.P.

 

BY:

PHARMFAB TEXAS, LLC,

 

 

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

 



 

 

By:

 

 

 

Vipin Garg

 

 

Manager

 

 

 

NEOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Vipin Garg

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

 

 

COATING PLACE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Timothy A. Breunig

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

CPI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

CORNERSTONE BIOPHARMA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

CHIESI USA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Terminated Agreements

 

1.                                       That certain agreement titled Collaboration Agreement dated January 1, 2005, by and between Coating Place, Inc. and PFab LP d/b/a PharmaFab (“ PFab ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Collaboration Agreement dated February 28, 2007, by and among Coating Place, CPI Technology, Inc. and PFab, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Collaboration Agreement dated February 28, 2008, by and among Coating Place, CPI Technology, Inc. and Neos Therapeutics, L.P., (f/k/a PFab).

2.                                       That certain agreement titled “ Development and Manufacturing Agreement ” by and among Neos LP, Coating Place, and Neos Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Neos Inc. ”) (as assignee of Cornerstone BioPharma, Inc. pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement) dated February 27, 2008, as supplemented by an Addendum dated June 19, 2008, an Amendment No. 1 dated June 16, 2009, and Amendment No. 2 dated September 12, 2013 (collectively the “ Development Agreement ”).

3.                                       That certain agreement titled “ Quality Agreement ” by and among Neos LP, Coating Place and Neos Inc. (as assignee of Chiesi USA, Inc. (f/k/a Cornerstone Therapeutics Inc.) pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement) dated September 13, 2013.

4.                                       That certain agreement titled “ Amended and Restated Products Development Agreement ” by and between Cornerstone and Neos LP dated August 27, 2008 and Addendum to the Amended and Restated Products Development Agreement dated May 31, 2010.

5.                                       That certain agreement title “ Letter of Agreement and Understanding ” by and between Coating Place and Neos LP dated February 28, 2008.

6.                                       That certain agreement titled “ Development, License and Services Agreement (CETIRIZINE/METHSCOPOLAMINE Product) ” by and between Cornerstone and Neos LP dated March 19, 2008.

7.                                       That certain agreement titled “ Amended and Restated Collaboration Agreement ” by and between Neos LP and Coating Place dated June 1, 2009.

8.                                       That certain agreement titled “ Supply Agreement ” by and between Neos LP and Coating Place dated June 1, 2009.

9.                                       That certain letter agreement by and between Cornerstone and Neos LP dated May 14, 2010 regarding the Development Agreement.

10.                                That certain letter agreement by and between Coating Place and Neos LP dated May 15, 2010 regarding the Development Agreement.

11.                                That certain agreement titled “ Risk Sharing Acknowledgement and Receipt ” by and between Coating Place and Chiesi dated July 7, 2011.

12.                                The rights and obligations of Coating Place (and any of its affiliates) under all other agreements between Coating Place (and any of its affiliates), on the one hand, and any of Cornerstone, Chiesi, Neos Inc., Neos LP or any of their respective affiliates, on the other hand, existing prior to the date of this Letter Agreement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Side Letter and the Supply Agreement).

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

1

 

Neostx, Inc.

 

Texas

2

 

Neos Therapeutics, LP

 

Texas

3

 

PharmaFab Texas, LLC

 

Texas

 




Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Neos Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries of our report dated April 24, 2015, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

New York, New York
June 19, 2015